GE Energy

Gas Turbine - Generator Operation

Training Manual

Taji Power Plant

Iraq

2012

g
All rights reserved by the General Electric Company. No
copies permitted without the prior written consent of
the General Electric Company.

The text and the classroom instruction offered with it

are designed to acquaint students with generally
accepted good practice for the operation or main-
tenance of equipment and/or systems.

They do not purport to be complete nor are they

intended to be specific for the products of any
manufacturer, including those of the General Electric
Company; and the Company will not accept any
liability whatsoever for the work undertaken on the
basis of the text or classroom instruction. The
manufacturer’s operating and maintenance specifi-
cations are the only reliable guide in any specific
instance; and where they are not complete, the
manufacturer should be consulted.

The materials contained in this document are intended

for educational purposes only. This document does not
establish specifications, operating procedures or
maintenance methods for any of the products
referenced. Always refer to the official written
materials (labeling) provided with the product for
specifications, operating procedures and maintenance
requirements.

Proprietary Training Material Property of GE.

Use of these materials is limited to agents and GE
employees, or other parties expressly licensed by GE.
Unlicensed use is strictly prohibited.

© 2012 General Electric Company

 GE Energy

Gas Turbine – Generator Operation

Training Manual
Taji Power Plant
Iraq
2012

Tab Subject Reference

1 Gas Turbine Overview
Gas Turbine Arrangement – Major section B00392C
Gas Turbine Basics GT Basics
MS6001 Simple Cycle Cross - Section GT019477
2 MS6001 Unit Description
Gas Turbine Cycle Description B00263
Gas Turbine Functional Description (MS6001B) GT_6B_E0838
MS6001 Turbine Section Components TSMC&A
Unit Rotor Assembly (1302) 91-116715
GT Compressor Rotor Assembly 61BCOMP
GT Turbine Rotor Assembly 61BTURB
GT Bucket to Turbine Wheel Assembly Methods BKTASM01
Chamber arrangement, Combustion (0701) 117E8220J
Arrangement, Turbine 1st Stage Nozzle (1401) 112E6044G
1st stage Nozzle Major Components GTNOZ1
Arrangement Turbine 2nd Stage Nozzle (1402) 119E2094H
2nd stage Nozzle Major Components GTNOZ2
Arrangement, Turbine 3rd Stage Nozzle (1409) 112E6642G
3rd stage Nozzle Major Components GTNOZ3
3 Turbine Control Devices System
Description OMMD_0415_6B_E0838
Schematic Diagram – Control Devices (ML 0415) 202D8906D
4 Inlet & Exhaust System
Description OMMD_0471_6B_E0838
Schematic Diagram – Inlet & Exhaust (ML 0471) 219D2386A

g Gas Turbine – Generator Operation Training Manual

Taji Power Plant, Iraq 1
 GE Energy

5 Instrument Air System

Description D08001907-01
Schematic Diagram – APU (RML 2J0) 223D6011B
6 Performance Monitoring System
Description OMMD_0492_6B_E0838
Schematic Diagram – Performance Monitoring (ML 0492) 205D4850A
7 GT Lube Oil System
Description OMMD_0416_6B_E0838
Schematic Diagram – Lubricating Oil (ML 0416) 219D2469A
8 Hydraulic Supply System
Description OMMD_0434_6B_E0838
Schematic Diagram – Hydraulic Supply (ML 0434) 202D8939A
9 Gas Fuel System
Description OMMD_0422_6B_E0838
Schematic Diagram – Gas Fuel (ML 422) 219D1251A
Schematic Diagram – Gas Fuel Supply (ML 422) 223D6013B
10 Fuel Purge System
Description OMMD_0477_6B_E0838
Schematic Diagram – Fuel Purge (ML 0477) 205D5594A
11 Liquid Fuel System
Description OMMD_0424_6B_E0838
Schematic Diagram – Liquid Fuel (ML 0424) 219D1031A
Schematic Diagram – Liquid Fuel Forwarding 223D6015A
Schematic Diagram – Liquid Fuel Filtering 223D6009A
Schematic Diagram – Liquid Fuel System 223D6007A
12 Atomizing Air System
Description OMMD_0425_6B_E0838
Schematic Diagram – Atomizing Air (ML 0425) 219D2672A
13 Water Injection System
Description OMMD_0462_6B_E0838
Schematic Diagram – Water Injection (ML 0462) 206D7562A
14 Cooling & Sealing Air System
Description OMMD_0417_6B_E0838
Schematic Diagram – Cooling & Sealing Air (ML 0417) 219D2465A
15 Inlet Guide Vanes System
Description OMMD_0469_6B_E0838
Schematic Diagram – Inlet Guide Vanes (ML 0469) 202D8988C
g Gas Turbine – Generator Operation Training Manual
Taji Power Plant, Iraq 2
 GE Energy

16 Cooling Water System

Description OMMD_0420_6B_E0838
Schematic Diagram – Cooling Water (ML 0420) 209D7630C
Schematic Diagram – Fin Fan Coolers 223D6012B
17 Compressor Washing System
Description OMMD_0442_6B_E0838
Schematic Diagram – Compressor Washing (ML 0442) 206D7754C
Schematic Diagram – Washing Skid 223D6010A
18 Heating and Ventilation System
Description OMMD_0436_6B_E0838
Schematic Diagram – Heating & Ventilation (ML 0436) 219D2708A
19 Fire Detection and Protection System
Description OMMD_0426_6B_E0838
Schematic Diagram – Fire Protection (ML 0426) 219D2710B
20 Hazardous Gas Detection System
Description OMMD_0474_6B_E0838
Schematic Diagram – Hazardous Gas Detection (ML 0474) 205D5906A
21 Starting Means System
Description OMMD_0421_6B_E0838
Schematic Diagram – Starting System (ML 0421) 206D6145A
22 SPEEDTRONIC Mark VIe control system
Network Topology 132B8255A
Fundamental of Speedtronic Mk VIe Control System Fund_Mk_VI
Customer Alarm List Al
23 Gas Turbine Operation
Estimated Gas Turbine Performance GEK 116403
Estimated Performance 6B_50Hz_Gas_STD 544HA875-1 to 3
Estimated Performance 6B_50Hz_LQD_STD 544HA876-1 to 3
Altitude Correction 416HA662
24 Operation Procedures
Operation Principle OMMO_1_ALL_GT
Operational Inspections OMMO_2_ALL_GT
Parameters Readouts and Analysis OMMO_3_ALL_GT
Operation Sequences OMMO_4_6B_E0838
Alarms Interpretation OMMO_5_6B_E0838
Special Sequences OMMO_6_6B

g Gas Turbine – Generator Operation Training Manual

Taji Power Plant, Iraq 3
 GE Energy

25 Fluid Specifications -Typical

Lubricating Oil Recommendations GEK 28143B
Plant Instrument Air System GEK 106689
Specification for Gas Turbine Fuel Gases GEI 41040J
Liquid Fuel Specifications GEI 41047K
Compressor Liquid Washing Recommendations GEK 103623C
Water Injection Required Purity GEK 101944C
Cooling Water Recommendations – Closed System GEI 41004K
26 Generator overview
Description GEK 95192A
27 Generator Operation
Operation GEK 95143B
28 Reference Drawing
Schematic Diagram – Data Plate 137C1574A
Schematic Diagram – Load Equipment 361B3379B
Schematic Diagram – Generator Outline 132E3666B
29 Reference Drawing
Device Summary (ML 0414) 403A1873B
Symbols OMMD_Symbol_A_EN
Piping Symbols 91-134600C
Basic Device Nomenclature A00029B

g Gas Turbine – Generator Operation Training Manual

Taji Power Plant, Iraq 4
Tab 1
 MS6001B
Gas Turbine Assembly
Major Sections IGNITOR

LINER
FUEL NOZZLES
TRANSITION
PIECE

IGVS

ÒÒÒÒÒÒ
ÒÒÒÒÒÒ
ÒÒÒÒÒÒ
ÒÒÒÒÒÒ
STARTING
ÒÒÒÒÒÒ
DEVICE
CLUTCH &
GEARBOX LOAD

AIR INLET COMPRESSOR TURBINE EXHAUST

COMBUSTION

B00392C 6/97
 GE Power Systems

Gas Turbine Basics

 MS7001FA
Gas Turbine Assembly
Major Sections
COMBUSTION

FUEL GAS
LINER TRANSITION DIFFUSER
LIQUID FUEL PIECE
STEAM/WATER
INJECTION

VIGVS

ATOMIZING
AIR

GENERATOR

AIR INLET COMPRESSOR TURBINE EXHAUST

B00293 7/2001
GE Power Systems
 GE Power Systems

Revision Date: 02/10/2000 Property of Power Systems University-

University- Proprietary Information for Training Purposes Only!
 GE Power Systems

Revision Date: 02/10/2000 Property of Power Systems University-

University- Proprietary Information for Training Purposes Only!
 GE Power Systems

Revision Date: 02/10/2000 Property of Power Systems University-

University- Proprietary Information for Training Purposes Only!
GE Power Systems

Note: For instructional

purposes only

GAS
TURBINE
Temperature
and Pressure
Levels at
Base Load
 GE Power Systems

15oC
101.35 KpaA (1.013 bar)

Revision Date: 02/10/2000 Property of Power Systems University-

University- Proprietary Information for Training Purposes Only!
GE Power Systems
GE Power Systems
GE Power Systems
 GE Power Systems

ISO Firing Temperature

• Reference Turbine Inlet Temperature
• Not A Physical Temperature
• Less Than True Firing Temperature As
Defined By GE
 GE Power Systems

1st Stage
Nozzle

GE Firing Temperature

Combustion Flame

Revision Date: 02/10/2000 Property of Power Systems University-

University- Proprietary Information for Training Purposes Only!
GE Power Systems
GE Power Systems
GE Power Systems
GE Power Systems
GE Power Systems
GE Power Systems
GE Power Systems
GE Power Systems
 GE Power Systems

Pressure Drop Effects – 7FA

% Effect on Effect on
Output Heat Rate Exhaust Temp
4 in. water – Inlet -1.54 0.56 3.0 F
4 in. water – Exhaust -0.56 0.56 3.0 F

Pressure Drop Effects – 9FA

4 in. water– Inlet -1.19 0.21 1.3F (0.7C)
(10.0 mbar)
4 in. water – Exhaust -0.21 0.21 1.3F (0.7C)
(10.0 mbar)

Revision Date: 02/10/2000 Property of Power Systems University-

University- Proprietary Information for Training Purposes Only!
 GE Power Systems

Note: For instructional purposes only

age
m
Da

Effects of
Fouling
and/or
Damage on
Da

Compressor
m
ag

Performance
e

Revision Date: 02/10/2000 Property of Power Systems University-

University- Proprietary Information for Training Purposes Only!
 GE Power Systems

Note: For instructional purposes only

Effects of Air
Extraction
 THE MS6001 SIMPLE-CYCLE 8 9 10 12 13 14 15 16 17 24 25 26 28 29 30 33 35 36

SINGLE-SHAFT GAS TURBINE

1 4 6

2 3 5 7 11 19 18 20 21 22 23 27 31 32 34 37

Standard Accessory Equipment Compressor (cont.) Turbine

1. Auxiliary (AC) and Emergency (DC) Lube Oil Pumps— 28. Nozzle Design—increased nozzle life achieved by passing The following previously optional features are now standard
16. Rim Clearance—protects rotor from distortion during on the MS6001 gas turbine:
variety of pumps and drives to meet individual require- abnormal operating conditions. cooling air through nozzle body.
ments. 17. Seventeen-Stage Axial Flow Compressor—experience- 29. Three-Stage Turbine Rotor Assembly—Designed for high- • Modulating inlet guide vanes of C450 corrosion-resistant, high-
2. Base-Mounted Auxiliaries—factory installed and tested proven for long life in varied types of service and environ- efficiency operation with conservative metal temperatures in strength material
3. Duplex Lube Oil Heat Exchanger ment rotating components. • On-unit provisions for both off-line and on-line compressor wash
4. Liquid Fuel Module (Duplex filter is optional.) 18. Compressor Wheel Construction—wheels of individual 30. Long Shank Buckets—isolate wheel rim for hot gas path to • Dual oil-to-coolant heat exchangers with transfer valve
5. Diesel Fuel Tank—clean-out port contour forgings reduce wheel temperatures and provide vibration damping. • Stainless steel lube oil feed, fuel gas, fuel oil and atomizing air
6. Diesel Engine Starting Device 19. Inlet Orientation—available for side or overhead arrange 31. Wheel Cooling—turbine wheel and bucket cooling is piping with TIG welding of the root pass
7. Duplex Lube Oil Filter ment. accomplished by compressor air flow extraction. • Piping in accordance with ANSI B31.3, including ASME welding
8. Torque Converter with hydraulic ratchet 32. Thermocouples measure fore and aft wheel space cooling requirements by GE-certified welders
9. Accessory Gear—provides auxiliary drives for main lube Stator Casings temperatures, giving continuous monitoring for additional • Stainless steel, seamless, thick-wall tubing per API with stainless
oil pump, hydraulic supply pump, atomizing air compressor, 20. Horizontally split on centerline to facilitate maintenance safety and reliability. steel fittings
fuel pump and special accessories, if required. 21. Compressor Casing Exhaust • Stainless steel valve trim throughout the lubrication system
10. Accessory Coupling 22. Compressor Discharge Casing 33. Exhaust Orientation—either side or overhead arrangements • GE “Energy Saver,” TEFC severe-duty motors with high-
11. Hydraulic Module 23. Atomizing Air Pre-Cooler are available. temperature insulation and anti-fungus coating
Compressor 34. Exhaust Diffuser • Third-party certification (UL/FM/ETL) of electrical devices
12. Radial Inlet Casing—provides uniform flow to compressor. Combustion System 35. Temperature Measurement—exhaust thermocouples allow and components
13. Thrust and Journal Bearing Assembly—all bearings steel 24. Fuel Nozzle—gas, oil, dual fuel and air atomizing liquid constant monitoring and protective alarm and trip functions. • Terminal boxes, wiring and conduit in accordance with the NEC,
backed, tin babbitted and pressure lubricated. fuel nozzles available for greater operational flexibility. Other including Class I, Group D, Division 2 requirements
14. Variable Inlet Guide Vanes—their primary function is to 25. Reverse-Flow Combustion System—designed for improved 36. Load Coupling—dry, flexible diaphragm-type load coupling • Provisions for proximity-type vibration sensors and bearing metal
protect compressor from surge during start-up; also life, ease of maintenance and efficient operation. arrangement for connection to load gear thermocouples
used to maintain high exhaust temperature at part load in 26. Transition piece configuration distributes combustor 37. Guarded Oil Piping—for maximum safety, rigid steel piping • Off-base cooling water heat exchanger module
heat-recovery operations. discharge gases to provide even temperatures entering the is used for high-pressure oil lines and located inside oil • Self-cleaning–type air filter for turbine and air-cooled generator
15. Through-Bolt Construction—Eliminates balance problems turbine; thus, extending nozzle and bucket life. return lines or inside the oil tank, where possible. • Enlarged exhaust frame-cooling air fans
and strengthens the rotor. 27. Combustion Casing • Model 664 load gear

GT019477
Tab 2
 GE Power Systems

MS6001 GAS TURBINE CYCLE DESCRIPTION

GENERAL pin wheel like device rotated by a pair of steam jets.

The device produced no useful power, however, all
Fig. 1 depicts a General Electric simple–cycle, turbines operate on this basic principle.
single–shaft, heavy duty gas turbine. It is an internal
combustion engine which produces energy through The first patent for a gas turbine was issued in 1791.
a cycle similar to the four stroke reciprocating en- The manufacture of a gas turbine that could effi-
gine in that it consists of the same four stages: com- ciently provide useful power was not possible until
pression, combustion, expansion, and exhaust. the twentieth century when high temperature mate-
There are, however, differences in the details of the rials became available.
cycles which are worth examining.
General Electric Company placed its first gas tur-
bine into commercial operation in 1949. This unit’s
BACKGROUND design was based upon the Company’s experience in
manufacturing steam turbines, aircraft jet engines,
History credits Hero of Alexandria with inventing a and turbo–superchargers.

Figure 1 Typical Simple Cycle – Single Shaft Gas Turbine

B00263 (IDM–59 REFORMATTED, 10/93) 1 MS6001 GAS TURB CYCLE DESCRIPTION

 GE Power Systems

BASIC CYCLE vides the horsepower to drive the compressor and

load.
A gas turbine operates by: Fig. 4 represents the changing pressure and tempera-
1. Continuously drawing in fresh air. ture levels as the air and hot gases flow through the
major sections of a typical MS6001 gas turbine.
2. Compressing this air to a higher pressure.
3. Adding and burning fuel in the compressed air to
increase its energy level. GAS TURBINE MAJOR
COMPONENTS
4. Directing the high pressure high temperature air
to an expansion turbine that converts the gas en-
ergy to the mechanical energy of a rotating shaft. Compressor
The resulting low pressure, lower temperature
gases are discharged to atmosphere. The gas turbine compressor is an axial flow design
that efficiently compresses a large volume of air.
Fig. 2 compares a simple gas turbine cycle to that of
The compressor consists of many individual stages
a four stroke reciprocating engine. A major differ-
operating in series.
ence is that the gas turbine produces continuous
power, while the power from a reciprocating engine Each compressor stage consists of a rotating row of
cycle is intermittent. blades (airfoils) that increases the velocity of the
incoming air raising its kinetic energy, followed by a
In the four cycle engine, a loss occurs due to the pres- stationary row of blades that act as diffusers
sure drop involved in the exhaust stroke. This loss is converting the kinetic energy to a pressure increase.
avoided by creating a cycle in which the exhaust The number of stages used for a particular gas
stroke is longer than the compression stroke, thus al- turbine compressor depends upon the design pres-
lowing the working fluid to be expanded to atmo- sure ratio for that turbine. Pressure ratio is defined as
spheric pressure. Such a cycle has been devised, and the compressor discharge pressure divided by the
is called a Brayton Cycle (Fig. 3). It is also called a compressor inlet pressure (atmospheric pressure),
Constant Pressure Cycle since combustion and ex- both pressures in absolute pressure. Typical pressure
haust both take place at constant pressure. When the ratios range from 10:1 13.5:1.
Brayton Cycle is worked out for a steady–flow pro-
cess, we have the simple gas turbine cycle. At the compressor inlet there is a row of stator
blades, called Inlet Guide Vanes (IGV’s), that directs
In the simple gas turbine cycle, combustion and ex- the incoming air onto the first rotating stage in a
haust occur at constant pressure and compression smooth fashion. On the MS6001 compressors the
and expansion occur continuously, rather than inter- IGV’s can be changed in flow angle to control the
mittently as previously stated. volume of air being drawn into the compressor. The
This means that gas turbine power is continuously Variable Inlet Guide Vanes (VIGV’s) are used to
available, whereas in a reciprocating engine power assure an aerodynamically smooth operating
takeoff is available only on the expansion stroke. compressor throughout a large operating range.
At the compressor discharge, there are several rows
The points on Figs. 2 and 3 are consistent. At point 1,
of stationary diffuser blades and a cone shaped dif-
air enters the compressor. The high pressure com-
fuser to obtain maximum pressure increase before
pressor discharge air at point 2 is mixed with fuel in
the air goes to the combustion system.
the combustor. The product of this continuous com-
bustion at point 3 enters the turbine, and is expanded The compressor also serves as a source of cooling
to atmospheric pressure (point 4). The turbine pro- and sealing air for the turbine nozzles, turbine
MS6001 GAS TURB CYCLE DESCRIPTION 2 B00263 (IDM–59 REFORMATTED, 10/93)
 GE Power Systems

AIR COMPRESSION FUEL INJECTION EXPANSION EXHAUST

INTAKE COMBUSTION ( POWER )

FUEL

Figure 2
COMPARISON OF POWER PRODUCTION CYCLES
GAS TURBINE & RECIPROCATING ENGINE

Figure 3
BRAYTON CYCLE

B00263 (IDM–59 REFORMATTED, 10/93) 3 MS6001 GAS TURB CYCLE DESCRIPTION

 GE Power Systems

MS–6001 GAS TURBINE

Temperature & Pressure Levels
at Base Load

        

 



TEMPERATURE

PRESSURE
  

Figure 4

MS6001 GAS TURB CYCLE DESCRIPTION 4 B00263 (IDM–59 REFORMATTED, 10/93)

 GE Power Systems

wheels, transition pieces and other portions of the The fuel is ignited initially by electric igniters. Once
hot gas path as well as the bearings. the fire is started, the combustion process is self–
sustaining as long as fuel and air are available.
Combustion Section
Turbine Section

The combustion system consists of 10 liners into The turbine consists of three stages. Each stage is
which fuel is added and burned with a portion of the comprised of a stationary row of nozzles where the
compressed air. The excess compressed air is used to high energy gases are increased in velocity and di-
cool the products of combustion to a temperature rected towards a rotating row of buckets (air–foils)
level useable by the turbine. attached to the turbine shaft. The high velocity gases
push against the buckets converting the gases kinet-
The individual liners are connected to the turbine ic energy into shaft power.
section by transition pieces.
The energy from the combustion system, available
Fuel is injected into each liner by fuel nozzles that to drive the turbine, is changed by varying the
atomize the fuel for good burning. amount of fuel injected into the combustion liners.

B00263 (IDM–59 REFORMATTED, 10/93) 5 MS6001 GAS TURB CYCLE DESCRIPTION

 GE Power Systems

GE Power Systems Training

MS6001 GAS TURB CYCLE DESCRIPTION 6 B00263 (IDM–59 REFORMATTED, 10/93)

 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 1/54
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
DESCRIPTION

GAS TURBINE
1. GAS TURBINE.........................................................................................................................2
1.1. GENERAL, FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION..............................................................................2
1.1.1. INTRODUCTION ......................................................................................................................2
1.1.2. GAS TURBINE FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION........................................................................4
1.2. TURBINE BASE AND SUPPORTS..........................................................................................6
1.2.1. TURBINE BASE .......................................................................................................................6
1.2.2. TURBINE SUPPORTS .............................................................................................................7
1.2.3. GIB KEY AND GUIDE BLOCK .................................................................................................9
1.3. COMPRESSOR SECTION.....................................................................................................10
1.3.1. GENERAL ..............................................................................................................................10
1.3.2. COMPRESSOR ROTOR........................................................................................................11
1.3.3. COMPRESSOR STATOR ......................................................................................................13
1.4. COMBUSTION SECTION ......................................................................................................22
1.4.1. GENERAL ..............................................................................................................................22
1.4.2. COMBUSTION CHAMBERS AND CROSSFIRE TUBES ......................................................24
1.4.3. SPARK PLUGS AND FLAME DETECTORS .........................................................................25
1.4.4. FUEL NOZZLES.....................................................................................................................27
1.4.5. TRANSITION PIECES............................................................................................................29
1.4.6. FALSE START DRAIN ...........................................................................................................31
1.5. TURBINE SECTION...............................................................................................................32
1.5.1. GENERAL ..............................................................................................................................32
1.5.2. TURBINE ROTOR..................................................................................................................33
1.5.3. TURBINE STATOR ................................................................................................................37
1.5.4. EXHAUST FRAME AND DIFFUSER .....................................................................................42
1.6. BEARINGS.............................................................................................................................43
1.6.1. GENERAL ..............................................................................................................................43
1.6.2. N° 1 BEARING .......................................................................................................................44
1.6.3. N° 2 BEARING .......................................................................................................................50
1.7. COUPLING.............................................................................................................................51
1.7.1. GENERAL ..............................................................................................................................51
1.7.2. ACCESSORY GEAR AND LOAD COUPLING.......................................................................52
1.7.3. EACH END OF THE COUPLING IS BOLTED AT THE FLANGE ..........................................52
1.8. ENCLOSURES.......................................................................................................................53
1.9. INLET AND EXHAUST SECTIONS .......................................................................................54
1.9.1. AIR INLET SYSTEM ..............................................................................................................54
1.9.2. EXHAUST SYSTEM...............................................................................................................54

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMD_GT_6B_E0838_A_EN Revision: A Date: 03/2009
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 2/54
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
DESCRIPTION

1. GAS TURBINE

1.1. GENERAL, FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION

1.1.1. INTRODUCTION

A heavy duty gas turbine unit is a mechanical power engine installed in a plant :
x In most application to drive a generator to supply an electrical network.
x Or sometimes to drive a compressor for gas treatment plan.
The gas turbine power engine includes an axial airflow compressor, a multi chamber
combustion system and a three stages turbine. Main components of the gas turbine are
listed here below.

The axial airflow compressor is a 17 stages compressor with :

x Adjustable inlet guide vanes (IGV) to control the airflow during starting and loading
sequences.
x Bleed valves to bypass part of the air flow for starting and shut down to escape from
surging.

The combustion system comprises :

x Fuel nozzles fitted on the combustion chamber’s cover.
x Ten combustion chambers where the fuel burns permanently from firing speed to full load.
x Ten cross fire tubes connecting the combustion chamber.
x Ten transition pieces downstream the combustion chamber connected to the first turbine
stage nozzle.
x Two spark plugs for the fuel ignition.
x A set of flame detectors.

The three stages turbine includes first, second and third stage nozzle and first, second and
third wheel.
The turbine and the axial flow compressor belong to the same shaft connected to :
x The auxiliary gear box and the starting means at the front end.
x The generator at the rear end through a load gear box.

The gas turbine components and function are detailed in the text here after.

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMD_GT_6B_E0838_A_EN Revision: A Date: 03/2009
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 3/54
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
DESCRIPTION

NOTE : the design convention for gas turbine orientation is :

x Front / forward : the air inlet side of the gas turbine is the front/forward end.
x After / rear : the gas turbine exhaust side is the after/rear end.
x Left / right : the left and right sides of the turbine or of a particular component are
determined by standing forward/front and looking after/rear.

The forward and aft ends of each component are determined in like manner with respect to
its orientation within the complete unit.

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMD_GT_6B_E0838_A_EN Revision: A Date: 03/2009
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 4/54
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
DESCRIPTION

1.1.2. GAS TURBINE FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION

Refer to gas turbine simplified flow diagram here below)

Functional description at nominal speed :
While the gas turbine is running, filtered ambient air is drawn through the inlet plenum
assembly, then compressed in the 17th-stage axial flow compressor. Compressed air from
the compressor flows into the annular space surrounding the ten combustion chambers, from
which it flows into the spaces between the outer combustion casings and the combustion
liners, and enters the combustion zone through metering holes in each of the combustion
liners.
The fuel nozzles introduce the fuel into each of the ten combustion chambers where it mixes
with the combustion air and burns.
The hot gases from the combustion chambers expand into the ten separate transition pieces
attached to the downstream end of the combustion chamber liners and flows from there to
the three-stage turbine section of the machine. Each stage consists of a row of fixed nozzles
followed by a row of turbine buckets. In each nozzle row, the kinetic energy of the jet is
increased, with an associated pressure drop, and in each following row of moving buckets, a
portion of the kinetic energy of the jet is absorbed as useful work on the turbine rotor.
After passing through the 3rd-stage buckets, the exhaust gases are directed into the exhaust
casing and diffuser which contains a series of turning vanes to turn the gases from an axial
direction to a radial direction, thereby minimizing exhaust hood losses. Then, the gases pass
into the exhaust plenum and are introduced to atmosphere through the exhaust stack.
Resultant shaft rotation turns the generator rotor to generate electrical power or to drive a
centrifugal compressor in industrial power applications and drives the auxiliaries through the
accessory gearbox.

Starting sequence :
The gas turbine cannot run itself from zero speed. A starting means bring the shaft line up to
the self-sustaining speed.
When the starting means is actuated, the IGV are in the closed shut down position and the
compressor bleed valves are open. The cranking torque from the ratchet system breaks
away the turbine shaft through the mechanical clutch, the cranking motor brings the gas
turbine to firing speed. Fuel is injected in the combustion chamber, spark plug provide
ignition in two combustion chambers and the flame spreads to the other combustion
chambers through the crossfire tubes. Flame detectors confirm full ignition to the control
panel.
Starting means remain actuated to accelerate the unit to self-sustaining speed. When the
turbine torque is higher than the cranking torque at clutch level, the clutch opens and stops
the starting means function. The gas turbine reaches nominal speed, the IGV move to full
speed no load (FSNL) operating position and the bleed valve closes.
Main shaft driven lube oil pump provides lubricating oil for the shaft line bearings. During
starting sequence the auxiliary lube oil pump feeds the header.

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMD_GT_6B_E0838_A_EN Revision: A Date: 03/2009
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 5/54
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
DESCRIPTION

Cool down sequence :

Due to the high temperature within the gas path, the gas turbine must follow a 24 hours
ratchet sequence, after shut down, to provide cool down cycle to the shaft line by turning a
eighth turn every three minutes.

GAS TURBINE SIMPLIFIED FLOW DIAGRAM

Filtered
Inlet
air Exhaust

Fuel Combustion

Torque output Torque

to drive output
Axial flow Turbine
accessories to drive
Compressor
and from the load
starting
means

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMD_GT_6B_E0838_A_EN Revision: A Date: 03/2009
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 6/54
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
DESCRIPTION

1.2. TURBINE BASE AND SUPPORTS

1.2.1. TURBINE BASE

Description :
The base upon which the gas turbine and its accessories are mounted is a structural-steel
fabrication. It forms a single platform which supports the basic gas turbine unit and the
accessory equipment.
In addition, the base supports the gas turbine inlet and exhaust plenums.
The forward end of the base, under the accessory compartment, also functions as a lube oil
storage tank. An oil drain channel is constructed along the web of the left longitudinal I-beam.
The channel extends from the oil tank to the aft end of the base, providing a passage for the
lube oil header.
Lube oil feed and drain connections are made at the aft end of this drain channel.
Finished pads on the bottom of the base facilitate its mounting on the site foundation.

TURBINE BASE

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMD_GT_6B_E0838_A_EN Revision: A Date: 03/2009
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 7/54
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
DESCRIPTION

1.2.2. TURBINE SUPPORTS

Description :
The gas turbine is mounted to its base by vertical supports at three locations. The forward
support is located at the lower half of the vertical flange of the forward compressor casing,
and the aft two support-legs are located on either side of the turbine shell.
The forward support is a flexible plate that rests on two machined pads attached to the
forward cross frame beam of the turbine base. The support plate is bolted and doweled to
these pads and to the forward flanges of the forward compressor casing.
The aft supports are leg-type supports, located one on each side of the turbine shell. Both
vertical support legs rest on machined pads on the base and attach snugly to the turbine
exhaust-frame-mounted support pads. The legs provide centerline support to supply casing
alignment.
On the inner surface of each support leg a water jacket is provided, through which cooling
water is circulated to minimize thermal expansion and to assist in maintaining alignment
between the turbine and the generator.
The leg-type supports maintain the axial and vertical position of the turbine, while a gib key
coupled with the support legs maintains its lateral position.
FORWARD TURBINE SUPPORT

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMD_GT_6B_E0838_A_EN Revision: A Date: 03/2009
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 8/54
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
DESCRIPTION

REAR TURBINE
SUPPORT LEG (one
on each side)

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMD_GT_6B_E0838_A_EN Revision: A Date: 03/2009
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 9/54
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
DESCRIPTION

1.2.3. GIB KEY AND GUIDE BLOCK

Description :
A gib key is machined on the lower half of the turbine shell. The key fits into a guide block
which is welded to the turbine base aft cross beam. The key is held securely in place in the
guide block with bolts that bear against the key on each side.
This key-and-block arrangement prevents lateral or rotational movement of the turbine while
permitting axial and radial movement resulting from thermal expansion.

GIB KEY

GUIDE BLOCK

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMD_GT_6B_E0838_A_EN Revision: A Date: 03/2009
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 10/54
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
DESCRIPTION

1.3. COMPRESSOR SECTION

1.3.1. GENERAL

Description :
The axial-flow compressor section consists of the compressor rotor and the enclosing casing.
Included within the compressor casing are the inlet guide vanes, the 17 stages of rotor and
stator blades, and the 2 exit guide vanes rows.
In the compressor, air is confined to the space between the rotor and stator blades where it
is compressed in stages by a series of alternate rotating (rotor) and stationary (stator) airfoil-
shaped blades.
The rotor blades supply the force needed to compress the air in each stage and the stator
blades guide the air so that it enters the following rotor stage at the proper angle. The
compressed air exits through the compressor discharge casing to the combustion chambers.
Air is extracted from the compressor for turbine cooling, for bearing sealing, and during start-
up for pulsation control.
Since minimum clearance between rotor and stator provides best performance in a
compressor, parts are made and assembled very accurately.

COMPRESSSOR

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMD_GT_6B_E0838_A_EN Revision: A Date: 03/2009
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 11/54
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
DESCRIPTION

1.3.2. COMPRESSOR ROTOR

Description :
The compressor rotor is an assembly of 15 wheels, 2 stubshafts and wheels assemblies,
through bolts, and the rotor blades.
Each wheel and the wheel portion of each stubshaft has slots broached around its periphery.
The rotor blades are inserted into these slots and they are held in axial position by staking at
each end of the slot. The wheels and stubshafts are assembled to each other with mating
rabbets for concentricity control and are held together with tie bolts.
The forward stubshaft is machined to provide the active and inactive thrust faces and the
journal for the n° 1 bearing, as well as the sealing surfaces for the n° 1 bearing oil seals and
the compressor low pressure air seal.
After assembly, the rotor is dynamically balanced to a fine limit.

COMPRESSOR ROTOR LOCATION

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMD_GT_6B_E0838_A_EN Revision: A Date: 03/2009
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 12/54
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
DESCRIPTION

COMPRESSOR ROTOR BLADE

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMD_GT_6B_E0838_A_EN Revision: A Date: 03/2009
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 13/54
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
DESCRIPTION

1.3.3. COMPRESSOR STATOR

General :
The stator (casing) area of the compressor section is composed of three major sections :
x Inlet casing.
x Compressor casing.
x Compressor discharge casing.
These sections, in conjunction with the turbine shell and exhaust frame form the primary
structure of the gas turbine. They support the rotor at the bearing points and constitute the
outer wall of the gas path annulus.
The casing bore is maintained to close tolerances with respect to the rotor blade tips for
maximum efficiency.

COMPRESSOR STATOR (IN BLACK)

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMD_GT_6B_E0838_A_EN Revision: A Date: 03/2009
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 14/54
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
DESCRIPTION

Inlet casing :
The inlet casing is located at the forward end of the gas turbine, in the inlet plenum.
Its prime function is to uniformly direct air to the compressor. The inlet casing also supports
the n°1 bearing assembly. The n° 1 bearing lower half is cast integral with the inner
bellmouth. The upper half bearing housing is a separate casting, flanged and bolted to the
lower half. The inner bellmouth is positioned to the outer bellmouth by seven airfoil-shaped
radial struts and seven axial tiebars. Both the struts and tiebars are cast into the bellmouth
walls.

INLET CASING

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMD_GT_6B_E0838_A_EN Revision: A Date: 03/2009
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 15/54
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
DESCRIPTION

Variable inlet guide vanes :

Variable inlet guide vanes are located at the aft end of the inlet casing.
The position of these vanes has an effect on the quantity of compressor air flow. Movement
of the inlet guide vanes is actuated by a hydraulic cylinder connected to the inlet guide vane
control ring that turns the individual pinion gears mounted on the end of each vane. The
gears, the ring and the vanes are shown next page.

VARIABLE INLET GUIDE VANES

HYDRAULIC
CYLINDER FOR
I.G.V. SYSTEM

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMD_GT_6B_E0838_A_EN Revision: A Date: 03/2009
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 16/54
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
DESCRIPTION

INLET GUIDE VANES SYSTEM

PINION GEAR
VANES

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMD_GT_6B_E0838_A_EN Revision: A Date: 03/2009
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 17/54
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
DESCRIPTION

INLET GUIDE VANES

PINION GEAR

RING GEAR

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMD_GT_6B_E0838_A_EN Revision: A Date: 03/2009
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 18/54
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
DESCRIPTION

Compressor casing :
The forward compressor casing contains the first- through tenth- compressor stages. It also
transfers the structural loads from the adjoining casing to the forward support which is bolted
and doweled to this compressor casing’s forward flange.
Extraction ports in the casing permit removal of fifth- eleventh- and thirteenth-stage
compressor air. Air from fifth and eleventh-stages is used for cooling and sealing functions
and is also used for starting and shutdown pulsation control. Air from therteenth-stage is
used for the cooling of the second-stage nozzle.

COMPRESOR CASING

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMD_GT_6B_E0838_A_EN Revision: A Date: 03/2009
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 19/54
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
DESCRIPTION

Discharge casing :
The compressor discharge casing is the final portion of the compressor section.
It is the longest single casting. It is situated at the midpoint between the forward and aft
supports and is, in effect, the keystone of the gas turbine structure.
The functions of the compressor discharge casing are to contain the final seven compressor
stages, to form both the inner and outer walls of the compressor diffuser, provide inner
support for the first-stage nozzle and join the compressor and turbine stators, and support
the outer combustion cans.
The compressor discharge casing consists of two cylinders, one being a continuation of the
compressor casings and the other being an inner cylinder that surrounds the compressor
rotor. The two cylinders are concentrically positioned by ten radial struts. These struts extend
from the inner cylinder outward to a vertical bulkhead.
The bulkhead has ten circular openings permitting air flow to enter the combustion system.
This bulkhead also provides support to the ten combustion chamber assemblies.
A diffuser is formed by the tapered annulus between the outer cylinder and inner cylinder of
the discharge casing. The diffuser converts some of the compressor exit velocity into added
pressure.
DISCHARGE CASING

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMD_GT_6B_E0838_A_EN Revision: A Date: 03/2009
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 20/54
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
DESCRIPTION

Blading:
The compressor rotor and stator blades are airfoil shaped and were designed to compress
air efficiently at high blade tip velocities. The blades are attached to their wheels by dovetails
arrangements.
The dovetail is very precise in size and position so as to maintain each blade in the desired
position and location on the wheel.
The stator blades for stages 1 through 4 are mounted by similar dovetails into ring segments.
The ring segments are inserted into circumferential grooves in the casing and are held in
place with locking keys. In stages 5 through 17, the stator blades and exit guide vanes 1 and
2 have a square base dovetail and are inserted directly into circumferential grooves in the
casing. Locking keys are used as with the blade ring design.

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMD_GT_6B_E0838_A_EN Revision: A Date: 03/2009
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 21/54
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
DESCRIPTION

COMPRESSOR STATOR BLADE

(Stage 5 trough 17)

COMPRESSOR STATOR BLADE

(Stage 1 trough 4)

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMD_GT_6B_E0838_A_EN Revision: A Date: 03/2009
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 22/54
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
DESCRIPTION

1.4. COMBUSTION SECTION

1.4.1. GENERAL

The combustion system is the reverse flow type which includes 10 combustion chambers
having the following components :
x Liners.
x flow sleeves.
x Transition pieces.
x Crossfire tubes.
Flame detectors, crossfire tubes, fuel nozzles and spark plugs igniters are also part of the
total system.
Hot gases, generated from burning fuel in the combustion chambers, are used to drive the
turbine.
In the reverse flow system high pressure air from the compressor discharge is directed
around the transition pieces and into the annular spaces that surround each of the 10
combustion chamber liners.
Compressor discharge air which surrounds the liner, flows radially inward through small
holes in the liner wall and impinges against rings that are brazed to the liner wall. This air
then flows right toward the liner discharge end and forms a film of air that shields the liner
wall from the hot combustion gases. Fuel is supplied to each combustion chamber through a
nozzle.
Combustion chambers are numbered counterclockwise when viewed looking down stream
and starting from the top of the machine.
The ten combustion chambers are interconnected by means of crossfire tubes. These tubes
enable flame from the fired chambers containing spark plugs to propagate to the unfired
chambers.

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMD_GT_6B_E0838_A_EN Revision: A Date: 03/2009
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 23/54
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
DESCRIPTION

FLAME DETECTOR
LOCATION (2,3,7,8)

VIEW LOOKING DOWNSTREAM

SPARK PLUG
LOCATION
(1,10)

COMBUSTION CHAMBER ARRANGEMENT

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMD_GT_6B_E0838_A_EN Revision: A Date: 03/2009
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 24/54
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
DESCRIPTION

1.4.2. COMBUSTION CHAMBERS AND CROSSFIRE TUBES

Description :
Discharge air from the axial flow compressor enters the combustion chamber from the cavity
at the center of the unit. The air flows up-stream along the outside of the combustion liner
toward the liner cap. A part of this air enters the combustion chamber reaction zone through
the fuel nozzle swirl tip and through metering holes in both the cap and liner.
The hot combustion gases from the reaction zone pass through a thermal soaking zone and
then into a dilution zone where additional air is mixed with the combustion gases. Metering
holes in the dilution zone allow the correct amount of air to enter and cool the gases to the
desired temperature. Along the length of the combustion liner and in the liner cap are
openings whose function is to provide a film of air for cooling the walls of the liner and cap.
The 10 combustion chamber casings are identical with the exception of those fitted with
spark plugs or flame detectors.

COMBUSTION LINER

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMD_GT_6B_E0838_A_EN Revision: A Date: 03/2009
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 25/54
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
DESCRIPTION

1.4.3. SPARK PLUGS AND FLAME DETECTORS

Spark plugs :
Combustion is initiated by means of the discharge from two high-voltage, retractable-
electrode spark plugs installed in adjacent combustion chambers (N° 1 and 10).
These spring-injected and pressure-retractable plugs receive their energy from ignition
transformers. At the time of firing, a spark at one or both of these plugs ignites the
combustion gases in the chambers. The gases in the remaining chambers are ignited by
crossfire through the tubes that interconnect the reaction zones of the remaining chambers.
As rotor speed increases, chamber pressure causes the spark plugs to retract and the
electrodes are removed from the combustion zone.

SPARK PLUG (TYPICAL)

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMD_GT_6B_E0838_A_EN Revision: A Date: 03/2009
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 26/54
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
DESCRIPTION

Flame detectors :
During the starting sequence, it is essential that an indication of the presence or absence of
flame be transmitted to the control system. For this reason, a primary flame monitoring
system is used consisting of four sensors which are installed on four adjacent combustion
chambers (N° 2 and 3, 7 and 8) and an electronic amplifier which is mounted in the turbine
control panel.
The ultraviolet flame sensor consists of a flame sensor, containing a gas filled detector. The
gas within this flame sensor detector is sensitive to the presence of ultraviolet radiation which
is emitted by a hydrocarbon flame. A d.c voltage, supplied by the amplifier, is impressed
across the detector terminals. If flame is present, the ionization of the gas in the detector
allows conduction in the circuit which activates the electronics to give an output defining
flame. Conversely, the absence of flame will generate an opposite output defining ”no flame”.

FLAME DETECTOR (TYPICAL)

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMD_GT_6B_E0838_A_EN Revision: A Date: 03/2009
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 27/54
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
DESCRIPTION

1.4.4. FUEL NOZZLES

Description :
Each combustion chamber is equipped with a fuel nozzle that sprays a metered amount of
the required fuel into the combustion liner. The dual capabilities fuel nozzles are used in gas
turbine burning either gas fuels, with possibility of transfer from one of the fuel to the other
(dual fuel unit). The fuel nozzle functions to distribute the liquid and/or gas fuel into the
reaction zone of the combustion liner, in a manner which promotes uniform, rapid and
complete combustion.
Atomizing air is utilized with liquid fuel to assist in the formation of a finely divided spray.
The liquid fuel and atomizing air enter the fuel nozzle assembly through separate
connections. Then, they are introduced through separate but concentric passages in the fuel
nozzle body. Fuel enters the inner passage.
Gas fuel enters the fuel nozzle assembly through the fuel gas connection flange and is
routed through nozzle internal passages to orifices located in the gas tip.
Liquid fuel is atomized in the fuel nozzle swirl chamber by means of high-pressure air and
then passes into the combustion zone. Gaseous fuel is admitted directly into each
combustion chamber through metering holes located at the inner edge of swirl plate. The
atomized fuel/air mixture is then sprayed into the combustion zone. Action of the swirl tip
imparts a spin to the combustion air which enhances combustion and results in essentially
smoke-free operation of the unit.

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMD_GT_6B_E0838_A_EN Revision: A Date: 03/2009
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 28/54
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
DESCRIPTION

PART NOMENCLATURE

1 Body.
2 Gas swirl tip.
3 Compound anti-seize.
4 Outer liquid tip.
5 Transition piece assembly.
5a Transition piece (body).
5b Pilot.
5c Retainer.
6 Locking plate, fuel nozzle.

FUEL NOZZLE GAS FUEL

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMD_GT_6B_E0838_A_EN Revision: A Date: 03/2009
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 29/54
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
DESCRIPTION

1.4.5. TRANSITION PIECES

Description :
Transition pieces direct the hot gases from the liners to the turbine first-stage nozzle. Thus,
the first nozzle area is divided into ten equal areas receiving the hot gas flow.
The transition pieces are sealed to both the outer and inner sidewalls on the entrance side of
the nozzle, so minimizing leakage of compressor discharge air into the nozzle
TRANSITION PIECE

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMD_GT_6B_E0838_A_EN Revision: A Date: 03/2009
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 30/54
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
DESCRIPTION

SPARK PLUG

FUEL
COMBUSTION LINER
NOZZLE

TRANSITION
PIECE

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMD_GT_6B_E0838_A_EN Revision: A Date: 03/2009
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 31/54
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
DESCRIPTION

1.4.6. FALSE START DRAIN

In liquid fuel units, for safety reasons a false start drain manifold, with piping to chambers 3
through 7, protects the turbine from an accumulation of unburned liquid fuel in the
combustion system. At turbine start-up, the drain is open. After firing, combustion pressure
increases to a value which activates a valve in the false start drain.
Should the turbine fail to fire, the valve remains open to drain the liquid fuel. There is an
additional false start drain at the lower vertical center-line of the turbine shell to drain any
liquid fuel from that area, should a false start occur.

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMD_GT_6B_E0838_A_EN Revision: A Date: 03/2009
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 32/54
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
DESCRIPTION

1.5. TURBINE SECTION

1.5.1. GENERAL

Description :
The three-stage turbine section is the area in which energy in the form of high energy,
pressured gas produced by the compressor and combustion sections is converted to
mechanical energy.
Each turbine stage is comprised of a nozzle and the corresponding wheel with its buckets.
Turbine section components include the turbine rotor (wheels, buckets), turbine shell,
(nozzles, shrouds), exhaust frame and exhaust diffuser.

TURBINE SECTION

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMD_GT_6B_E0838_A_EN Revision: A Date: 03/2009
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 33/54
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
DESCRIPTION

1.5.2. TURBINE ROTOR

Description :
The turbine rotor is of through-bolted construction, consisting of the distance piece, first-
stage wheel, first- and second-stage spacer, second-stage wheel, second- and third-stage
spacer, third-stage wheel and the aft wheel shaft.
It is mated to the compressor rotor by the bolted flange connection of the compressor
seventeenth-stage wheel, thus connecting the distance piece to the wheel.
Concentricity control is achieved with mating rabbets on the turbine wheels, wheel shafts and
spacers. The wheels are held together with through-bolt. Selective positioning of rotor
members is performed to minimize balance corrections.
The aft wheel shaft connects from the third-stage turbine wheel to the load coupling. It
includes the n° 2 bearing journal.
Spacers between the first- and second-stage turbine wheels and between the second- and
third-stage turbine wheels provide the axial position of the individual wheels. These spacers
carry the diaphragm sealing bands. The spacer forward faces include radial slots for cooling
air passages.

TURBINE ROTOR

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMD_GT_6B_E0838_A_EN Revision: A Date: 03/2009
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 34/54
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
DESCRIPTION

Buckets :
The turbine buckets increase in size from the first- to the third-stage. Because of the
pressure reduction resulting from energy conversion in each stage, an increased annulus
area is required to accommodate the gas flow ; thus, the increasing size of the buckets.
The first-stage buckets are the first rotating surfaces encountered by the extremely hot gases
leaving the first-stage nozzle. Each first-stage bucket contains a series of longitudinal air
passages for bucket cooling. Air is introduced into each first-stage bucket through a cavity
between the wheel and the base of the bucket dovetail (pine-tree shaped). The air flows
through a series of cooling holes spanning the bucket lengthwise and exits from these holes
at each recessed bucket tip. The holes are spaced and sized to obtain optimum cooling of
the airfoil with a minimum of compressor extraction air.
The second-stage buckets also contains a series of longitudinal air passages for bucket
cooling. Air is introduced through four cooling holes in the bucket dovetail and it flows
towards the bucket tip where it exits. The tips of these buckets are enclosed by a shroud
which is a part of the tip seal (integral shroud). The shroud interlock from bucket to bucket to
dampen vibration.
The third-stage buckets are not internally air cooled. The tips of these buckets, like the
second-stage buckets, are enclosed by a shroud which is a part of the tip seal. The shrouds
interlock from bucket to bucket to dampen vibration.
The three-stages of turbine buckets are attached to their wheels by straight, axial entry,
multiple-tang dovetails that fit into matching cutouts in the rims of the turbine wheels. The
dovetails are a significant distance from the hot gases to reduce the temperature at the
dovetail.
The turbine rotor assembly is arranged so that the buckets can be replaced without
unstacking the wheels, spacers, and wheel shaft assemblies.

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMD_GT_6B_E0838_A_EN Revision: A Date: 03/2009
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 35/54
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
DESCRIPTION

BUCKETS

1ST-STAGE 2ND-STAGE 3RD-STAGE

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMD_GT_6B_E0838_A_EN Revision: A Date: 03/2009
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 36/54
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
DESCRIPTION

Turbine rotor cooling :

The turbine rotor must be cooled to maintain reasonable operating temperatures and
therefore, assure a longer turbine service life.
Cooling is accomplished by means of a positive flow of cool air radially outward through a
space between the wheel and buckets and the stator into the main gas stream. This area is
called the wheelspace.
x The first-stage forward wheelspace is cooled by compressor discharge air. At the aft end
of the compressor rotor is a high pressure packing between the rotor and the inner barrel
of the compressor discharge casing. Part of the leakage through this labyrinth furnishes
the air flow through the first-stage forward wheelspace. This cooling air flow discharges
into the main gas stream aft of the first nozzle.
x The first-stage aft wheelspace is cooled by second-stage nozzle cooling air.
x The second-stage forward wheelspace is cooled by leakage from the first-stage aft
wheelspace through the interstage labyrinth. This air returns to the gas path at the
entrance of the second-stage buckets.
x The second-stage aft wheelspace is cooled by air from the internal extraction system
(from the sixteenth-stage of compression, more exactly). This air enters the wheelspace
through slots in the forward face of the spacer. Air from this wheelspace returns to the gas
path at the third-stage nozzle entrance.
x The third-stage forward wheelspace is cooled by leakage from the second-stage aft
wheelspace through the interstage labyrinth. This air reenters the gas path at the third-
stage bucket entrance.
x The third-stage aft wheelspace is cooled by air from externally mounted blowers. This
cooling air is piped to the turbine shell where it flows through holes in the shell and enters
the exhaust frame where it is first used for cooling the struts and then the majority is finally
directed to the third-stage aft wheelspace cavity.

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMD_GT_6B_E0838_A_EN Revision: A Date: 03/2009
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 37/54
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
DESCRIPTION

1.5.3. TURBINE STATOR

Structure :
The turbine shell and the exhaust frame complete the major portion of the gas turbine stator
structure. The turbine nozzles, shrouds, n° 2 bearing and turbine exhaust diffuser are
internally supported from these components.

TURBINE SHELL TURBINE STATOR

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMD_GT_6B_E0838_A_EN Revision: A Date: 03/2009
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 38/54
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
DESCRIPTION

Turbine shell :
The turbine shell controls the axial and radial position of the shrouds and nozzles.
Resultantly, it controls turbine clearances and the relative positions of the nozzles to the
turbine buckets. This positioning is critical to the turbine performance.
Hot gases contained by the turbine shell are a source of heat flow into the shell. To control
the shell diameter, it is important to reduce the heat flow into the shell by design and to cool it
to limit its temperature. Heat flow limitations incorporate insulation, cooling, and multilayered
structures. The cylindrical portion of the shell is cooled by cooling air produced from an
external device with blowers. This air flows axially through the shell and out through holes in
the aft vertical flange into the exhaust frame. Then, air is used for further cooling of the
exhaust frame struts and turbine third-stage aft wheelspace.
The shell forward flange is bolted to the bulkhead at the aft end of the compressor discharge
casing. The shell aft flange is bolted to the exhaust frame. Trunnions cast onto the sides of
the shell are used to aid in lifting the gas turbine when it is separated from its base, should
this ever be necessary.

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMD_GT_6B_E0838_A_EN Revision: A Date: 03/2009
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 39/54
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
DESCRIPTION

Turbine nozzles :
In the turbine section, there are three-stages of stationary nozzles which direct the high-
velocity flow of the expanded hot combustion gas against the turbine buckets, causing the
rotor to rotate. Because of the high pressure drop across these nozzles, there are seals at
both the inside diameters and the outside diameters to prevent loss of system energy by
leakage. Since these nozzles operate in the hot combustion gas flow, they are subjected to
thermal stresses in addition to gas pressure loadings.
x First-stage nozzle :
The first-stage nozzle receives the hot combustion gases from the combustion system via
the transition pieces. The transition pieces are sealed to both the outer and inner
sidewalls on the entrance side of the nozzle minimizing leakage of compressor discharge
air into the nozzle. The 18 cast nozzle segments, each with two partitions (or airfoils) are
contained by a horizontally split retaining ring which is centre-line supported to the turbine
shell on lugs at the sides and guided by pins at the top and bottom vertical centre-lines.
This permits radial growth of the retaining ring, resulting from changes in temperature
while the ring remains centred in the shell.
The aft outer diameter of the retaining ring is loaded against the forward face of the first-
stage turbine shroud and acts an the air seal to prevent leakage of compressor discharge
air between the nozzle and shell. On the inner sidewall, the nozzle is sealed by U-shaped
seal segments installed between the nozzle and the first-stage nozzle support ring bolted
to the compressor discharge casing. The nozzle is prevented from moving forward by four
lugs welded to the aft outside diameter of the retaining ring at 45 degrees from vertical
and horizontal centre-lines. These lugs fit in a groove machined in the turbine shell just
forward of the first-stage shroud T-hook. By removing the horizontal joint support block
and the bottom centre-line guide pine, the lower half of the nozzle can be rolled out with
the turbine rotor in place.
The first-stage nozzle partitions are internally cooled by compressor discharge air.
x Second-stage nozzle :
Combustion gas exiting from the first-stage buckets is again expanded and redirected
against the second-stage turbine buckets by the second-stage nozzle.
The second-stage nozzle is made of 16 cast segments, each with three partitions (or
airfoils). The male hooks on the entrance and exit sides of the sidewall fit into female
grooves on the aft side of the first-stage shrouds and on the forward side of the second-
stage shrouds to maintain the nozzle concentric with the turbine shell and rotor. This close
fitting tongue-and-groove fit between nozzle and shrouds acts as an outside diameter air
seal. The nozzle segments are held in a circumferential position by radial pins from the
shell into axial slots in the nozzle outer sidewall.
The second-stage nozzle partitions are cooled with compressor discharge air of
thirteenth-stage.
x Third-stage nozzle :
The third-stage nozzle receives the hot gas as it leaves the second-stage buckets,
increases its velocity by pressure drop and directs this flow to impinge against the third-
stage buckets.

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMD_GT_6B_E0838_A_EN Revision: A Date: 03/2009
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 40/54
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
DESCRIPTION

The nozzle consists of 16 cast segments, each with four partitions (or airfoils). It is held at
the outer sidewall forward and aft sides in grooves in the turbine shrouds in a manner
identical to that used on the second-stage nozzle. The third-stage nozzle is
circumferentially positioned by radial pins from the shell.

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMD_GT_6B_E0838_A_EN Revision: A Date: 03/2009
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 41/54
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
DESCRIPTION

Diaphragms :
Attached to the inside diameters of both the second- and third-stage nozzle segments are
the nozzle diaphragms.
These diaphragms prevent air leakage past the inner sidewall of the nozzles and the turbine
rotor. The high/low, labyrinth-type seal teeth are machined into the inside diameter of the
diaphragm. They mate with opposing sealing lands on the turbine rotor. Minimal radial
clearance between stationary parts (diaphragm and nozzles) and the moving rotor are
essential for maintaining low interstage leakage. This result in higher turbine efficiency.

Shrouds :
Unlike the compressor blading, the turbine bucket tips do not run directly against an integral
machined surface of the casing but against annular curved segments called turbine shrouds.
The primary function of the shrouds is to provide a cylindrical surface for minimizing tip
clearance leakage.
The secondary function is to provide a high thermal resistance between the hot gases and
the comparatively cool shell. By accomplishing this function, the shell cooling load is
drastically reduced, the shell diameter is controlled, the shell roundness is maintained, and
important turbine clearances are assured.
The shroud segments are maintained in the circumferential position by radial pins from the
shell. Joints between shroud segments are sealed by interconnecting tongues and grooves.

DIAPHRAGMS

SHROUD

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMD_GT_6B_E0838_A_EN Revision: A Date: 03/2009
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 42/54
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
DESCRIPTION

1.5.4. EXHAUST FRAME AND DIFFUSER

The exhaust frame is bolted to the aft flange of the turbine shell.
Structurally, the frame consists of an outer cylinder and an inner cylinder interconnected by
the radial struts.
Exhaust frame radial struts cross the exhaust gas stream. The struts must be maintained at a
uniform temperature in order to control the central position of the rotor in relation to the
stator. This temperature stabilization is accomplished by protecting the struts from exhaust
gases with a metal wrapper fabricated into the diffuser. This wrapper also provides a circuit
for cooling air ; turbine shell cooling air flows towards the exhaust frame holes facing the
turbine shell holes, and then through the space between the struts and the wrapper to
maintain uniform temperature of the struts.
The exhaust diffuser is located between the inner and outer cylinders. Gases exhaust from
the third- turbine stage enter the diffuser where velocity is reduced by diffusion and pressure
is recovered. At the exit of the diffuser, turning vanes assist in directing the gases into the
exhaust plenum.

EXHAUST FRAME AND DIFFUSER

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMD_GT_6B_E0838_A_EN Revision: A Date: 03/2009
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 43/54
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
DESCRIPTION

1.6. BEARINGS

1.6.1. GENERAL

Introduction :
The gas turbine unit contains two main journal bearings used to support the gas turbine rotor.
The unit also includes thrust bearings to maintain the rotor-to-stator axial position.
These bearings and seals are incorporated in two housings : one at the inlet and one in the
exhaust frame.
These two bearings are pressure-lubricated by fluid supplied from the main lubricating
system. The lubricating oil flows through branch lines to an inlet in each bearing housing.
The N° 1 bearing contains 3 bearings ; among these, there is a journal bearing, elliptical
type.
The N° 2 bearing is a journal bearing, elliptical type.
Journal bearings, elliptical type are characterized by their non-cylindrical bores and are
designed to improve the stability of the shafts at high speeds.
An elliptical bearing is made up of two cylindrical halves brought together so that their
centers are displaced several mils from the bearing center (1 mil = 0.0254 mm).
It is manufactured by placing shims at the horizontal split and then machining a cylindrical
bore. The shims are then removed and the two halves are brought together to form the
elliptical bearing.
Lubrication and lubricant seals (General) :
The two main bearings are pressure-lubricated with lubricating oil supplied from the lube
reservoir in the turbine base. When lubricating oil enters the bearing housing inlet, it flows
into an annulus around the bearing liner. From the annulus, the fluid flows through machined
holes in the liner to the bearing face. The lube oil is prevented from escaping along the
turbine shaft by the use of seals in each of the bearing housings.
These labyrinth packings of deflectors, or teeth, are assembled at the bearing assemblies
where fluid control is required. A smooth surface is machined on the shaft and the seals are
assembled so that only a small clearance exists between the seal deflector and the shaft.
The seals are designed with double rows of packing and an annular space between them.
Pressurized sealing air is admitted into this space and prevents lube oil from spreading along
the shaft. Some of this air returns with the lube oil to the reservoir and is vented through a
vent.

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMD_GT_6B_E0838_A_EN Revision: A Date: 03/2009
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 44/54
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
DESCRIPTION

1.6.2. N° 1 BEARING

Description :
The N° 1 bearing subassembly is located in the center of the inlet casing assembly and
contains three bearings :
x Active (loaded) thrust bearing ;
x Inactive (unloaded) thrust bearing ;
x Journal bearing.
Additionally, it contains one ”running type” ring seal , two labyrinth seals, and a housing in
which the components are installed.
The components are keyed to the housing to prevent rotation. The bottom part of the housing
is a part of the inlet casing.
The top of the housing is a separate casting, flanged and bolted to the bottom half.
The labyrinth seals at each end of the housing are pressurized with air extracted from the
compressor’s fifth-stage. The ”running type” ring seal at the forward end of the thrust bearing
cavity contains the lubricant and limits entrance of air into the cavity.
A thrust bearing unit is made up of a shaft member called the ”thrust runner” and a stationary
member, called the ”bearing”. Thrust bearings are provided to support the thrust loads
developed on the rotor surfaces of a gas turbine unit. The thrust load imposed on such a
bearing is the algebraic sum of the forces that act on the rotor assembly in a direction along
the rotor axis. For example, the thrust forces of an axial-flow type compressor, such as used
in this gas turbine, are only partially compensated for by the anti-thrust forces of the turbine
that drives it, and the resultant thrust load will tend to move the rotor assembly in a direction
opposite to that of the air flow through the compressor.
During normal operation of the gas turbine unit, the thrust load of the rotor assembly is
unidirectional ; however, during start-up and shut-down of the unit, the direction of the thrust
load will generally reverse. Thus, two thrust bearings are assembled on a rotor shaft in order
to support the thrust loads imposed in either direction. The bearing which takes the thrust
load during normal operation is called the ”active” or ”loaded” thrust bearing, and that which
takes the thrust load during start-up or shut-down of the unit, is called the ”inactive” or
”unloaded” thrust bearing.

1 Active (loaded) thrust bearing

The action thrust bearing is a tilting pad equalizing type. This type of bearing is capable of
sustaining high loads and is very tolerant of shaft and housing misalignment. The principal
parts of the tilting pad equalizing thrust bearing include the rotating ”collar” or ”thrust
runner” which is an integral part of the rotor shaft, the stationary pivoted segments or
bearing members called ”pads”, two rows of hardened steel equalizing levers called
”levelling plates” and the supporting member called the ”base ring”. The pads and the
levelling plates are assembled in the base ring and the assembled in the base ring and
the complete assembly is supported in the bearing housing where it is keyed to prevent
rotation.

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMD_GT_6B_E0838_A_EN Revision: A Date: 03/2009
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 45/54
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
DESCRIPTION

x Pads :
The bearing pad is shaped like the sector of a ring. Its bearing surface is faced with babitt,
and each pad has a hardened steel button, called a ”pad support”, set into its back which
allows the pad to tilt slightly in any direction on its levelling plate.
x Levelling plates :
The levelling plates are short levers with center fulcrums. Their functions is to align the
bearing pads with the thrust runner and to equalize the load amongst the pads despite
possible slight misalignment of the shaft axis from the normal, a condition that might result
from small deflections in the turbine structure during operation. The levelling plates are
located in the base ring by dowels or screws such that the plates are free to tilt on their
fulcrums. The load transmitted by the thrust runner to any one pad causes the pad to
press against the upper levelling plate immediately behind it. Each levelling plate, in turn,
is supported upon one edge of each of the two adjacent lower levelling plates, the other
edges of which take part in supporting the next upper levelling plates on either side.
As a result of this arrangement, any incipient excess of thrust on one pad is immediately
shared, through the interaction of the levelling plates, by the adjacent pads, and this
interaction and load sharing is distributed all around the circle so that all the pads
automatically receive equal loading.
x Base ring :
The base ring provides the support for all the parts of the bearing assembly and keeps the
parts in their proper location.
Lubrication :
The tilting pad thrust bearing is classified as a hydrodynamically lubricated bearing which
means that the bearing surfaces are separated from the thrust runner by a thin film of
lubricating oil which is formed and maintained by the relative motion of the bearing
surfaces. This oil film supports the thrust load and prevents metal-to-metal contact of the
bearing surfaces. In addition to acting as a load-supporting medium, the oil also serves to
carry away the heat generated by the shearing action of the oil film.
The pads of the tilting pad thrust bearing are free to assume the position which will
provide for the optimum wedge-shaped oil film required by each different combination of
load, speed, oil viscosity and temperature to which the bearing is subjected.
The tilting pad thrust bearing is lubricated by oil which is admitted under pressure through
ports in the bearing housing to an annulus behind the base ring. The lube oil then flows
through ports in the base ring to the thrust bearing cavity where it is picked up by the
rotating thrust runner and carried around the entire bearing surface. Oil circulation through
the tilting pad thrust bearing is assisted by the natural pumping action of the rotating thrust
collar.
Oil leaves the bearing at the outer periphery of the pads and thrust collar where it is
gathered in a large annular cavity and drained. The drain annulus and exit ports are cast
or machined into the bearing housing.

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMD_GT_6B_E0838_A_EN Revision: A Date: 03/2009
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 46/54
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
DESCRIPTION

N° 1 BEARING ASSEMBLY

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMD_GT_6B_E0838_A_EN Revision: A Date: 03/2009
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 47/54
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
DESCRIPTION

2 Inactive (unloaded) thrust bearing

The inactive (unloaded) thrust bearing is a taper-land type.
The taper-land thrust bearing consists of a steel ring faced with babitt. The bearing
derives its name from the fact that the bearing surface is divided by radial oil grooves into
a number of individual pads, each surface of which is tapered. A portion of the surface
near the trailing edge of the pad is generally left untapered.

Lubrication :
The taper-land thrust bearing also is classified as a hydrodynamically lubricated bearing.
It is lubricated by oil admitted under pressure through the oil passages in the bearing
housing to the inner diameter of the bearing. The lube oil flows along the shaft into radial
oil grooves. The radial oil grooves do not fully extend to the outer periphery of the bearing,
but instead, are partially dammed to prevent the bearing from being starved of lubricating
oil under the action of the high centrifugal forces generated by the high shaft speed of the
gas turbine rotor assembly. From the radial oil grooves, the oil is carried over the surfaces
of the lands by the rotating thrust collar. An oil film is formed between the thrust collar and
the bearing and provides for hydrodynamic lubrication.

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMD_GT_6B_E0838_A_EN Revision: A Date: 03/2009
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 48/54
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
DESCRIPTION

SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM OF THE EQUALIZING MEANS

LEVELING PLATES PADS

LOADES THRUST

UNLOADED THRUST

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMD_GT_6B_E0838_A_EN Revision: A Date: 03/2009
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 49/54
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
DESCRIPTION

THRUST BEARING ARRANGEMENT

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMD_GT_6B_E0838_A_EN Revision: A Date: 03/2009
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 50/54
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
DESCRIPTION

1.6.3. N° 2 BEARING

Description :
The N° 2 bearing subassembly is centre-line supported and located inside the exhaust frame
inner tunnel. This support includes ears at the horizontal centre-line and a gib key at the
bottom center line. This permits relative growth resulting from temperature differences while
the bearing remains centred in the exhaust frame.
The assembly includes an elliptical liner, labyrinth seals and a bearing housing with separate
bearing liner retaining strap bolted to the lower half of the housing. The labyrinth seals at
each end of the housing are pressurized with air extracted from the compressor fifth-stage.
The elliptical bearings, characterized by their non-cylindrical bores, improve the stability of
the shafts at high speed. In the design of these bearings, convergent clearance regions exist
even at a concentric shaft position, and the convergence increases with an increase in shaft
eccentricity. This convergency creates high-pressure regions which, in effect, puts an
additional load on the bearing, a factor which tends to improve the shaft stability. The extra-
clearance space, as compared with a cylindrical bearing of a diameter equal to the inscribed
circle in these bearings, increases the oil flow and also reduces the power losses, resulting in
lower temperature rises in the bearing.

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMD_GT_6B_E0838_A_EN Revision: A Date: 03/2009
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 51/54
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
DESCRIPTION

1.7. COUPLING

1.7.1. GENERAL

Introduction :
Couplings are used to transmit starting torque from the accessory gear to the gas turbine
axial compressor and to transmit shaft power from the turbine to the driven reduction gear.
Simplified cutaway view.

ACCESSORY GEAR COUPLING LOAD COUPLING

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMD_GT_6B_E0838_A_EN Revision: A Date: 03/2009
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 52/54
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
DESCRIPTION

1.7.2. ACCESSORY GEAR AND LOAD COUPLING

Accessory gear coupling :

A flexible dry coupling is used to connect the accessory drive to the gas turbine shaft at the
compressor end.

Load coupling :
A rigid hollow coupling connects the turbine rotor shaft to the reduction gear.

1.7.3. EACH END OF THE COUPLING IS BOLTED AT THE FLANGE

TOWARDS TOWARDS
ACCESSORY GAS
GEAR TURBINE

ACCESSORY GEAR COUPLING

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMD_GT_6B_E0838_A_EN Revision: A Date: 03/2009
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 53/54
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
DESCRIPTION

1.8. ENCLOSURES

The gas turbine and the relevant auxiliaries are installed on site within enclosures. The aim
of those enclosures is :
x To provide weather protection for the equipment.
x To detect and extinguish the fire and to contain fire fighting medium.
x To provide proper cooling and ventilation for the equipment.
x To dilute gas leak to avoid hazardous area.
x To provide attenuation of the noise generated by the equipment.
x To protect personnel from high temperature and fire risks.
x To heat the enclosure during cold period.

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMD_GT_6B_E0838_A_EN Revision: A Date: 03/2009
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 54/54
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
DESCRIPTION

1.9. INLET AND EXHAUST SECTIONS

General
It is necessary to treat incoming atmospheric air before it enters the turbine in order to adapt
to the environment and realize the desired machine performance. Specially designed
equipment is installed to modify the quality of the incoming air to make it suitable for use in
the unit. It is necessary also to attenuate the high frequency noise in the air inlet, caused by
the rotating compressor blades.
At the exhaust end of the gas turbine, gases produced as the result of combustion in the
turbine require specific equipment according to their exhaust to atmosphere or towards heat
recovery boilers.

1.9.1. AIR INLET SYSTEM

The air inlet system, down-stream of the air filtering installation, consists of an air duct,
followed by sections of parallel baffles silencers, then a screen system located in an inlet
elbow, after which airflow reaches the gas turbine air inlet plenum. To avoid freezing air there
is an exchanger to warm up the cold air, this system constitutes the anti-icing system (if
used). For more details refer to environment volumes. The gas turbine inlet plenum contains
the compressor inlet casing.
The silencers are baffle-type construction to attenuate the high frequency noise in the air
inlet, caused by the rotating compressor blades.
More details about air inlet system and filtration are given in the Subcontractor’s Literature.

1.9.2. EXHAUST SYSTEM

In the exhaust section, the gases which have been used to power the turbine wheels are
redirected to be either released to atmosphere, or towards a heat recovery boiler in some
cases.
After leaving the exhaust frame, the hot gases reach the diffuser, located in the exhaust
plenum.
On the exhaust plenum wall facing the exhaust diffuser, a circular arrangement of
thermocouples permits exhaust gas temperature measurement. The thermocouples send
their signals to the gas turbine temperature control and protection system. The exhaust
plenum configuration is that of a box open at the top and welded to an extension of the
turbine base. Insulation in the plenum fabrication provides thermal and acoustical protection.
A flow path from the exhaust plenum open side to a duct is provided by an extension plenum
and an expansion joint. A silencer is installed in the duct after which there is another
expansion joint, before exhaust either to atmosphere, upwards, or to a recovery boiler.

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMD_GT_6B_E0838_A_EN Revision: A Date: 03/2009
 ÓÓÓÓÓÓ
TURBINE CASE (SHELL) NOZZLE SEGMENT

ÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓ ÓÓÓÓÓÓ
RETAINING PIN
ASSEMBLIES

ÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓ
ÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓ ÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓ ÓÓÓÓÓÓ
ÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓ
ÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓ
ÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓ ÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓ ÓÓÓÓÓÓ
ÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓ
ÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓ
ÓÓÓÓÓÓ
ÔÔÔÔÔ
ÓÓÓÓÓÓ
ÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓ ÔÔÔÔÔÔÔ
ÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓ ÔÔÔÔÔ
ÔÔÔÔÔÔÔ ÔÔÔÔÔÔÔ ÔÔÔÔÔ
OUTER
SIDEWALL

ÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓ
ÔÔÔÔÔÔÔ ÔÔÔÔÔÔÔ ÔÔÔÔÔ
OUTER 3rd STAGE
ECCENTRIC SIDEWALL SHROUD

ÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓ
ÔÔÔÔÔÔÔ ÔÔÔÔÔÔÔ
PIN 2nd STAGE BLOCK(S)
ASSEMBLY SHROUD

ÔÔÔÔÔÔÔ ÔÔÔÔÔÔÔ
BLOCK(S)

ÔÔÔÔÔÔÔ ÔÔÔÔÔÔÔ
RETAINING
RING

ÔÔÔÔÔÔÔ
ÔÔÔÔÔÔÔ
ÔÔÔÔÔÔÔ
3rd STAGE
NOZZLE
AIRFOIL

OUTER 1st STAGE 1st STAGE 2nd STAGE

SIDEWALL NOZZLE SHROUD NOZZLE
AIRFOIL BLOCK(S) AIRFOIL
BUCKET BUCKET
BUCKET INNER
SIDEWALL
INNER INNER

ÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓ
SIDEWALL SIDEWALL

ÓÓÓÓÓÓÓ ÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓ
1st
STAGE

ÓÓÓÓÓÓÓ ÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓ ÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓ

SUPPORT PIN 2nd

ÓÓÓÓÓÓÓ ÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓ ÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓ

& BUSHING STAGE
NOZZLE 3rd

ÓÓÓÓÓÓÓ ÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓ ÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓ

SUPPORT STAGE

ÓÓÓÓÓÓÓ ÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓ ÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓ

RING

ÓÓÓÓÓÓÓ ÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓ ÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓ

ÓÓÓÓÓÓÓ ÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓ ÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓ
NOZZLE
DIAPHRAGM

ÓÓÓÓÓÓÓ ÓÓÓÓÓÓÓÓ
SEGMENT

1 to 2 NOZZLE
SPACER DIAPHRAGM
WHEEL SEGMENT
MS6001 2 to 3
SPACER
TURBINE SECTION WHEEL
TSMC&A
MAJOR COMPONENTS & ASSEMBLY 10 / 96
 Octagon
Compressor Nut
Compressor Rotor
Stud Assembly
Qty 16
Rotor Stud
(Bolt)

Ring Nut
(Windage Nut)

AFT Stub Shaft

FWD Side Bore Fan
Configuration.
A Machined Gap Between The
16th & 17th Stage Wheels
(At The Outer Rim) Permits The
Fan To Draw Air From The
Compressed Air Flow And Direct
It Through The AFT Stub Bore
To Cool Downstream Turbine
Components.
Compressor Wheels
Stage 2 thru 15

Forward Stub Shaft

(1st Stage)
16th Stage Wheel

#1 Bearing
Journal
Air Deflector
Thrust Bearing
Runner AFT Balance
Weight Groove
Forward
Coupling

Compressor
AFT Bolt Face
(To Turb Rotor)

2nd Stage
Compressor Wheel
Note:
Blades Not Shown AFT Stub Shaft
In All Wheels (17th Stage Wheel)
For Simplicity
FWD Balance
Weight Groove

Compressor
AFT Bearing Journal
(Manufacturing Use)
61B COMP 3/98
 3rd Stage Bucket Twistlock 12PT Nut
Twistlock Rotated Qty 92 Qty 92 Qty 12
To Secure Bucket

Platform
Seal Pins Head Staked Into
Groove To Prevent
Further Rotation

Bucket And Twistlock Assembly

3rd Stage

2nd Stage Bucket

Qty 92
Shank
Seal Pins AFT Bearing
Journal
Bucket Seal Pin Assembly
Typical All Buckets
All Stages AFT Stub Shaft

3rd Stage
Turbine Wheel
1st Stage Bucket
Qty 92

2 to 3 Spacer

Rotor Stud
Qty 12 Bucket
Lockwire
12PT Nut
Qty 12 2nd Stage
Turbine Wheel

1 to 2 Spacer

Bucket
Lockwire

Lockwire
1st Stage Retaining Pin
Turbine Wheel Qty 46 Per Wheel
Lockwire
Groove
Bucket Lockwire Assembly Lockwire
Distance Piece
Typical 1st & 2nd Stage

61B TURB 3/98

 PLATFORM BUCKET
LOCKWIRE
SEAL PIN
LOCKWIRE
RETAINING
PIN

MS6001 LOCKWIRE
SECTION VIEW B–B 1st STAGE RETAINING
LOCKWIRE & RETAINING BUCKET PIN
(Example)
PIN ASSEMBLY

RADIAL
SEAL PIN

VIEW A LOCKWIRE
GROOVE
BUCKET SEAL PIN ASSEMBLY
(TYPICAL) BUCKET
LOCKWIRE

LOCKWIRE ASSEMBLY

TWISTLOCKS

MS7001EA
2nd STAGE
BUCKET
(Example)

TWISTLOCK ROTATED
TO SECURE BUCKET

TWISTLOCK HEAD STAKED INTO

STAKING GROOVE TO PREVENT
GROOVE FURTHER ROTATION
DETAIL VIEW
BUCKET & TWISTLOCK
TWISTLOCK ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY

RADIAL RADIAL ”D” KEY

BUCKET
LOCKING LOCKING
PIN PIN

MS7001EA
AXIAL 1st STAGE
LOCKING BUCKET
PIN (Example)

SECTION VIEW
LOCKING BUCKET DOVETAIL
LOCKING PIN ASSEMBLY
BUCKET
BUCKET ASSEMBLED INTO DOVETAIL SEALS
”D” KEY PLACED IN TURBINE WHEEL REFER TO
SLOT AND PUSHED INTO BUCKET VIEW A
POCKET LOCKING THE BUCKET TO
THE TURBINE WHEEL
ENLARGED VIEW C LOCKING
BUCKET & ”D” KEY
ASSEMBLY BUCKET
DOVETAIL AXIAL
LOCKING BUCKET
PIN ”D” KEY
BKTASM01 11/92
”D” KEY ASSEMBLY POCKET
 RETAINER SUPPORT PIN
LOCK PLATE
BUSHING WITH
RETAINING STRAP IS BOLTED TO OFFSET HOLE
RETAINING TURBINE SHELL AND WELDED TO RETAINER NOZZLE SEGMENT
STRAP ECCENTRIC PIN HEAD AFTER PIN BOLT SUPPORT LUG &
IS ASSEMBLED THROUGH TURBINE SLOT
SHELL INTO NOZZLE RETAINING RING.
ECCENTRIC SUPPORT
PIN RING
(UPPER
HALF)
TURBINE
SHELL VIEW – B
TANGENTIAL SUPPORT PIN ASSEMBLY
(TYPICAL 18 PLACES)
RETAINING
RING

NOZZLE ASSEMBLY
BOLTS
3 PER SIDE
6 TOTAL

F–SEAL SUPPORT
SEGMENT OUTER
(18 TOTAL) SIDEWALL NOZZLE
AIRFOIL
RETAINING (PARTITION)
RING – U.H.
HOLD DOWN CLAMP,
BOLTS & LOCKPLATE INNER
1 SET EACH SIDE SIDEWALL
2 SETS TOTAL F–SEAL SUPPORT
RETAINER
NOZZLE SEGMENT
(18 TOTAL)

AFT OUTER B
AFT INNER NOZZLE SUPPORT
NOZZLE SUPPORT RING
RING F–SEAL SUPPORT
SEALS ASSEMBLED SEGMENT
BETWEEN EACH
SEGMENT
MID

FWD INNER
FWD OUTER

RETAINING COMPRESSOR DISCHARGE

RING – L.H. CASING – INNER BARREL
SECTION VIEW A – A
MAJOR COMPONENT ASSEMBLY
SECTION VIEW A – A TANGENTIAL SUPPORT PIN
EXPLODED VIEW MAJOR COMPONENT ASSEMBLY ARRANGEMENT
F – SEAL SUPPORT ARRANGEMENT (ALTERNATIVE METHOD
NOZZLE SEGMENT SUPPORT)

RETAINING
ECCENTRIC
PIN MS6001
(LOWER HALF)
STRAP
1st STAGE NOZZLE
GTNOZ1 7/92
MAJOR COMPONENTS & ASSEMBLY
 PLUG
RETAINING PIN
1 EACH PER
SEGMENT PLUG
SEE VIEW A–A
FOR ASSEMBLY
THROUGH TURBINE
TURBINE CASE CASE

1st STAGE
SHROUD
BLOCK(S) 2nd STAGE
NOZZLE SHROUD
SEGMENT BLOCK(S)
RETAINING
PIN

OUTER AFT
SIDEWALL SEAL

NOZZLE FORWARD
AIRFOIL SEAL
(PARTITION)
NOZZLE
SEGMENT
(16 TOTAL)
B BUCKET
INNER
SIDEWALL
BUCKET FORWARD
SEAL

1st
B STAGE
2nd
STAGE AFT
SEAL
DIAPHRAGM SEALS
ASSEMBLED
BETWEEN EACH NOZZLE SEALS RADIAL
SEGMENT ASSEMBLED SEAL RADIAL
SEE VIEW B–B BETWEEN EACH SEAL
SEGMENT
SEE VIEW B–B
1 TO 2
NOZZLE WHEEL AXIAL SEAL
DIAPHRAGM SPACER
SEGMENT
SECTION VIEW A – A VIEW B – B
MAJOR COMPONENTS ASSEMBLY
ARRANGEMENT & ASSEMBLY NOZZLE AND DIAPHRAGM SEGMENT SEALS

MS6001
2nd STAGE NOZZLE
MAJOR COMPONENTS & ASSEMBLY
EXPLODED VIEW

GTNOZ2 6/92
 TURBINE CASE
PLUG

RETAINING PIN NOZZLE SEGMENT

RETAINING PIN FORWARD
1 EACH PER SEAL
SEGMENT OUTER
SEE VIEW A–A SIDEWALL
FOR ASSEMBLY
THROUGH AFT
TURBINE CASE SEAL

3rd STAGE
SHROUD
BLOCK(S)
2nd STAGE
SHROUD
BLOCK(S)

INNER
SIDEWALL

B NOZZLE
SEGMENT NOZZLE FORWARD
(16 TOTAL) AIRFOIL SEAL
BUCKET (PARTITION) BUCKET
AFT
SEAL
2nd
B STAGE
3rd
RADIAL
STAGE
SEAL
AXIAL
SEAL
DIAPHRAGM SEALS
ASSEMBLED
BETWEEN EACH NOZZLE
SEGMENT DIAPHRAGM
SEE VIEW B–B NOZZLE SEALS SEGMENT
ASSEMBLED
BETWEEN EACH 2 TO 3
SEGMENT WHEEL
SEE VIEW B–B SPACER
SECTION VIEW A – A SECTION VIEW B – B
MAJOR COMPONENTS ASSEMBLY
ARRANGEMENT & ASSEMBLY NOZZLE AND DIAPHRAGM SEGMENT SEALS

MS6001
3rd STAGE NOZZLE
MAJOR COMPONENTS & ASSEMBLY
EXPLODED VIEW

GTNOZ3 7/92
Tab 3
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 1/3
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
DESCRIPTION

TURBINE CONTROL DEVICE SYSTEM

1 - Definition
Turbine and compressor control and protection sensors are grouped as a single system
including:

x Turbine speed sensors

x Ignition transformers, spark plugs and flame detectors
x Vibrations sensors
x Compressor temperature measurement
x Turbine cooling temperature measurement
x Gas turbine exhaust temperature measurement
x Turbine bearings oil and metal temperature measurement

2 - Component function
28FD-2 Detects flame in combustion chamber n°2
28FD-3 Detects flame in combustion chamber n°3
28FD-7 Detects flame in combustion chamber n°7
28FD-8 Detects flame in combustion chamber n°8
39V-1A Measures vibrations on the hat of bearing n°1
39V-1B Measures vibrations on the hat of bearing n°1
39V-2A Measures vibrations on the flange of oil return piping of bearing n°2
39V-2B Measures vibrations on the hat of bearing 2
39VS-11 Measures the movement of the rotor in the plan X, Y of bearing n°1
39VS-12 Measures the movement of the rotor in the plan X, Y of bearing n°1
39VS-21 Measures the movement of the rotor in the plan X, Y of bearing n°2
39VS-22 Measures the movement of the rotor in the plan X, Y of bearing n°2
77HT-1 Measures shaft line speed specific circuit of overspeed
77HT-2 Measures shaft line speed specific circuit of overspeed
77HT-3 Measures shaft line speed specific circuit of overspeed
77NH-1 Measures the shaft line speed
77NH-2 Measures the shaft line speed
77NH-3 Measures the shaft line speed

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMD_0415_6B_E0838_A_EN Revision: A Date: 03/2009
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 2/3
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
DESCRIPTION

77RP-1 Detects the shaft position

95SG-1 Provides high voltage for ignition to the spark plug
95SG-10 Provides high voltage for ignition to the spark plug
95SP-1 Realizes ignition of combustion
95SP-10 Realizes ignition of combustion
96VC-11 Measures the axial movement of the turbine rotor
96VC-12 Measures the axial movement of the turbine rotor
BT-J1-1A, 1B Measures temperature of bearing bushing n°1
BT-J1-2A, 2B Measures temperature of bearing bushing n°1
BT-J2-1A, 1B Measures temperature of bearing bushing n°2
BT-J2-2A, 2B Measures temperature of bearing bushing n°2
BT-TA-1A, 1B Measures temperature of pad n°1 of thrust bearing
BT-TA-2A, 2B Measures temperature of pad n°2 of thrust bearing
BT-TI-1A, 1B Measures temperature of pad n°1 of counter thrust bearing
BT-TI-2A, 2B Measures temperature of pad n°2 of counter thrust bearing
CT-DA-1 Measures air temperature of the outlet of compressor
CT-DA-2 Measures air temperature of the outlet of compressor
CT-IF-1 Measures air temperature of the inlet of compressor
CT-IF-2 Measures air temperature of the inlet of compressor
Measures wheel space temperature, external position after first
TT-WS1AO-1
wheel
Measures wheel space temperature, external position after first
TT-WS1AO-2
wheel
Measures wheel space temperature, internal position before first
TT-WS1FI-1
wheel
Measures wheel space temperature, internal position before first
TT-WS1FI-2
wheel
Measures wheel space temperature, external position after second
TT-WS2AO-1
wheel
Measures wheel space temperature, external position after second
TT-WS2AO-2
wheel
Measures wheel space temperature, external position before
TT-WS2FO-1
second wheel
Measures wheel space temperature, external position before
TT-WS2FO-2
second wheel

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMD_0415_6B_E0838_A_EN Revision: A Date: 03/2009
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 3/3
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
DESCRIPTION

Measures wheel space temperature, external position after third

TT-WS3AO-1
wheel
Measures wheel space temperature, external position after third
TT-WS3AO-2
wheel
Measures wheel space temperature, external position before third
TT-WS3FO-1
wheel
Measures wheel space temperature, external position before third
TT-WS3FO-2
wheel
TT-XD-1 to 18 Measures temperature of GT exhaust

3 - Additional information
Gas turbine speed:
Magnetic pick up sensors measure the pulse given by the toothed wheel fitted at compressor
shaft front end. The frequency in Hz is equal to the speed in RPM due to the 60 tooth of the
wheel.

Vibration measurements:
Seismic sensors and proximity probes measure the shaft vibrations. The vibration map after
commissioning load tests represents the original vibration signature.

Gas turbine cooling:

Gas turbine cooling is monitored by wheel space thermocouples. Two thermocouples situated
at the same wheel space level should measure similar temperature. A temperature difference
between two thermocouples in the same wheel space, detected by the Speedtronic® ,
represents a cooling fault or a measurement fault which must be analyzed and rectified quickly.

Gas turbine exhaust temperature:

TT-XD thermocouples measure gas turbine exhaust temperature. An exhaust spread, detected
by the Speedtronic® , represents a combustion fault or a measurement fault and must be
analyzed and rectified quickly.

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMD_0415_6B_E0838_A_EN Revision: A Date: 03/2009
 G
E
O
DT-1C

ffi
ci
al
G
E
O
ffi
ci
al
Tab 4
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 1/1
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
DESCRIPTION

FLOW INLET AND EXHAUST SYSTEM

1 - Definition

The flow inlet & exhaust is designed for insuring the following functions:

x To supply the gas turbine with filtered air flow

x To reduce the compressor air inlet acoustical level
x To protect the air inlet duct against high pressure drop

2 - Component function

27TF-1 Gathers the air filter alarms

63CA-1 Detects the compressed air low pressure
63TF-2A Detects high pressure drop in the air inlet duct
63TF-2B Detects high pressure drop in the air inlet duct
96RH Measures the ambient air temperature and humidity
96TF-1 Measures the air filter pressure drop

3 - Additional information
Refer to gas turbine air filter documentation for complementary information

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMD_0471_6B_E0838_A_EN Revision: A Date: 03/2009
FORMAT UTILE:(841 X 594)

8 7 6 5 4 3 SIZE

A1
DWG.NO.

219D2386
SH.

1/2
REV.

A 1
REVISIONS

REV DESCRIPTION DATE NAMES/NOMS

AFR - IN.
A FIRST ISSUE 03/07/2008 LEMONNIER S.
MALIVERNAY M.

NOTES:

1 - VOIR MLI 0414, NOMENCLATURE DES APPAREILS POUR LE REGLAGE DES APPAREILS.
1 - SEE MLI 0414, DEVICE SUMMARY FOR DEVICE SETTING. D
D
2 - VOIR MLI 0313 ET 0314 POUR LES CARACTERISTIQUES DES CONNEXIONS.
2 - SEE MLI 0313 AND 0314 FOR CONNECTIONS CHARACTERISTICS.

3 - VOIR ITEMS 3 ET 4 DU TABLEAU DE " LIST OF COMPLEMENTARY DOCUMENTS " POUR LES CARACTERISTIQUES DES FLUIDES.
3 - SEE ITEMS 3 & 4 OF THE " LIST OF COMPLEMENTARY DOCUMENTS " FOR FLUID CHARACTERISTICS.

4 - VOIR SCHEMA TUYAUTERIE GAZ (MLI 0422) POUR LA LOCALISATION DES DRAINS.
4 - SEE PIPING FUEL GAS (MLI 0422) FOR DRAIN LOCATION.

5 - VOIR SCHEMA TUYAUTERIE LAVAGE TURBINE ET COMPRESSEUR (MLI 0442) POUR LA LOCALISATION DES DRAINS.
5 - SEE PIPING - TURB. & CPRSR WSHG (MLI 0442) FOR DRAIN LOCATION.

6 - VOIR SCHEMA TUYAUTERIE AIR DE CONTROLE (MLI 0419). A A REV

REV STATUS
6 - SEE DIAGRAM SCHEM PP - CONTROL AIR (MLI 0419). OF SHEETS
2 1 SH

1 SPECIFICATION P&ID GE-123E4888

2 EXTRA RULES FOR 04XX SCHEMATICS CREATION 379A9908

3 SYSTEM AND COMPONENT CLEANLINESS REQUIREMENTS GE-362A2412

4 FLUID SPECIFICATION GEK 106689

C
C
IT. NOMENCLATURE IDENT

LIST OF COMPLEMENTARY DOCUMENTS

FIRST MADE FOR : MS 6B ITEM : 0471

LEAVE THIS SPACE BLANK

B
B

al
03/07/2008 03/07/2008 04/07/2008
None ASF JLC LEMONNIER SANDRINE MALIVERNAY MARC

ci
ASF JLC LEMONNIER SANDRINE MALIVERNAY MARC
A1

ffi

VALIDE
O
SCHEMA DEBIT ASPIRATION & ECHAPPEMENT

E
NOMS / NAMES
DIAGRAM FLOW INLET & EXHAUST
DRAWN AFR - IN.

G
CHECKED LEMONNIER S.

A MALIVERNAY M.
APPROVED
SCHEMA DEBIT ASPIRATION & ECHAPPEMENT
A

super user
DIAG. SCH. FLOW INLET & EXHAUST
0471 219D2386
SIZE CAGE CODE DWG.NO.

Ce document, propriete exclusive de This document, exclusive property of

A1 219D2386

DISTR
GE Energy Products France SNC

TO
GE Energy Products France SNC est
strictement confidentiel. IL ne peut etre communique, is strictly confidential. It must not be communicated 01 F
copie ou reproduit sans son autorisation ecrite prealable. copied or reproduced without our previous written consent. SIM TO: 219D1927 1/2
SCALE REV. : A SHEET : 1/2
DT-1C
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
FORMAT A1:841 X 594 (ISO 5457-1980)
FORMAT UTILE:(841 X 594)

8 7 6 5 4 3 SIZE

A1
DWG.NO.

219D2386
SH.

2/2
REV.

A 1

D VTA VTA D

ARMOIR ELECTRIQUE FILTRE A AIR (MLI A040)

AIR FILTER ELECTRICAL CONTROL BOX (MLI A040)

HS JB78
100
LEGENDE / LEGEND
TIMER
(63TF-2A)
PDSH
ELEMENT FILTRANT
FILTER ELEMENT
(63TF-2B)
PDSH

(96TF-1)
PDT

PDS
100
(96RH)
PI (27TF-1) MT
100

C
C VTA

DE/FROM MLI 0492

GAINE D'ADMISSION VERTICALE /
SILENCIEUX (MLI A041)
VERTICAL INLET DUCT /
S SILENCER (MLI A041)

ENTREE D'AIR
AIR INLET

LEAVE THIS SPACE BLANK

FILTRE A AIR AUTONETTOYANT (MLI A040) SORTIE D'AIR

SELF CLEANING AIR FILTER ( MLI A040) AIR OUTLET

W
V

D
W
SYSTEME D'ECHAPPEMENT
PSV100 3 PLACES
3 PLACES
EXHAUST SYSTEM B
2 PLACES (BY OTHERS)
B 2 PLACES

HV100 ENTREE PLENUM TURBINE GAZ PLENUM ECHAPPEMENT

IE 2 (63CA-1) INLET PLENUM EXHAUST PLENUM
GAS TURBINE
(MLI 1612) (MLI 1625)
PC PSL
NO PCV100
VOIR NOTE 6
SEE NOTE 6 PI DRAIN / DRAIN DRAIN / DRAIN
101 VOIR NOTE 4 & 5 VOIR NOTE 4 & 5
SEE NOTES 4 & 5 SEE NOTES 4 & 5

al
VOIR / SEE GENERAL ARRANGEMENT DRAWING ITEM A040 FOR CONNECTION POINTS CHARACTERISTICS
03/07/2008 03/07/2008 04/07/2008
None ASF JLC LEMONNIER SANDRINE MALIVERNAY MARC

ci
ASF JLC LEMONNIER SANDRINE MALIVERNAY MARC
A1

ffi

VALIDE
O
SCHEMA DEBIT ASPIRATION & ECHAPPEMENT

E
NOMS / NAMES
DIAGRAM FLOW INLET & EXHAUST
DRAWN AFR - IN.

G
CHECKED LEMONNIER S.

A MALIVERNAY M.
APPROVED
SCHEMA DEBIT ASPIRATION & ECHAPPEMENT
A

super user
DIAG. SCH. FLOW INLET & EXHAUST
0471 219D2386
SIZE CAGE CODE DWG.NO.

Ce document, propriete exclusive de This document, exclusive property of

A1 219D2386

DISTR
GE Energy Products France SNC

TO
GE Energy Products France SNC est
strictement confidentiel. IL ne peut etre communique, is strictly confidential. It must not be communicated 01 F
copie ou reproduit sans son autorisation ecrite prealable. copied or reproduced without our previous written consent. SIM TO: 219D1927 2/2
SCALE REV. : A SHEET : 2/2

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
FORMAT A1:841 X 594 (ISO 5457-1980)
Tab 5
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 1/15
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
DESCRIPTION

Please read the OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL carefully before installation and
starting.

This type of compressor has been manufactured in accordance with the relevant safety standards.
It is essential to let users and operators have this information in order to avoid any risk of accident.
The safety instructions or warnings contained in this book must be strictly observed.

Modifications may only be made with the manufacturer's permission, otherwise the guarantee
expires.
The developer should conform to the regulation current concerning devices under pressure.

1 - SYSTEM DESIGN

1 - 1 - PURPOSE

The role of the self-cleaning air filter GDX system, designed for GT frame 6B, is to remove the
contaminants of the ambient air sucked by the G.T. compressor, in order to protect the mechanical
components such as compressor and turbine blades against erosion, corrosion and fouling.
Self cleaning is accomplished by intermittently injecting compressed through the blowpipes. Each
pulse of air from the blowpipe into the filter cartridge provides a shock wave inside the filter
cartridge and a momentary reverse flow.
The power plant includes 4 Gas Turbine of 6B type. Each gas turbine is supplied by an indoor Air
processing unit, located close the GT and is designed to supply compressed air to the GT’s self
cleaning air filter and for instrument air.

The equipment is designed for neutral air compressed free of aggressive elements.
For outdoor location, it’s installed in a tempered container to protect production air compressed
skid components against freezing and sun, direct rain, dust or sand wind.

The Air Processing Unit includes:

- One auxiliary screw compressor CMP301, 37 kW to supply compressed air to self-

cleaning air filter and instrument air for the plant.
- One motorized air cooler CLR201 for the purpose of cooling the compressed air
coming from GT to +5°C above ambient.
- One compressed air tank TK601 500 liters with adsorption air dryer DRY401 for self-
cleaning air filter and for instrument air.
- Necessary filters, drain and instrumentation

All right reserved copyright

D08001907-01 Rev: A Date: 19/12/08
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 2/15
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
DESCRIPTION

The air processing unit has been designed according the following design data:

- Temperature mini /maxi .................................................. -5°C /+55°C (outdoor)

- Design temperature ........................................................ +15°C
- Relative humidity design ................................................. 35%
- Max. inlet working pressure: ........................................... 16 bar
- Max temperature air outlet: ............................................. +60°C
- Required air outlet flow ................................................... 135+10 Nm3/h

1 - 2 – DESCRIPTION

1 - 2 - a - Screw compressor RAFALE 37 kW CMP301

ERVOR screw type rotary compressors, RAFALE Range, have decisive advantages in terms of
performance, reliability, long life and accessibility. That is why they are particularly recommended
for continuous heavy duty applications.
The screw compressor is able to supply 135 Nm3/h required at self cleaning GT air filter and 10
Nm3/h required for instrument air.
The compressor outlet working pressure is from 8 to 10 bar.

- Type................................................................................ RAF50-3 SP
- Working pressure ........................................................... 8 / 10 bar
- Max. working pressure: .................................................. 12 bar
- Nominal flow ................................................................... 190 Nm3/h
- Compressor revolution speed ......................................... 3750 rpm.
- Coupling ......................................................................... 5 Belts XPA 1180
- Installed power ............................................................... 37 kW
- Revolution speed ............................................................ 2960 rpm.
- Protection class .............................................................. IP55
- Isolation class ................................................................. F
- Temperature class .......................................................... B
- Supply voltage / frequency ............................................. 400 V / 50 Hz
- Heating element ............................................................. yes
- Wiring ............................................................................. Star/Delta start-up
- Working temperature ...................................................... 0°C to +55°C
- Air outlet connection ....................................................... 1”1/2

All right reserved copyright

D08001907-01 Rev: A Date: 19/12/08
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 3/15
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
DESCRIPTION

1 - 2 - b – Compressed air tank 500L TK601

The 500 litres air tank will store air coming from the GT for self cleaning air filter and instrument air.
It's designed following PED CE / ASME VIII, hot dip galvanised.

- Capacity .......................................................................... 500 L

- Fluid ................................................................................ Compressed air
- Type................................................................................ vertical
- Design pressure ............................................................. 10.6 bar
- Maximum allowable temperature .................................... +100 °C
- Minimum design metal temperature ............................... -15°C
- Hydrostatic test pressure ................................................ 15.9 bar
- Joint Efficiency................................................................ 0.7 (longitudinal) / 0.65 (circular)
- Construction ................................................................... Directive 97/23 CE
- Design ............................................................................ ASME VIII div 1
- Protection ....................................................................... Int./Ext. galvanized
- Weight of vessel ............................................................. 150 kg approx.

The air receiver is equipped with:

- One pressure safety valve 10.5 bar PSV651

- One pressure indicator PI652 with instrumentation valve HV652
- One regulation pressure switch PSLH651 with instrumentation valve HV651
- An automatic drain system composed by:
- A solenoid drain valve FY653 with Y filter FLT601
- An isolating valve 1/2" HV603
- A by-passed valve 1/2" HV604

Self cleaning air filter outlet S1:

- One isolating self cleaning outlet valve HV601
- One outlet check valve NV601
- One automatic valve FSV661 controlled by:
- One pressure switch low PSL661 with instrumentation valve HV661
- A solenoid valve FY661
- Pressure regulator PCV661

Instrument and service air outlet S2:

- One instrument air outlet valve HV611
- One instrument air outlet check valve NV611
- One pressure control valve PCV665 to reduce to 7 bar instrument and service air
- One pressure safety valve PSV666 for instrument and service air 8 bar

All right reserved copyright

D08001907-01 Rev: A Date: 19/12/08
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 4/15
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
DESCRIPTION

In case of compressed air low pressure PSL661 in the tank TK601, the priority is maintaining
instrument and service air pressure to 7 bar and FSV661 is closing the self cleaning compressed
air flow.
When the pressure is going up 8 bar, FSV661 will be opened automatically

1 – 2 – c – Air cooler ARO203HT CLR201

An air forced air cooler cool air coming from gas turbine to be used by compressed air network.
This air cooler is designed to decrease temperature for air coming from gas turbines compressors
from 390°C to 55°C.

- Air flow capacity .............................................................. 203 Nm3/h

- Air inlet temperature ....................................................... 390 °C
- Air outlet temperature ..................................................... +5°C above ambient
- Maximum working pressure ............................................ 16 bar
- Connections.................................................................... 1” 1/2 G M
- Motor fan power .............................................................. 0.55 kW
- Voltage ........................................................................... 400V/3ph/50Hz

The air cooler is equipped with:

- Manual isolating inlet valve HV201
- Pneumatic isolation valve TSV252 controlled by:
- An solenoid valve FY252
- Pressure regulator PCV252
- Temperature switch high TSH252
- Pressure switch regulation PSLH254 with instrumentation valve HV254

- An inlet temperature indicator TI251

- An outlet temperature indicator TI253
- An outlet pressure control valve PCV254 (setting: 10 bar)
- A pressure safety valve PSV255 (setting: 10.5 bar)
- An outlet isolating valve HV202 with check valve NV201

1 - 2 - d – Water separator filter SEP201 & SEP302

Located downstream air cooler and air compressor, the water separator is designed to separate
water due to temperature decrease in the air forced cooler.

- Type................................................................................ Centrifugal condensate separator

- Air flow capacity .............................................................. 330 Nm3/h
- Maximum working pressure ............................................ 16 bar
- Nominal pressure drop ................................................... 0.07 bar
- Connections.................................................................... 1” G F

All right reserved copyright

D08001907-01 Rev: A Date: 19/12/08
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 5/15
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
DESCRIPTION

The water separator filter is equipped with:

- An automatic drain system composed by:

- A solenoid drain valve FY253 & FY351 with Y filter FLT201 & FLT301
- An isolating valve 1/2" HV203 & HV303
- A by-passed valve 1/2" HV204 & HV304

1 - 2 - e - Adsorption air dryer SAD255 DRY401

The adsorption air dryer is located upstream air tank and is able to dry 180 Nm3/h flow rate
necessary for self cleaning filter and instrument air. It removes humidity of the compressed air for a
using with negative ambient temperature.

- Air flow capacity at outlet (*) ........................................... 180Nm3/h

(*) working pressure 8bar - air inlet temperature 50°C
- Type................................................................................ SAD255
- Maximum working pressure ............................................ 16 bar
- Working temperature ...................................................... -10°C to 55°C
- Dew point........................................................................ -25 °C
- Connections.................................................................... 1” G
- Supply voltage ................................................................ 230V – 50/60Hz
- Weight ............................................................................ 196 kg

The air dryer is composed of:

- Two desiccant element receivers DRY401 & DRY402
- Four solenoid valves FY471, FY472, FY473, FY474
- Two check valves NV421, NV422
- One restricted dry air line
- Two isolating valves HV401, HV402
- One bypass by isolating valve HV405
- One moist indicator MI491

- One cyclone pre-filter FLT401 to remove liquid particles. The efficiency is 99.5% for particles
above 1Micron.

- Air flow capacity .............................................................. 300 Nm3/h

- Type................................................................................ G11Z
- Maximum working pressure ............................................ 16 bar
- Maximum cartridge pressure drop .................................. 0.5 bar
- Working temperature ...................................................... 1.5°C to 55°C
- Connections.................................................................... 1”G
- Filtration .......................................................................... 1 μ

All right reserved copyright

D08001907-01 Rev: A Date: 19/12/08
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 6/15
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
DESCRIPTION

The pre filter is equipped with

- An automatic drain system composed of:

- A solenoid drain valve FY453 with Y filter FLT431
- An isolating valve HV403
- A by-passed valve HV404
- A local clogging indicator PDI451

- One micro oil filter FLT402 to remove oil particles. The efficiency is 99.5% for particles above
0.01Micron.

- Air flow capacity .............................................................. 300 Nm3/h

- Type................................................................................ G11X
- Maximum working pressure ............................................ 16 bar
- Maximum cartridge pressure drop .................................. 0.5 bar
- Working temperature ...................................................... 1.5°C to 55°C
- Connections.................................................................... 1”G
- Filtration .......................................................................... 0.01 μ

The micro oil filter is equipped with

- An automatic drain system composed of:
- A solenoid drain valve FY463 with Y filter FLT441
- An isolating valve HV413
- A by-passed valve HV414
- A local clogging indicator PDI461

- One final filter FLT403 to remove dust particles of the desiccant. The efficiency is 99.5% for
particles above 1Micron.

- Air flow capacity .............................................................. 300 Nm3/h

- Type................................................................................ G11Z
- Maximum working pressure ............................................ 16 bar
- Maximum cartridge pressure drop .................................. 0.5 bar
- Working temperature ...................................................... 1.5°C to 55°C
- Connections.................................................................... 1”G
- Filtration .......................................................................... 1 μ

The final filter is equipped with

- A manual drain valve HV433
- A local clogging indicator PDI481

1 - 2 – f –Isolating valves

25 isolating valves ball type are installed on compressed air lines

See valves list n° D08001907-VL

All right reserved copyright

D08001907-01 Rev: A Date: 19/12/08
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 7/15
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
DESCRIPTION

1 - 2 - g - Check valves

4 check valves are installed on compressed air circuit:

- At air outlet S1 1" NV601
- At air outlet S2 ½ “ NV611
- At air cooler outlet 1” NV201
- At auxiliary air compressor outlet 1” NV301

1 - 2 - h - Piping and fitting

The compressed air piping for interconnection are made of galvanized steel, linked with threaded
galvanized cast iron coupling. The air tightness of threads joints is made by means of Teflon tape.

1 - 2 - i - Drain collecting system

One drain evacuation D1 pipe collect filters, dryer and compressed air tank drains.

1 - 2 - j - Instrumentation

See measurement list n° D08001907-ML

1 - 2 - k - Container

For outdoor location, air processing unit is installed in a tempered container to protect
production air compressed skid components against freezing and sun, direct rain, dust or sand
wind.
The container is fitted with 4 lifting blocks and is equipped with 4 ground connections according
to the GE standard document.

1 - 2 - l - Local electrical cubicle CAB001

An electrical cubicle mounted on the compressed air container collects instrumentation signals
and includes the common electrical junction for compressor, air cooler, solenoids and air dryer.

- Following commands are possible from local cubicle:

- General circuit breaker IG

- Compressor CMP301 Auto/Off selector SA1
- Compressor CMP301 Fault Reset SB1
- Air cooler CLR201 Auto/Off selector SA2
- Air turbine line valve TSV252 Open/Close selector SA3
- Air dryer DRY401 On/Off selector SA4
- External lightning On/Off selector
- External emergency stop button AU1
- Lamp test SB2
All right reserved copyright
D08001907-01 Rev: A Date: 19/12/08
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 8/15
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
DESCRIPTION

- Following information’s are available on the local cubicle:

- Power On HL1
- Compressor CMP301 power supply signal lamp HL2
- Compressor CMP301 fault signal lamp HL3
- Air cooler CLR201 power supply signal lamp HL4
- Air cooler CLR201 fault signal lamp HL5
- Air dryer DRY401 power supply signal lamp HL6
- Air dryer DRY401 fault signal lamp HL7
- Air compressor CMP301 high pressure PSH301 fault HL8
- GT air line open TSV252 HL9
- Air processing unit high temperature TSH252 HL10
- Air tank TK601 low pressure PSL661 fault HL11
- Hour counter compressor CMP301 CH1

- Following information’s are available on the remote of local cubicle

- Air processing unit common fault for

- Air compressor CMP301 fault
- Air cooler CLR201 fault
- Air dryer DRY401 fault,
- High temperature TSH252 fault
- High pressure PSH301 fault
- Low pressure PSL661 fault

1 - 3 – FUNCTIONS

1 - 3 - a – Normal functioning

In normal functioning, compressed air is supply by Gas Turbine air compressor bleed for
the self-cleaning air filter and instrument air for the plant, and is available when the GT is
running.
Compressed air is supply at 392°C and 13 bar from Gas Turbine compressor outlet. It’s
cooled in air forced air cooler CLR201 down to about +5°C above ambient. The water
separator SEP201 eliminates any liquid condensate. The pressure is decreased to 10 bar
with the pressure control valve PCV254. After passing through the adsorption dryer
DRY401, compressed air is stored in air tank TK601 for self cleaning filter, and instrument
air. Then compressed air is available for distribution network.
An automatic Open/Close system for GT line control is installed, composed of a
pneumatic valve TSV252 controlled by a pilot solenoid valve FY252 and pressure control
valve PCV252 (setting: between 5 and 8 bar)
In case of air cooler fault, temperature will increase at air cooler outlet. Temperature
switch high TSH252 will send high temperature signal to local cubicle (setting high 60°C)
and signal "air processing fault" will be given to Speedtronic. Then local cubicle will send
solenoid valve FY252 closing signal and close the pneumatic valve TSV252. After a few
minutes (depending on timer KA7 setting), air cooler is stopped.
All right reserved copyright
D08001907-01 Rev: A Date: 19/12/08
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 9/15
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
DESCRIPTION

When temperature decreases under temperature switch TSH252 low setting (55°C),
pneumatic valve TSV252 re-opens.

IN CASE OF AIR PROCESSING UNIT HIGH TEMPERATURE ALARM,

ALWAYS CLOSE THE INLET VALVE HV201 AND CHECK THE
FUNCTIONING OF THE AIR COOLER AND THE TEMPERATURE AIR
INLET BEFORE RE-OPENING THE GAS TURBINE LINE TO PROTECT AIR
DRYER.

In case of very low pressure coming from GT (under 2 bar), PSLH254 will switch off air
cooler CLR201. It will re-switch on when the pressure of the GT air line will reach the high
setting of the pressure switch regulation PSLH254 (2 bar). Air cooler is controlled by the
ambient temperature switch TSLH002 as extractor for container when temperature is
above high setting

In case of compressed air low pressure PSL661 in the tank TK601, the priority is
maintaining instrument air pressure to 7 bar and FSV661 is closing the self cleaning
compressed air flow. When the compressed air pressure is going up to 8 bar, FSV661 will
be opened automatically.

1 - 3 - b – Compressor CMP301 functioning

If the GT is shutdown, in case of air consumption, pressure will drop under the low setting
of the pressure switch regulation PSLH651. Then compressed air is supplied
automatically from auxiliary air compressor CMP301. After passing through the dryer
DRY401, compressed air is stored in air tank TK601 for self cleaning filter, and instrument
air. Then compressed air is available for distribution network.

In case of screw compressor CMP301 fault, a signal "screw compressor fault" is given on
local electrical cubicle, and signal "air processing unit fault" will be given to Speedtronic.

Compressor start and stop is controlled by the low/high pressure switch PSLH651
installed on air tank TK601.
Compressor starts when its pressure switch detects a pressure under 8 bar.
Compressor stops when its pressure switch detects a pressure above 10 bar.
A high pressure switch alarm PSH301 is installed to stop compressor if an isolating valve
is closed between compressor and air tank.

NEVERTHELESS, NEVER ISOLATE THE RUNNING COMPRESSOR

CMP301 FROM HIS REGULATION PRESSURE SWITCH PSLH651.
THIS WILL STOP COMPRESSOR AT HIGH PRESSURE FAULT

All right reserved copyright

D08001907-01 Rev: A Date: 19/12/08
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 10/15
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
DESCRIPTION

1 - 3 - c - Air dryer DRY401 functioning

Dryer operation is fully automatic; the adsorption dryer is operated with the indicated
electronic board installed inside the electrical cubicle and at the corresponding operating
and control voltage. The set times are adjusted at the factory during the test run and may
not changed.
It‘s controlled by the switch SA4 on electrical cubicle.
In order to prevent droplets of condensate, oil and dirt from getting into the desiccant, a
pre-filter is installed in front of the adsorption dryer, since an oil film on the desiccant
reduces the drying capacity and the dew point. In order to prevent breakdowns in
downstream consumers caused by material which has been abraded from the desiccant
bed, an after-filter is mounted behind the adsorption dryer .Since no condensate
accumulates in the after-filter, this filter is always equipped with a manual valve.
In case of dryer fault, a signal "Air dryer fault" is given on local electrical cubicle, and
signal "Air skid common fault" will be given to Speedtronic.

The SAD principally consists of two adsorbing vessels, filled with an adsorbing material
(activated alumina), whose operation is controlled by the opening and closing of various
valves.
The activated alumina adsorbs the humidity within the air entering the dryer, and then
expels it during the regeneration phase which follows. Regeneration is performed by the
use of a small amount of dry air, purged from the main exiting air stream, which removes
the humidity from the adsorbing material and expels it into the atmosphere,

The SAD guarantees a pressure dew point of -40°C at nominal conditions (*).
(*) Refers to nominal air inlet conditions of 7 bar and 35°C.

1 - 3 - d – Container temperature regulation

To protect against freezing, the compressed air system is installed on a tempered

container. Temperature regulation is fully automatic.
When the temperature decrease under the low setting of the radiator temperature switch
RAD1 (5°C), the radiator switch on and will stop when the temperature inside the
container rise above the high setting.
In case of external low temperature, the radiator will temper the container around +5°C.
In case of high external temperature, the temperature inside container will increase with
compressor running. When the temperature reaches the high setting of the ambient
ventilation fan temperature switch TSLH001, the extractor motor fan will switch on and will
stop when the temperature decrease below the low setting.
If temperature still increases it will reach the high setting of the second ambient ventilation
fan temperature switch TSLH002 and then, air cooler CLR201 will switch on.
It will stop when the temperature decrease below the low setting.

All right reserved copyright

D08001907-01 Rev: A Date: 19/12/08
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 11/15
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
DESCRIPTION

POWER SUPPLY DROP

In case of power supply drop, an automatic reset allows the compressor to restart automatically as
soon as the power supply is re switched on. The automatic reset works during few seconds
according to the setting of the timing relay KA1.

1 – 4 - DESCRIPTION OF THE INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS

PSLH651: Pressure switch located on air tank TK601. Its aim is to control screw
compressor CMP301 start and stop according to self cleaning consumption.
Setting low: 8 bar: starting of screw compressor CMP301
Setting high: 10 bar: stop of screw compressor CMP301

PSLH254: Pressure switch located on GT air line. Its aim is to control solenoid valve
FY252 to open pneumatic valve TSV252 in case of GT pressure.
Setting low: 1 bar: Pneumatic valve TSV252 closed (FY252 de-energized)
Setting high: 2 bar: Pneumatic valve TSV252 open (FY252 energized)

PSL661: Pressure switch located on air tank TK601. Its aim is to control solenoid valve
FY661 to close the pneumatic valve FSV661 in case of low pressure.
Setting low: 7 bar: Pneumatic valve FSV661 closed (FY661 de-energized)
Setting high: 8 bar: Pneumatic valve FSV661 open (FY661 energized)

PSH301: Pressure switch located on air compressor CMP301. Its aim is to stop screw
compressor in high pressure fault.
Setting low: 9.5 bar: starting of screw compressor CMP301
Setting high: 11.5 bar: stop of screw compressor CMP301

PI301: Oil pressure indicator located on compressor CMP301.

PI302: Air outlet pressure indicator located on compressor CMP301

TSH301: Temperature switch indicator located on compressor CMP301

Setting: 110°C: stop of screw compressor CMP301

PDI451: Differential pressure indicator located on pre filter FLT401 to indicate air filter
clogging

PDI461: Differential pressure indicator located on pre filter FLT402 to indicate air filter
clogging

PDI481: Differential pressure indicator located on micro oil filter FLT403 to indicate air
filter clogging

PI652: Pressure indicator located on compressed air tank TK601 to indicate air pressure
for self cleaning air filter
Range: 0-16 bar

All right reserved copyright

D08001907-01 Rev: A Date: 19/12/08
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 12/15
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
DESCRIPTION

TI251: Temperature indicator located upstream air cooler CLR201 to indicate air
temperature coming from turbine gas.
Range: 0-400°C

TI253: Temperature indicator located downstream air cooler CLR201 to indicate air
cooler outlet temperature.
Range : 0-200°C

TSH252: Temperature switch high located downstream air cooler CLR201 to send high
temperature signal to local cubicle in case of air cooler fault. Then pneumatic
valve TSV252 will be closed.
Setting low: 55°C: Pneumatic valve TSV252 opens (FY252 energized)
Setting high: 60°C: Pneumatic valve TSV252 close (FY252 de-energized)

PSV255: Pressure safety valve, located on air cooler outlet.

Setting: 10.5 bar.

PSV651: Pressure safety valve, located on air tank TK601.

Setting: 10.5 bar.

PSV666: Pressure safety valve, located on instrument air outlet S2.

Setting: 8 bar.

PCV254: Pressure control valve located on air cooler outlet.

Setting: 10 bar. (max: 10.5 bar)

PCV252: Pressure control valve located on air pilot line for pneumatic valve TSV252.
Setting: 5 bar. (max: 8 bar)

PCV665: Pressure control valve located on instrument air.

Setting: 7 bar. (max: 8 bar)

PCV661: Pressure control valve located on air pilot line for pneumatic valve FSV661.
Setting: 5 bar. (max: 8 bar)

MI491: Moist indicator located on air dryer DRY401.

SA1: Air compressor CMP301 Auto/Off selector located on electrical cubicle CAB001.

SA2: Air cooler CLR201 Auto/Off selector located on electrical cubicle CAB001.

SA3: GT air line valve TSV254 Open/Close selector located on electrical cubicle CAB001.

SA4: Air dryer DRY401 On/Off selector located on electrical cubicle CAB001.

SA5: External lightning On/Off selector.

All right reserved copyright

D08001907-01 Rev: A Date: 19/12/08
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 13/15
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
DESCRIPTION

IG: General circuit breaker located on electrical cubicle CAB001.

AU1: External emergency stop button.

SB1: Reset compressor fault located on electrical cubicle CAB001.

SB2: Lamp test located on electrical cubicle CAB001.

HL1: Power On signal lamp located on electrical cubicle CAB001.

HL2: Compressor CMP301 On signal lamp located on electrical cubicle CAB001.

HL3: Compressor CMP301 Fault signal lamp located on electrical cubicle CAB001.

HL4: Air cooler CLR201 On signal lamp located on electrical cubicle CAB001.

HL5: Air cooler CLR201 Fault signal lamp located on electrical cubicle CAB001.

HL6: Air dryer DRY401 On signal lamp located on electrical cubicle CAB001.

HL7: Air dryer DRY401 fault signal lamp located on electrical cubicle CAB001.

HL8: Compressor CMP301 high pressure PSH301 fault signal lamp located on electrical
cubicle CAB001

HL9: GT air line valve TSV252 Open signal lamp located on electrical cubicle CAB001.

HL10: Air processing unit high temperature TSH252 signal lamp located on electrical
cubicle CAB001.

HL11: Air tank TK601 low pressure PSL661 fault signal lamp located on electrical cubicle
CAB001

CH1: Hour counter compressor CMP301 located on electrical cubicle CAB001

1 - 5 - ANALYSIS OF FAILURE IN SERVICE

See wiring diagram E0508

1 - 5 - a – Compressor CMP301 Fault

- Overload defect thermal magnetic breaker motor QF1

- Overload defect thermal magnetic breaker fan motor QF2
- Oil temperature too high (outlet screw air end) TSH301
- High pressure fault PSH301
- Revolution sense CP1
- Micro cut-off
All right reserved copyright
D08001907-01 Rev: A Date: 19/12/08
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 14/15
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
DESCRIPTION

- Voltage shutdown
- Phase cut-off

1 - 5 - b – Air dryer DRY401 Fault

- Overload defect thermal magnetic breaker QF52

1 - 5 - c – Air cooler CLR201 Fault

- Overload defect thermal magnetic breaker QF3

1 - 5 - d – High temperature TSH252 Fault

- Air cooler default

- Air inlet too high

1 - 6 - INTERFACE OF SYSTEMS

See wiring diagram E0508

Compressed air system sends to SPEEDTRONIC following information:

Air processing unit common fault for

- Air compressor CMP301 fault
- Air cooler CLR201 fault
- Air dryer DRY401 fault
- High temperature TSH252 fault
- High pressure PSH301 fault
- Low pressure PSL661 fault

1 - 7 - HEALTH AND SAFETY

AIR COMPRESSOR ONLY

NOT RESPIRABLE AIR

THE RECYCLING OF USED LUBRIFIANTS MUST BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE

LEGISLATION

All right reserved copyright

D08001907-01 Rev: A Date: 19/12/08
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 15/15
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
DESCRIPTION

1 - 8 - APPENDICES OF DOCUMENTS

Equipment list N° D08001907-EL

Valves list N° D08001907-VL

Measurement list N° D08001907-ML

Electrical consumers N° D08001907-EC

Connections limits N° D08001907-CL

Piping and instrumentation diagram GE Energy N° 223D6011

Detailed Piping and instrumentation diagram N° U2392

Design manual GE Energy N° 389A1237

Wiring diagram N° E0508

All right reserved copyright

D08001907-01 Rev: A Date: 19/12/08
 al
05/11/2008 05/11/2008 06/04/2009
None BERTHEL FRANC ROUSSEL FRANCOIS ELMEKTAOUI YOUSSEF

ci
BERTHEL FRANC ROUSSEL FRANCOIS ELMEKTAOUI YOUSSEF
A1

ffi

VALIDE
O
UNITE TRAITEMENT D_AIR

E
AIR PROCESSING UNIT

G
B

super user
223D6011 IM-2008010817

01 E
1/1
Tab 6
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 1/1
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
DESCRIPTION

PERFORMANCE MONITORING SYSTEM

1 - Definition

The performance monitoring system is designed to measure:

x The atmospheric pressure

x The air temperature inside the inlet duct
x The differential pressure between compressor air inlet duct and compressor bell
mouth

2 - Component function

96AP-1A Measures atmospheric pressure

96AP-1B Measures atmospheric pressure
96AP-1C Measures atmospheric pressure
Measures the difference between the air inlet of GT and the bell
96BD-1
of GT intake
Measures the differential pressure between the air inlet of GT and
96CS-1
the bell of GT intake
CT-IF-3/R Measures the air temperature

3 - Additional information
None

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMD_0492_6B_E0838_A_EN Revision: A Date: 03/2009
 G
E
O
DT-1C

ffi
ci
al
Tab 7
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 1/3
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
DESCRIPTION

LUBRICATING OIL SYSTEM

1 - Definition

The lube oil system is designed for insuring the following functions:

x To lubricate the shaft line including accessory and load gear box
x To provide oil for the Hydraulic system
x To provide oil for the ratchet system

The lubricating oil system is a close loop where oil flow is built up from the oil tank by:

x A shaft driven main pump

x An Alternative Current motor driven auxiliary pump for starting and shutdown
sequences
x A Direct Current motor driven emergency pump for emergency shutdown and black
start

Lubricating oil conditioning includes:

x Oil tank warming up to allow cold start of the unit with acceptable oil viscosity
x Oil flow cooling down to evacuate heat from the bearings
x Oil flow filtering
x Oil Header Pressure regulating at constant pressure
x Oil mist elimination

Bearings feeding and return lines are concentric lines; feeding line is installed in return line.
The lubricating oil flows back in the tank by gravity.
Part of the gas turbine bearing sealing air provided by the compressor returns with the oil in
the oil tank and is evacuated to the atmosphere through the oil mist eliminator.

2 - Component function

23QA Prevents motor from internal condensation while not running

23QT-1 Warms up the lube oil
23QT-2 Warms up the lube oil
23QV-1A Prevents motor from internal condensation while not running
63QA-2 Detects the low lube oil pressure
63QQ-1 Detects the clogging of lube oil filter
63QQ-10 Detects low performance of oil mist eliminator
All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés
OMMD_0416_6B_E0838_A_EN Revision: A Date: 03/2009
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 2/3
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
DESCRIPTION

63QT-2A Detects the low lube oil pressure

63QT-2B Detects the low lube oil pressure
71QH-1 Detects the lube oil high level in the lube oil tank
71QL-1 Detects the lube oil low level in the lube oil tank
88QA Drives the auxiliary lube oil pump
88QE-1 Drives the emergency lube oil pump
88QV-1A Drives the oil mist eliminator fan
96QA-2 Measures the lube oil pressure
LT-B1D-1A, 1B Measures the lube oil #1 bearing drain temperature
LT-B2D-1 Measures the lube oil #2 bearing drain temperature
LT-BT1D-1A, 1B Measures the lube oil #1 bearing drain temperature
LT-G1D-1 Measures the lube oil #1 generator bearing drain temperature
LT-G2D-1 Measures the lube oil #2 generator bearing drain temperature
LT-OT-1A Measures the lube oil temperature in the tank
LT-OT-2A Measures the lube oil temperature in the tank
LT-TH-1 Measures the lube oil header temperature
LT-TH-2 Measures the lube oil header temperature
LT-TH-3 Measures the lube oil header temperature
VCK20-13 Regulates the oil tank vacuum pressure
VPR2-1 Regulates the lube oil header pressure
VR1 Protects the lube oil system against overpressure

3 - Additional information
Lubricating oil heater:
When the heater is heating, starting manually or not, the auxiliary lube oil pump is running
automatically

Auxiliary and emergency pump test:

A test valve associated with a push button valve connected upstream the VPR2-1 regulating
valve allows testing sequence of both pumps while the gas turbine is running. When the test
is completed and the test valve closed, auxiliary pump stops automatically, the emergency
pump needs a stop order at the MCC panel to stop.
The auxiliary and emergency pump test must be demonstrated once a month.

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMD_0416_6B_E0838_A_EN Revision: A Date: 03/2009
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 3/3
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
DESCRIPTION

Oil sampling:
Two valves connected both sides of the filter allow filtered oil and not filtered oil sampling. Oil
characteristics must be checked once every three months.

Oil flowing:
Sight glasses are fitted at filter vent, cooler vent, bearing return lines. They allow the operator
to check oil flowing, especially after manual operation related to those components.

Oil characteristics:
Lubricating oil characteristics must comply with GEK 28143.

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMD_0416_6B_E0838_A_EN Revision: A Date: 03/2009
FORMAT UTILE:(841 X 594)

8 7 6 5 4 3 SIZE

A1
DWG.NO.

219D2469
SH.

1/2
REV.

A 1
REVISIONS

REV DESCRIPTION DATE NAMES/NOMS

R. JENNEVIN
A FIRST ISSUE 27/06/2008 S. BELPERRON
S. DELIMOGES
NOTES:

1 - VOIR MLI 0414, NOMENCLATURE DES APPAREILS POUR LE REGLAGE DES APPAREILS.
1 - SEE MLI 0414, DEVICE SUMMARY FOR DEVICE SETTING.
D D
2 - VOIR MLI 0313 ET 0314 POUR LES CARACTERISTIQUES DES CONNEXIONS.
2 - SEE MLI 0313 AND 0314 FOR CONNECTIONS CHARACTERISTICS.

3 - VOIR ITEMS 3 ET 4 DU TABLEAU DE " LIST OF COMPLEMENTARY DOCUMENTS " POUR LES CARACTERISTIQUES DES FLUIDES.
3 - SEE ITEMS 3 & 4 OF THE " LIST OF COMPLEMENTARY DOCUMENTS " FOR FLUID CHARACTERISTICS.

4 - PAR DEFAUT TOUTES LES VANNES SONT NORMALEMENT OUVERTES (NO), SAUF INDICATION CONTRAIRE (NC).
4 - IF IT'S NOT WRITE (NC) THE DEFECT POSITION OF ALL THE VALVES IS NORMALLY OPEN (NO).

A A REV
REV STATUS
OF SHEETS
2 1 SH

1 SPECIFICATION P&ID GE-123E4888

2 EXTRA RULES FOR 04XX SCHEMATICS CREATION 379A9908

3 SYSTEM AND COMPONENT CLEANLINESS REQUIREMENTS GE-362A2412

4 FLUID SPECIFICATION GEK-28143

C
C IT. NOMENCLATURE IDENT

LIST OF COMPLEMENTARY DOCUMENTS

FIRST MADE FOR : MS 6581 B ITEM : 0416

LEAVE THIS SPACE BLANK

B
B

al
27/06/2008 27/06/2008 27/06/2008
None JENNEVIN ROMARIC DELIMOGES SYLVAIN DELIMOGES SYLVAIN

ci
JENNEVIN ROMARIC DELIMOGES SYLVAIN DELIMOGES SYLVAIN
A1

ffi

VALIDE
O
SCHEMA TUY. HUILE DE GRAISSAGE

E
NOMS / NAMES
DIAG. SCH. PP - LUBE OIL
DRAWN R. JENNEVIN

G
CHECKED S. BELPERRON
APPROVED S. DELIMOGES
A SCHEMA HUILE DE GRAISSAGE
A

super user
DIAG. SCH. PP-LUBE OIL
0416 219D2469
SIZE CAGE CODE DWG.NO.
This document, exclusive property of
A1 219D2469

DISTR
Ce document, propriete exclusive de

TO
GE Energy Products France SNC est GE Energy Products France SNC
strictement confidentiel. IL ne peut etre communique, is strictly confidential. It must not be communicated - F
copie ou reproduit sans son autorisation ecrite prealable. copied or reproduced without our previous written consent. SIM TO: 206D7678 1/2
SCALE REV. : A SHEET : 1/2
DT-1C
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
FORMAT A1:841 X 594 (ISO 5457-1980)
FORMAT UTILE:(841 X 594)

8 7 6 5 4 3 SIZE

A1
DWG.NO.

219D2469
SH.

2/2
REV.

A 1
(96QA-2)
PT
PS (63QA-2) TW

W D
TE (LT-TH-1)

(LT-TH-2)
TE
(LT-TH-3)
NC NC TE
W D

CONNEXION AU SOCLE TURBINE

CONN. AT TURB. BASE D
D LO30
OL-2 OR (25 PSIG) (1.8 BARS ) OR (25 PSIG) (1.8 BAR)
OD OD PC
269 L/min
71 GPM 191 GPM. 723 L/mn 34 GPM. 129 L/mn

VOIR MOTEUR LANC

VPR2-1

SEE START MEANS

VRES / TO MLI 0434

VRES / TO MLI 0421

DI102 DI103
101.6mm- 4" ACCOUPLEMENT BUTEE CONTRE - BUTEE PALIER N0 1 PALIER N0 2 ACCOUPLEMENT
31.75mm- .125" A MEMBRANE RIGIDE PSL (63QT-2A)
POUR TEST / FOR TEST

OR-3

OR-2
76mm- 3"
PSL (63QT-2B)
VERS / TO MLI 0469
OLT AMF-1 COUPLING LOADED THRUST UNLOADED THRUST NO. 1 JOURNAL NO. 2 JOURNAL CPLG SOLID
MEMBRANE 48 GPM 182 L/min 8 GPM 30 L/min 15 GPM 57 L/min 16 GPM 60.5 L/min TE (LT-G1D-1)
REMPLISSAGE
FILL
NC TE (LT-G2D-1)
DI121 NC SG
3.1mm- .125" OD (63QQ-1)
PDS
SG SG GENERATOR
W D
LOAD GEAR
NC NC DI122 (LT-BT1D-1A,1B) (LT-B1D-1A,1B) (LT-B2D-1)
TE TE TE
3.1mm- .125" LO150 LO160
PC PC
CONNEXION AU SOCLE TURBINE
COLLEC. RETOUR D'HUILE
OD OD OD W D
CONN. AT TURB BASE C
C OD * 1 BRG OIL DRAIN CHANNEL
SG PITCH
BMF-1 MINI 2% LO31
OD * 2 BRG
VOIR EAU DE REFROID. VOIR EAU DE REFROID. PC
OFD-1,2,3,5,7.10 OFV-2
SEE CLG WATER (MLI 0420) SEE CLG WATER (MLI 0420)
DE (MLI 0424) SI UTILISE.
DI120 EJECTEUR AIR: VOIR AIR ATOM.
DI123 FROM (MLI 0424) IF USUED.
NC AIR EJECTOR : SEE ATOM. AIR
3.1mm- .125" 3.1mm- .125"
LO6 (MLI 0425) TUYAUTERIE SORTIE
SG SG PC
W D W D

EVENT NON FOURNIE

WR WF WF WR SUMP EGOUTURE LO8 VENT EXHAUST PIPING
LO8
W D

PC PC SUPPLIED BY OTHER
OD OD LO5
PC
PURGES SOCLE TURBINE
LO3 LO3 TURBINE BASE DRAINS
NC NC
PC PC
REDUCTEUR DES COMP. AIR ATOM.
AUXILIAIRES ATOM. AIR COMP
W D

87 L/mn LO19A LEAVE THIS SPACE BLANK

LESSIVAGE EN USINE
W D

VERS / TO MLI 0421 COVERED CONN PC

OL-6 CONN. PURGE ACCESSORY GEAR VERS / TO MLI 0434 MIST OIL ELIMINATOR
FORFACTORY FLUSH 23 GPM OR-1 (MLI A098)
VOIR MOTEUR LANC. 88QV-1A M
SEE START MEANS VOIR ALIM. HYDR.
DESSUS DU FER 1 SEE HYDR. SUPPLY 23QV-1A
FACE D'APPUI TOP OF BASE BEAM
DES POMPES POMPE PRINCIPALE
PUMP MTC SURF. ATTELEE 1741 L/MN (63QQ-10)
W D

4.8 BAR PDS B

LI
SHAFT DRIVEN GEAR
B PUMP 460 GPM
70 PSIG
ALARME BASSE
W D

LOW LEVEL ALARM (VCK20-13)

(71QH-1) 88QA TW
LSH NORMAL LEVEL
88QE-1 23QA
ALARME HAUTE M
(71QL-1) HIGH LEVEL ALARM PI
LSL M
51

W D

LO18
200mm MAX.

PC
254
305
432

VR1

al
LO1
641

PC PITCH 27/06/2008 27/06/2008 27/06/2008

MINI 2% None JENNEVIN ROMARIC DELIMOGES SYLVAIN DELIMOGES SYLVAIN

ci
OD OD OD JENNEVIN ROMARIC DELIMOGES SYLVAIN DELIMOGES SYLVAIN
A1

ffi

VALIDE
(LT-OT-1A) DI101
TE 6.35 mm- .25" OD OD BOX WITH VISUAL
51

O
LEVEL GAUGE
TE (LT-OT-2A) (23QT-1) 66.7 PSIG. 4.6 BAR PITCH SCHEMA TUY. HUILE DE GRAISSAGE
461 GPM. 1745 L/mn
(23QT-2) MINI 2%
27.5 PSIG. 1.9 BAR
255 GPM. 966 L/mn

E
FACE ASPIRATION NC NOMS / NAMES
SUCTION FACE NC DIAG. SCH. PP - LUBE OIL
DRAWN R. JENNEVIN
LO2

G
CAPACITE APPROX. PC
LO4 CHECKED S. BELPERRON
CUVE PLEINE 6435 L. PC
CAISSON D'HUILE DANS LE SOCLE APPROVED S. DELIMOGES
A LUBE OIL TANK IN BASE FULL TANK CAPACITY
APPROX. 1700 GAL. SCHEMA HUILE DE GRAISSAGE
A

super user
DIAG. SCH. PP-LUBE OIL
0416 219D2469
SIZE CAGE CODE DWG.NO.
This document, exclusive property of
A1 219D2469

DISTR
Ce document, propriete exclusive de

TO
GE Energy Products France SNC est GE Energy Products France SNC
strictement confidentiel. IL ne peut etre communique, is strictly confidential. It must not be communicated - F
copie ou reproduit sans son autorisation ecrite prealable. copied or reproduced without our previous written consent. SIM TO: 206D7678 2/2
SCALE REV. : A SHEET : 2/2

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
FORMAT A1:841 X 594 (ISO 5457-1980)
Tab 8
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 1/2
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
DESCRIPTION

HYDRAULIC SUPPLY SYSTEM

1 - Definition

The hydraulic supply system is designed to provide high pressure oil at constant pressure to
control:

o The gas fuel flow and gas fuel pressure regulating valves
o The liquid fuel bypass regulating valve and stop valve
o The compressor inlet guide vanes

The hydraulic supply system is a closed loop where the oil pressure is built up from
lubricating oil header by

o a shaft driven main pump

o an electrical motor driven auxiliary pump for starting and shut down
sequences

Hydraulic oil supply conditioning includes:

x Automatic purging
x Dual filtering

Hydraulic oil flows back to the lubricating oil tank by gravity

2 - Component function

23HQ-1 Prevents motor from internal condensation while not running

63HF-1 Detects the clogging of the filter
63HQ-1 Detects the low hydraulic oil pressure
88HQ-1 Drives the hydraulic supply oil pump
FH2-1 Filters the hydraulic supply oil
FH2-2 Filters the hydraulic supply oil

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMD_0434_6B_E0838_A_EN Revision: A Date: 03/2009
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 2/2
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
DESCRIPTION

PH1 Provides main hydraulic supply

PH2 Provides auxiliary hydraulic supply
VAB1 Purges automatically the main hydraulic pump circuit
VAB2 Purges automatically the auxiliary hydraulic pump circuit
VCK3-1 Prohibits the return of the main pump oil flow
VCK3-2 Prohibits the return of the auxiliary pump oil flow
VM4-1 Allows manual filter transfer
VPR3-1 Regulates the HP pump oil pressure
VR21 Protects system against overpressure
VR22 Adjusts the pump outlet pressure

3 - Additional information
Auxiliary pump relieve valve:
The relieve valve of the auxiliary pump regulates the hydraulic pressure during start up and
shut down sequence. It is normal to find an oil flow at the outlet of this safety valve.

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMD_0434_6B_E0838_A_EN Revision: A Date: 03/2009
 al
ci
ffi
O
E
G
DT-1C

DT-1C
G
E
O
ffi
ci
al
Tab 9
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 1/2
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
DESCRIPTION

FUEL GAS SYSTEM

1 - Definition
The gas fuel system providing gas fuel for the combustion chambers is designed for insuring
the following functions:

x To fire, warm up and accelerate the unit up to nominal speed

x To power the unit up to base load
x To shut down and trip the unit
x To measure the gas flow

The gas fuel system is an open loop including:

x A speed/stop ratio valve to adjust the gas pressure versus the gas turbine speed and
to stop the unit
x A flow control valves to adjust the gas flow in the combustion chambers
x Temporary filters for first commissioning and permanent filters
x Piloted inter-valves venting system
x A gas flow meter

2 - Component function

20FGC-1 Controls the gas valve

20FGS-1 Controls the operation of VSR valve
20VG-1 Vents the inter-valve space
33VG-11 Indicates the valve closed position
63FG-1 Detects a low gas supply pressure
63FG-2 Detects a low gas supply pressure
65GC-1 Regulates the valve stroke
90SR-1 Regulates the valve stroke
96FG-1 Measures the gas inlet pressure
96FG-2A Measures the inter-valve gas pressure
96FG-2B Measures the inter-valve gas pressure
96FG-2C Measures the inter-valve gas pressure
All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés
OMMD_0422_6B_E0838_A_EN Revision: A Date: 03/2009
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 2/2
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
DESCRIPTION

96GC-1 Measures the valve stroke

96GC-2 Measures the valve stroke
96SR-1 Measures the valve stroke
96SR-2 Measures the valve stroke
96VM-1 Measures the gas flow
FH7-1 Filters the hydraulic supply oil
FH8-1 Filters the hydraulic supply oil
MG1-1 Represents the gas nozzles
VGC-1 Regulates the gas flow
VH5-1 Controls the operation of VSR-1 valve
VH5-2 Controls the operation of gas flow valve
VM-1 Measures the gas fuel mass flow upstream VSR
Adjusts the gas pressure and cuts off the gas flow for shut down
VSR-1
sequence

3 - Additional information
Gas:
The gas system as well as the control’s parameters is calculated according to the gas
composition included in the Control Specification. Gas calorific value, gas density and gas
temperature at the gas turbine inlet piping are corresponding to a Wobbe index.
Wobbe index must remain within ± 5% of contractual Wobbe index to guaranty reliable
operation of the gas turbine.

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMD_0422_6B_E0838_A_EN Revision: A Date: 03/2009
 G
E
O
DT-1C

ffi
ci
al
G
E
O
ffi
ci
al
G
E
O
ffi
ci
al
 al
05/11/2008 06/11/2008 30/03/2009
None BERTHEL FRANC ROUSSEL FRANCOIS ELMEKTAOUI YOUSSEF

ci
BERTHEL FRANC ROUSSEL FRANCOIS ELMEKTAOUI YOUSSEF
A1

ffi

VALIDE
O
ALIMENTATION GAZ DE LA TG

E
GT GAS FUEL SUPPLY

G
B

super user
223D6013 IM-2008010796

01 E
1/1
Tab 10
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 1/1
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
DESCRIPTION

FUEL PURGE SYSTEM

1 - Definition
The fuel purge system is designed to purge the liquid fuel line when the unit is running with
gas fuel and the water injection lines when they are not used.

The fuel purge system is an open loop where:

x Purging air flow is provided by atomizing air system through three way valves for
liquid fuel lines and for water injection lines,
x Control air is provided by atomizing air

2 - Component function

20PL-1 Controls the VA19-1 valve

20WP-1 Controls the VA33-1 valve
63PL-21 Detects the low nozzle air purge pressure
63PW-1 Detects the low water injection system air purge pressure
FA3-1 Filters the purge air
VA19-1 Allows liquid fuel system purging
VA33-1 Allows water injection system purging
VCK2-1T10 Prohibits liquid fuel to return in purge line
VCK2-21T30 Prohibits liquid fuel to return in purge line
VPR54-1 Regulates the air pressure
VPR54-2 Regulates the air pressure

3 - Additional information
Tell Tale leak-off:
A tell tale leak-off allows the operator the check liquid leaks when the gas turbine is
operating. Liquid leaks at this level represents a check valve defect and must be investigated
and corrected quickly.

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMD_0477_6B_E0838_A_EN Revision: A Date: 03/2009
 G
E
O
DT-1C

ffi
ci
al
G
E
O
ffi
ci
al
Tab 11
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 1/2
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
DESCRIPTION

LIQUID FUEL SYSTEM

1 - Definition

The liquid fuel system providing liquid fuel for the combustion chambers is designed for
insuring the following functions:

x Fire, warm up and accelerate the unit up to nominal speed

x Power the unit up to base load
x Shut down and trip the unit

The liquid fuel system is an open loop including:

x A safety valve to stop the fuel flow

x A shaft driven main fuel pump
x A control valve to adjust the fuel flow by bypassing the main fuel pump
x A flow divider to distribute equal flow in each combustion chamber
x Two high pressure redundant filters
x Turbine casing and exhaust casing drain valves to drain the unburned liquid fuel at
false starts

2 - Component function

20CF Controls the fuel pump clutch

20FL Controls the liquid fuel stop valve
33FL-1 Indicates the valve closed position
63FL-2 Detects a low liquid fuel supply pressure
63LF-7 Detects the clogging of the filter
65FP Controls the valve position
71FF-1 Detects flange leakage
71FF-2 Detects flange leakage
71FF-3 Detects flange leakage
71FF-4 Detects flange leakage
71FF-5 Detects flange leakage
71FF-6 Detects flange leakage
All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés
OMMD_0424_6B_E0838_A_EN Revision: A Date: 03/2009
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 2/2
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
DESCRIPTION

77FD-1T3 Measures FD1-1 speed

88FM Starts the flow divider
FD1-1 Splits the liquid fuel into equal flow for each combustion chamber
FF2-1 Filters the liquid fuel flow at flow divider upstream
FF2-2 Filters the liquid fuel flow at flow divider upstream
FH3-1 Filters the hydraulic supply oil
PF1 Provides the liquid fuel pressure
VC3 Regulates the liquid fuel flow
Prohibits the air or liquid fuel return flow and prohibits normal
VCK1-1T10
liquid fuel flow at low pressure
VH17-1 Allows liquid fuel pressure measurements
VR27 Protects system against overpressure
VR4 Protects the fuel pump against overpressure
VS1 Cuts off the liquid fuel flow

3 - Additional information
Nozzle pressure:
A manual selector is provided to measure individual nozzle pressure. The maximum allowed
pressure spread between the nozzles couldn’t exceed 10 bars. High spread configuration
must be analyzed and rectified urgently.

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMD_0424_6B_E0838_A_EN Revision: A Date: 03/2009
 G
E
O
DT-1C

ffi
ci
al
G
E
O
ffi
ci
al
G
E
O
ffi
ci
al
 al
16/06/2008 11/08/2008 11/08/2008
None BERTHEL FRANC THIRIET XAVIER ELMEKTAOUI YOUSSEF

ci
BERTHEL FRANC THIRIET XAVIER ELMEKTAOUI YOUSSEF
A1

ffi

VALIDE
O
SKID POMPAGE FUEL LEGER

E
LIGHT DISTILLATE OIL FORWARDING SKID

G
A

super user
223D6015
01 E
1/1
DT-7C
 al
16/06/2008 11/08/2008 11/08/2008
None BERTHEL FRANC THIRIET XAVIER ELMEKTAOUI YOUSSEF

ci
BERTHEL FRANC THIRIET XAVIER ELMEKTAOUI YOUSSEF
A1

ffi

VALIDE
O
SKID FILTRATION FUEL LEGER

E
LIGHT DISTILLATE OIL FILTERING SKID

G
A

super user
223D6009
01 E
1/1
DT-7C
 al
16/06/2008 11/08/2008 11/08/2008
None BERTHEL FRANC THIRIET XAVIER ELMEKTAOUI YOUSSEF

ci
BERTHEL FRANC THIRIET XAVIER ELMEKTAOUI YOUSSEF
A1

ffi

VALIDE
O
SYSTEME FUEL

E
LIQUID FUEL SYSTEM

G
A

super user
223D6007
01 E
1/1
DT-7C
Tab 12
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 1/2
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
DESCRIPTION

ATOMIZING AIR SYSTEM

1 - Definition
Atomization is the process whereby a volume of liquid is converted into a multiplicity of very
small droplet by air stream. The atomizing air system is designed for insuring the following
functions:

x To atomize the liquid fuel

x To purge the liquid fuel lines when the unit is running with gas fuel
x To purge the water injection lines when water is not used

The atomizing air system is an open loop where the air from the axial compressor is cooled
down and then pressurized by the shaft driven main compressor. A booster driven by the
cranking motor runs during starting sequence.

The atomizing air system includes a piloted valve to adapt atomizing air pressure and flow
according to liquid or gas fuel burning conditions and purge conditions.

2 - Component function

20AA-18 Controls the air circuit commutation to adapt the compressor ratio
96AD-1 Measures the atomizing air compressor differential pressure
Measures the inlet air temperature of main atomizing air
AAT-1A
compressor CA1
Measures the inlet air temperature of main atomizing air
AAT-2A
compressor CA1
CA1 Provides atomizing air
CA2 Provides atomizing air during starting sequence
FA1-1 Filters the control air
HX1-1 Cools down the atomizing air
VA18-1 Lowers the main compressor pressure ratio
VPR55-1 Regulates the air pressure
VR12 Protects the AA booster against overpressure

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMD_0425_6B_E0838_A_EN Revision: A Date: 03/2009
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 2/2
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
DESCRIPTION

3 - Additional information
Accessories gear box air ejector:
Atomizing air flows through an air ejector to keep the accessories gear box at low vacuum
pressure.

Permanent purging:
Permanent atomizing air purging is provided through small orifices and silencers.

Compressor washing:
Manual valves are provided to isolate atomizing air lines during compressor Off line washing
sequence.

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMD_0425_6B_E0838_A_EN Revision: A Date: 03/2009
 G
E
O
DT-1C

ffi
ci
al
Tab 13
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 1/2
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
DESCRIPTION

WATER INJECTION SYSTEM

1 - Definition
The water injection system is designed to reduce the NOx level when the gas turbine is
burning liquid fuel.

The water injection system is an open loop where water flow is built up by an electrically
driven water pump. The system includes

x Temporary and permanent filters

x An electrically driven water pump
x A water pump re-circulating line to allow pump cooling down
x A water flow regulating valve to adjust the water flow according to the fuel flow
x A flow meter
x A stop valve to cut off the water flow

Injection water flow is injected in the combustion chambers and evacuated in the atmosphere
through the exhaust duct.
Flow regulating valve is piloted using instrument air.

2 - Component function

20WN-1 Allows water injection in the combustion chambers

23WN-1 Prevents motor from internal condensation while not running
33WN-1 Indicates the valve opened position
33WN-2 Indicates the valve closed position
63WN-1 Detects low inlet pump pressure
63WN-2 Detects low pump discharge pressure
63WN-3 Detects low pump discharge pressure
88WN-1 Drives the water pump
Converts 4-20mA signal into a pneumatic signal for valve position
90WN-1
setting
96WF-1 Measures the injection water flow
96WF-2 Measures the injection water flow

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMD_0462_6B_E0838_A_EN Revision: A Date: 03/2009
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 2/2
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
DESCRIPTION

96WF-3 Measures the injection water flow

FA8-2 Filters the control air
FM1-1 Measures the injection water flow
FW1-1 Filters the injection water flow
FW1-2 Filters the injection water flow at the pump upstream
FW1-3 Filters the injection water flow at the nozzle upstream
PW1-1 Provides the injection water pressure
VC4-1 Regulates the water flow
VCK8-1T10 Prohibits purge air to return in water line
VPR62-1 Regulates the air pressure

3 - Additional information
Water characteristics:
Water characteristics must comply with GEK 101944

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMD_0462_6B_E0838_A_EN Revision: A Date: 03/2009
 G
E
O
DT-1C

ffi
ci
al
G
E
O
ffi
ci
al
Tab 14
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 1/2
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
DESCRIPTION

COOLING & SEALING AIR SYSTEM

1 - Definition

The cooling & sealing air system is designed for insuring the following functions:

x To cool down the turbine exhaust frame

x To cool down the turbine stage nozzle
x To protect the compressor during starting and shut down sequences
x To measure the compressor discharge pressure
x To provide gas turbine bearing’s sealing air
x To provide instrument air or air supply for other systems
x To purge liquid fuel or water injection lines when they are not used

The cooling & sealing air system is an open loop where:

x The cooling air for the turbine exhaust frame is provided by two electrically driven
blowers and evacuated through outlet pipes. Each blower delivers 50% of the
requested cooling flow.
x The gas turbine sealing air from the bearings flows back in the oil tank and is
evacuated through the oil mist eliminator vent.

2 - Component function

20CB-1 Controls the bleed valves

23TK-1 Prevents motor from internal condensation while not running
23TK-2 Prevents motor from internal condensation while not running
33CB-1 Indicates the valve open position
33CB-2 Indicates the valve open position
63TK-1 Detects the blower outlet pressure
63TK-2 Detects the blower outlet pressure
88TK-1 Drives the fan
88TK-2 Drives the fan

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMD_0417_6B_E0838_A_EN Revision: A Date: 03/2009
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 2/2
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
DESCRIPTION

96CD-1A Measures the compressor discharge pressure

96CD-1B Measures the compressor discharge pressure
96CD-1C Measures the compressor discharge pressure
Filters the control air (condensates recovery by continuous
FA6
blowdown)
FA7-1 Filters the sealing air and drains the particles
FA7-2 Filters the sealing air and drains the particles
Connects the compressor concerned stage at atmospheric
VA2-1
pressure
Connects the compressor concerned stage at atmospheric
VA2-2
pressure
Prohibits the running blower air flow to return in the stand by
VCK7-1
blower
Prohibits the running blower air flow to return in the stand by
VCK7-2
blower

3 - Additional information
Compressor bleed valves:
The compressor bleed valves remain open during start up and shut down sequences to
protect the compressor from surging.
A position fault, indicated by the Speedtronic®, must be analyzed and rectified before the
next starting sequence.

Turbine exhaust frame:

Cooling down is achieved by two blowers, each one providing 50% of air flow. If one blower
fails, the unit is able to run with one blower up to the next planed shutdown for repair
purpose.

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMD_0417_6B_E0838_A_EN Revision: A Date: 03/2009
FORMAT UTILE:(841 X 594)

8 7 6 5 4 3 SIZE

A1
DWG.NO.

219D2465
SH.

1/2
REV.

A 1
REVISIONS

REV DESCRIPTION DATE NAMES/NOMS

AFR - IN.
NOTES: A FIRST ISSUE JULY, 2008 THINON F.
DELIMOGES S.

1 - VOIR MLI 0414, NOMENCLATURE DES APPAREILS, POUR REGLAGE DES APPAREILS.
1 - SEE MLI 0414, DEVICE SUMMARY, FOR CONTROL DEVICE SETTINGS.

D 2 - VOIR MLI 0313 ET 0314 POUR LES CARACTERISTIQUES DES CONNEXIONS CLIENT. D
2 - SEE MLI 0313 AND 0314 FOR CHARACTERISTICS OF THE CUSTOMER CONNECTIONS.

3 - VOIR ITEMS 3 ET 4 DU TABLEAU DE " LIST OF COMPLEMENTARY DOCUMENTS " POUR LES CARACTERISTIQUES DES FLUIDES.
3 - SEE ITEMS 3 & 4 OF THE " LIST OF COMPLEMENTARY DOCUMENTS " FOR FLUID CHARACTERISTICS.

4 - REFROIDISSEMENT CAPTEURS DE VIBRATION, DEBIT AU TRAVERS DE DEUX TROUS ( DIAMETRE 2,5mm ) DANS CHAQUE COUVERCLE.
4 - VIBRATION SENSORS COOLING SYSTEM, FLOW THROUGH TWO BLEEDING HOLES ( DIAMETER 0.0985 in ) IN EACH COVER.

A A REV
REV STATUS
OF SHEETS
2 1 SH

1 FLUID DIAGRAM SYMBOLIZATION (ISA) GE-123E4888

2 EXTRA RULES FOR 04XX SCHEMATICS CREATION 379A9908

3 SYSTEM AND COMPONENT CLEANLINESS REQUIREMENTS GE-362A2412

C
C 4 FLUID SPECIFICATION GEK 106689

IT. NOMENCLATURE IDENT

LIST OF COMPLEMENTARY DOCUMENTS

FIRST MADE FOR : MS 6581B ITEM : 0417

LEAVE THIS SPACE BLANK

B
B

al
10/07/2008 16/07/2008 17/07/2008
None AFR IN THINON FABIENNE DELIMOGES SYLVAIN

ci
AFR IN THINON FABIENNE DELIMOGES SYLVAIN
A1

ffi

VALIDE
O
SCHEMA TUY. REFR & ETANCHEITE

E
NOMS / NAMES
DIAG. SCH. PP-CLG. & SLG. AIR
DRAWN AFR - IN.

G
CHECKED THINON F.
DELIMOGES S. SCHEMA TUY. AIR REFROIDT. &
A
APPROVED

ETANCHEITE A
DIAG. SCH. PP-CLG & SLG AIR

super user
0417 219D2465
SIZE CAGE CODE DWG.NO.
This document, exclusive property of
A1 219D2465

DISTR
Ce document, propriété exclusive de
GE Energy Products France SNC

TO
GE Energy Products France SNC est
strictement confidentiel. Il ne peut être communiqué, is strictly confidential. It must not be communicated 01 F
copié ou reproduit sans son autorisation écrite préalable. copied or reproduced without our previous written consent. SIM TO: 219D2330 1/1 (1)
SCALE REV. : A SHEET : 1/2

DT-1C
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
FORMAT A1:841 X 594 (ISO 5457-1980)
FORMAT UTILE:(841 X 594)

8 7 6 5 4 3 SIZE

A1
DWG.NO.

219D2465
SH.

2/2
REV.

A 1

CSA001

PS (63TK-1) PS (63TK-2)

SKID EXTERIEUR VOIR ITEM A132/A053

PENTE PENTE SKID OFF BASE SEE ITEM A132/A053
2% MINI. 2% MINI.
SLOPE SLOPE
WD

WD

2% MINI. 2% MINI.
D D
CA13A CA13B PACKAGE ACOUSTIQUE
CW CCW ACOUSTICAL PACKAGE
PC PC CA13C
PC DE / FROM MLI. 0425
VCK7-1 VCK7-2 DRAIN FROM HX1-1
(96CD-1A) AA

PT (88TK-1) (33CB-1)
M M (88TK-2) VERS / TO MLI 0425
(23TK-1) ZSH
(23TK-2)
WD
WD WD

VERS CAISSON ECH.

TO EXHAUST PLENUM
DI109 FO (VA2-1)
36.1 mm
2"1/2x2" WD
WD

(1.42" )
(96CD-1B)
PT
DI104
36.1 mm
2"1/2x2"
( 1.42" )
WD
WD

WD

PENTE PENTE
SLOPE SLOPE
HV400
(96CD-1C) 3% MINI 3% MINI 6"x4" AD-8 AD-9
B AD-4

WD

WD
WD

PT

WD

WD
DI 110 NO 8"x6" CA3A
WD

WD

WD
0,79 mm
( 0.031" ) AD-7 VERS ATMOSPHERE
MLI 0557 PC TO ATMOSPHERE C
PENTE

WD
C AE-11 SLOPE VOIR NOTE 4
MINI 2% SEE NOTE 4
VERS ATMOSPHERE
AE-13 D2 TO ATMOSPHERE

PALIER PALIER VERS CAISSON ECH.

NO.1 NO.2 TO EXHAUST PLENUM
BEARING COMPRESSEUR TURBINE BEARING
NO.1 COMPRESSOR NO.2

AE-13 D2
1"1/2x1"1/4 NPT

AE-11 CA3B
WD

VERS MLI 0442 AD-2 PC

TO MLI 0442 LEAVE THIS SPACE BLANK
AE-5
DI101 HV140 WD WD

15.9 mm

WD
WD

( 0.626" )

WD
AD-1 NO AD-3
WD
WD

DI105
WD

36.1 mm
WD

HV100 NO 2"1/2x2"
WD

HV101
WD

( 1.42" ) DI102
WD

6"x4" 21.8mm
DI106 ( 0.86" ) B

WD
NC 36.1 mm
3"x1"1/2 2"1/2x2"
B ( 1.42" )
WD

WW20
FA7-2 (33CB-2)
PC FA7-1 ZSH

3"x1"1/2 4"x3"
WD WD

WD WD WD

FO (VA2-2)
HV105 HV106
WD

DI112 DI113
2"x1/2" PENTE
WD

SLOPE
NC NC PENTE 9 mm 9 mm
VTA AD-3 SLOPE ( 0.356" ) ( 0.356" )
MINI 2%
FA6 FO MINI 2%
C
A B

al
10/07/2008 16/07/2008 17/07/2008
HV102 S (20CB-1) None AFR IN THINON FABIENNE DELIMOGES SYLVAIN

ci
WD

PENTE DI 111 PENTE

AFR IN THINON FABIENNE DELIMOGES SYLVAIN
PENTE
WD

SLOPE 0.79mm SLOPE A1

SLOPE

ffi
NC MINI 2% ( 0.031" ) MINI

VALIDE
PENTE MINI 2% 2%
WW21 SLOPE
MINI 2%

O
PC
SCHEMA TUY. REFR & ETANCHEITE

E
NOMS / NAMES
DIAG. SCH. PP-CLG. & SLG. AIR
DRAWN AFR - IN.
HV310

G
CHECKED THINON F.
WD

CA15 DELIMOGES S. SCHEMA TUY. AIR REFROIDT. &

A
APPROVED

PC ETANCHEITE A
NC DIAG. SCH. PP-CLG & SLG AIR

super user
0417
HV300
WW18 WW19 CA5
AIR CLIENT 219D2465
SIZE CAGE CODE DWG.NO.
This document, exclusive property of PC PC PC AIR FOR CUSTOMER A1 219D2465

DISTR
Ce document, propriété exclusive de
GE Energy Products France SNC

TO
GE Energy Products France SNC est
strictement confidentiel. Il ne peut être communiqué, is strictly confidential. It must not be communicated NO 01 F
copié ou reproduit sans son autorisation écrite préalable. copied or reproduced without our previous written consent. SIM TO: 219D2330 1/1 (2)
SCALE REV. : A SHEET : 2/2

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
FORMAT A1:841 X 594 (ISO 5457-1980)
Tab 15
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 1/1
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
DESCRIPTION

INLET GUIDE VANES SYSTEM

1 - Definition

The inlet guide vanes system is designed to adjust the compressor airflow according to
compressor and combustion needs.

The compressor inlet guide vanes system is actuated with hydraulic supply and controlled by
trip oil. The oil returns to the lubricating oil tank by gravity.

2 - Component function

20TV-1 Allows oil supply not of IGV

90TV-1 Controls the IGV position
96TV-1 Measures the IGV angle
96TV-2 Measures the IGV angle
ACV1-1 Represents the inlet guide vanes assembly
AH2-1 Absorbs and compensates the pressure variation
FH6-1 Filters the hydraulic supply oil
HM3-1 Represents the IGV assembly
VH3-1 Controls the operation of IGV

3 - Additional information
None.

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMD_0469_6B_E0838_A_EN Revision: A Date: 03/2009
 G
E
O
DT-1C

ffi
ci
al
G
E
O
ffi
ci
al
Tab 16
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 1/1
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
DESCRIPTION

COOLING WATER SYSTEM

1 - Definition

The cooling water system is designed for insuring cooling down of:

x The lubricating oil

x The atomizing air system
x The flame detectors
x The turbine supports
x The cranking motor

The above equipment is part of the installation cooling water closed loop. It includes a shaft
driven cooling water pump.

2 - Component function

65WC-2 Controls the valve position

VA32-2 Controls the cooling water flow for atomizing air
VPR68-3 Regulates the air pressure
VTR1-1 Prohibits water circulation in the cooler for low oil temperature
WT-TL-1 Measures the water temperature of the turbine supports
WT-TL-2 Measures the water temperature of the turbine supports

3 - Additional information
Cooling water characteristics:
Cooling water characteristics must comply with GEI 41004H

Lubricating oil temperature:

During gas turbine operation the lubricating oil temperature is between 49°C and 70°C
(120°F – 158°F) according to the water flow through the heat exchanger and the site ambient
air temperature.

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMD_0420_6B_E0838_A_EN Revision: A Date: 03/2009
FORMAT UTILE:(841 X 594)

8 7 6 5 4 3 SIZE

A1
DWG.NO.

209D7630
SH.

1/2 C
REV.
1
REVISIONS

REV DESCRIPTION DATE NAMES/NOMS

NOTES: A FIRST ISSUE 13 APR 05

TCA - FB.
DELOGE D.
CORVISIER S.
1 - VOIR MLI 0414, NOMENCLATURE DES APPAREILS POUR LE REGLAGE DES APPAREILS. KEUFFER F.
1 - SEE MLI 0414, DEVICE SUMMARY FOR DEVICE SETTING. B IM - 2007006548 25 JUL 07 DELOGE D.
KEUFFER F.
AFR - JLC.
2 - VOIR MLI 0313 ET 0314 POUR LES CARACTERISTIQUES DES CONNEXIONS. C IM - 2008004599 30 MAY 08 ROZE M.
BALCER L.
2 - SEE MLI 0313 AND 0314 FOR CONNECTIONS CHARACTERISTICS.
D D
3 - SE REFERER AUX DOCUMENTS 3 ET 4 DU TABLEAU DE " LIST OF COMPLEMENTARY DOCUMENTS " POUR CE QUI CONCERNE LES RECOMMANDATIONS SUR L'EAU DE REFROIDISSEMENT.
LES COMPOSANTS DE CE CIRCUIT D'EAU DE REFROIDISSEMENT NE SONT DEFINIS QUE POUR UNE BOUCLE FERMEE DANS LAQUELLE LA QUALITE DE L'EAU EST FACILEMENT MAINTENUE.
3 - REFER TO DOCUMENTS 3 AND 4 OF THE " LIST OF COMPLEMENTARY DOCUMENTS " FOR COOLING WATER RECOMMENDATIONS.
COMPONENTS OF COOLING WATER SYSTEM ARE ONLY DESIGNED FOR CLOSED COOLING SYSTEM LOOP WHERE HIGH WATER QUALITY IS EASILY MAINTAINED.

4 - SEUL UN ECHANGEUR DE CHALEUR DU SYSTEME D'HUILE DE LUBRIFICATION EST EN SERVICE EN FONCTIONNEMENT NORMAL, LE SECOND ETANT ISOLE COTE EAU.
4 - ONLY ONE LUBE OIL COOLER IS IN SERVICE DURING NORMAL OPERATION, THE OTHER LUBE OIL COOLER IS ISOLATED ON WATER SIDE.

5 - POUR LA SUITE DES CONNEXIONS A, B, C : VOIR SCHEMA MOTEUR DE LANCEMENT (ML ITEM 0421).
5 - FOR A, B, C CONNECTIONS CONTINUATION : SEE STARTING MEANS (ML ITEM 0421).

6 - UNE PENTE CONTINUE DOIT ETRE MAINTENUE APRES LES CONNEXIONS EN SORTIE DU MOTEUR DIESEL (B ET C) MONTANTE VERS CW16.
6 - A CONSTANT SLOPE AFTER DIESEL OUTLET CONNECTIONS (B AND C) SHOULD BE REMAINDED TO CW16.

C C REV
REV STATUS
OF SHEETS
2 1 SH

4 COOLING WATER RECOMMENDATIONS GEI-41004

3 SYSTEM AND COMPONENT CLEANLINESS REQUIREMENTS GE-362A2412

2 EXTRA RULES FOR 04XX SCHEMATICS CREATION 379A9908

1 SPECIFICATION P&ID GE-123E4888

C
C
IT. NOMENCLATURE IDENT

LIST OF COMPLEMENTARY DOCUMENTS

FIRST MADE FOR : MS 6000B ITEM : 0420

LEAVE THIS SPACE BLANK

B
B

al
30/05/2008 30/05/2008 02/06/2008
None AFR JLC ROZE MAGALI BALCER LAURENT

ci
AFR JLC ROZE MAGALI BALCER LAURENT
A1

ffi

VALIDE
O
SCHEMA TUY. EAU DE REFROIDISSEMENT

E
NOMS / NAMES
DIAG. SCH. PP - COOLING WATER
DRAWN
AFR - JLC

G
CHECKED ROZE M.

MARAUX SYLVAIN
BALCER L.
A
APPROVED
SCHEMA TUY. EAU DE REFROIDISSEMENT
C
DIAG. SCH. PP COOLING WATER
0420 209D7630
SIZE CAGE CODE DWG.NO. IM-2008004599
Ce document, propriete exclusive de This document, exclusive property of
A1 209D7630

DISTR
GE Energy Products France SNC

TO
GE Energy Products France SNC est
strictement confidentiel. IL ne peut etre communique, is strictly confidential. It must not be communicated 01 F
copie ou reproduit sans son autorisation ecrite prealable. copied or reproduced without our previous written consent. SIM TO: NONE 1/2
SCALE REV. : C SHEET : 1/2

DT-1C
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
FORMAT A1:841 X 594 (ISO 5457-1980)
FORMAT UTILE:(841 X 594)

8 7 6 5 4 3 SIZE

A1
DWG.NO.

209D7630
SH.

2/2 C
REV.
1

VOIR / SEE
D INSTRUMENT AIR D
DE MLI 0425
FROM MLI 0425

TUY. HUILE DE GRAISSAGE

REFRIGERANT AIR ATOMISATION (MLI 0425)
OIL PIPE
AIR ATOMIZING COOLER (MLI 0425)
SEPARATEUR ABRASIF (MLI 914)
ABRASIVE SEPARATOR (MLI 914) CAPTEUR DE TEMP.
TEMP. SENSOR W D

TE
(VPR68-3)
(65WC-2)
CW4
PC
I
CAPILLAIRE P
CAPILLARY HX1-1
C B
D W D W W D
W D W D W D

B VA32-2
C E
E FO (MLI 1027)
FO VTR1-1 CW3
HV151 (MLI 1035) PC
W D D W
W D W D
D W

HV100 HV150

D
CW20

W
DI 105

W
D
D W
D W

PC NO 6,35 mm HV101
DI 108
D W

CW21
NO NO HV154 ( 0.25" )
W D

DI 100 69,85 mm
CW2 PC
156,92 mm NO ( 2.75" )
PC
C
NO
C ( 6.18" ) DI 104
W D

W D

LOHX1 HV111
HV110 48,7 mm

D
(FULL FLOW)

W
D
POMPE A EAU ATTELLEE (MLI 1008) ( 1.92" )
SHAFT DRIVEN PUMP (MLI 1008) NO NO
HV114
NC
REFRIGERANT HUILE
DE GRAISSAGE (MLI 0416) CW1
LUBE OIL HEAT PC
EXCHANGER (MLI 0416)
CW2
PC
HV160 LOHX2 HV113
HV112
A VERS MLI 0421
TO MLI 0421
NO HV162 NC NO
VOIR NOTE 5 HV115 LEAVE THIS SPACE BLANK
NC
SEE NOTE 5 NC
VOIR NOTE 6
SEE NOTE 6 CW1
PC
CW16
HV161 D W

PC REFRIGERATION DES DETECTEURS

NO DE FLAMME x4 (MLI 0415)
B
D W

D W FLAME DETECTORS
COOLING x4 (MLI 0415) HV125 HV129 HV131 HV133
C B
B NO NO NO NO

VOIR NOTE 5
FROM MLI 0421

FROM MLI 0421

SEE NOTE 5 2 3 7 8
DE MLI 0421

DE MLI 0421

HV124 HV128 HV130 HV132

NO NO NO NO

DI 103
12,2 mm HV121
( 0.48" ) (WT-TL-1)
NC

al
TE DI 101
PATTE TG 8,6 mm 30/05/2008 30/05/2008 02/06/2008
GAUCHE ( 0.34" ) None AFR JLC ROZE MAGALI BALCER LAURENT

ci
LEFT GT
W D W D

AFR JLC ROZE MAGALI BALCER LAURENT

LEG
A1

ffi

VALIDE
REFRIGERATION PATTES SUPPORT TG (MLI 1604)
TURB. SUPPORT LEGS COOLING (MLI 1604)

O
W D

SCHEMA TUY. EAU DE REFROIDISSEMENT

HV120
(WT-TL-2)

E
NC TE NOMS / NAMES
DIAG. SCH. PP - COOLING WATER
PATTE TG DRAWN AFR - JLC.

G
DROITE CHECKED ROZE M.

MARAUX SYLVAIN
RIGHT GT BALCER L.
A SCHEMA TUY. EAU DE REFROIDISSEMENT
APPROVED

LEG C
DI 102 DIAG. SCH. PP COOLING WATER
0420 8,6 mm
209D7630
SIZE CAGE CODE DWG.NO. IM-2008004599
( 0.34" ) 209D7630
Ce document, propriete exclusive de This document, exclusive property of
A1

DISTR
GE Energy Products France SNC

TO
GE Energy Products France SNC est
strictement confidentiel. IL ne peut etre communique, is strictly confidential. It must not be communicated 01 F
copie ou reproduit sans son autorisation ecrite prealable. copied or reproduced without our previous written consent. SIM TO: NONE 2/2
SCALE REV. : C SHEET : 2/2

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
FORMAT A1:841 X 594 (ISO 5457-1980)
 al
27/02/2009 11/03/2009 10/04/2009
None BERTHEL FRANC ROUSSEL FRANCOIS ELMEKTAOUI YOUSSEF

ci
BERTHEL FRANC ROUSSEL FRANCOIS ELMEKTAOUI YOUSSEF
A1

ffi

VALIDE
O
REFROIDISSEMENT PAR AEROREFRIGERANTS

E
SIMPLE CYCLE FIN FAN COOLERS

G
B

super user
223D6012 IM-2009002172

01 E
1/2
 al
27/02/2009 11/03/2009 10/04/2009
None BERTHEL FRANC ROUSSEL FRANCOIS ELMEKTAOUI YOUSSEF

ci
BERTHEL FRANC ROUSSEL FRANCOIS ELMEKTAOUI YOUSSEF
A1

ffi

VALIDE
O
REFROIDISSEMENT PAR AEROREFRIGERANTS

E
SIMPLE CYCLE FIN FAN COOLERS

G
B

super user
223D6012 IM-2009002172

01 E
2/2
Tab 17
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 1/1
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
DESCRIPTION

COMPRESSOR WASHING SYSTEM

1 - Definition
The compressor washing system is designed for insuring the following functions:

x To clean the compressor at stand still (Off line)

x To clean the compressor at nominal speed (On line)

A module not included in this chapter provides the clean washing water flow.

2 - Component function
20TW-1 Controls the water flow for compressor washing
20TW-1/PB Controls the manual opening of 20TW-1 valve
20TW-3 Controls the water flow for compressor washing
VA17-1 Drains out the liquids
VA17-5 Drains out the liquids
WWTD-1 Measures temperature in false start drain pipe
WWTD-5 Measures temperature in false start drain pipe

3 - Additional information
On line water wash:
During On line water wash with the shaft line at nominal speed the water flows through the
compressor and the gas turbine in steam phase and is evacuated with gas turbine exhaust
gas.

Off line water wash:

Off line water wash is carried out when the unit is cold and needs manual configuration for
water wash valves. Please refer to gas turbine maintenance manual.

Water characteristics:
The washing water must comply with GEK 107122

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMD_0442_6B_E0838_A_EN Revision: A Date: 03/2009
 G
E
O
DT-1C

ffi
ci
al
G
E
O
ffi
ci
al
 al
16/06/2008 07/07/2008 07/07/2008
None BERTHEL FRANC ROUSSEL FRANCOIS ELMEKTAOUI YOUSSEF

ci
BERTHEL FRANC ROUSSEL FRANCOIS ELMEKTAOUI YOUSSEF
A1

ffi

VALIDE
O
COMPRESSEUR DE LAVAGE ON & OFF LINE

E
COMPRESSOR WASHING ON & OFF LINE

G
A

super user
223D6010
01 E
1/1
DT-7C
Tab 18
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 1/3
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
DESCRIPTION

HEATING AND VENTILATION SYSTEM

1 - Definition

The heating and ventilation system is designed for insuring the following functions:

x To evacuate the hot air from inside the compartment to outside

x To heat the enclosure when the unit is not operating
x To dilute gas leak to avoid hazardous area in the enclosures listed here below:

o Auxiliaries
o Gas turbine
o Exhaust
o Load gear
o Gas skid module
o Water injection

Enclosure purpose is:

o To protect personnel from high temperature and fire risks.

o To provide proper cooling and ventilation for the equipment.
o To provide attenuation of the noise generated by the equipment
o To contain fire fighting medium
o To provide weather protection for the equipment.

Redundant electrically driven fans provide airflow. Ventilation airflow direction is according to
the need of each enclosure.
Flap at ventilation air intake are use to restrict airflow while the ventilation is not in operation
and to participate to fire fighting effectiveness.
Electrical heaters are provided in the enclosures for heating the ambient except in the
exhaust compartment.

2 - Component function

23BT-1 Prevents motor from internal condensation while not running

23BT-2 Prevents motor from internal condensation while not running
23HA-11 Heats the compartment
23HA-12 Heats the compartment

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMD_0436_6B_E0838_A_EN Revision: A Date: 03/2009
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 2/3
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
DESCRIPTION

23HA-13 Heats the compartment

23HA-30A Heats the compartment
23HG-30 Heats the compartment
23HT-30 Heats the compartment
23WR-30 Heats the compartment
33BT-1 Indicates the flap closed position
33BT-2 Indicates the flap closed position
33DT-1 Indicates the door closed position
33DT-11 Indicates the door closed position
33DT-12 Indicates the door closed position
33DT-13 Indicates the door closed position
33DT-2 Indicates the door closed position
33DT-3 Indicates the door closed position
33DT-4 Indicates the door closed position
33EF-1 Indicates the flap closed position
33EF-2 Indicates the flap closed position
33JS-1 Indicates the flap closed position
33JS-2 Indicates the flap closed position
33VG-1 Indicates the flap closed position
33VG-2 Indicates the flap closed position
33VL-1 Indicates the flap closed position
33VL-2 Indicates the flap closed position
49HA-12 Protects the heater against overload
88BT-1 Drives the fan
88BT-2 Drives the fan
88EF-1 Drives the fan
88EF-2 Drives the fan
88JS-1 Drives the fan
88JS-2 Drives the fan
88VG-1 Drives the fan
88VG-2 Drives the fan
All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés
OMMD_0436_6B_E0838_A_EN Revision: A Date: 03/2009
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 3/3
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
DESCRIPTION

88VL-1 Drives the fan

88VL-2 Drives the fan
95BT-1 Detects the ventilation air flow
95BT-2 Detects the ventilation air flow
95BT-3 Detects the ventilation air flow
95VL-1 Detects the ventilation air flow
95VL-2 Detects the ventilation air flow
95VL-3 Detects the ventilation air flow
AT-AC-1 Measures the ambient temperature in the compartment
AT-AC-11 Measures the ambient temperature in the compartment
AT-LC-1 Measures the ambient temperature in the compartment
AT-TC-1 Measures the ambient temperature in the compartment
AT-TC-2 Measures the ambient temperature in the compartment
AT-TC-3 Measures the ambient temperature in the compartment
AT-WI-1 Measures inside acoustic enclosure temperature

3 - Additional information
Compartments access:
Access inside the compartments at any time must be under strict control using access permit
or work permit to guaranty operator safety regarding potential risk including carbon dioxide
emission.

Carbon dioxide emission:

After carbon dioxide emission and confirmation that fire risk do not exist any more, the
compartment ventilation must be activated to clear the inside atmosphere. Concentration
measurement must be carried out to confirm safe access.

Unit cooling down sequence:

During cooling down period using ratchet gear, all the turbine compartment doors must
remain closed to avoid cool air excess flow distribution near the gas turbine casing.

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMD_0436_6B_E0838_A_EN Revision: A Date: 03/2009
FORMAT UTILE:(841 X 594)

8 7 6 5 4 3 SIZE

A1
DWG.NO.

219D2708
SH.

1/4
REV.

A 1
REVISIONS

REV DESCRIPTION DATE NAMES/NOMS

AFR - IN.
A FIRST ISSUE 24/06/2008 RISS O.
GUYENNET D.
NOTES :
1- VOIR MLI 0414, NOMENCLATURE DES APPAREILS POUR LE REGLAGE DES APPAREILS.
1- SEE MLI 0414, DEVICE SUMMARY, FOR DEVICE SETTING.

D 2- VOIR MLI 0313 ET 0314 POUR LES CARACTERISTIQUES DES CONNEXIONS. D

2- SEE MLI 0313 AND 0314 FOR CONNECTIONS CHARACTERISTICS.

3- AT-TC-1 : FOURNITURE SUR TURBINE, VOIR MLI 1107.

3- AT-TC-1 : ON BASE SUPPLY, SEE MLI 1107.

4- VOIR PLAN D'INSTALLATION DES ZONES A RISQUE.

4- SEE HAZARDOUS AREAS LAYOUT DRAWING.

A A A A REV
REV STATUS
OF SHEETS
4 3 2 1 SH

1 SPECIFICATION P&ID GE-123E4888

2 EXTRA RULES FOR 04XX SCHEMATICS CREATION 379A9908

3 SYSTEM AND COMPONENT CLEANLINESS REQUIREMENTS GE-362A2412

C
C
IT. NOMENCLATURE IDENT

LIST OF COMPLEMENTARY DOCUMENTS

FIRST MADE FOR : MS 6B ITEM : 0436

LEAVE THIS SPACE BLANK

B
B

al
24/06/2008 24/06/2008 24/06/2008
None AFR IN RISS OLIVIER BOUDOT DENIS

ci
AFR IN RISS OLIVIER BOUDOT DENIS
A1

ffi

VALIDE
O
SCH. CHAUFFAGE ET VENTILATION

E
NOMS / NAMES
DIAG. SCH.HEATING & VENTILATION
DRAWN
AFR - IN.

G
CHECKED RISS O.
GUYENNET D.
A
APPROVED
SCHEMA CHAUFFAGE ET VENTILATION
A
DIAG. SCH. HEATING & VENTILATION

super user
0436 219D2708
SIZE CAGE CODE DWG.NO.

Ce document, propriete exclusive de This document, exclusive property of

A1 219D2708

DISTR
GE Energy Products France SNC

TO
GE Energy Products France SNC est
strictement confidentiel. IL ne peut etre communique, is strictly confidential. It must not be communicated 01 F
copie ou reproduit sans son autorisation ecrite prealable. copied or reproduced without our previous written consent. SIM TO: 206D7877 1/4
SCALE REV. : A SHEET : 1/4

DT-1C
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
FORMAT A1:841 X 594 (ISO 5457-1980)
FORMAT UTILE:(841 X 594)

8 7 6 5 4 3 SIZE

A1
DWG.NO.

219D2708
SH.

2/4 A
REV.
1
AIR OUTLET AIR OUTLET
SORTIE D'AIR SORTIE D'AIR
SEE NOTE 4 SEE NOTE 4
VOIR NOTE 4 VOIR NOTE 4

D D
(33BT-1) (33BT-2) (33EF-1) (33EF-2)
ZSL ZSL ZSL ZSL

M (88BT-1) M (88BT-2) M (88EF-1) M (88EF-2)

V (23BT-1) V (23BT-2) V V

AIR OUTLET
SORTIE D'AIR

(33DT-1) (33DT-3)
ZSL ZSL
GAS TURBINE ENCLOSURE
ENCEINTE TURBINE A GAZ

AIR OUTLET
SORTIE D'AIR

(AT-LC-1)
(AT-TC-2) TE
TE C
C
(AT-AC-1)
TE AIR INLET
V
ENTREE D'AIR

LOAD
ZSL M
COMPARTMENT
SEE ITEM 0417 (33VG-1) (88VG-1)
GT Exhaust frame cooling
AIR INLET
ENTREE D'AIR GT COMPARTMENT EXHAUST
COMPARTIMENT GT PLENUM LOAD GEAR
BOX GENERATOR
ALTERNATEUR
REDUCTEUR
SEE NOTE 3 (AT-TC-1) CAISSON (23HG-30)
VOIR NOTE 3 DE VITESSE
TE D'ECHAPPEMENT
LEAVE THIS SPACE BLANK
FS
COMPARTIMENT
PUISSANCE
(95BT-3) VOIR ITEM 0417
FS Réfroidissement du cadre AIR INLET
échappement de la GT ENTREE D'AIR
(95BT-2) AUXILIARIES V
FS COMPARTMENT (AT-TC-3)
EXHAUST
(95BT-1) COMPARTIMENT
TE
COMPARTMENT B
ZSL M
AUXILIAIRE
B COMPARTIMENT
D'ECHAPPEMENT (33VG-2) (88VG-2)
(23HT-30)
AIR OUTLET
SORTIE D'AIR
(23HA-30A)

ZSL ZSL

(33DT-2) (33DT-4)

al
24/06/2008 24/06/2008 24/06/2008
None AFR IN RISS OLIVIER BOUDOT DENIS

ci
AFR IN RISS OLIVIER BOUDOT DENIS
AIR OUTLET
A1

ffi
AIR INLET SORTIE D'AIR

VALIDE
ENTREE D'AIR

O
SCH. CHAUFFAGE ET VENTILATION

E
NOMS / NAMES
DIAG. SCH.HEATING & VENTILATION
DRAWN AFR - IN.

G
CHECKED RISS O.
GUYENNET D.
A SCHEMA CHAUFFAGE ET VENTILATION
APPROVED

A
DIAG. SCH. HEATING & VENTILATION

super user
0436 219D2708
SIZE CAGE CODE DWG.NO.

Ce document, propriete exclusive de This document, exclusive property of

A1 219D2708

DISTR
GE Energy Products France SNC

TO
GE Energy Products France SNC est
strictement confidentiel. IL ne peut etre communique, is strictly confidential. It must not be communicated 01 F
copie ou reproduit sans son autorisation ecrite prealable. copied or reproduced without our previous written consent. SIM TO: 206D7877 2/4
SCALE REV. : A SHEET : 2/4

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
FORMAT A1:841 X 594 (ISO 5457-1980)
FORMAT UTILE:(841 X 594)

8 7 6 5 4 3 SIZE

A1
DWG.NO.

219D2708
SH.

3/4 A
REV.
1

D D

SEE NOTE 3
VOIR NOTE 3
AIR OUTLET
SORTIE D'AIR

(33VL-1) (33VL-2)
ZSL ZSL

(88VL-1) (88VL-2)
V M V M

C
C

(33DT-11)
ZSL
(95VL-1) (49HA-12)
FS TSHH

(95VL-2)
FS

(95VL-3)
FS -(23HA-13)
-(23HA-12)

GAS SKID MODULE AIR INLET

MODULE GAZ ENTREE D'AIR
LEAVE THIS SPACE BLANK

(AT-AC-11)
(23HA-11) TE

(33DT-12) ZSL ZSL (33DT-13) B

B

al
24/06/2008 24/06/2008 24/06/2008
None AFR IN RISS OLIVIER BOUDOT DENIS

ci
AFR IN RISS OLIVIER BOUDOT DENIS
A1

ffi

VALIDE
O
SCH. CHAUFFAGE ET VENTILATION

E
NOMS / NAMES
DIAG. SCH.HEATING & VENTILATION
DRAWN AFR - IN.

G
CHECKED RISS O.
GUYENNET D.
A SCHEMA CHAUFFAGE ET VENTILATION
APPROVED

A
DIAG. SCH. HEATING & VENTILATION

super user
0436 219D2708
SIZE CAGE CODE DWG.NO.

Ce document, propriete exclusive de This document, exclusive property of

A1 219D2708

DISTR
GE Energy Products France SNC

TO
GE Energy Products France SNC est
strictement confidentiel. IL ne peut etre communique, is strictly confidential. It must not be communicated 01 F
copie ou reproduit sans son autorisation ecrite prealable. copied or reproduced without our previous written consent. SIM TO: 206D7040 3/4
SCALE REV. : A SHEET : 3/4

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
FORMAT A1:841 X 594 (ISO 5457-1980)
FORMAT UTILE:(841 X 594)

8 7 6 5 4 3 SIZE

A1
DWG.NO.

219D2708
SH.

4/4 A
REV.
1

D D

(33JS-1)
ZSL

C
AIR OUTLET WATER INJECTION SKID ENCLOSURE
C V
SORTIE D'AIR ENCEINTE DU SKID D'INJECTION D'EAU

(88JS-1)
M
(23WR-30)

(33JS-2)
ZSL

AIR OUTLET (AT-WI-1)

SORTIE D'AIR V TE
LEAVE THIS SPACE BLANK
AIR INLET
(88JS-2) ENTREE D'AIR
M

B
B

al
24/06/2008 24/06/2008 24/06/2008
None AFR IN RISS OLIVIER BOUDOT DENIS

ci
AFR IN RISS OLIVIER BOUDOT DENIS
A1

ffi

VALIDE
O
SCH. CHAUFFAGE ET VENTILATION

E
NOMS / NAMES
DIAG. SCH.HEATING & VENTILATION
DRAWN AFR - IN.

G
CHECKED RISS O.
GUYENNET D.
A SCHEMA CHAUFFAGE ET VENTILATION
APPROVED

A
DIAG. SCH. HEATING & VENTILATION

super user
0436 219D2708
SIZE CAGE CODE DWG.NO.

Ce document, propriete exclusive de This document, exclusive property of

A1 219D2708

DISTR
GE Energy Products France SNC

TO
GE Energy Products France SNC est
strictement confidentiel. IL ne peut etre communique, is strictly confidential. It must not be communicated 01 F
copie ou reproduit sans son autorisation ecrite prealable. copied or reproduced without our previous written consent. SIM TO: 206D7941 4/4
SCALE REV. : A SHEET : 4/4

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
FORMAT A1:841 X 594 (ISO 5457-1980)
Tab 19
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 1/3
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
DESCRIPTION

FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM

1 - Definition

The fire protection system is designed for insuring the following functions:

x To detect fire automatically

x To trip the unit and extinguish fire quickly
x To keep low concentration of combustive agent after fire
x To inform the operator
x To allow manual fire fighting release

in the enclosures listed here below:

x Auxiliary compartment
x Gas turbine compartment
x Load gear compartment
x Gas compartment

Fire fighting is achieved using carbon dioxide (CO2)

2 - Component function

43CP-1 Releases manually the fire protection

43CP-11 Releases manually the fire protection
43CP-12 Releases manually the fire protection
43CP-2 Releases manually the fire protection
43CP-3 Releases manually the fire protection
43CP-4 Releases manually the fire protection
43CP-5 Releases manually the fire protection
43CP-6 Releases manually the fire protection
45FA-10A Detects a high temperature in the compartment
45FA-10B Detects a high temperature in the compartment
45FA-11A Detects a high temperature in the compartment
45FA-11B Detects a high temperature in the compartment
All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés
OMMD_0426_6B_E0838_A_EN Revision: A Date: 03/2009
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 2/3
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
DESCRIPTION

45FA-12A Detects a high temperature in the compartment

45FA-12B Detects a high temperature in the compartment
45FA-13A Detects a high temperature in the compartment
45FA-13B Detects a high temperature in the compartment
45FA-1A Detects a high temperature in the compartment
45FA-1B Detects a high temperature in the compartment
45FA-2A Detects a high temperature in the compartment
45FA-2B Detects a high temperature in the compartment
45FA-6A Detects a high temperature in the compartment
45FA-6B Detects a high temperature in the compartment
45FA-7A Detects a high temperature in the compartment
45FA-7B Detects a high temperature in the compartment
45FT-10A Detects a high temperature in the compartment
45FT-10B Detects a high temperature in the compartment
45FT-11A Detects a high temperature in the compartment
45FT-11B Detects a high temperature in the compartment
45FT-1A Detects a high temperature in the compartment
45FT-1B Detects a high temperature in the compartment
45FT-2A Detects a high temperature in the compartment
45FT-2B Detects a high temperature in the compartment
45FT-3A Detects a high temperature in the compartment
45FT-3B Detects a high temperature in the compartment
45FT-9A Detects a high temperature in the compartment
45FT-9B Detects a high temperature in the compartment
5E-10 Initiates manually an emergency trip
5E-11 Initiates manually an emergency trip
SLI-1 Gives a visual fire alarm
SLI-1A Gives a visual fire alarm
SLI-1B Gives a visual fire alarm
SLI-1C Gives a visual and audible fire alarm
SLI-1D Gives a visual fire alarm
SLI-1E Gives a visual and audible fire alarm

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMD_0426_6B_E0838_A_EN Revision: A Date: 03/2009
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 3/3
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
DESCRIPTION

SLI-2 Gives a visual fire alarm

SLI-2B Gives a visual fire alarm
SLI-2C Gives a visual and audible fire alarm
SLI-2E Gives a visual and audible fire alarm
SLI-3B Gives a visual fire alarm
SLI-4B Gives a visual fire alarm

3 - Additional information
Compartments access:
Access inside the compartments at any time must be under strict control using access permit
or work permit to guaranty operator safety regarding potential risk including carbon dioxide
emission.

Fire alarm:
Fire alarm appears before fire trip. Any alarm must be investigated and rectified quickly

Carbon dioxide emission:

After carbon dioxide emission and confirmation that fire risk do not exist any more, the
compartment ventilation must be activated the clear the inside atmosphere. Concentration
measurement must be carried out to confirm safe access. Local carbon dioxide vacuum must
be undertaken if the concentration remains important.

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMD_0426_6B_E0838_A_EN Revision: A Date: 03/2009
FORMAT UTILE:(841 X 594)

8 7 6 5 4 3 SIZE

A1
DWG.NO.

219D2710
SH.

1/3
REV.

B 1
NOTES : REVISIONS

REV DESCRIPTION DATE NAMES/NOMS

AFR - IN.
1- VOIR MLI 0414, NOMENCLATURE DES APPAREILS POUR LE REGLAGE DES APPAREILS. A FIRST ISSUE 23/06/2008 BOLLE C.
GUYENNET D.
1- SEE MLI 0414, DEVICE SUMMARY FOR DEVICE SETTINGS. AFR - IN.
B IM - 2008011836 03/12/2008 BOLLE C.
BOUDOT D.
2 - VOIR MLI 0313 ET 0314 POUR LES CARACTERISTIQUES DES CONNEXIONS.
2 - SEE MLI 0313 AND 0314 FOR CHARACTERISTICS CONNECTIONS.

D 3- LE SYSTEME COMPORTE 2 ZONES : D

ZONE 1 : CONSTITUE DES COMPARTIMENTS TURBINE, AUXILIAIRES ET REDUCTEUR DE VITESSE.
ZONE 4 : CONSTITUE DU COMPARTIMENT GAZ

3- THIS IS A TWO ZONE SYSTEM :

ZONE 1 : CONSISTS OF THE TURBINE, AUXILIARIES AND LOAD/GEAR COMPARTMENTS.
ZONE 4 : CONSISTS OF THE GAS COMPARTMENT

4- QUANTITES DE CO2 / CO2 QUANTITIES :

Diamètre
Quantités de CO2 Nombre de buses Durée d'émission
tuyauterie
CO2 Quantities Nozzles Quantities Discharge Duration
Pipe Diameter

FP4-R / FP4-L 1/2" 1710 kg 8 30 min

B B B REV
REV STATUS
OF SHEETS
3 2 1 SH
FP5-R / FP5-L 2" 450 kg 9 1 min

FP31 1" 90 kg 2 1 min 1 SPECIFICATION P&ID GE-123E4888

2 EXTRA RULES FOR 04XX SCHEMATICS CREATION 379A9908

FP32 1/2" 180 kg 1 20 min C
3 GE-362A2412
C SYSTEM AND COMPONENT CLEANLINESS REQUIREMENTS

IT. NOMENCLATURE IDENT

5- LES DETECTEURS 45FA-10A, 10B, 11A, 11B, 12A, 12B, 13A, 13B SONT SITUES SOUS LES PASSERELLES DU COMPARTIMENT TURBINE. LIST OF COMPLEMENTARY DOCUMENTS

5- DETECTORS 45FA-10A, 10B, 11A, 11B, 12A, 12B, 13A, 13B ARE LOCATED UNDER GAS TURBINE COMPARTMENT WALKWAYS.
FIRST MADE FOR : MS 6B ITEM : 0426

LEAVE THIS SPACE BLANK

B
B

al
03/12/2008 03/12/2008 09/12/2008
None AFR JLC BOLLE CHRISTOPHE BOUDOT DENIS

ci
AFR JLC BOLLE CHRISTOPHE BOUDOT DENIS
A1

ffi

VALIDE
O
SCHEMA TUY. PROTECTION INCENDIE

E
NOMS / NAMES
DIAGRAM SCH.PP-FIRE PROTECTION
DRAWN
AFR - IN.

G
CHECKED BOLLE C.
GUYENNET D.
A
APPROVED
SCHEMA TUY. PROTECTION INCENDIE
B
DIAG. SCH. PP. FIRE PROTECTION

super user
0426 219D2710
SIZE CAGE CODE DWG.NO. IM-2008011836
Ce document, propriété exclusive de This document, exclusive property of
A1 219D2710

DISTR
GE Energy Products France SNC

TO
GE Energy Products France SNC est
strictement confidentiel. Il ne peut être communiqué, is strictly confidential. It must not be communicated 01 F
copié ou reproduit sans son autorisation écrite préalable. copied or reproduced without our previous written consent. SIM TO: 206D7524 1/1 (1)
SCALE REV. : B SHEET : 1/3

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
FORMAT A1:841 X 594 (ISO 5457-1980)
FORMAT UTILE:(841 X 594)

8 7 6 5 4 3 SIZE

A1
DWG.NO.

219D2710
SH.

2/3 B
REV.
1

Emission de maintien zone 1 ( coté gauche ) / Extended discharge zone 1 ( left side )
Emission initiale zone 1 ( coté gauche ) / Initial discharge zone 1 ( left side )
Alimentation sirène pneumatique zone 1 ( coté gauche ) / Pneumatic horn supply zone 1 ( left side )

(43CP-1) (SLI-1C) (43CP-2) (SLI-1B) (SLI-3B) (43CP-3)

(5E-10)
ENCEINTE ACOUSTIQUE HS HS HS HS

D ACOUSTICAL ENCLOSURE D

(45FA-10A) (45FA-11A)
TSH TSH
(SLI-1A)
(45FA-10B) (45FA-11B)
TSH TSH

FP8-L
PC

FP5-L W D W D

PC
FP4-L
PC FP11
PC
(45FT-11A)
TSH
COMPARTIMENT AUXILIAIRES COMPARTIMENT TURBINE
AUXILIARIES COMPARTMENT TURBINE COMPARTMENT

(SLI-1)

C
(45FT-9A) (45FT-9B)
C (45FT-1A) (45FT-1B)
TSH TSH TSH TSH
(45FT-3A)
(45FA-1A) (45FA-2A)
TSH TSH TSH

COMPARTIMENT REDUCTEUR DE VITESSE

(45FT-3B) LOAD / GEAR COMPARTMENT
(45FA-1B) (45FA-2B) TSH
TSH TSH
(45FT-10A) (45FT-10B)
(45FT-2A) (45FT-2B)
TSH TSH
TSH TSH

(SLI-2)
LEAVE THIS SPACE BLANK

(45FT-11B)
TSH
FP10
PC
FP4-R W D

PC B
FP5-R
W D

B PC
FP8-R W D

PC
W D

(45FA-12A) (45FA-13A)
TSH TSH
(45FA-12B) (45FA-13B)
TSH TSH

(5E-11) (43CP-4) (SLI-2C) (43CP-5) (SLI-2B)

al
(43CP-6)
HS HS HS 03/12/2008 03/12/2008 09/12/2008
HS
None AFR JLC BOLLE CHRISTOPHE BOUDOT DENIS

ci
(SLI-4B)
AFR JLC BOLLE CHRISTOPHE BOUDOT DENIS
A1

ffi

VALIDE
Alimentation sirène pneumatique zone 1 ( coté droit ) / Pneumatic horn supply zone 1 ( right side )

O
SCHEMA TUY. PROTECTION INCENDIE
Emission initiale zone 1 ( coté droit ) / Initial discharge zone 1 ( right side )
Emission de maintien zone 1 ( coté droit ) / Extended discharge zone 1 ( right side )

E
NOMS / NAMES
DIAGRAM SCH.PP-FIRE PROTECTION
DRAWN AFR - IN.

G
CHECKED BOLLE C.
GUYENNET D.
A
APPROVED
SCHEMA TUY. PROTECTION INCENDIE
B
DIAG. SCH. PP. FIRE PROTECTION

super user
0426 219D2710
SIZE CAGE CODE DWG.NO. IM-2008011836
Ce document, propriété exclusive de This document, exclusive property of
A1 219D2710

DISTR
GE Energy Products France SNC

TO
GE Energy Products France SNC est
strictement confidentiel. Il ne peut être communiqué, is strictly confidential. It must not be communicated 01 F
copié ou reproduit sans son autorisation écrite préalable. copied or reproduced without our previous written consent. SIM TO: 206D7524 1/1 (2)
SCALE REV. : B SHEET : 2/3

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
FORMAT A1:841 X 594 (ISO 5457-1980)
FORMAT UTILE:(841 X 594)

8 7 6 5 4 3 SIZE

A1
DWG.NO.

219D2710
SH.

3/3 B
REV.
1

D D

(43CP - 11) (SLI - 1E)

HS

COMPARTIMENT GAZ
GAS COMPARTMENT

TSH (45FA-6A) TSH (45FA-6B)

C
C
TSH (45FA-7A) TSH (45FA-7B)

(SLI - 1D)

LEAVE THIS SPACE BLANK

HS

FP31 FP41 FP32

(43CP - 12) (SLI - 2E)
PC PC PC

Emission de maintien zone 4 / Extended discharge zone 4 B

Alimentation sirène pneumatique zone 4 / Pneumatic horn supply zone 4
B
Emission initiale zone 4 / Initial discharge zone 4

al
03/12/2008 03/12/2008 09/12/2008
None AFR JLC BOLLE CHRISTOPHE BOUDOT DENIS

ci
AFR JLC BOLLE CHRISTOPHE BOUDOT DENIS
A1

ffi

VALIDE
O
SCHEMA TUY. PROTECTION INCENDIE

E
NOMS / NAMES
DIAGRAM SCH.PP-FIRE PROTECTION
DRAWN AFR - IN.

G
CHECKED BOLLE C.
GUYENNET D.
A
APPROVED
SCHEMA TUY. PROTECTION INCENDIE
B
DIAG. SCH. PP. FIRE PROTECTION

super user
0426 219D2710
SIZE CAGE CODE DWG.NO. IM-2008011836
Ce document, propriété exclusive de This document, exclusive property of
A1 219D2710

DISTR
GE Energy Products France SNC

TO
GE Energy Products France SNC est
strictement confidentiel. Il ne peut être communiqué, is strictly confidential. It must not be communicated 01 F
copié ou reproduit sans son autorisation écrite préalable. copied or reproduced without our previous written consent. SIM TO: 206D7524 1/1 (3)
SCALE REV. : B SHEET : 3/3

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
FORMAT A1:841 X 594 (ISO 5457-1980)
Tab 20
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 1/1
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
DESCRIPTION

GAZ DETECTION SYSTEM

1 - Definition

The gas detection system is designed to detect gas fuel leaks inside

o the gas turbine compartment

o the gas compartment

The gas detection system include gas detector installed inside the ventilation air duct.

2 - Component function

45HA-4 Detects a gas concentration in gas compartment

45HA-5 Detects a gas concentration in gas compartment
45HA-6 Detects a gas concentration in gas compartment
45HT-1 Detects a gas concentration in gas turbine compartment
45HT-2 Detects a gas concentration in gas turbine compartment
45HT-3 Detects a gas concentration in gas turbine compartment
45HT-4 Detects a gas concentration
45HT-5 Detects a gas concentration
45HT-6 Detects a gas concentration

3 - Additional information
Gas detection alarm:
A gas leak detection alarm signal must be considered as high priority. It confirms a gas fuel
leak in the enclosure. Access to this enclosure must be prohibited for safety reason.
Corrective action must be undertaken quickly.

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMD_0474_6B_E0838_A_EN Revision: A Date: 03/2009
FORMAT UTILE:(841 X 594)

8 7 6 5 4 3
SIZE

A1
DWG.NO.

205D5906
SH.

1
REV.

A 1
REVISIONS

REV DESCRIPTI ON NAMES/NOMS

NOTES: A FIRST ISSUE

TCA - GA
THIRION F.
PELLE F.

1 - VOIR NOMENCLATURE DES APPAREILS POUR REGLAGE DES APPAREILS DE CONTROLE.

1 - SEE DEVICE SUMMARY FOR CONTROL DEVICE SETTINGS.

D D

C
C

LEAVE THIS SPACE BLANK

B
B

2 EXTRA RULES FOR 04XX SCHEMATICS CREATION 379A9908

1 SPECIFICATION P&ID 123E4888

IT. NOMENCLATURE IDENT

LIST OF COMPLEMENTARY DOCUMENTS

FIRST MADE FOR : MS 6581B ITEM : 0474

al
05/06/2003 05/06/2003
A 05/06/2003
A A REV
None TCA-GA THIRION FREDERIC
REV STATUS
PELLE
SHEETSFRANCOIS

ci
OF
TCA-GA
3 2 1 SH
THIRION FREDERIC PELLE FRANCOIS
A1

ffi

VALIDE
O
SCHEMA DETECTION GAZ

NOMS / NAMES GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY

E
DRAWN TCA - GA
DIAG.SCH.GAS DETECTION
GE Energy Products - Europe
CHECKED THIRION F.

CHENUT BRIGITTE
A PELLE F.
APPROVED
SCHEMA DETECTION GAZ
DIAG. SCH. GAS DETECTION
A
0474 SIZE CAGE CODE DWG.NO.

Ce document, propriete exclusive de This document, exclusive property of

A1 205D5906 205D5906

DISTR
TO
GE Energy Products France SNC est GE Energy Products France SNC
strictement confidentiel. IL ne peut etre communique, is strictly confidential. It must not be communicated
copie ou reproduit sans son autorisation ecrite prealable. copied or reproduced without our previous written consent. SIM TO: NONE SCALE REV. : A SHEET : 1
01 F
1/1 (1)
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 DT-1C
1
FORMAT A1:841 X 594 (ISO 5457-1980)
FORMAT UTILE:(841 X 594)

8 7 6 5 4 3
SIZE

A1
DWG.NO.

205D5906
SH.

2
REV.

A 1

ACOUSTICAL ENCLOSURE VENTILATION DUCT

GAS TURBINE

D ENCEINTE ACOUSTIQUE GAINE DE VENTILATION D

TURBINE A GAZ

AE

(45HT-4)

AE
ENCEINTE ACOUSTIQUE
ACOUSTICAL ENCLOSURE (45HT-5)

AE

(45HT-6)

C
C

COMPARTIMENT TURBINE
COMPARTIMENT AUXILIAIRES TURBINE COMPARTMENT
AUXILIARIES COMPARTMENT

AE
LEAVE THIS SPACE BLANK
(45HT-1)

AE COMPARTIMENT REDUCTEUR DE VITESSE

LOAD / GEAR COMPARTMENT
(45HT-2)

AE
B
(45HT-3)
B

al
05/06/2003 05/06/2003 05/06/2003
None TCA-GA THIRION FREDERIC PELLE FRANCOIS

ci
TCA-GA THIRION FREDERIC PELLE FRANCOIS
A1

ffi

VALIDE
O
SCHEMA DETECTION GAZ

NOMS / NAMES GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY

E
DRAWN TCA - GA
DIAG.SCH.GAS DETECTION
GE Energy Products - Europe
CHECKED THIRION F.

CHENUT BRIGITTE
PELLE F.
A
APPROVED
SCHEMA DETECTION GAZ
DIAG.SCH.GAS DETECTION A
0474 SIZE CAGE CODE DWG.NO.
This document, exclusive property of
A1 205D5906 205D5906

DISTR
Ce document, propriete exclusive de

TO
GE Energy Products France SNC est GE Energy Products France SNC
strictement confidentiel. IL ne peut etre communique, is strictly confidential. It must not be communicated
copie ou reproduit sans son autorisation ecrite prealable. copied or reproduced without our previous written consent. SIM TO: NONE SCALE REV. : A SHEET : 2
01 F
1/1 (2)
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
FORMAT A1:841 X 594 (ISO 5457-1980)
FORMAT UTILE:(841 X 594)

8 7 6 5 4 3 SIZE

A1
DWG.NO.

205D5906
SH.

3
REV.

A
1

D D

ENCEINTE ACOUSTIQUE MODULE GAZ

GAINE DE VENTILATION
ACOUSTICAL ENCLOSURE VENTILATION DUCT
GAS MODULE

C
AE
C
(45HA-4)
AE
ENCEINTE ACOUSTIQUE MODULE DLN
ACOUSTICAL ENCLOSURE DLN
MODULE (45HA-5)
AE

(45HA-6)

LEAVE THIS SPACE BLANK

B
B

DLN FRAME

al
05/06/2003 05/06/2003 05/06/2003
None TCA-GA THIRION FREDERIC PELLE FRANCOIS

ci
TCA-GA THIRION FREDERIC PELLE FRANCOIS
A1

ffi

VALIDE
O
SCHEMA DETECTION GAZ
NOMS / NAMES GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY

GE Energy Products - Europe

E
DRAWN TCA - GA
DIAG.SCH.GAS
CHECKED
DETECTION
THIRION F.

G
A PELLE F.
APPROVED

CHENUT BRIGITTE
SCHEMA DETECTION GAZ

DIAG.SCH.GAS DETECTION
0474 SIZE CAGE CODE DWG.NO.
A

This document, exclusive property of

A1 205D5906 205D5906

DISTR
Ce document, propriete exclusive de

TO
GE Energy Products France SNC est GE Energy Products France SNC
strictement confidentiel. IL ne peut etre communique, is strictly confidential. It must not be communicated
copie ou reproduit sans son autorisation ecrite prealable. copied or reproduced without our previous written consent. SIM TO: NONE SCALE REV. : A SHEET : 3

01 F
1/1 (3)
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
FORMAT A1:841 X 594 (ISO 5457-1980)
Tab 21
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 1/2
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
DESCRIPTION

Starting Means System

1 - Definition

The starting means system is designed for insuring the following functions:

x To break away and crank the shaft line up to nominal speed

x To allow the shaft line cooling down by ratcheting
x To crank the unit for Off line washing

The starting means includes:

x A Diesel engine cranking motor

x A torque converter
x A reversing gear box
x A hydraulic ratchet
x A clutch gear

The Diesel engine starts using a 125 VDC starting motor, receive cooling water from the gas
turbine cooling water system, is fed from the diesel fuel tank and drives also the torque
converter oil supply pump.
Ratchet oil supply pump uses lubricating oil from the gas turbine header.

2 - Component function

20CS-1 Controls the starting means clutch

33CS-1 Indicates the clutch position
33HR-1 Indicates the way forward/reverse of the ratcheting sequence
34DC-1 Performs monitoring of diesel engine
43HR-1 Allows turning gear manual test
88DS-1 Starts the diesel engine
88HR-1 Drives the ratchet hydraulic pump
CS-1 Represents the clutch unit
FH1 Filters the ratchet oil
FH5 Filters the inlet pump oil

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMD_0421_6B_E0838_A_EN Revision: A Date: 03/2009
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 2/2
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
DESCRIPTION

HM-1 Represents the torque converter unit

HM2 Represents the ratchet unit
PH10-1 Provides manual ratcheting high pressure hydraulic supply
PH3-1 Provides ratcheting high pressure hydraulic supply
SMD Represents the diesel engine
Allows normal operation during forward stroke and increases the
VCK98-1
back pressure for reverse stroke
VH14 Manages the forward-reverse ratchet sequences
VM2 Allows ratchet sequence test with clutch open
VPR38 Keeps the prime pressure for the torque converter pump
VPR98-1 Allows clutch closing before ratcheting
VR23 Protects the torque converter feeding line against overpressure
VR5 Protects ratchet piping against overpressure

3 - Additional information
Cranking motor:
The diesel fuel tank is located in the auxiliary base. Fuel filling up sequence is manual. The
cranking motor starts using 125V DC starter.
43DE push button allows manual test of cranking motor if the clutch is open.
For a gas turbine operating 8000 hours per year, the cranking motor manual test up to idle
speed should be demonstrated once a month

Ratchet:
The ratchet system is used to break away the shaft line during starting sequence and to turn
the shaft 1/8 turn every 3 minutes during cool down period. The clutch is closed by the
ratchet system and opens automatically during starting sequence due to the shape of the
clutch gear when the turbine speed is higher than the starting means speed.
The clutch remains engaged in between two cycles during cooling down period.
43HR push button allows manual ratcheting test.

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMD_0421_6B_E0838_A_EN Revision: A Date: 03/2009
 G
E
O
DT-1C

ffi
ci
al
G
E
O
ffi
ci
al
Tab 22
 24-Jun-2008-17:47
al
ci
23/06/2008 24/06/2008 24/06/2008
None VILLARD LAURENT ROUX DOMINIQUE SOLACOLU CHRISTIAN

ffi
VILLARD LAURENT ROUX DOMINIQUE SOLACOLU CHRISTIAN
A3

VALIDE
O
NETWORK TOPOLOGY

E
G
NETWORK TOPOLOGY

super user
132B8255
GRD E
DT-1C
 SIZE DWG. NO. SH. REV.
A3 132B8255 1 A

NOTES FOR SHEETS 2 - 7:

THIS DOCUMENT SHALL BE
1. LENGTHS OF CAT-5 UTP, AND FIBER OPTIC CABLE TO BE DETERMINED AT INSTALLATION. REVISED IN ITS ENTIRETY. ALL
SHEETS OF THIS DOCUMENT
2. THE (1) SYMBOL DEFINES CUSTOMER'S SUPPLIED EQUIPMENT. ARE THE SAME REVISION LEVEL
AS INDICATED IN THE REVISION
3. EACH OPERATOR INTERFACE: HMI AND OSM COMES WITH 50 FEET CAT-5 UTP (10 BASE-T)
CABLE FOR ETHERNET CONNECTION. THE CUSTOMER CAN USE THESE PRE-CUT CABLES TO
BLOCK.
SATISFY THE AS-INSTALLED CABLE LENGTH NEEDS.

4. IF REQUIRED, THE CUSTOMER IS RESPONSIBLE FOR UPS (UNINTERUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY)

FOR NETWORK EQUIPMENT.

APPROX. POWER @ APPROX. POWER @

DEVICE
120VAC / 60 HZ 230VAC / 50 HZ
HMI (WITH MONITOR) 7 AMPS (EACH) 3,5 AMPS (EACH)
ETHERNET SWITCHES < 1 AMP (EACH) < 0,5 AMP (EACH)
NETWORK TIME SERVER < 1 AMP (EACH) < 0,5 AMP (EACH)
NETWORK PRINTER < 7 AMPS (EACH) < 3,5 AMPS (EACH)

5. REMOTE HARDWARE SUPPLIED BY GE IS SHIPPED LOOSE. THIS HARDWARE IS LOCATED

AND INSTALLED BY THE CUSTOMER.

6. ALL OPERATOR INTERFACES, INCLUDING THE HMI AND OSM ARE TO BE LOADED WITH
HARDWARE AND SOFTWARE SPECIFIED BY GE POWER SYSTEMS ONLY. THE INSTALLATION
OF ANY SOFTWARE OR HARDWARE NOT AUTHORIZED BY GE POWER SYSTEMS WILL VOID GE
WARRANTY AGREEMENTS AND MAY CAUSE NETWORK INTERFACE PROBLEMS.

7.

Hardware link (documented in Customer Interface list document )

g A Aurélie SOITTOUX First Issue 06/20/2008
UDH: Unit Data Highway. Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cable, 4 pair, Category 5, RJ-45 connectors. Rev Originator Revision History Date
PDH: Plant Data Highway. (UTP) cable, 4 pair, Category 5, RJ-45 connectors. SIZE CAGE CODE DWG NO
4108
Trunk: cross-over UTP cable is used to connect a switch to a switch. g GE Energy Products - Europe A3 TAJI
NETWORK TOPOLOGY
Fiber Optic: Multimode - Maximum 2KM - SC type connectors.
DRAWN 20-June-2008 Aurélie SOITTOUX E0838 132B8255

DISTR
Modulated IRIG-B time code signal, RG-58 Coaxial cable, BNC connector SCALE CONT ON SHEET
DT-1C 19 1
 SIZE DWG. NO. SH. REV.
A3 132B8255 2 A

Single Line Diagram :

GAS #1 GAS #2 GAS #3 GAS #4

GCP1 TCP GCP2 TCP GCP3 TCP GCP4 TCP

G1 G2 G3 G4

UNIT DATA HIGHWAY (UDH)-A

Network Time Server NTP1

Local HMI Local HMI Local HMI Remote

Local HMI
HMI

Laser Color
Printer
PRT1

DCS(1)
IRIG-b
input
(1)

(1) PLANT DATA HIGHWAY

(PDH)-B

NOTE : IF APPLICABLE , THE "M" DENOTES MULTI-UNIT CAPABILITY OF THE HMI

Hardware link (documented in Customer Interface list document )

UDH: Unit Data Highway. Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cable, 4 pair, Category 5, RJ-45 connectors.
PDH: Plant Data Highway. (UTP) cable, 4 pair, Category 5, RJ-45 connectors. SIZE CAGE CODE DWG NO
4108
Trunk: cross-over UTP cable is used to connect a switch to a switch. g GE Energy Products - Europe A3 TAJI
NETWORK TOPOLOGY
Fiber Optic: Multimode - Maximum 2KM - SC type connectors.
DRAWN 20-June-2008 Aurélie SOITTOUX E0838 132B8255

DISTR
Modulated IRIG-B time code signal, RG-58 Coaxial cable, BNC connector SCALE CONT ON SHEET
19 2
 SIZE DWG. NO. SH. REV.
A3 132B8255 3 A

Customer Control Room : CCR : Customer Control Room

Network Time Server

IRIG-B NTP1
DCS (1) Server
(1)
UPS-
230VAC
Note for Ethernet Standard Protocol :
For MKVIe : OPC Ethernet

HMI
CRM1_SVR
(1) (1) Multi-Unit
Server

20"
UDH PDH
Alarm Printer

UPS-
230VAC

Laser Color
Printer
PRT1

UPS-
230VAC

SW65

SW66
PD H UD H AD H TRUNK PD H UD H AD H TRUNK

UPS- UPS-
230VAC 230VAC

(1) (1) (1) (1)

GT#1 GT#2 GT#3 GT#4

For details , For details , For details , For details ,

see sheet 4 see sheet 5 see sheet 6 see sheet 7

Hardware link (documented in Customer Interface list document )

(1) (1) (1) (1)
UDH: Unit Data Highway. Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cable, 4 pair, Category 5, RJ-45 connectors.
PDH: Plant Data Highway. (UTP) cable, 4 pair, Category 5, RJ-45 connectors. SIZE CAGE CODE DWG NO
4108
Trunk: cross-over UTP cable is used to connect a switch to a switch. g GE Energy Products - Europe A3 TAJI
NETWORK TOPOLOGY
Fiber Optic: Multimode - Maximum 2KM - SC type connectors.
DRAWN 20-June-2008 Aurélie SOITTOUX E0838 132B8255

DISTR
Modulated IRIG-B time code signal, RG-58 Coaxial cable, BNC connector SCALE CONT ON SHEET
19 3
 SIZE DWG. NO. SH. REV.
A3 132B8255 4 A
PEECC For details , see sheet 3 For details , see sheet 3
GT#1 PEECC : GT#1 CCR CCR

(1)
(1)
SW1 UPS-
230VAC

PDH
GCP1 TCP

AVR Mark VIe G1

GPP
EX2100

UDH
V.Max

G60A1

G60B1
T60A1
EPM1 E1R E1 EV1 T S R
(M2) (M1)

ADH
TRUN K
UDH PDH

20"

UPS-
230VAC
HMI UPS-
230VAC
GT1_SVR
Single-Unit
Alarm Printer

Hardware link (documented in Customer Interface list document )

UDH: Unit Data Highway. Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cable, 4 pair, Category 5, RJ-45 connectors.
PDH: Plant Data Highway. (UTP) cable, 4 pair, Category 5, RJ-45 connectors. SIZE CAGE CODE DWG NO
4108
Trunk: cross-over UTP cable is used to connect a switch to a switch. g GE Energy Products - Europe A3 TAJI
NETWORK TOPOLOGY
Fiber Optic: Multimode - Maximum 2KM - SC type connectors.
DRAWN 20-June-2008 Aurélie SOITTOUX E0838 132B8255

DISTR
Modulated IRIG-B time code signal, RG-58 Coaxial cable, BNC connector SCALE CONT ON SHEET
19 4
 SIZE DWG. NO. SH. REV.
A3 132B8255 5 A

PEECC For details , see sheet 3 For details , see sheet 3

GT#2 PEECC : GT#2 CCR CCR

(1)
(1)
SW7 UPS-
230VAC

PDH
GCP2 TCP

AVR Mark VIe G2

GPP
EX2100

UDH
V.Max

G60A2

G60B2
T60A2
EPM2 E2R E2 EV2 T S R
(M2) (M1)

ADH
TRUN K
UDH PDH

20"

UPS-
230VAC
HMI UPS-
230VAC
GT2_SVR
Single-Unit
Alarm Printer

Hardware link (documented in Customer Interface list document )

UDH: Unit Data Highway. Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cable, 4 pair, Category 5, RJ-45 connectors.
PDH: Plant Data Highway. (UTP) cable, 4 pair, Category 5, RJ-45 connectors. SIZE CAGE CODE DWG NO
4108
Trunk: cross-over UTP cable is used to connect a switch to a switch. g GE Energy Products - Europe A3 TAJI
NETWORK TOPOLOGY
Fiber Optic: Multimode - Maximum 2KM - SC type connectors.
DRAWN 20-June-2008 Aurélie SOITTOUX E0838 132B8255

DISTR
Modulated IRIG-B time code signal, RG-58 Coaxial cable, BNC connector SCALE CONT ON SHEET
19 5
 SIZE DWG. NO. SH. REV.
A3 132B8255 6 A

PEECC For details , see sheet 3 For details , see sheet 3

GT#3 PEECC : GT#3 CCR CCR

(1)
(1)
SW13 UPS-
230VAC

PDH
GCP3 TCP

AVR Mark VIe G3

GPP
EX2100

UDH
V.Max

G60A3

G60B3
T60A3
EPM3 E3R E3 EV3 T S R
(M2) (M1)

ADH
TRUN K
UDH PDH

20"

UPS-
230VAC
HMI UPS-
230VAC
GT3_SVR
Single-Unit
Alarm Printer

Hardware link (documented in Customer Interface list document )

UDH: Unit Data Highway. Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cable, 4 pair, Category 5, RJ-45 connectors.
PDH: Plant Data Highway. (UTP) cable, 4 pair, Category 5, RJ-45 connectors. SIZE CAGE CODE DWG NO
4108
Trunk: cross-over UTP cable is used to connect a switch to a switch. g GE Energy Products - Europe A3 TAJI
NETWORK TOPOLOGY
Fiber Optic: Multimode - Maximum 2KM - SC type connectors.
DRAWN 20-June-2008 Aurélie SOITTOUX E0838 132B8255

DISTR
Modulated IRIG-B time code signal, RG-58 Coaxial cable, BNC connector SCALE CONT ON SHEET
19 6
 SIZE DWG. NO. SH. REV.
A3 132B8255 7 A

PEECC For details , see sheet 3 For details , see sheet 3

GT#4 PEECC : GT#4 CCR CCR

(1)
(1)
SW19 UPS-
230VAC

PDH
GCP4 TCP

AVR Mark VIe G4

GPP
EX2100

UDH
V.Max

G60A4

G60B4
T60A4
EPM4 E4R E4 EV4 T S R
(M2) (M1)

ADH
TRUN K
UDH PDH

20"

UPS-
230VAC
HMI UPS-
230VAC
GT4_SVR
Single-Unit
Alarm Printer

Hardware link (documented in Customer Interface list document )

UDH: Unit Data Highway. Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cable, 4 pair, Category 5, RJ-45 connectors.
PDH: Plant Data Highway. (UTP) cable, 4 pair, Category 5, RJ-45 connectors. SIZE CAGE CODE DWG NO
4108
Trunk: cross-over UTP cable is used to connect a switch to a switch. g GE Energy Products - Europe A3 TAJI
NETWORK TOPOLOGY
Fiber Optic: Multimode - Maximum 2KM - SC type connectors.
DRAWN 20-June-2008 Aurélie SOITTOUX E0838 132B8255

DISTR
Modulated IRIG-B time code signal, RG-58 Coaxial cable, BNC connector SCALE CONT ON SHEET
19 7
 SIZE DWG. NO. SH. REV.
A3 132B8255 8 A

Network_Switches
_CCR_1/2 : 1 2 3
PDH
4 5
UDH ADH TRUNK
6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
25 26
F.O.

Switch : SW65 Location : CCR IP :

192.168.201.185
Type :323A4747NZP50A Allied Telesyn AT-8624T/2M-10
Switch with Qty 2 AT-A45/SC Modules, Configuration
"8624A.txt". For use in multi vlan systems.
Port_1 CRM1_SVR\PDHA Cat 5 PDH
Port_2 Not Used PDH
Port_3 DCS\1 Cat 5 PDH
Port_4 NTP1\LAN1 Cat 5 PDH
Port_5 Not Used PDH
Port_6 Not Used PDH
Port_7 PRT1 Cat 5 PDH
Port_8 Not Used PDH

Port_9 CRM1_SVR\UDHA Cat 5 UDH

Port_10 Not Used UDH
Port_11 NTP1\LAN0 Cat 5 UDH
Port_12 Not Used UDH
Port_13 Not Used UDH
Port_14 Not Used UDH
Port_15 Not Used UDH
Port_16 Not Used UDH

Port_17 Not Used ADH

Port_18 Not Used ADH
Port_19 Not Used ADH

Port_20 SW66\Port_20 Crossover Trunk

Port_21 Not Used Trunk
Port_22 Not Used Trunk
Port_23 Not Used Trunk
Port_24 Not Used Trunk

FOPort_25 PEECC GT#1\SW1\FOPort_25 Fiber FO

FOPort_26 PEECC GT#2\SW7\FOPort_25 Fiber FO

Hardware link (documented in Customer Interface list document )

UDH: Unit Data Highway. Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cable, 4 pair, Category 5, RJ-45 connectors.
PDH: Plant Data Highway. (UTP) cable, 4 pair, Category 5, RJ-45 connectors. SIZE CAGE CODE DWG NO
4108
Trunk: cross-over UTP cable is used to connect a switch to a switch. g GE Energy Products - Europe A3 TAJI
NETWORK TOPOLOGY
Fiber Optic: Multimode - Maximum 2KM - SC type connectors.
DRAWN 20-June-2008 Aurélie SOITTOUX E0838 132B8255

DISTR
Modulated IRIG-B time code signal, RG-58 Coaxial cable, BNC connector SCALE CONT ON SHEET
19 8
 SIZE DWG. NO. SH. REV.
A3 132B8255 9 A

Network_Switches
CCR_2/2 :
PDH UDH ADH TRUNK
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
25 26
F.O.

Switch : SW66 Location : CCR IP :

192.168.201.184
Type :323A4747NZP50A Allied Telesyn AT-8624T/2M-10
Switch with Qty 2 AT-A45/SC Modules, Configuration
"8624A.txt". For use in multi vlan systems.
Port_1 Not Used PDH
Port_2 Not Used PDH
Port_3 Not Used PDH
Port_4 Not Used PDH
Port_5 Not Used PDH
Port_6 Not Used PDH
Port_7 Not Used PDH
Port_8 Not Used PDH

Port_9 Not Used UDH

Port_10 Not Used UDH
Port_11 Not Used UDH
Port_12 Not Used UDH
Port_13 Not Used UDH
Port_14 Not Used UDH
Port_15 Not Used UDH
Port_16 Not Used UDH

Port_17 Not Used ADH

Port_18 Not Used ADH
Port_19 Not Used ADH

Port_20 SW65\Port_20 Crossover Trunk

Port_21 Not Used Trunk
Port_22 Not Used Trunk
Port_23 Not Used Trunk
Port_24 Not Used Trunk

FOPort_25 PEECC GT#3\SW13\FOPort_25 Fiber FO

FOPort_26 PEECC GT#4\SW19\FOPort_25 Fiber FO

Hardware link (documented in Customer Interface list document )

UDH: Unit Data Highway. Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cable, 4 pair, Category 5, RJ-45 connectors.
PDH: Plant Data Highway. (UTP) cable, 4 pair, Category 5, RJ-45 connectors. SIZE CAGE CODE DWG NO
4108
Trunk: cross-over UTP cable is used to connect a switch to a switch. g GE Energy Products - Europe A3 TAJI
NETWORK TOPOLOGY
Fiber Optic: Multimode - Maximum 2KM - SC type connectors.
DRAWN 20-June-2008 Aurélie SOITTOUX E0838 132B8255

DISTR
Modulated IRIG-B time code signal, RG-58 Coaxial cable, BNC connector SCALE CONT ON SHEET
19 9
 SIZE DWG. NO. SH. REV.
A3 132B8255 10 A

Network_Switches
_GT#1 :
PDH UDH ADH TRUNK
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
25 26
F.O.

Switch : SW1 Location : PEECC GT#1 IP :

192.168.201.249
Type :323A4747NZP50A Allied Telesyn AT-8624T/2M-10
Switch with Qty 2 AT-A45/SC Modules, Configuration
"8624A.txt". For use in multi vlan systems.
Port_1 GT1_SVR\PDHA Cat 5 PDH
Port_2 GCP1_GPP_G60A1 Cat 5 PDH
Port_3 GCP1_GPP_T60A1 Cat 5 PDH
Port_4 GCP1_GPP_G60B1 Cat 5 PDH
Port_5 Not Used PDH
Port_6 GCP1_EPM1 Cat 5 PDH
Port_7 Not Used PDH
Port_8 Not Used PDH

Port_9 GT1_SVR\UDHA Cat 5 UDH

Port_10 G1\R Cat 5 UDH
Port_11 G1\S Cat 5 UDH
Port_12 G1\T Cat 5 UDH
Port_13 GCP1_AVR EX2100_(M1)_E1 Cat 5 UDH
Port_14 GCP1_AVR EX2100_(V.Max)_EV1 Cat 5 UDH
Port_15 GCP1_AVR EX2100_(M2)_E1R Cat 5 UDH
Port_16 Not Used UDH

Port_17 Not Used ADH

Port_18 Not Used ADH
Port_19 Not Used ADH

Port_20 Not Used Trunk

Port_21 Not Used Trunk
Port_22 Not Used Trunk
Port_23 Not Used Trunk
Port_24 Not Used Trunk

FOPort_25 CCR\SW65\FOPort_25 Fiber FO

FOPort_26 Not Used FO

Hardware link (documented in Customer Interface list document )

UDH: Unit Data Highway. Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cable, 4 pair, Category 5, RJ-45 connectors.
PDH: Plant Data Highway. (UTP) cable, 4 pair, Category 5, RJ-45 connectors. SIZE CAGE CODE DWG NO
4108
Trunk: cross-over UTP cable is used to connect a switch to a switch. g GE Energy Products - Europe A3 TAJI
NETWORK TOPOLOGY
Fiber Optic: Multimode - Maximum 2KM - SC type connectors.
DRAWN 20-June-2008 Aurélie SOITTOUX E0838 132B8255

DISTR
Modulated IRIG-B time code signal, RG-58 Coaxial cable, BNC connector SCALE CONT ON SHEET
19 10
 SIZE DWG. NO. SH. REV.
A3 132B8255 11 A

Network_Switches
_GT#2 :
PDH UDH ADH TRUNK
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
25 26
F.O.

Switch : SW7 Location : PEECC GT#2 IP :

192.168.201.243
Type :323A4747NZP50A Allied Telesyn AT-8624T/2M-10
Switch with Qty 2 AT-A45/SC Modules, Configuration
"8624A.txt". For use in multi vlan systems.
Port_1 GT2_SVR\PDHA Cat 5 PDH
Port_2 GCP2_GPP_G60A2 Cat 5 PDH
Port_3 GCP2_GPP_T60A2 Cat 5 PDH
Port_4 GCP2_GPP_G60B3 Cat 5 PDH
Port_5 Not Used PDH
Port_6 GCP2_EPM2 Cat 5 PDH
Port_7 Not Used PDH
Port_8 Not Used PDH

Port_9 GT2_SVR\UDHA Cat 5 UDH

Port_10 G2\R Cat 5 UDH
Port_11 G2\S Cat 5 UDH
Port_12 G2\T Cat 5 UDH
Port_13 GCP2_AVR EX2100_(M1)_E2 Cat 5 UDH
Port_14 GCP2_AVR EX2100_(V.Max)_EV2 Cat 5 UDH
Port_15 GCP2_AVR EX2100_(M2)_E2R Cat 5 UDH
Port_16 Not Used UDH

Port_17 Not Used ADH

Port_18 Not Used ADH
Port_19 Not Used ADH

Port_20 Not Used Trunk

Port_21 Not Used Trunk
Port_22 Not Used Trunk
Port_23 Not Used Trunk
Port_24 Not Used

FOPort_25 CCR\SW65\FOPort_26 Fiber FO

FOPort_26 Not Used FO

Hardware link (documented in Customer Interface list document )

UDH: Unit Data Highway. Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cable, 4 pair, Category 5, RJ-45 connectors.
PDH: Plant Data Highway. (UTP) cable, 4 pair, Category 5, RJ-45 connectors. SIZE CAGE CODE DWG NO
4108
Trunk: cross-over UTP cable is used to connect a switch to a switch. g GE Energy Products - Europe A3 TAJI
NETWORK TOPOLOGY
Fiber Optic: Multimode - Maximum 2KM - SC type connectors.
DRAWN 20-June-2008 Aurélie SOITTOUX E0838 132B8255

DISTR
Modulated IRIG-B time code signal, RG-58 Coaxial cable, BNC connector SCALE CONT ON SHEET
19 11
 SIZE DWG. NO. SH. REV.
A3 132B8255 12 A

Network_Switches
_GT#3 :
PDH UDH ADH TRUNK
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
25 26
F.O.

Switch : SW13 Location : PEECC GT#3 IP :

192.168.201.237
Type :323A4747NZP50A Allied Telesyn AT-8624T/2M-10
Switch with Qty 2 AT-A45/SC Modules, Configuration
"8624A.txt". For use in multi vlan systems.
Port_1 GT3_SVR\PDHA Cat 5 PDH
Port_2 GCP3_GPP_G60A3 Cat 5 PDH
Port_3 GCP3_GPP_T60A3 Cat 5 PDH
Port_4 GCP3_GPP_G60B3 Cat 5 PDH
Port_5 Not Used PDH
Port_6 GCP3_EPM3 Cat 5 PDH
Port_7 Not Used PDH
Port_8 Not Used PDH

Port_9 GT3_SVR\UDHA Cat 5 UDH

Port_10 G3\R Cat 5 UDH
Port_11 G3\S Cat 5 UDH
Port_12 G3\T Cat 5 UDH
Port_13 GCP3_AVR EX2100_(M1)_E3 Cat 5 UDH
Port_14 GCP3_AVR EX2100_(V.Max)_EV3 Cat 5 UDH
Port_15 GCP3_AVR EX2100_(M2)_E3R Cat 5 UDH
Port_16 Not Used UDH

Port_17 Not Used ADH

Port_18 Not Used ADH
Port_19 Not Used ADH

Port_20 Not Used Trunk

Port_21 Not Used Trunk
Port_22 Not Used Trunk
Port_23 Not Used Trunk
Port_24 Not Used

FOPort_25 CCR\SW66\FOPort_26 Fiber FO

FOPort_26 Not Used FO

Hardware link (documented in Customer Interface list document )

UDH: Unit Data Highway. Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cable, 4 pair, Category 5, RJ-45 connectors.
PDH: Plant Data Highway. (UTP) cable, 4 pair, Category 5, RJ-45 connectors. SIZE CAGE CODE DWG NO
4108
Trunk: cross-over UTP cable is used to connect a switch to a switch. g GE Energy Products - Europe A3 TAJI
NETWORK TOPOLOGY
Fiber Optic: Multimode - Maximum 2KM - SC type connectors.
DRAWN 20-June-2008 Aurélie SOITTOUX E0838 132B8255

DISTR
Modulated IRIG-B time code signal, RG-58 Coaxial cable, BNC connector SCALE CONT ON SHEET
19 12
 SIZE DWG. NO. SH. REV.
A3 132B8255 13 A

Network_Switches
_GT#4 :
PDH UDH ADH TRUNK
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
25 26
F.O.

Switch : SW19 Location : PEECC GT#4 IP :

192.168.201.231
Type :323A4747NZP50A Allied Telesyn AT-8624T/2M-10
Switch with Qty 2 AT-A45/SC Modules, Configuration
"8624A.txt". For use in multi vlan systems.
Port_1 GT4_SVR\PDHA Cat 5 PDH
Port_2 GCP4_GPP_G60A4 Cat 5 PDH
Port_3 GCP4_GPP_T60A4 Cat 5 PDH
Port_4 GCP4_GPP_G60B4 Cat 5 PDH
Port_5 Not Used PDH
Port_6 GCP4_EPM4 Cat 5 PDH
Port_7 Not Used PDH
Port_8 Not Used PDH

Port_9 GT4_SVR\UDHA Cat 5 UDH

Port_10 G4\R Cat 5 UDH
Port_11 G4\S Cat 5 UDH
Port_12 G4\T Cat 5 UDH
Port_13 GCP4_AVR EX2100_(M1)_E4 Cat 5 UDH
Port_14 GCP4_AVR EX2100_(V.Max)_EV4 Cat 5 UDH
Port_15 GCP4_AVR EX2100_(M2)_E4R Cat 5 UDH
Port_16 Not Used UDH

Port_17 Not Used ADH

Port_18 Not Used ADH
Port_19 Not Used ADH

Port_20 Not Used Trunk

Port_21 Not Used Trunk
Port_22 Not Used Trunk
Port_23 Not Used Trunk
Port_24 Not Used

FOPort_25 CCR\SW66\FOPort_26 Fiber FO

FOPort_26 Not Used FO

Hardware link (documented in Customer Interface list document )

UDH: Unit Data Highway. Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cable, 4 pair, Category 5, RJ-45 connectors.
PDH: Plant Data Highway. (UTP) cable, 4 pair, Category 5, RJ-45 connectors. SIZE CAGE CODE DWG NO
4108
Trunk: cross-over UTP cable is used to connect a switch to a switch. g GE Energy Products - Europe A3 TAJI
NETWORK TOPOLOGY
Fiber Optic: Multimode - Maximum 2KM - SC type connectors.
DRAWN 20-June-2008 Aurélie SOITTOUX E0838 132B8255

DISTR
Modulated IRIG-B time code signal, RG-58 Coaxial cable, BNC connector SCALE CONT ON SHEET
19 13
 SIZE DWG. NO. SH. REV.
A3 132B8255 14 A

IP ADDRESSES : Control Room (CCR) :

PDH Adresses
IP ADDRESS NAME DESCRIPTION LOCATION
192.168.201.14 CRM1_SVR Control Room HMI server #1 CCR
192.168.201.250 NTP1 NTP Time Synch Server #1 CCR
192.168.201.40 PRT1 Network Color Printer #1 CCR
192.168.201.185 SW65 Network Switch - CCR - Primary #1 CCR
192.168.201.184 SW66 Network Switch - CCR - Primary #2 CCR

UDH Adresses
IP ADDRESS NAME DESCRIPTION LOCATION
192.168.101.14 UCRM1_SVR Control Room HMI server #1 CCR
192.168.101.250 UNTP1 NTP Time Synch Server #1 CCR

Hardware link (documented in Customer Interface list document )

UDH: Unit Data Highway. Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cable, 4 pair, Category 5, RJ-45 connectors.
PDH: Plant Data Highway. (UTP) cable, 4 pair, Category 5, RJ-45 connectors. SIZE CAGE CODE DWG NO
4108
Trunk: cross-over UTP cable is used to connect a switch to a switch. g GE Energy Products - Europe A3 TAJI
NETWORK TOPOLOGY
Fiber Optic: Multimode - Maximum 2KM - SC type connectors.
DRAWN 20-June-2008 Aurélie SOITTOUX E0838 132B8255

DISTR
Modulated IRIG-B time code signal, RG-58 Coaxial cable, BNC connector SCALE CONT ON SHEET
19 14
 SIZE DWG. NO. SH. REV.
A3 132B8255 15 A

IP ADDRESSES : GT#1 PEECC

PDH Adresses
IP ADDRESS NAME DESCRIPTION LOCATION
192.168.201.2 GT1_SVR Local HMI for Gas Turbine #1 GT#1 PEECC
192.168.201.83 EPM1 GCP1_Electrical Power Monitor GT#1 PEECC
192.168.201.50 G60A1 GCP1_Generator Protection Relay GT#1 PEECC
192.168.201.51 G60B1 GCP1_Generator Protection Relay GT#1 PEECC
192.168.201.52 T60A1 GCP1_Transformer Protection Relay GT#1 PEECC
192.168.201.249 SW1 Network Switch - GT PEECC 1 - Primary GT#1 PEECC

UDH Addresses
IP ADDRESS NAME DESCRIPTION LOCATION
192.168.101.2 UGT1_SVR Local HMI for GT#1 GT#1 PEECC
192.168.101.111 G1-R Gas Unit 1 <R> Controller GT#1 PEECC
192.168.101.112 G1-S Gas Unit 1 <S> Controller GT#1 PEECC
192.168.101.113 G1-T Gas Unit 1 <T> Controller GT#1 PEECC
192.168.101.116 E1 Primary EX2100 Unit 1 GT#1 PEECC
192.168.101.117 E1R Secondary EX2100 Unit 1 GT#1 PEECC
192.168.101.118 EV1 VersaMax Unit 1 GT#1 PEECC

Hardware link (documented in Customer Interface list document )

UDH: Unit Data Highway. Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cable, 4 pair, Category 5, RJ-45 connectors.
PDH: Plant Data Highway. (UTP) cable, 4 pair, Category 5, RJ-45 connectors. SIZE CAGE CODE DWG NO
4108
Trunk: cross-over UTP cable is used to connect a switch to a switch. g GE Energy Products - Europe A3 TAJI
NETWORK TOPOLOGY
Fiber Optic: Multimode - Maximum 2KM - SC type connectors.
DRAWN 20-June-2008 Aurélie SOITTOUX E0838 132B8255

DISTR
Modulated IRIG-B time code signal, RG-58 Coaxial cable, BNC connector SCALE CONT ON SHEET
19 15
 SIZE DWG. NO. SH. REV.
A3 132B8255 16 A

IP ADDRESSES : GT#2 PEECC

PDH Adresses
IP ADDRESS NAME DESCRIPTION LOCATION
192.168.201.3 GT2_SVR Local HMI for Gas Turbine #2 GT#2 PEECC
192.168.201.84 EPM2 GCP2_Electrical Power Monitor GT#2 PEECC
192.168.201.55 G60A2 GCP2_Generator Protection Relay GT#2 PEECC
192.168.201.56 G60B2 GCP2_Generator Protection Relay GT#2 PEECC
192.168.201.57 T60A2 GCP2_Transformer Protection Relay GT#2 PEECC
192.168.201.243 SW7 Network Switch - GT PEECC 2 - Primary GT#2 PEECC

UDH Addresses
IP ADDRESS NAME DESCRIPTION LOCATION
192.168.101.3 UGT2_SVR Local HMI for GT#2 GT#2 PEECC
192.168.101.121 G2-R Gas Unit 2 <R> Controller GT#2 PEECC
192.168.101.122 G2-S Gas Unit 2 <S> Controller GT#2 PEECC
192.168.101.123 G2-T Gas Unit 2 <T> Controller GT#2 PEECC
192.168.101.126 E2 Primary EX2100 Unit2 GT#2 PEECC
192.168.101.127 E2R Secondary EX2100 Unit 2 GT#2 PEECC
192.168.101.128 EV2 VersaMax Unit 2 GT#2 PEECC

Hardware link (documented in Customer Interface list document )

UDH: Unit Data Highway. Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cable, 4 pair, Category 5, RJ-45 connectors.
PDH: Plant Data Highway. (UTP) cable, 4 pair, Category 5, RJ-45 connectors. SIZE CAGE CODE DWG NO
4108
Trunk: cross-over UTP cable is used to connect a switch to a switch. g GE Energy Products - Europe A3 TAJI
NETWORK TOPOLOGY
Fiber Optic: Multimode - Maximum 2KM - SC type connectors.
DRAWN 20-June-2008 Aurélie SOITTOUX E0838 132B8255

DISTR
Modulated IRIG-B time code signal, RG-58 Coaxial cable, BNC connector SCALE CONT ON SHEET
19 16
 SIZE DWG. NO. SH. REV.
A3 132B8255 17 A

IP ADDRESSES : GT#3 PEECC

PDH Adresses
IP ADDRESS NAME DESCRIPTION LOCATION
192.168.201.4 GT3_SVR Local HMI for Gas Turbine #3 GT#3 PEECC
192.168.201.85 EPM3 GCP3_Electrical Power Monitor GT#3 PEECC
192.168.201.60 G60A3 GCP3_Generator Protection Relay GT#3 PEECC
192.168.201.61 G60B3 GCP3_Generator Protection Relay GT#3 PEECC
192.168.201.62 T60A3 GCP3_Transformer Protection Relay GT#3 PEECC
192.168.201.237 SW13 Network Switch 13 - GT PEECC 3 - Primary GT#3 PEECC

UDH Addresses
IP ADDRESS NAME DESCRIPTION LOCATION
192.168.101.4 UGT3_SVR Local HMI for GT#3 GT#3 PEECC
192.168.101.131 G3-R Gas Unit 3 <R> Controller GT#3 PEECC
192.168.101.132 G3-S Gas Unit 3 <S> Controller GT#3 PEECC
192.168.101.133 G3-T Gas Unit 3 <T> Controller GT#3 PEECC
192.168.101.136 E3 Primary EX2100 Unit 3 GT#3 PEECC
192.168.101.137 E3R Secondary EX2100 Unit 3 GT#3 PEECC
192.168.101.138 EV3 VersaMax Unit 3 GT#3 PEECC

Hardware link (documented in Customer Interface list document )

UDH: Unit Data Highway. Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cable, 4 pair, Category 5, RJ-45 connectors.
PDH: Plant Data Highway. (UTP) cable, 4 pair, Category 5, RJ-45 connectors. SIZE CAGE CODE DWG NO
4108
Trunk: cross-over UTP cable is used to connect a switch to a switch. g GE Energy Products - Europe A3 TAJI
NETWORK TOPOLOGY
Fiber Optic: Multimode - Maximum 2KM - SC type connectors.
DRAWN 20-June-2008 Aurélie SOITTOUX E0838 132B8255

DISTR
Modulated IRIG-B time code signal, RG-58 Coaxial cable, BNC connector SCALE CONT ON SHEET
19 17
 SIZE DWG. NO. SH. REV.
A3 132B8255 18 A

IP ADDRESSES : GT#4 PEECC

PDH Adresses
IP ADDRESS NAME DESCRIPTION LOCATION
192.168.201.5 GT4_SVR Local HMI for Gas Turbine #4 GT#4 PEECC
192.168.201.86 EPM4 GCP4_Electrical Power Monitor GT#4 PEECC
192.168.201.65 G60A4 GCP4_Generator Protection Relay GT#4 PEECC
192.168.201.66 G60B4 GCP4_Generator Protection Relay GT#4 PEECC
192.168.201.67 T60A4 GCP4_Transformer Protection Relay GT#4 PEECC
192.168.201.231 SW19 Network Switch 19 - GT PEECC 4 - Primary GT#4 PEECC

UDH Addresses
IP ADDRESS NAME DESCRIPTION LOCATION
192.168.101.5 UGT4_SVR Local HMI for GT#4 GT#4 PEECC
192.168.101.141 G4-R Gas Unit 4 <R> Controller GT#4 PEECC
192.168.101.142 G4-S Gas Unit 4 <S> Controller GT#4 PEECC
192.168.101.143 G4-T Gas Unit 4 <T> Controller GT#4 PEECC
192.168.101.146 E4 Primary EX2100 Unit 4 GT#4 PEECC
192.168.101.147 E4R Secondary EX2100 Unit 4 GT#4 PEECC
192.168.101.148 EV4 VersaMax Unit4 GT#4 PEECC

Hardware link (documented in Customer Interface list document )

UDH: Unit Data Highway. Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cable, 4 pair, Category 5, RJ-45 connectors.
PDH: Plant Data Highway. (UTP) cable, 4 pair, Category 5, RJ-45 connectors. SIZE CAGE CODE DWG NO
4108
Trunk: cross-over UTP cable is used to connect a switch to a switch. g GE Energy Products - Europe A3 TAJI
NETWORK TOPOLOGY
Fiber Optic: Multimode - Maximum 2KM - SC type connectors.
DRAWN 20-June-2008 Aurélie SOITTOUX E0838 132B8255

DISTR
Modulated IRIG-B time code signal, RG-58 Coaxial cable, BNC connector SCALE CONT ON SHEET
19 18
 SIZE DWG. NO. SH. REV.
A3 132B8255 19 A

Glossary of Terms :

AVR : Automatic Voltage Control

ADH : Atlanta Data Highway
BN : Bently Nevada Panel
CCR : Customer Control Room
CRM : Control Remote
DCS : Distributed Control System
EMAP : Performance Monitoring System
EPM : Energy Power Meter
GCP : Generator Control Panel
GPP : Generator Protection Panel
HMI : Human Machine Interface
HST : Historian
NTP : Network Time Protocol
OSM : On Site Monitoring
PDH : Plant Data Highway Network
PEECC:Package Electronic and Electrical Control Cabinet
RIM : Rack Interface Module
SVR : Server
SW : Switch
TCP : Turbine Control Panel
UDH : Unit Data Highway Network
UPS : Uninterrupted Power Supply
UTP : Unshielded Twisted Pair

Hardware link (documented in Customer Interface list document )

UDH: Unit Data Highway. Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cable, 4 pair, Category 5, RJ-45 connectors.
PDH: Plant Data Highway. (UTP) cable, 4 pair, Category 5, RJ-45 connectors. SIZE CAGE CODE DWG NO
4108
Trunk: cross-over UTP cable is used to connect a switch to a switch. g GE Energy Products - Europe A3 TAJI
NETWORK TOPOLOGY
Fiber Optic: Multimode - Maximum 2KM - SC type connectors.
DRAWN 20-June-2008 Aurélie SOITTOUX E0838 132B8255

DISTR
Modulated IRIG-B time code signal, RG-58 Coaxial cable, BNC connector SCALE CONT ON SHEET
19 19
 GE Power Systems

FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEEDTRONIC
MARK VI CONTROL SYSTEM

SPEEDTRONIC Mark VI Control contains a celeration, speed, temperature, shutdown, and

number of control, protection and sequencing sys- manual control functions illustrated in Figure 1.
tems designed for reliable and safe operation of the Sensors monitor turbine speed, exhaust tempera-
gas turbine. It is the objective of this chapter to de- ture, compressor discharge pressure, and other pa-
scribe how the gas turbine control requirements are rameters to determine the operating conditions of
met, using simplified block diagrams and one–line the unit. When it is necessary to alter the turbine op-
diagrams of the SPEEDTRONIC Mark VI control, erating conditions because of changes in load or am-
protection, and sequencing systems. A generator bient conditions, the control modulates the flow of
drive gas turbine is used as the reference. fuel to the gas turbine. For example, if the exhaust
temperature tends to exceed its allowable value for a
CONTROL SYSTEM given operating condition, the temperature control
system reduces the fuel supplied to the turbine and
Basic Design thereby limits the exhaust tempera-
Control of the gas turbine is done by the startup, ac- ture.

TO CRT DISPLAY

FUEL
TEMPERATURE

TO CRT DISPLAY
FSR
FUEL
SPEED MINIMUM SYSTEM
VALUE
SELECT
LOGIC

ACCELERATION
RATE TO TURBINE
TO CRT
DISPLAY

START
UP
SHUT
DOWN
MANUAL
id0043

Figure 1 Simplified Control Schematic

Operating conditions of the turbine are sensed and modes of acceleration, manual FSR, and shutdown
utilized as feedback signals to the SPEEDTRONIC operate in a similar manner.
control system. There are three major control loops –
startup, speed, and temperature – which may be in Fuel Stroke Reference (FSR) is the command signal
control during turbine operation. The output of these for fuel flow. The minimum value select gate con-
control loops is connected to a minimum value gate nects the output signals of the six control modes to
circuit as shown in Figure 1. The secondary control the FSR controller; the lowest FSR output of the six
Fund_Mk_VI 1 FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEEDTRONIC
MARK VI CONTROL SYSTEM
 GE Power Systems

LOGIC FSRSU <R><S><T>

START-UP
CQTC CONTROL

<R><S><T>
FSR FSRACC ACCELERATION
TNHAR CONTROL
LOGIC TNH
TNH TNHAR
FSRMIN

FSRSU FSR
<R><S><T>
LOGIC FSRMAN MANUAL FSR FSRACC
FSRC FSRMAN
FSRSD FSR
MIN
FSRN GATE
FSRT

LOGIC FSRSD
<R><S><T>
FSRC SHUTDOWN
TNHCOR FSRMIN CONTROL
FSR
CQTC
FSRMIN

SPEED CONTROL <R><S><T>

LOGIC
TTUR
VTUR
TNH
77NH PR/D FSRN

LOGIC TNR
TNR

LOGIC TNRI ISOCHRONOUS

TNRI ONLY

TEMPERATURE CONTROL
LOGIC TTRX
TBAI
VAIC <R><S><T>
96CD A/D
TTRX FSRT
FSR
LOGIC
<R><S><T>
FSR
TBTC TTXM
VTCC
TTXD <R><S><T> TTXM
TTXD A/D
MEDIAN

id0038V

Figure 2 Block Diagram – Control Schematic

FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEEDTRONIC 2 Fund_Mk_VI

MARK VI CONTROL SYSTEM
 GE Power Systems

control loops is allowed to pass through the gate to The following speed detectors and speed relays are
the fuel control system as the controlling FSR. The typically used:
controlling FSR will establish the fuel input to the
–L14HR Zero–Speed (approx. 0% speed)
turbine at the rate required by the system which is in
control. Only one control loop will be in control at –L14HM Minimum Speed (approx. 16%
any particular time and the control loop which is speed)
controlling FSR will be displayed on the <HMI>.
–L14HA Accelerating Speed (approx. 50%
Figure 2 shows a more detailed schematic of the speed)
control loops. This can be referenced during the ex- –L14HS Operating Speed (approx. 95%
planation of each loop to show the interfacing. speed)
The zero–speed detector, L14HR, provides the sig-
Start–up/Shutdown Sequence and Control nal when the turbine shaft starts or stops rotating.
When the shaft speed is below 14HR, or at zero–
Start–up control brings the gas turbine from zero speed, L14HR picks–up (fail safe) and the permis-
speed up to operating speed safely by providing sive logic initiates turning gear or slow–roll
proper fuel to establish flame, accelerate the turbine, operation during the automatic start–up sequence of
and to do it in such a manner as to minimize the low the turbine.
cycle fatigue of the hot gas path parts during the se- The minimum speed detector L14HM indicates that
quence. This involves proper sequencing of com- the turbine has reached the minimum firing speed
mand signals to the accessories, starting device and and initiates the purge cycle prior to the introduction
fuel control system. Since a safe and successful of fuel and ignition. The dropout of the L14HM
start–up depends on proper functioning of the gas minimum speed relay provides several permissive
turbine equipment, it is important to verify the state functions in the restarting of the gas turbine after
of selected devices in the sequence. Much of the shutdown.
control logic circuitry is associated not only with ac-
The accelerating speed relay L14HA pickup indi-
tuating control devices, but enabling protective cir-
cates when the turbine has reached approximately
cuits and obtaining permissive conditions before
50 percent speed; this indicates that turbine start–up
proceeding.
is progressing and keys certain protective features.
The gas turbine uses a static start system whereby The high–speed sensor L14HS pickup indicates
the generator serves as a starting motor. A turning when the turbine is at speed and that the accelerating
gear is used for rotor breakaway. sequence is almost complete. This signal provides
General values for control settings are given in this the logic for various control sequences such as stop-
description to help in the understanding of the oper- ping auxiliary lube oil pumps and starting turbine
ating system. Actual values for control settings are shell/exhaust frame blowers.
given in the Control Specifications for a particular Should the turbine and generator slow during an un-
machine. derfrequency situation, L14HS will drop out at the
under–frequency speed setting. After L14HS drops
Speed Detectors out the generator breaker will trip open and the Tur-
bine Speed Reference (TNR) will be reset to
An important part of the start–up/shutdown se- 100.3%. As the turbine accelerates, L14HS will
quence control of the gas turbine is proper speed again pick up; the turbine will then require another
sensing. Turbine speed is measured by magnetic start signal before the generator will attempt to auto–
pickups and will be discussed under speed control. synchronize to the system again.
Fund_Mk_VI 3 FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEEDTRONIC
MARK VI CONTROL SYSTEM
 GE Power Systems

The actual settings of the speed relays are listed in OR LOWER” allows manual adjustment of FSR
the Control Specification and are programmed in the setting between FSRMIN and FSRMAX.
<RST> processors as EEPROM control constants.
While the turbine is at rest, electronic checks are
made of the fuel system stop and control valves, the
accessories, and the voltage supplies. At this time,
START–UP CONTROL “SHUTDOWN STATUS” will be displayed on the
<HMI>. Activating the Master Operation Switch
The start–up control operates as an open loop con- (L43) from “OFF” to an operating mode will acti-
trol using preset levels of the fuel command signal vate the ready circuit. If all protective circuits and
FSR. The levels are: “ZERO”, “FIRE”, “WARM– trip latches are reset, the “STARTUP STATUS” and
UP”, “ACCELERATE” and “MAX”. The Control “READY TO START” messages will be displayed,
Specifications provide proper settings calculated for indicating that the turbine will accept a start signal.
the fuel anticipated at the site. The FSR levels are set Clicking on the “START” Master Control Switch
as Control Constants in the SPEEDTRONIC Mark (L1S) and “EXECUTE” will introduce the start sig-
VI start–up control. nal to the logic sequence.

Start–up control FSR signals operate through the The start signal energizes the Master Control and
minimum value gate to ensure that other control Protection circuit (the “L4” circuit) and starts the
functions can limit FSR as required. necessary auxiliary equipment. The “L4” circuit
permits pressurization of the trip oil system. With
The fuel command signals are generated by the the “L4” circuit permissive and starting clutch auto-
SPEEDTRONIC control start–up software. In addi- matically engaged, the starting device starts turning.
tion to the three active start–up levels, the software Startup status message “STARTING” will be dis-
sets maximum and minimum FSR and provides for played on the <HMI>. See point “A” on the Typical
manual control of FSR. Clicking on the targets for Start–up Curve Figure
“MAN FSR CONTROL” and “FSR GAG RAISE 3.
SPEED – %
100

80
ACCELERATE
IGNITION &
CROSSFIRE WARMUP
60 IGV – DEGREES
START 1 MIN
AUXILIARIES &
DIESEL WARMUP
Tx – °F/10

40 PURGE COAST

DOWN

20
FSR – %

0
A B D
APPROXIMATE TIME – MINUTES id0093

Figure 3 Mark VI Start-up Curve

FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEEDTRONIC 4 Fund_Mk_VI

MARK VI CONTROL SYSTEM
 GE Power Systems

The starting clutch is a positive tooth type overrun- eration. This is done by programming a slow rise in
ning clutch which is self–engagifng in the break- FSR. See point “C” on Figure 3. As fuel is increased,
away mode and overruns whenever the turbine rotor the turbine begins the acceleration phase of start–up.
exceeds the turning gear speed. The clutch is held in as long as the turning gear pro-
vides torque to the gas turbine. When the turbine
When the turbine ‘breaks away’ the turning gear will overruns the turning gear, the clutch will disengage,
rotate the turbine rotor from 5 to 7 rpm. As the static shutting down the turning gear. Speed relay L14HA
starter begins it’s sequence, and accelerates the rotor indicates the turbine is accelerating.
the starting clutch will automatically disengage the
turning gear from the turbine rotor. The turbine The start–up phase ends when the unit attains full–
speed relay L14HM indicates that the turbine is turn- speed–no–load (see point “D” on Figure 3). FSR is
ing at the speed required for proper purging and igni- then controlled by the speed loop and the auxiliary
tion in the combustors. Gas fired units that have systems are automatically shut down.
exhaust configurations which can trap gas leakage
The start–up control software establishes the maxi-
(i.e., boilers) have a purge timer, L2TV, which is ini-
mum allowable levels of FSR signals during start–
tiated with the L14HM signal. The purge time is set
up. As stated before, other control circuits are able to
to allow three to four changes of air through the unit
reduce and modulate FSR to perform their control
to ensure that any combustible mixture has been
functions. In the acceleration phase of the start–up,
purged from the system. The starting means will
FSR control usually passes to acceleration control,
hold speed until L2TV has completed its cycle.
which monitors the rate of rotor acceleration. It is
Units which do not have extensive exhaust systems
possible, but not normal, to reach the temperature
may not have a purge timer, but rely on the starting
control limit. The <HMI> display will show which
cycle and natural draft to purge the system.
parameter is limiting or controlling FSR.
The L14HM signal or completion of the purge cycle
(L2TVX) ‘enables’ fuel flow, ignition, sets firing Fired Shutdown
level FSR, and initiates the firing timer L2F. See
point “B” on Figure 3. When the flame detector out- A normal shutdown is initiated by clicking on the
put signals indicate flame has been established in the “STOP” target (L1STOP) and “EXECUTE”; this
combustors (L28FD), the warm–up timer L2W will produce the L94X signal. If the generator break-
starts and the fuel command signal is reduced to the er is closed when the stop signal is initiated, the Tur-
“WARM–UP” FSR level. The warm–up time is pro- bine Speed Reference (TNR) counts down to reduce
vided to minimize the thermal stresses of the hot gas load at the normal loading rate until the reverse pow-
path parts during the initial part of the start–up. er relay operates to open the generator breaker; TNR
then continues to count down to reduce speed. When
If flame is not established by the time the L2F timer the STOP signal is given, shutdown Fuel Stroke Ref-
times out, typically 60 seconds, fuel flow is halted. erence FSRSD is set equal to FSR.
The unit can be given another start signal, but firing
will be delayed by the L2TV timer to avoid fuel ac- When the generator breaker opens, FSRSD ramps
cumulation in successive attempts. This sequence from existing FSR down to a value equal to
occurs even on units not requiring initial L2TV FSRMIN, the minimum fuel required to keep the
purge. turbine fired. FSRSD latches onto FSRMIN and de-
creases with corrected speed. When turbine speed
At the completion of the warm–up period (L2WX), drops below a defined threshold (Control Constant
the start–up control ramps FSR at a predetermined K60RB) FSRSD ramps to a blowout of one flame
rate to the setting for “ACCELERATE LIMIT”. The detector. The sequencing logic remembers which
start–up cycle has been designed to moderate the flame detectors were functional when the breaker
highest firing temperature produced during accel- opened. When any of the functional flame detectors
Fund_Mk_VI 5 FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEEDTRONIC
MARK VI CONTROL SYSTEM
 GE Power Systems

senses a loss of flame, FSRMIN/FSRSD decreases Speed/Load Reference

at a higher rate until flame–out occurs, after which
fuel flow is stopped. The speed control software will change FSR in pro-
Fired shut down is an improvement over the former portion to the difference between the actual turbine–
fuel shut off at L14HS drop out. By maintaining generator speed (TNH) and the called–for speed
flame down to a lower speed there is significant re- reference (TNR).
duction in the strain developed on the hot gas path The called–for–speed, TNR, determines the load of
parts at the time of fuel shut off. the turbine. The range for generator drive turbines is
normally from 95% (min.) to 107% (max.) speed.
The start–up speed reference is 100.3% and is preset
SPEED CONTROL when a “START” signal is given.

The Speed Control System controls the speed and TNR MAX. HIGH SPEED STOP
107
load of the gas turbine generator in response to the
actual turbine speed signal and the called–for speed
reference. While on speed control the control mode 104
message “SPEED CTRL”will be displayed.

Speed Signal
REFERENCE % (TNR)
SPEED

“FSNL”
Three magnetic sensors are used to measure the 100

speed of the turbine. These magnetic pickup sensors

FULL SPEED NO LOAD FSR

RATED FSR
(77NH–1,–2,–3) are high output devices consisting
of a permanent magnet surrounded by a hermetically
MINIMUM FSR

sealed case. The pickups are mounted in a ring

MAX FSR
around a 60–toothed wheel on the gas turbine com-
pressor rotor. With the 60–tooth wheel, the frequen-
LOW SPEED STOP
cy of the voltage output in Hertz is exactly equal to 95
TNR MIN.
the speed of the turbine in revolutions per minute. FUEL STROKE REFERENCE (LOAD)
(FSR)
id0044
The voltage output is affected by the clearance be- Figure 4 Droop Control Curve
tween the teeth of the wheel and the tip of the mag-
netic pickup. Clearance between the outside
diameter of the toothed wheel and the tip of the mag- The turbine follows to 100.3% TNH for synchro-
netic pickup should be kept within the limits speci- nization. At this point the operator can raise or lower
fied in the Control Specifications (approx. 0.05 inch TNR, in turn raising or lowering TNH, via the
or 1.27 mm). If the clearance is not maintained with- 70R4CS switch on the generator control panel or by
in the specified limits, the pulse signal can be dis- clicking on the targets on the <HMI>, if required.
torted. Turbine speed control would then operate in Refer to Figure 4. Once the generator breaker is
response to the incorrect speed feedback signal. closed onto the power grid, the speed is held
constant by the grid frequency. Fuel flow in excess
The signal from the magnetic pickups is brought into of that necessary to maintain full speed no load will
the Mark VI panel, one mag pickup to each control- result in increased power produced by the generator.
ler <RST>, where it is monitored by the speed con- Thus the speed control loop becomes a load control
trol software. loop and the speed reference is a convenient control
FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEEDTRONIC 6 Fund_Mk_VI
MARK VI CONTROL SYSTEM
 GE Power Systems

of the desired amount of load to be applied to the tur- units have the same droop, all will share a load in-
bine–generator unit. crease equally. Load sharing and system stability are
the main advantages of this method of speed control.
Droop speed control is a proportional control,
changing FSR in proportion to the difference be- Normally 4% droop is selected and the setpoint is
tween actual turbine speed and the speed reference. calibrated such that 104% setpoint will generate a
Any change in actual speed (grid frequency) will speed reference which will produce an FSR result-
cause a proportional change in unit load. This pro- ing in base load at design ambient temperature.
portionality is adjustable to the desired regulation or
When operating on droop control, the full–speed–
“Droop”. The speed vs. FSR relationship is shown
no–load FSR setting calls for a fuel flow which is
on Figure 4.
sufficient to maintain full speed with no generator
If the entire grid system tends to be overloaded, grid load. By closing the generator breaker and raising
frequency (or speed) will decrease and cause an FSR TNR via raise/lower, the error between speed and
increase in proportion to the droop setting. If all reference is increased. This error is multiplied by a
<RST>

SPEED CONTROL

FSNL

TNR
SPEED
REFERENCE

+ ERROR + FSRN
+
– SIGNAL

TNH
SPEED
DROOP

<RST>
SPEED CHANGER LOAD SET POINT

MAX. LIMIT
L83SD
RATE
MEDIAN
L70R SELECT
RAISE
L70L
LOWER
L83PRES TNR
PRESET SPEED
LOGIC REFERENCE

PRESET

OPERATING

L83TNROP MIN.
MIN. SELECT LOGIC

START-UP
OR SHUTDOWN
id0040

Figure 5 Speed Control Schematic

Fund_Mk_VI 7 FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEEDTRONIC

MARK VI CONTROL SYSTEM
 GE Power Systems

gain constant dependent on the desired droop setting start–up control can drive FSR to zero and are not in-
and added to the FSNL FSR setting to produce the fluenced by FSRMIN.
required FSR to take more load and thus assist in
holding the system frequency. Refer to Figures 4 and
5. Synchronizing

The minimum FSR limit (FSRMIN) in the SPEED- Automatic synchronizing is accomplished using
TRONIC Mark VI system prevents the speed con- synchronizing algorithms programmed into <RST>
trol circuits from driving the FSR below the value and <VPRO> software. Bus and generator voltage
which would cause flameout during a transient signals are input to the <VPRO> core which con-
condition. For example, with a sudden rejection of tains isolation transformers, and are then paralleled
load on the turbine, the speed control system loop to <RST>. <RST> software drives the synch check
would want to drive the FSR signal to zero, but the and synch permissive relays, while <VPRO> pro-
minimum FSR setting establishes the minimum fuel vides the actual breaker close command. See Figure
level that prevents a flameout. Temperature and/or 6.

<XYZ>
AUTO SYNCH

<RST>
AUTO SYNCH
PERMISSIVE
CALCULATED PHASE WITHIN LIMITS AND

GEN VOLTS A CALCULATED SLIP WITHIN LIMITS

A>B L25
REF B AND L83AS BREAKER
AUTO SYNCH CLOSE
CALCULATED ACCELERATION
PERMISSIVE
LINE VOLTS
A
A>B CALCULATED BREAKER LEAD TIME
REF B

id0048V

Figure 6 Synchronizing Control Schematic

There are three basic synchronizing modes. These For synchronizing, the unit is brought to 100.3%
may be selected from external contacts, i.e., genera- speed to keep the generator “faster” than the grid, as-
tor panel selector switch, or from the SPEEDTRON- suring load pick–up upon breaker closure. If the sys-
IC Mark VI <HMI>. tem frequency has varied enough to cause an
unacceptable slip frequency (difference between
1. OFF – Breaker will not be closed by SPEED- generator frequency and grid frequency), the speed
TRONIC Mark VI control matching circuit adjusts TNR to maintain turbine
speed 0.20% to 0.40% faster than the grid to assure
2. MANUAL – Operator initiated breaker closure
the correct slip frequency and permit synchronizing.
when permissive synch check relay 25X is satis-
fied
For added protection a synchronizing check relay is
3. AUTO – System will automatically match volt- provided in the generator panel. It is used in series
age and speed and then close the breaker at the with both the auto synchronizing relay and the
appropriate time to hit top dead center on the manual breaker close switch to prevent large out–
synchroscope of–phase breaker closures.
FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEEDTRONIC 8 Fund_Mk_VI
MARK VI CONTROL SYSTEM
 GE Power Systems

ACCELERATION CONTROL turbine occurs in the flame zone of the combustion

chambers. The combustion gas in that zone is di-
Acceleration control compares the present value of luted by cooling air and flows into the turbine sec-
the speed signal with the value at the last sample tion through the first stage nozzle. The temperature
time. The difference between these two numbers is a of that gas as it exits the first stage nozzle is known as
measure of the acceleration. If the actual accelera- the “firing temperature” of the gas turbine; it is this
tion is greater than the acceleration reference, temperature that must be limited by the control sys-
FSRACC is reduced, which will reduce FSR, and tem. From thermodynamic relationships, gas tur-
consequently the fuel to the gas turbine. During bine cycle performance calculations, and known site
start–up the acceleration reference is a function of conditions, firing temperature can be determined as
turbine speed; acceleration control usually takes a function of exhaust temperature and the pressure
over from speed control shortly after the warm–up ratio across the turbine; the latter is determined from
period and brings the unit to speed. At “Complete the measured compressor discharge pressure (CPD).
Sequence”, which is normally 14HS pick–up, the The temperature control system is designed to mea-
acceleration reference is a Control Constant, nor- sure and control turbine exhaust temperature rather
mally 1% speed/second. After the unit has reached than firing temperature because it is impractical to
100% TNH, acceleration control usually serves only measure temperatures directly in the combustion
to contain the unit’s speed if the generator breaker chambers or at the turbine inlet. This indirect control
should open while under load. of turbine firing temperature is made practical by
utilizing known gas turbine aero– and thermo–dy-
namic characteristics and using those to bias the ex-
haust temperature signal, since the exhaust
temperature alone is not a true indication of firing
ISOTHERMAL
temperature.
EXHASUT TEMPERATURE (Tx)

Firing temperature can also be approximated as a

function of exhaust temperature and fuel flow (FSR)
and as a function of exhaust temperature and genera-
tor output (DWATT). Either FSR or megawatt ex-
haust temperature control curves are used as
back–up to the primary CPD–biased temperature
control curve.
These relationships are shown on Figures 7 and 8.
The lines of constant firing temperature are used in
the control system to limit gas turbine operating
COMPRESSOR DISCHARGE PRESSURE (CPD)
id0045 temperatures, while the constant exhaust tempera-
Figure 7 Exhaust Temperature vs.
ture limit protects the exhaust system during start–
Compressor Discharge Pressure up.

Exhaust Temperature Control Hardware

TEMPERATURE CONTROL
Chromel–Alumel exhaust temperature thermocou-
The Temperature Control System will limit fuel ples are used and, typically 27 in number. These
flow to the gas turbine to maintain internal operating thermocouples circumferentially inside the exhaust
temperatures within design limitations of turbine diffuser. They have individual radiation shields that
hot gas path parts. The highest temperature in the gas allow the radial outward diffuser flow to pass over
Fund_Mk_VI 9 FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEEDTRONIC
MARK VI CONTROL SYSTEM
 GE Power Systems

tive exhaust temperature value, compares this value

with the setpoint, and then generates a fuel com-
mand signal to the analog control system to limit ex-
haust temperature.
ISOTHERMAL

Temperature Control Command Program

EXHASUT TEMPERATURE (Tx)

The temperature control command program

compares the exhaust temperature control setpoint
with the measured gas turbine exhaust temperature
as obtained from the thermocouples mounted in the
exhaust plenum; these thermocouples are scanned
and cold junction corrected by programs described
later. These signals are accessed by <RST>. The
temperature control command program in <RST>
FUEL STROKE REFERENCE (FSR) (Figure 9) reads the exhaust thermocouple tempera-
id0046
ture values and sorts them from the highest to the
Figure 8 Exhaust Temperature vs. Fuel lowest. This array (TTXD2) is used in the combus-
Control Command Signal
tion monitor program as well as in the Temperature
these 1/16” diameter (1.6mm) stainless steel Control Program. In the Temperature Control Pro-
sheathed thermocouples at high velocity, minimiz- gram all exhaust thermocouple inputs are monitored
ing the cooling effect of the longer time constant, and if any are reading too low as compared to a
cooler plenum walls. The signals from these individ- constant, they will be rejected. The highest and low-
ual, ungrounded detectors are sent to the SPEED- est values are then rejected and the remaining values
TRONIC Mark VI control panel through shielded are averaged, that average being the TTXM signal.
thermocouple cables and are divided amongst con- If a Controller should fail, this program will ignore
trollers <RST>. the readings from the failed Controller. The TTXM
signal will be based on the remaining Controllers’
Exhaust Temperature Control Software thermocouples and an alarm will be generated.
The TTXM value is used as the feedback for the ex-
The software contains a series of application pro- haust temperature comparator because the value is
grams written to perform the exhaust temperature not affected by extremes that may be the result of
control and monitoring functions such as digital and faulty instrumentation. The temperature–control–
analog input scan. A major function is the exhaust command program in <RST> compares the exhaust
temperature control, which consists of the following temperature control setpoint (calculated in the tem-
programs: perature–control–bias program and stored in the
computer memory) TTRXB to the TTXM value to
1. Temperature control command determine the temperature error. The software pro-
2. Temperature control bias calculations gram converts the temperature error to a fuel stroke
reference signal, FSRT.
3. Temperature reference selection
The temperature control software determines the Temperature Control Bias Program
cold junction compensated thermocouple readings,
selects the temperature control setpoint, calculates Gas turbine firing temperature is determined by the
the control setpoint value, calculates the representa- measured parameters of exhaust temperature and
FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEEDTRONIC 10 Fund_Mk_VI
MARK VI CONTROL SYSTEM
 GE Power Systems

<RST>
.
TO
COMBUSTION
TTXDR TTXD2 MONITOR

TTXDS SORT
HIGHEST
TO
TTXDT LOWEST

REJECT REJECT
HIGH AVERAGE TTXM
LOW
TC’s AND REMAINING
QUANTITY LOW
OF TC’s USED

<RST> <RST>

TEMPERATURE TEMPERATURE CONTROL

CORNER CONTROL
REFERENCE
FSRMIN
CPD
FSRMAX
SLOPE
TTRXB
MIN MEDIAN
SELECT SELECT FSRT
SLOPE
TTXM
+
FSR +

GAIN
CORNER
FSR
ISOTHERMAL

id0032V

Figure 9 Temperature Control Schematic

compressor discharge pressure (CPD) or exhaust

temperature and fuel consumption (proportional to DIGITAL
COMPUTER
INPUT
FSR). In the computer, firing temperature is limited DATA MEMORY

by a linearized function of exhaust temperature and

CPD backed up by a linearized function of exhaust
temperature and FSR (See Figure 8). The tempera- SELECTED TEMPERATURE
ture control bias program (Figure 10) calculates the TEMPERATURE CONTROL COMPUTER
REFERENCE BIAS MEMORY
TABLE
exhaust temperature control setpoint TTRXB based PROGRAM

on the CPD data stored in computer memory and

constants from the selected temperature–reference
table. The program calculates another setpoint based CONSTANT
STORAGE
on FSR and constants from another temperature–
id0023
reference table.
Figure 10 Temperature Control Bias
Figure 11 is a graphical illustration of the control set- perature setpoint. The constants TTKn_K (FSR bias
points. The constants TTKn_C (CPD bias corner) corner) and TTKn_M (FSR bias slope) are used with
and TTKn_S (CPD bias slope) are used with the the FSR data to determine the FSR bias exhaust tem-
CPD data to determine the CPD bias exhaust tem- perature setpoint. The values for these constants are
Fund_Mk_VI 11 FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEEDTRONIC
MARK VI CONTROL SYSTEM
 GE Power Systems

given in the Control Specifications–Control System Temperature Reference Select Program

Settings drawing. The temperature–control–bias
program also selects the isothermal setpoint
TTKn_I. The program selects the minimum of the The exhaust temperature control function selects
three setpoints, CPD bias, FSR bias, or isothermal control setpoints to allow gas turbine operation at
for the final exhaust temperature control reference. various firing temperatures. The temperature–refer-
During normal operation with gas or light distillate ence–select program (Figure 12) determines the op-
fuels, this selection results in a CPD bias control erational level for control setpoints based on digital
with an isothermal limit, as shown by the heavy lines input information representing temperature control
on Figure 11. The CPD bias setpoint is compared requirements. Three digital input signals are de-
with the FSR bias setpoint by the program and an coded to select one set of constants which define the
alarm occurs when the CPD setpoint is higher. For control setpoints necessary to meet those require-
units operating with heavy fuel, FSR bias control ments. A typical digital signal is “BASE SELECT”,
will be selected to minimize the effect of turbine selected by clicking on the appropriate target on the
nozzle plugging on firing temperature. The FSR bias operator interface <HMI>.
setpoint will then be compared with the CPD bias
setpoint and an alarm will occur when the FSR set-
point exceeds the CPD setpoint. A ramp function is FUEL CONTROL SYSTEM
provided in the program to limit the rate at which the
setpoint can change. The maximum and minimum The gas turbine fuel control system will change fuel
change in ramp rates (slope) are programmed in flow to the combustors in response to the fuel stroke
constants TTKRXR1 and TTKRXR2. Consult the reference signal (FSR). FSR actually consists of two
Control Sequence Program (CSP) and the Control separate signals added together, FSR1 being the
Specifications drawing for the block diagram il- called–for liquid fuel flow and FSR2 being the
lustration of this function and the value of the called–for gas fuel flow; normally, FSR1 + FSR2 =
constants. Typical rate change limit is 1.5°F per se- FSR. Standard fuel systems are designed for opera-
cond. The output of the ramp function is the exhaust tion with liquid fuel and/or gas fuel. This chapter
temperature control setpoint which is stored in the will describe a dual fuel system. It starts with the ser-
computer memory. vo drive system, where the setpoint is compared
with the feedback signal and converted to a valve
position. It will describe liquid, gas and dual fuel op-
eration and how the FSR from the control systems
previously described is conditioned and sent as a set
point to the servo system.
EXHAUST TEMPERATURE

TTKn_K
TTKn_I ISOTHERMAL

TTKn_C

TEMPERATURE SELECTED
DIGITAL REFERENCE TEMPERATURE
INPUT DATA SELECT REFERENCE
TABLE

CONSTANT
CPD STORAGE
FSR
id0054
id0106
Figure 11 Exhaust Temperature Control Setpoints
Figure 12 Temperature Reference Select Program

FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEEDTRONIC 12 Fund_Mk_VI

MARK VI CONTROL SYSTEM
 GE Power Systems

Servo Drive System actuator. If the hydraulic actuator has spring return,
hydraulic oil will be ported to one side of the cylin-
The heart of the fuel system is a three coil electro– der and the other to drain. A feedback signal pro-
hydraulic servovalve (servo) as shown in Figure 13. vided by a linear variable differential transformer
The servovalve is the interface between the electri- (LVDT, Figure 13) will tell the control whether or
cal and mechanical systems and controls the direc- not it is in the required position. The LVDT outputs
tion and rate of motion of a hydraulic actuator based an AC voltage which is proportional to the position
on the input current to the servo. of the core of the LVDT. This core in turn is con-
nected to the valve whose position is being con-
3-COIL TORQUE MOTOR
trolled; as the valve moves, the feedback voltage
TORQUE changes. The LVDT requires an exciter voltage
MOTOR TORQUE
ARMATURE MOTOR which is provided by the VSVO card.
N N

Figure 14 shows the major components of the servo

JET TUBE
FORCE
positioning loops. The digital (microprocessor sig-
FEEDBACK
SPRING
S S
nal) to analog conversion is done on the VSVO card;
FAIL
this represents called–for fuel flow. The called–for
SAFE
BIAS fuel flow signal is then compared to a feedback rep-
SPRING
resenting actual fuel flow. The difference is ampli-
fied on the VSVO card and sent through the TSVO

Â
P R P card to the servo. This output to the servos is moni-
1 2 tored and there will be an alarm on loss of any one of
the three signals from <RST>.
SPOOL VALVE FILTER
DRAIN PS

1350 PSI Liquid Fuel Control

HYDRAULIC
The liquid fuel system consists of fuel handling
ACTUATOR
components and electrical control components.
Some of the fuel handling components are: primary
TO <RST> LVDT
fuel oil filter, fuel oil stop valve, three fuel pumps,
ABEX Servovalve id0029 fuel bypass valve, fuel pump pressure relief valve,
Figure 13 Electrohydraulic Servovalve flow divider, combined selector valve/pressure
The servovalve contains three electrically isolated gauge assembly, false start drain valve, fuel lines,
coils on the torque motor. Each coil is connected to and fuel nozzles. The electrical control components
one of the three Controllers <RST>. This provides are: liquid fuel pressure switch (upstream) 63FL–2,
redundancy should one of the Controllers or coils fuel oil stop valve limit switch 33FL, liquid fuel
fail. There is a null–bias spring which positions the pump bypass valve servovalve 65FP, flow divider
servo so that the actuator will go to the fail safe posi- magnetic speed pickups 77FD–1, –2, –3 and
tion should ALL power and/or control signals be SPEEDTRONIC control cards TSVO and VSVO. A
lost. diagram of the system showing major components is
shown in Figure 15.
If the hydraulic actuator is a double–action piston,
the control signal positions the servovalve so that it The fuel bypass valve is a hydraulically actuated
ports high–pressure oil to either side of the hydraulic valve with a linear flow characteristic. Located

Fund_Mk_VI 13 FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEEDTRONIC

MARK VI CONTROL SYSTEM
 POSTION FEEDBACK
LVDT
<R>

TSVO VSVO TSVO

3.2KHZ
EXCITATION
REF
D/A

MARK VI CONTROL SYSTEM

FUEL

<S>

FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEEDTRONIC
SERVO
VSVO 3.2KHZ VALVE

REF
D/A TORQUE
MOTOR

14
HYDRAULIC
ACTUATOR

HIGH
<T> PRESSURE
OIL
VSVO 3.2KHZ

Figure 14 Servo Positioning Loops

EXCITATION
REF
D/A

POSTION FEEDBACK
LVDT

Fund_Mk_VI
GE Power Systems

id0026
 GE Power Systems

between the inlet (low pressure) and discharge (high fuel necessary to meet the control system fuel de-
pressure) sides of the fuel pump, this valve bypasses mand. It is positioned by servo valve 65FP, which
excess fuel delivered by the fuel pump back to the receives its signal from the controllers.
fuel pump inlet, delivering to the flow divider the

<RST>

FSR1 FQ1 <RST>

FQROUT <RST>
TSVO
TNH
L4 VSVO
L20FLX PR/A

BY-PASS VALVE ASM.

P R 65FP TYPICAL
40µ DIFFERENTIAL FLOW FUEL NOZZLES
PRESSURE GUAGE DIVIDER
77FD-1
63FL-2 OH
HYDRAULIC COMBUSTION
SUPPLY CHAMBER
OFV

FUEL
STOP
VALVE VR4
OF AD

FUEL PUMP
(QTY 3)
33FL
M FALSE START
OLT- DRAIN VALVE
CONTROL CHAMBER OFD
OIL 77FD-2
TO DRAIN
77FD-3

id0031V

Figure 15 Liquid Fuel Control Schematic

The flow divider divides the single stream of fuel VSVO card modulates servovalve 65FP based on
from the pump into several streams, one for each inputs of turbine speed, FSR1 (called–for liquid fuel
combustor. It consists of a number of matched high flow), and flow divider speed (FQ1).
volumetric efficiency positive displacement gear
pumps, again one per combustor. The flow divider is Fuel Oil Control – Software
driven by the small pressure differential between the
When the turbine is run on liquid fuel oil, the control
inlet and outlet. The gear pumps are mechanically
system checks the permissives L4 and L20FLX and
connected so that they all run at the same speed,
does not allow FSR1 to close the bypass valve unless
making the discharge flow from each pump equal.
they are ‘true’ (closing the bypass valve sends fuel to
Fuel flow is represented by the output from the flow
the combustors). The L4 permissive comes from the
divider magnetic pickups (77FD–1, –2 & –3). These
Master Protective System (to be discussed later) and
are non–contacting magnetic pickups, giving a
L20FLX becomes ‘true’ after the turbine vent timer
pulse signal frequency proportional to flow divider
times out. These signals control the opening and
speed, which is proportional to the fuel flow deliv-
closing of the fuel oil stop valve.
ered to the combustion chambers.
The FSR signal from the controlling system goes
The TSVO card receives the pulse rate signals from through the fuel splitter where the liquid fuel re-
77FD–1, –2, and –3 and outputs an analog signal quirement becomes FSR1. The FSR1 signal is mul-
which is proportional to the pulse rate input. The tiplied by TNH, so fuel flow becomes a function of
Fund_Mk_VI 15 FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEEDTRONIC
MARK VI CONTROL SYSTEM
 GE Power Systems

speed – an important feature, particularly while the Gas Fuel Control

unit is starting. This enables the system to have bet-
ter resolution at the lower, more critical speeds The dry low NOx II (DLN–2) control system regu-
where air flow is very low. This produces the lates the distribution of gas fuel to a multi–nozzle
FQROUT signal, which is the digital liquid fuel combustor arrangement. The fuel flow distribution
flow command. At full speed TNH does not change, to each fuel nozzle assembly is a function of com-
therefore FQROUT is directly proportional to FSR. bustion reference temperature (TTRF1) and IGV
temperature control mode. By a combination of fuel
FQROUT then goes to the VSVO card where it is staging and shifting of combustion modes from dif-
changed to an analog signal to be compared to the fusion at ignition through premix at higher loads,
feedback signal from the flow divider. As the fuel low nitrous oxide (NOx) emissions are achieved.
flows into the turbine, speed sensors 77FD–1, –2, Fuel gas is controlled by the gas stop/speed ratio
and –3 send a signal to the TSVO card, which in turn valve (SRV), the primary, secondary and quaternary
outputs the fuel flow rate signal (FQ1) to the VSVO gas control valves (GCV) , and the premix splitter
card. When the fuel flow rate is equal to the called– valve (PMSV). The premix splitter valve controls
for rate (FQ1 = FSR1), the servovalve 65FP is the split between secondary and tertiary gas flow.
moved to the null position and the bypass valve re- All valves are servo controlled by signals from the
mains “stationary” until some input to the system SPEEDTRONIC control panel (Figure 16).
changes. If the feedback is in error with FQROUT,
the operational amplifier on the VSVO card will It is the gas control valve which controls the desired
change the signal to servovalve 65FP to drive the by- gas fuel flow in response to the command signal
pass valve in a direction to decrease the error. FSR. To enable it to do this in a predictable manner,
the speed ratio valve is designed to maintain a prede-
termined pressure (P2) at the inlet of the gas control
The flow divider feedback signal is also used for
valve as a function of gas turbine speed.
system checks. This analog signal is converted to
digital counts and is used in the controller’s software There are three main DLN–2 combustion modes:
to compare to certain limits as well as to display fuel Primary, Lean–Lean, and Premix.
flow on the <HMI>. The checks made are as fol-
Primary mode exists from light off to 81% corrected
lows:
speed, fuel flow to primary nozzles only. Lean–
Lean is from 81% corrected speed to a preselected
L60FFLH:Excessive fuel flow on start–up combustion reference temperature, with fuel to the
primary and tertiary nozzles. In Premix operation
L3LFLT1:Loss of LVDT position feedback
fuel is directed to secondary, tertiary and quaternary
nozzles. Minimum load for this operation is set by
L3LFBSQ:Bypass valve is not fully open when
combustion reference temperature and IGV posi-
the stop valve is closed.
tion.
L3LFBSC:Servo current is detected when the The fuel gas control system consists primarily of the
stop valve is closed. following components: gas strainer, gas supply
pressure switch 63FG, stop/speed ratio valve assem-
L3LFT:Loss of flow divider feedback bly, fuel gas pressure transducer(s) 96FG, gas fuel
vent solenoid valve 20VG, control valve assembly,
If L60FFLH is true for a specified time period (nom- LVDT’s 96GC–1, –2, –3, –4, –5, –6, 96SR–1, –2, 96
inally 2 seconds), the unit will trip; if L3LFLT1 PS–1, –2, electro–hydraulic servovalves 90SR,
through L3LFT are true, these faults will trip the unit 65GC and 65PS, dump valve(s) VH–5, three pres-
during start–up and require manual reset. sure gauges, gas manifold with ‘pigtails’ to respec-
FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEEDTRONIC 16 Fund_Mk_VI
MARK VI CONTROL SYSTEM
 GE Power Systems

tive fuel nozzles, and SPEEDTRONIC control cards tion is contained in subsequent para-
TBQB and TCQC. The components are shown graphs.
schematically in Figure 17. A functional explana-

DLN–2 GAS FUEL SYSTEM

SGCV T

SRV PMSV S SINGLE

PGCV
BURNING
ZONE
P 5 BURNERS

QGCV
*
Q
GAS SKID TURBINE COMPARTMENT

SRV SPEED/RATIO VALVE T TERTIARY MANIFOLD, 1 NOZ. PREMIX ONLY

PGCV GAS CONTROL, PRIMARY S SECONDARY MANIFOLD, 4 NOZ. PREMIX INJ.
SGCV GAS CONTROL, SECONDARY P PRIMARY MANIFOLD, 4 NOZ. DIFFUSION INJ.
QGCV GAS CONTROL, QUATERNARY Q QUAT MANIFOLD, CASING. PREMIX ONLY
PMSV PREMIX SPLITTER VALVE
* PURGE AIR (PCD AIR SUPPLY)

Figure 16 DLN–2 Gas Fuel System

Fund_Mk_VI 17 FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEEDTRONIC

MARK VI CONTROL SYSTEM
 GE Power Systems

VSVO
FPRG TSVO POS1 VSVO TSVO

POS2 GAS CONTROL GAS CONTROL

SPEED RATIO FSR2 VALVE SERVO VALVE POSITION
VALVE CONTROL FEEDBACK

FPG

TBAI 96FG-2A TSVO

VAIC
96FG-2B
96FG-2C 20VG
TRANSDUCERS

VENT

COMBUSTION
CHAMBER

63FG-3
STOP/ GAS
RATIO CONTROL
VALVE VALVE

GAS
P2

Electrical
Connection GAS
MANIFOLD
Hydraulic LVDT’S LVDT’S
Piping 96SR-1,2 96GC-1,2

Gas Piping
VH5-1 DUMP
RELAY
TRIP

90SR SERVO
65GC SERVO

HYDRAULIC
SUPPLY id0059V

Figure 17 Gas Fuel Control System

FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEEDTRONIC 18 Fund_Mk_VI

MARK VI CONTROL SYSTEM
 GE Power Systems

Gas Control Valves then output to the servo valve through the TSVO
The position of the gas control valve plug is intended card. The gas control valve stem position is sensed
to be proportional to FSR2 which represents called– by the output of a linear variable differential trans-
for gas fuel flow. Actuation of the spring–loaded gas former (LVDT) and fed back through the TSVO card
control valve is by a hydraulic cylinder controlled by to an operational amplifier on the VSVO card where
an electro–hydraulic servovalve. it is compared to the FSROUT input signal at a sum-
ming junction. There are two LVDTs providing
When the turbine is to run on gas fuel the permis- feedback ; two of the three controllers are dedicated
sives L4, L20FGX and L2TVX (turbine purge com- to one LVDT each, while the third selects the highest
plete) must be ‘true’, similar to the liquid system. feedback through a high–select diode gate. If the
This allows the Gas Control Valve to open. The feedback is in error with FSROUT, the operational
stroke of the valve will be proportional to FSR. amplifier on the VSVO card will change the signal
FSR goes through the fuel splitter (to be discussed in to the hydraulic servovalve to drive the gas control
the dual fuel section) where the gas fuel requirement valve in a direction to decrease the error. In this way
becomes FSR2, which is then conditioned for offset the desired relationship between position and FSR2
and gain. This signal, FSROUT, goes to the VSVO is maintained and the control valve correctly meters
card where it is converted to an analog signal and the gas fuel. See Figure 18.
<RST>

OFFSET

GAIN
<RST>
FSR2 +
TBQC
+
HIGH
SELECT
L4

L3GCV
FSROUT

ANALOG
I/O

GAS CONTROL VALVE

GAS
P2

ÎÎ
GAS CONTROL VALVE
POSITION LOOP

ÎÎ
CALIBRATION

ÎÎ
POSITION
LVDT

LVDT’S
ELECTRICAL CONNECTION 96GC-1, -2

GAS PIPING
SERVO
HYDRAULIC PIPING VALVE FSR

id0027V

Figure 18 Gas Control Valve Control Schematic

Fund_Mk_VI 19 FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEEDTRONIC

MARK VI CONTROL SYSTEM
 GE Power Systems

<RST>
TNH

<RST>
GAIN
VSVO

+ FPRG
OFFSET + D
A
L4
FPG
L3GRV

HIGH POS2
SELECT

96FG-2A
96FG-2B
96FG-2C
SPEED RATIO VALVE

GAS
VAIC

ÎÎÎ
96SR-1,2
LVDT’S

OPERATING
CYLINDER
PISTON
ÎÎÎ
ÎÎÎ TBAI

TRIP OIL DUMP

RELAY
TSVO

SERVO
VALVE
LEGEND
HYDRAULIC
ELECTRICAL OIL
CONNECTION
GAS PIPING
HYDRAULIC
PIPING P2
DIGITAL or PRESSURE
CONTROL VOLTAGE

TNH
Speed Ratio Valve Pressure Calibration
id0058V

Figure 19 Stop/Speed Ratio Valve Control Schematic

FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEEDTRONIC 20 Fund_Mk_VI

MARK VI CONTROL SYSTEM
 GE Power Systems

The plug in the gas control valve is contoured to pro- The stop/speed ratio valve provides a positive stop
vide the proper flow area in relation to valve stroke. to fuel gas flow when required by a normal shut–
The gas control valve uses a skirted valve disc and down, emergency trip, or a no–run condition. Hy-
venturi seat to obtain adequate pressure recovery. draulic trip dump valve VH–5 is located between the
High pressure recovery occurs at overall valve pres- electro–hydraulic servovalve 90SR and the hydrau-
sure ratios substantially less than the critical pres- lic actuating cylinder. This dump valve is operated
sure ratio. The net result is that flow through the by the low pressure control oil trip system. If permis-
control valve is independent of valve pressure drop. sives L4 and L3GRV are ‘true’ the trip oil (OLT) is at
Gas flow then is a function of valve inlet pressure P2 normal pressure and the dump valve is maintained in
and valve area only. a position that allows servovalve 90SR to control the
cylinder position. When the trip oil pressure is low
As before, an open or a short circuit in one of the ser- (as in the case of normal or emergency shutdown),
vo coils or in the signal to one coil does not cause a the dump valve spring shifts a spool valve to a posi-
trip. Each GCV has two LVDTs and can run correct- tion which dumps the high pressure hydraulic oil
ly on one. (OH) in the speed ratio/stop valve actuating cylinder
to the lube oil reservoir. The closing spring atop the
valve plug instantly shuts the valve, thereby shutting
Stop/Speed Ratio Valve off fuel flow to the combustors.
In addition to being displayed, the feedback signals
The speed ratio/stop valve is a dual function valve. It and the control signals of both valves are compared
serves as a pressure regulating valve to hold a de- to normal operating limits, and if they go outside of
sired fuel gas pressure ahead of the gas control valve these limits there will be an alarm. The following are
and it also serves as a stop valve. As a stop valve it is typical alarms:
an integral part of the protection system. Any emer-
gency trip or normal shutdown will move the valve L60FSGH: Excessive fuel flow on start–up
to its closed position shutting off gas fuel flow to the L3GRVFB: Loss of LVDT feedback on the SRV
turbine. This is done either by dumping hydraulic oil
L3GRVO: SRV open prior to permissive to open
from the Stop/Speed Ratio Valve VH–5 hydraulic
trip relay or driving the position control closed elec- L3GRVSC: Servo current to SRV detected prior
trically. to permissive to open
L3GCVFB: Loss of LVDT feedback on the
The stop/speed ratio valve has two control loops. GCV
There is a position loop similar to that for the gas
control valve and there is a pressure control loop. L3GCVO: GCV open prior to permissive to
See Figure 19. Fuel gas pressure P2 at the inlet to the open
gas control valve is controlled by the pressure loop L3GCVSC: Servo current to GCV detected
as a function of turbine speed. This is done by pro- prior to permissive to open
portioning it to turbine speed signal TNH, with an
L3GFIVP: Intervalve (P2) pressure low
offset and gain, which then becomes Gas Fuel Pres-
sure Reference FPRG. FPRG then goes to the The servovalves are furnished with a mechanical
VSVO card to be converted to an analog signal. P2 null offset bias to cause the gas control valve or
pressure is measured by 96FG which outputs a volt- speed ratio valve to go to the zero stroke position
age proportional to P2 pressure. This P2 signal (fail safe condition) should the servovalve signals or
(FPG) is compared to the FPRG and the error signal power be lost. During a trip or no–run condition, a
(if any) is in turn compared with the 96SR LVDT positive voltage bias is placed on the servo coils
feedback to reposition the valve as in the GCV loop. holding them in the ‘valve closed’ position.
Fund_Mk_VI 21 FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEEDTRONIC
MARK VI CONTROL SYSTEM
 GE Power Systems

Premix Splitter Valve <RST>

FUEL SPLITTER
L84TG
A=B
TOTAL GAS
The Premix splitter valve (PMSV) regulates the split A=B
L84TL
TOTAL LIQUID
MAX. LIMIT
of secondary/tertiary gas fuel flow between the sec-
MIN. LIMIT
ondary and tertiary gas fuel manifolds. The valve is MEDIAN
L83FZ SELECT
referenced to the secondary fuel passages, i.e. 0% PERMISSIVES
valve stroke corresponds to 0% secondary fuel flow. RAMP

Unlike the SRV and GCV’s the flow through the RATE
L83FG
splitter valve is not linear with valve position.The GAS SELECT
L83FL
control system linearizes the fuel split setpoint and LIQUID SELECT
the resulting valve position command FSRXPOUT FSR FSR1
LIQUID REF.
is used as the position reference.
FSR2
GAS REF.
id0034
Dual Fuel Control Figure 20 Fuel Splitter Schematic

Turbines that are designed to operate on both liquid Fuel Transfer – Liquid to Gas
and gaseous fuel are equipped with controls to pro-
vide the following features:
If the unit is running on liquid fuel (FSR1) and the
1.Transfer from one fuel to the other on com- “GAS” target on the <HMI> screen is selected the
mand. following sequence of events will take place, pro-
viding the transfer and fuel gas permissives are true
2. Allow time for filling the lines with the type of (refer to Figure 21):
fuel to which turbine operation is being trans-
ferred. FSR1 will remain at its initial value, but FSR2 will
step to a value slightly greater than zero, usually
3. Operation of liquid fuel nozzle purge when 0.5%. This will open the gas control valve slightly to
operating totally on gas fuel. bleed down the intervalve volume. This is done in
case a high pressure has been entrained. The pres-
4. Operation of gas fuel nozzle purge when oper-
ence of a higher pressure than that required by the
ating totally on liquid fuel.
speed/ratio controller would cause slow response in
The software diagram for the fuel splitter is shown in initiating gas flow.
Figure 20.
After a typical time delay of thirty seconds to bleed
down the P2 pressure and fill the gas supply line, the
Fuel Splitter software program ramps the fuel commands, FSR2
to increase and FSR1 to decrease, at a programmed
As stated before FSR is divided into two signals, rate through the median select gate. This is complete
FSR1 and FSR2, to provide dual fuel operation. See in thirty seconds.
Figure 20.
When the transfer is complete logic signal L84TG
FSR is multiplied by the liquid fuel fraction FX1 to (Total Gas) will de–energize the liquid fuel forward-
produce the FSR1 signal. FSR1 is then subtracted ing pump, close the fuel oil stop valve by de–ener-
from the FSR signal resulting in FSR2, the control gizing the liquid fuel dump valve 20FL, and initiate
signal for the secondary fuel. the purge sequence.
FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEEDTRONIC 22 Fund_Mk_VI
MARK VI CONTROL SYSTEM
 GE Power Systems

Fuel Transfer – Gas to Liquid

Transfer from Full Gas to Full Distillate
FSR2 Transfer from gas to liquid is essentially the same se-
quence as previously described, except that gas and
UNITS

liquid fuel command signals are interchanged. For

FSR1

PURGE
instance, at the beginning of a transfer, FSR2 re-
SELECT DISTILLATE
TIME
mains at its initial value, but FSR1 steps to a value
slightly greater than zero. This will command a
Transfer from Full Distillate to Full Gas
small liquid fuel flow. If there has been any fuel leak-
FSR1
age out past the check valves, this will fill the liquid
fuel piping and avoid any delay in delivery at the be-
UNITS

ginning of the FSR1 increase.

FSR2
The rest of the sequence is the same as liquid–to–
PURGE
TIME
SELECT GAS gas, except that there is usually no purging se-
quence.
Transfer from Full Distillate to Mixture
Gas Fuel Purge
FSR1
UNITS

Primary gas fuel purge is required during premix

steady state and liquid fuel operation. This system
FSR2

PURGE
involves a double block and bleed arrangement,
TIME
SELECT GAS SELECT MIX wherby two purge valves (VA13–1, –2) are shut
id0033
when primary gas is flowing and intervalve vent so-
Figure 21 Fuel Transfer lenoid (20VG–2) is open to bleed any leakage across
the valves. The purge valves are air operated through
solenoid valves 20PG–1, –2. When there is no pri-
Liquid Fuel Purge mary gas flow, the purge valves open and allow com-
pressor discharge air to flow through the primary
fuel nozzle passages. Secondary purge is required
To prevent coking of the liquid fuel nozzles while for the secondary and tertiary nozzles when second-
operating on gas fuel, some atomizing air is diverted ary and tertiary fuel flow is reduced to zero and when
through the liquid fuel nozzles. The following se- operating on liquid fuel. This is a block and bleed ar-
quence of events occurs when transfer from liquid to rangement similar to the primary purge with two
gas is complete. purge valves (VA13–3, –4), intervalve vent solenoid
(20VG–3), and solenoid valves 20PG–3, –4.
Air from the atomizing air system flows through a
cooler (HX4–1), through the fuel oil purge valve
(VA19–3) and through check valve VCK2 to each
fuel nozzle.
MODULATED INLET GUIDE VANE
The fuel oil purge valve is controlled by the position SYSTEM
of a solenoid valve 20PL–2 . When this valve is en-
ergized , actuating air pressure opens the purge oil The Inlet Guide Vanes (IGVs) modulate during the
check valve, allowing air flow to the fuel oil nozzle acceleration of the gas turbine to rated speed, load-
purge check valves. ing and unloading of the generator, and deceleration
of the gas turbine. This IGV modulation maintains
proper flows and pressures, and thus stresses, in the
Fund_Mk_VI 23 FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEEDTRONIC
MARK VI CONTROL SYSTEM
 GE Power Systems

compressor, maintains a minimum pressure drop bined cycle application, maintains high exhaust
across the fuel nozzles, and, when used in a com- temperatures at low loads.

<RST>
<RST>
CSRGV
VSVO
CSRGV IGV REF CSRGVOUT
D/A

HIGH
SELECT

TSVO

CLOSE

HM3-1

HYD.
SUPPLY R P OPEN
IN FH6 OUT
–1

90TV-1
2 1
A
96TV-1,2
OLT-1
TRIP OIL
C1

VH3-1
D C2
ORIFICES (2)

OD
id0030

Figure 23 Modulating Inlet Guide Vane Control Schematic

Guide Vane Actuation Operation

During start–up, the inlet guide vanes are held fully

The modulated inlet guide vane actuating system is closed, a nominal 27 degree angle, from zero to
comprised of the following components: servovalve 83.5% corrected speed. Turbine speed is corrected
90TV, LVDT position sensors 96TV–1 and to reflect air conditions at 27° C (80° F); this com-
96TV–2, and, in some instances, solenoid valve pensates for changes in air density as ambient condi-
20TV and hydraulic dump valve VH3. Control of tions change. At ambient temperatures greater than
90TV will port hydraulic pressure to operate the 80° F, corrected speed TNHCOR is less than actual
variable inlet guide vane actuator. If used, 20TV and speed TNH; at ambients less than 27° C (80° F),
VH3 can prevent hydraulic oil pressure from flow- TNHCOR is greater than TNH. After attaining a
ing to 90TV. See Figure 23. speed of approximately 83.5%, the guide vanes will
FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEEDTRONIC 24 Fund_Mk_VI
MARK VI CONTROL SYSTEM
 GE Power Systems

modulate open at about 6.7 degrees per percent in-

crease in corrected speed. When the guide vanes FULL OPEN (MAX ANGLE)

reach the minimum full speed angle, nominally 54°,

IGV ANGLE – DEGREES (CSRGV)

they stop opening; this is usually at approximately
91% TNH. By not allowing the guide vanes to close SIMPLE CYCLE
COMBINED
CYCLE
(CSKGVSSR) (TTRX)
to an angle less than the minimum full speed angle at
100% TNH, a minimum pressure drop is maintained MINIMUM FULL SPEED ANGLE
across the fuel nozzles, thereby lessening combus- ROTATING
STALL STARTUP
tion system resonance. Solenoid valve 20CB is usu- REGION PROGRAM

ally opened when the generator breaker is closed; REGION OF NEGATIVE

5TH STAGE EXTRACTION
this in turn closes the compressor bleed valves. FULL CLOSED
(MIN ANGLE)
PRESSURE

0 100
As the unit is loaded and exhaust temperature in- CORRECTED SPEED–%
(TNHCOR) 0 100
LOAD–%
creases, the inlet guide vanes will go to the full open FSNL BASE LOAD
EXHAUST TEMPERATURE
position when the exhaust temperature reaches one id0037

of two points, depending on the operation mode se- Figure 24 Variable Inlet Guide Vane Schedule
lected. For simple cycle operation, the IGVs move to
the full open position at a pre–selected exhaust tem-
perature, usually 371° C (700° F). For combined PROTECTION SYSTEMS
cycle operation, the IGVs begin to move to the full
open position as exhaust temperature approaches The gas turbine protection system is comprised of a
the temperature control reference temperature; nor- number of sub–systems, several of which operate
mally, the IGVs begin to open when exhaust temper- during each normal start–up and shutdown. The oth-
ature is within 17° C (30° F) of the temperature er systems and components function strictly during
control reference. emergency and abnormal operating conditions. The
most common kind of failure on a gas turbine is the
During a normal shutdown, as the exhaust tempera- failure of a sensor or sensor wiring; the protection
ture decreases the IGVs move to the minimum full systems are set up to detect and alarm such a failure.
speed angle; as the turbine decelerates from 100% If the condition is serious enough to disable the
TNH, the inlet guide vanes are modulated to the ful- protection completely, the turbine will be tripped.
ly closed position. When the generator breaker Protective systems respond to the simple trip signals
opens, the compressor bleed valves will be opened. such as pressure switches used for low lube oil pres-
sure, high gas compressor discharge pressure, or
In the event of a turbine trip, the compressor bleed similar indications. They also respond to more com-
valves are opened and the inlet guide vanes go to the plex parameters such as overspeed, overtempera-
fully closed position. The inlet guide vanes remain ture, high vibration, combustion monitor, and loss of
fully closed as the turbine continues to coast down. flame. To do this, some of these protection systems
and their components operate through the master
For underspeed operation, if TNHCOR decreases control and protection circuit in the SPEEDTRON-
below approximately 91%, the inlet guide vanes IC control system, while other totally mechanical
modulate closed at 6.7 degrees per percent decrease systems operate directly on the components of the
in corrected speed. In most cases, if the actual speed turbine. In each case there are two essentially inde-
decreases below 95% TNH, the generator breaker pendent paths for stopping fuel flow, making use of
will open and the turbine speed setpoint will be reset both the fuel control valve (FCV) and the fuel stop
to 100.3%. The IGVs will then go to the minimum valve (FSV). Each protective system is designed in-
full speed angle. See Figure 24. dependent of the control system to avoid the possi-
Fund_Mk_VI 25 FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEEDTRONIC
MARK VI CONTROL SYSTEM
 GE Power Systems

bility of a control system failure disabling the

protective devices. See Figure 25.

MASTER
PRIMARY PROTECTION GCV GAS FUEL
OVERSPEED CIRCUIT SERVOVALVE CONTROL VALVE
<RST>

OVERTEMP

SRV GAS FUEL

VIBRATION SERVOVALVE SPEED RATIO/
STOP VALVE

COMBUSTION
MONITOR
RELAY
VOTING 20FG
MODULE
LOSS
of
FLAME

MASTER
PROTECTION
SECONDARY CIRCUIT BYPASS
<XYZ> VALVE
OVERSPEED FUEL
SERVOVALVE PUMP

RELAY LIQUID
VOTING 20FL FUEL STOP
MODULE VALVE

id0036V

Figure 25 Protective Systems Schematic

Trip Oil Inlet Orifice

An orifice is located in the line running from the

A hydraulic trip system called Trip Oil is the primary bearing header supply to the trip oil system. This ori-
protection interface between the turbine control and fice is sized to limit the flow of oil from the lube oil
protection system and the components on the tur- system into the trip oil system. It must ensure ade-
bine which admit, or shut–off, fuel. The system con- quate capacity for all tripping devices, yet prevent
tains devices which are electrically operated by reduction of lube oil flow to the gas turbine and other
SPEEDTRONIC control signals as well as some to- equipment when the trip system is in the tripped
tally mechanical devices. state.

Besides the tripping functions, trip oil also provides Dump Valve
a hydraulic signal to the fuel stop valves for normal
start–up and shutdown sequences. On gas turbines Each individual fuel branch in the trip oil system has
equipped for dual fuel (gas and oil) operation the a solenoid dump valve (20FL for liquid, 20FG for
system is used to selectively isolate the fuel system gas). This device is a solenoid–operated spring–re-
not required. turn spool valve which will relieve trip oil pressure
only in the branch that it controls. These valves are
Significant components of the Hydraulic Trip Cir- normally energized–to–run, deenergized–to–trip.
cuit are described below. This philosophy protects the turbine during all nor-
FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEEDTRONIC 26 Fund_Mk_VI
MARK VI CONTROL SYSTEM
 GE Power Systems

mal situations as well as that time when loss of dc

power occurs.

PROTECTIVE MASTER
SIGNALS PROTECTION
L4
CIRCUITS
LIQUID
FUEL
LIQUID FUEL
STOP VALVE
20FG 20FL

ORIFICE AND
CHECK VALVE
NETWORK
63HL

INLET ORIFICE

GAS FUEL
GAS SPEED RATIO/
FUEL STOP VALVE

WIRING 63HG

PIPING

GAS FUEL
DUMP RELAY
VALVE
OH
id0056

Figure 26 Trip Oil Schematic – Dual Fuel

Check Valve & Orifice Network dividual fuel stop valve may be selectively closed by
dumping the flow of trip oil going to it. Solenoid
At the inlet of each individual fuel branch is a check valve 20FL can cause the trip valve on the liquid fuel
valve and orifice network which limits flow out of stop valve to go to the trip state, which permits clo-
that branch. This network limits flow into each sure of the liquid fuel stop valve by its spring return
branch, thus allowing individual fuel control with- mechanism. Solenoid valve 20FG can cause the trip
out total system pressure decay. However, when one valve on the gas fuel speed ratio/stop valve to go to
of the trip devices located in the main artery of the the trip state, permitting its spring–returned closure.
system, e.g., the overspeed trip, is actuated, the The orifice in the check valve and orifice network
check valve will open and result in decay of all trip permits independent dumping of each fuel branch of
pressures. the trip oil system without affecting the other
branch. Tripping all devices other than the individu-
Pressure Switches al dump valves will result in dumping the total trip
oil system, which will shut the unit down.
Each individual fuel branch contains pressure
switches (63HL–1,–2,–3 for liquid, 63HG–1,–2,–3 During start–up or fuel transfer, the SPEEDTRON-
for gas) which will ensure tripping of the turbine if IC control system will close the appropriate dump
the trip oil pressure becomes too low for reliable op- valve to activate the desired fuel system(s). Both
eration while operating on that fuel. dump valves will be closed only during fuel transfer
or mixed fuel operation.
Operation
The dump valves are de–energized on a “2–out–
The tripping devices which cause unit shutdown or of–3 voted” trip signal from the relay module. This
selective fuel system shutdown do so by dumping helps prevent trips caused by faulty sensors or the
the low pressure trip oil (OLT). See Figure 26. An in- failure of one controller.
Fund_Mk_VI 27 FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEEDTRONIC
MARK VI CONTROL SYSTEM
 GE Power Systems

The signal to the fuel system servovalves will also <RST> <XYZ>
HIGH PRESSURE OVERSPEED TRIP
be a “close” command should a trip occur. This is
TNH HP SPEED
done by clamping FSR to zero. Should one control- A
A>B
L12H TO MASTER
PROTECTION
TRIP SETPOINT SET
ler fail, the FSR from that controller will be zero. TNKHOS B AND
AND ALARM
MESSAGE
LATCH
The output of the other two controllers is sufficient TNKHOST
TEST

to continue to control the servovalve. TEST

RESET
LH3HOST PERMISSIVE

By pushing the Emergency Trip Button, 5E P/B, the L86MR1 MASTER RESET

P28 vdc power supply is cut off to the relays control- SAMPLING RATE = 0.25 SEC

ling solenoid valves 20FL and 20FG, thus de–ener- id0060

gizing the dump valves. Figure 27 Electronic Overspeed Trip

Overtemperature Protection
Overspeed Protection
The overtemperature system protects the gas turbine
The SPEEDTRONIC Mark VI overspeed system is against possible damage caused by overfiring. It is a
designed to protect the gas turbine against possible backup system, operating only after the failure of the
damage caused by overspeeding the turbine rotor. temperature control system.
Under normal operation, the speed of the rotor is
controlled by speed control. The overspeed system TTKOT1 TRIP
would not be called on except after the failure of oth-
er systems.

The overspeed protection system consists of a pri-

EXH TEMP

mary and secondary electronic overspeed system.

The primary electronic overspeed protection system
resides in the <RST> controllers. The secondary TTRX

electronic overspeed protection system resides in TRIP MARGIN

TTKOT2
the <XYZ> controllers (in <VPRO>). Both systems ALARM MARGIN
TTKOT3
consist of magnetic pickups to sense turbine speed,
speed detection software, and associated logic cir- CPD/FSR
id0053
cuits and are set to trip the unit at 110% rated speed.
Figure 29 Overtemperature Protection

Electronic Overspeed Protection System Under normal operating conditions, the exhaust
temperature control system acts to control fuel flow
The electronic overspeed protection function is per- when the firing temperature limit is reached. In cer-
formed in both <RST> and <XYZ> as shown in Fig- tain failure modes however, exhaust temperature
ure 27. The turbine speed signal (TNH) derived from and fuel flow can exceed control limits. Under such
the magnetic pickup sensors (77NH–1,–2, and –3) is circumstances the overtemperature protection sys-
compared to an overspeed setpoint (TNKHOS). tem provides an overtemperature alarm about 14° C
When TNH exceeds the setpoint, the overspeed trip (25° F) above the temperature control reference. To
signal (L12H) is transmitted to the master protective avoid further temperature increase, it starts unload-
circuit to trip the turbine and the “OVERSPEED ing the gas turbine. If the temperature should in-
TRIP” message will be displayed on the <HMI>. crease further to a point about 22° C (40° F) above
This trip will latch and must be reset by the master the temperature control reference, the gas turbine is
reset signal L86MR. tripped. For the actual alarm and trip overtempera-
FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEEDTRONIC 28 Fund_Mk_VI
MARK VI CONTROL SYSTEM
 GE Power Systems

ture setpoints refer to the Control Specifications. will be tripped through the master protection circuit.
See Figure 29. The trip function will be latched in and the master re-
set signal L86MR1 must be true to reset and unlatch
Overtemperature trip and alarm setpoints are deter-
the trip.
mined from the temperature control setpoints
derived by the Exhaust Temperature Control soft-
ware. See Figure 30. Flame Detection and Protection System

<RST> The SPEEDTRONIC Mark VI flame detectors per-

OVERTEMPERATURE

TTXM
TRIP AND ALARM form two functions, one in the sequencing system
A
ALARM
A>B
L30TXA
ALARM
TO ALARM and the other in the protective system. During a nor-
TTKOT3 B MESSAGE
AND SPEED
SETPOINT mal start–up the flame detectors indicate when a
LOWER
flame has been established in the combustion cham-
TTRXB
bers and allow the start–up sequence to continue.
A
A>B Most units have four flame detectors, some have
TTKOT2 B

OR
two, and a very few have eight. Generally speaking,
A if half of the flame detectors indicate flame and half
A>B
TTKOT1
TRIP ISOTHERMAL
B
SET
AND
L86TXT
TRIP
TO MASTER
PROTECTION
(or less) indicate no–flame, there will be an alarm
LATCH
L86MR1
AND ALARM
MESSAGE but the unit will continue to run. If more than half in-
RESET
SAMPLING RATE: 0.25 SEC. dicate loss–of–flame, the unit will trip on “LOSS OF
id0055
FLAME.” This avoids possible accumulation of an
Figure 30 Overtemperature Trip and Alarm explosive mixture in the turbine and any exhaust
heat recovery equipment which may be installed.
Overtemperature Protection Software The flame detector system used with the SPEED-
TRONIC Mark VI system detects flame by sensing
ultraviolet (UV) radiation. Such radiation results
Overtemperature Alarm (L30TXA)
from the combustion of hydrocarbon fuels and is
The representative value of the exhaust temperature more reliably detected than visible light, which va-
thermocouples (TTXM) is compared with alarm and ries in color and intensity.
trip temperature setpoints. The “EXHAUST TEM- The flame sensor is a copper cathode detector de-
PERATURE HIGH” alarm message will be dis- signed to detect the presence of ultraviolet radiation.
played when the exhaust temperature (TTXM) The SPEEDTRONIC control will furnish +24Vdc
exceeds the temperature control reference (TTRXB) to drive the ultraviolet detector tube. In the presence
plus the alarm margin (TTKOT3) programmed as a of ultraviolet radiation, the gas in the detector tube
Control Constant in the software. The alarm will au- ionizes and conducts current. The strength of the
tomatically reset if the temperature decreases below current feedback (4 – 20 mA) to the panel is a pro-
the setpoint. portional indication of the strength of the ultraviolet
radiation present. If the feedback current exceeds a
Overtemperature Trip (L86TXT) threshold value the SPEEDTRONIC generates a
logic signal to indicate ”FLAME DETECTED” by
An overtemperature trip will occur if the exhaust
the sensor.
temperature (TTXM) exceeds the temperature con-
trol reference (TTRXB) plus the trip margin The flame detector system is similar to other protec-
(TTKOT2), or if it exceeds the isothermal trip set- tive systems, in that it is self–monitoring. For exam-
point (TTKOT1). The overtemperature trip will ple, when the gas turbine is below L14HM all
latch, the “EXHAUST OVERTEMPERATURE channels must indicate “NO FLAME.” If this condi-
TRIP” message will be displayed, and the turbine tion is not met, the condition is annunciated as a
Fund_Mk_VI 29 FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEEDTRONIC
MARK VI CONTROL SYSTEM
 GE Power Systems

“FLAME DETECTOR TROUBLE” alarm and the and the turbine will continue to run. More than half
turbine cannot be started. After firing speed has been the flame detectors must indicate “NO FLAME” in
reached and fuel introduced to the machine, if at order to trip the turbine.
least half the flame detectors see flame the starting
Note that a short–circuited or open–circuited detec-
sequence is allowed to proceed. A failure of one de-
tor tube will result in a “NO FLAME” signal.
tector will be annunciated as “FLAME DETECTOR
TROUBLE” when complete sequence is reached
SPEEDTRONIC Mk VI Flame Detection

Turbine
Protection
Logic

28FD
UV Scanner

28FD
UV Scanner Analog Flame <HMI>
I/O Detection Display
28FD Logic
UV Scanner TBAI
VAIC
28FD
UV Scanner

Turbine
Control
Logic

NOTE: Excitation for the sensors and signal processing is

performed by SPEEDTRONIC Mk VI circuits

Figure 31 SPEEDTRONIC Mk VI Flame Detection ido115

Vibration Protection ceeded, the vibration protection system trips the tur-
bine and annunciates to indicate the cause of the trip.
The vibration protection system of a gas turbine unit Each channel includes one vibration pickup (veloc-
is composed of several independent vibration chan- ity type) and a SPEEDTRONIC Mark VI amplifier
nels. Each channel detects excessive vibration by circuit. The vibration detectors generate a relatively
means of a seismic pickup mounted on a bearing low voltage by the relative motion of a permanent
housing or similar location of the gas turbine and the magnet suspended in a coil and therefore no excita-
driven load. If a predetermined vibration level is ex- tion is necessary. A twisted–pair shielded cable is
FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEEDTRONIC 30 Fund_Mk_VI
MARK VI CONTROL SYSTEM
 GE Power Systems

used to connect the detector to the analog input/out- Combustion Monitoring

put module.
The pickup signal from the analog I/O module is in- The primary function of the combustion monitor is
putted to the computer software where it is to reduce the likelihood of extensive damage to the
compared with the alarm and trip levels pro- gas turbine if the combustion system deteriorates.
grammed as Control Constants. See Figure 32. The monitor does this by examining the exhaust
When the vibration amplitude reaches the pro- temperature thermocouples and compressor dis-
grammed trip set point, the channel will trigger a trip charge temperature thermocouples. From changes
signal, the circuit will latch, and a “HIGH VIBRA- that may occur in the pattern of the thermocouple
TION TRIP” message will be displayed. Removal readings, warning and protective signals are gener-
of the latched trip condition can be accomplished ated by the combustion monitor software to alarm
only by depressing the master reset button and/or trip the gas turbine.
(L86MR1) when vibration is not excessive. This means of detecting abnormalities in the com-
<RST> bustion system is effective only when there is in-
L39TEST
complete mixing as the gases pass through the
39V
turbine; an uneven turbine inlet pattern will cause an
FAULT
OR
L39VF
uneven exhaust pattern. The uneven inlet pattern
A
A<B
VF could be caused by loss of fuel or flame in a combus-
FAULT B tor, a rupture in a transition piece, or some other
combustion malfunction.
A
VA ALARM
A>B
ALARM B
L39VA The usefulness and reliability of the combustion
monitor depends on the condition of the exhaust
SET TRIP
TRIP
A
A>B
VT AND
L39VT AND thermocouples. It is important that each of the ther-
LATCH
TRIP B
RESET
mocouples is in good working condition.

AUTO OR MANUAL RESET Combustion Monitoring Software

L86AMR

id0057
The controllers contain a series of programs written
Figure 32 Vibration Protection to perform the monitoring tasks (See Combustion
When the “VIBRATION TRANSDUCER FAULT” Monitoring Schematic Figure 33). The main moni-
message is displayed and machine operation is not tor program is written to analyze the thermocouple
interrupted, either an open or shorted condition may readings and make appropriate decisions. Several
be the cause. This message indicates that mainte- different algorithms have been developed for this
nance or replacement action is required. With the depending on the turbine model series and the type
<HMI> display, it is possible to monitor vibration of thermocouples used. The significant program
levels of each channel while the turbine is running constants used with each algorithm are specified in
without interrupting operation. the Control Specification for each unit.

Fund_Mk_VI 31 FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEEDTRONIC

MARK VI CONTROL SYSTEM
 GE Power Systems

<RST>

COMBUSTION MONITOR ALGORITHM

CTDA

MAX TTKSPL1 MEDIAN

SELECT

MIN TTKSPL2 CALCULATE

ALLOWABLE MEDIAN TTXSPL
SPREAD SELECT
TTXM

MAX TTKSPL5

MIN TTKSPL7

CONSTANTS

A L60SP1
A>B
TTXD2 B

CALCULATE A L60SP2
ACTUAL A>B
SPREADS B

A L60SP3
A<B
B

A L60SP4
A<B
B

id0049

Figure 33 Combustion Monitoring Function Algorithm (Schematic)

The most advanced algorithm, which is standard for a. SPREAD #1 (S1): The difference between the
gas turbines with redundant sensors, makes use of highest and the lowest thermocouple reading
the temperature spread and adjacency tests to differ- b. SPREAD #2 (S2): The difference between the
entiate between actual combustion problems and highest and the 2nd lowest thermocouple
thermocouple failures. The behavior is summarized reading
by the Venn diagram (Figure 34) where:
c. SPREAD #3 (S3): The difference between the
highest and the 3rd lowest thermocouple
reading
VENN DIAGRAM ALSO TRIP IF:
S2 S1
The allowable spread will be between the limits
S
allow S
allow
uK
1 TTKSPL7 and TTKSPL6, usually 17° C 〈30° F) and
53° C (125° F). The values of the combustion moni-
TRIP IF S1 & S2
OR S2 & S3 COMMUNICATIONS
ARE ADJACENT FAILURE

TYPICAL K1 = 1.0
K2 = 5.0
tor program constants are listed in the Control Speci-
TRIP IF S1 & S2

K3
ARE ADJACENT
K3 = 0.8
fications.
MONITOR TC ALARM
ALARM S1 The various controller processor outputs to the
K1 K2 S
allow
id0050
<HMI> cause alarm message displays as well as ap-
Figure 34 Exhaust Temperature Spread Limits
propriate control action. The combustion monitor
outputs are:
Sallow is the “Allowable Spread”, based on aver- Exhaust Thermocouple Trouble Alarm
age exhaust temperature and compressor dis- (L30SPTA)
charge temperature.
If any thermocouple value causes the largest spread
S1, S2 and S3 are defined as follows: to exceed a constant (usually 5 times the allowable
FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEEDTRONIC 32 Fund_Mk_VI
MARK VI CONTROL SYSTEM
 GE Power Systems

spread), a thermocouple alarm (L30SPTA) is pro- If any of the trip conditions exist for 9 seconds, the
duced. If this condition persists for four seconds, the trip will latch and “HIGH EXHAUST TEMPERA-
alarm message “EXHAUST THERMOCOUPLE TURE SPREAD TRIP” message will be displayed.
TROUBLE” will be displayed and will remain on The turbine will be tripped through the master pro-
until acknowledged and reset. This usually indicates tective circuit. The alarm and trip signals will be dis-
a failed thermocouple, i.e., open circuit. played until they are acknowledged and reset.

Combustion Trouble Alarm (L30SPA)

Monitor Enable (L83SPM)
A combustion alarm can occur if a thermocouple
value causes the largest spread to exceed a constant The protective function of the monitor is enabled
(usually the allowable spread). If this condition per- when the turbine is above 14HS and a shutdown sig-
sists for three seconds, the alarm message “COM- nal has not been given. The purpose of the “enable”
BUSTION TROUBLE” will be displayed and will signal (L83SPM) is to prevent false action during
remain on until it is acknowledged and reset. normal start–up and shutdown transient conditions.
When the monitor is not enabled, no new protective
High Exhaust Temperature Spread Trip actions are taken. The combustion monitor will also
(L30SPT) be disabled during a high rate of change of FSR. This
prevents false alarms and trips during large fuel and
A high exhaust temperature spread trip can occur if:
load transients.
“COMBUSTION TROUBLE” alarm exists, the
second largest spread exceeds a constant (usual- The two main sources of alarm and trip signals being
ly 0.8 times the allowable spread), and the low- generated by the combustion monitor are failed ther-
est and second lowest outputs are from adjacent mocouples and combustion system problems. Other
thermocouples causes include poor fuel distribution due to plugged
or worn fuel nozzles and combustor flameout due,
“EXHAUST THERMOCOUPLE TROUBLE”
for instance, to water injection.
alarm exists, the second largest spread exceeds a
constant (usually 0.8 times the allowable The tests for combustion alarm and trip action have
spread), and the second and third lowest outputs been designed to minimize false actions due to failed
are from adjacent thermocouples thermocouples. Should a controller fail, the thermo-
the third largest spread exceeds a constant (usu- couples from the failed controller will be ignored
ally the allowable spread) for a period of five (similar to temperature control) so as not to give a
minutes false trip.

Fund_Mk_VI 33 FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEEDTRONIC

MARK VI CONTROL SYSTEM
GE Power Systems Training

General Electric Company

One River Road
Schenectady, NY 12345
 Alarm Report
Device G1
Name Description Alarm Class Display Screen
L33DT3_ALM HEAT VENT DLN COMPARTMENT DOOR OPEN PRC
L39VS6A_ALM VIB BN LG BRG #2 RADIAL SHAFT DISPLACEMENT ALERT PRC
L3LFLT_ALM LIQUID FUEL CONTROL FAULT PRC
L3PPDA_1D6A_FLT PPDA 1D6A LINK FAULT LVL_2
L39VSGH_ALM VIBRATION BN GEN. RADIAL SHAFT DISPLACEMENT ALERT PRC
L86GCVT_ALM G1 GCV NOT FOLLOWING REF TRIP PRC
L71FF1T_ALM LIQUID FUEL HIGH LEAKAGE ON GT FRAME - TRIP PRC
L3FTGL_ALM GAS FUEL TEMPERATURE GAS LOW PRC
L63TF2AH_ALM TURBINE AIR INLET DIFFERENTIAL PRESS HIGH PRC
L30FC1_ALM COOLING WATER FANS PERMANENT BLOCK FAULT PRC
BTJ1_2_ALM BRG METAL TEMP TURB JOURNAL #1 HIGH PRC
L86G12_ALM TRIP 52G WAY1/2 PRC
L72QE_ALM LUBE OIL EMERGENCY PUMP NOT IN OPERATION PRC
L33BT_ALM HEAT VENT TURB COMPT VENT FLAP TROUBLE PRC
L45FP1_ALM FIRE PROTEC AUX/TURB/LOAD COMPT FIRE PRE-DETECTION PRC
BTTI1_1_ALM BRG METAL TEMP THRUST INACTIVE 4 HIGH PRC
L30QV_ALM OIL MIST ELIMINATOR FAULT PRC
L30AC_ALM FLOW INLET EVAPORATIVE COOLER TROUBLE PRC
L45HA4H_ALM HZD GAS DETEC DLN COMP-DLN VENT/GAS CAB HIGH LEVEL PRC
L94BTL_ALM HEAT VENT TURBINE COMPARTMENT SB FAN TEST FAILED PRC
L27X3_ALM T60A PROTECTION POWER SUPPLY FAULT PRC
L30PPDA_PBUS_S_ALM PPDA <S> PBUS NOT REGULATING LVL_2
L83HOST_ALM OVERSPEED TEST MODE SELECTED PRC
LKE4_ENAB_AL KE4 RELAY ENABLED PRC
L52HT30_ALM TURBINE COMPARTMENT HEATER #1 BREAKER FAULT PRC
LKE1_ENAB_AL KE1 RELAY ENABLED PRC
L86TVT_ALM INLET GUIDE VANE POSITION TROUBLE TRIP PRC
L62TT2_ALM STARTUP CHECK STOP FAILURE TO START PRC
L63GSD1H_ALM GAS FUEL SCRUBBER GAS #1 DIFF PRESS HIGH PRC
L4QETRPZ_ALM AC LUBE OIL PUMP FAILURE TRIP PRC
L28FSD_ALM SECONDARY FLAME DETECTOR TROUBLE ALARM PRC
LKE3_ENAB_AL KE3 RELAY ENABLED PRC
L3GRVT_ALM STOP/SPEED RATIO VALVE NOT TRACKING TRIP PRC
L30FGWI_ALM Fuel Gas System lower due to Wobbe Index PRC
BTRGB1_1_ALM BRG METAL TEMP RG FWRD BULL JOURNAL HIGH PRC
L86WN1_ALM WATER INJECTION SUCTION PRESSURE HIGH LOCKOUT PRC
L4QESTP2_ALM DC 88QE PUMP SECOND STEP TIMER FAILURE PRC
L3HQ1_ALM HYDRAULIC SUPPLY MAIN PUMP DEFAULT PRC

Last Modified Module Revision Customer Title Software Path

3/13/2009 17:43:28 Alarm Report (Device G1)
Build Major Revision Type Site DM Number Requisition ToolboxST Version DWG Engineer
3/13/2009 17:43:28 V03.02.37C 403A2184
Build Minor Revision Print Date Process Application Serial Number Shop Order Number Machine Size Cont. on Sh. Sh. No.
3/13/2009 17:43:28 3/13/2009 6:16:26 PM 0001 0000
Name Description Alarm Class Display Screen
L39VCD_ALM VIBRATION BN GT. AXIAL SHAFT DISPLACEMENT DANGER PRC
L26GSAF1_ALM GENERATOR MAGNETIC CORE TEMPERATURE HIGH PRC
L2DWZ2_ALM STARTING MEANS DIESEL FAIL TO BREAK SHAFT AWAY PRC
L63TF2BH_ALM TURBINE AIR INLET DIFFERENTIAL PRESS HIGH PRC
L12HFD_P_ALM PROTECTIVE SPEED SIGNAL TROUBLE PRC
BTGJ1_2_ALM BRG METAL TEMP GEN JOURNAL #1 HIGH PRC
L96VSTHH_ALM VIBRATION BN GT. AXIAL SHAFT DISPLACEMENT DANGER PRC
L52VG_ALM HEAT VENT LOAD COMPARTMENT VENT. FAULT PRC
LCPRERR_ALM COMP OP LIMIT PROTECTION MAX CTRL ERROR PRC
L52HA13_ALM GAS COMPARTMENT HEATER #3 BREAKER FAULT PRC
L30DPFLT_ALM FLOW INLET DEWPOINT TEMPERATURE SENSOR FAULT PRC
L86EFX_ALM HEAT VENT LOSS OF EXHAUST COMPARTMENT VENTILATION PRC
L63ADL_SENSR ATOMIZING AIR COMPRESSOR DIFF PRESS SENSR DISAGREE PRC
BTRGB1_2_ALM BRG METAL TEMP RG FWRD BULL JOURNAL HIGH PRC
L26CR1H_ALM STARTING MEANS CRANK MOTOR TEMP HIGH PHASE#1-TRIP PRC
L30HA11X_ALM HEAT VENT DLN COMPARTMENT HEATER IN TROUBLE PRC
L30TWW_ALM WHEELSPACE TEMP HIGH - WW INHIBITED PRC
L30UPSMOD_AL INVERTER MODULE GROUP FAULT PRC
L39VS7D_ALM VIB BN LG BRG #3 RADIAL SHAFT DISPLACEMENT DANGER PRC
L3GLTSUTC_AL START UP GAS LEAK TEST COMPLETE PRC
LFQGUV_ALM GAS FUEL FLOW OUT OF RANGE PRC
L86WW_ALM OFF LINE COMP WW - USE RESET DISPLAY PRC
L39VS10A_ALM VIB BN GEN BRG #2 RADIAL SHAFT DISPLACEMENT ALERT PRC
L30AFH_ALM POWER SYSTEM FREQUENCY HIGH PRC
L45S_ALM SMOKE DETECTED IN TCC PRC
L39VC61A_ALM VIBRATION BN LG AXIAL SHAFT DISPLACEMENT ALERT PRC
L26WC_FLT GENERATOR COOLING WATER TEMP MEASUREMENT FAULT PRC
L96TK_ALM COOL SEAL AIR EXH BLOWERS PBL SENSOR PRC
L26GSC2H_ALM GEN STATOR COLLECTOR END TEMPERATURE HIGH PRC
L33DT2_ALM HEAT VENT TURBINE COMPARTMENT DOOR OPEN PRC
L63QT_SENSR LUBE OIL HEADER PRESSURE SENSOR FAULT PRC
L3D_UCVX_OT UCVx OVERTEMPERATURE PRC
L26HGLL_ALM HEAT VENT VERY LOW TEMP. IN LOAD COMPARTMENT PRC
L26GGH2_ALM GENERATOR HOT AIR TEMPERATURE VERY HIGH PRC
L71FF4L_ALM LIQUID FUEL LOW LEAKAGE LEVEL ON SKID PRC
L27N_ALM NORMAL SUPPLY LOW VOLTAGE PRC
L39VS10D_ALM VIB BN GEN BRG #2 RADIAL SHAFT DISPLACEMENT DANGER PRC
L28FPDON_ALM PRIMARY FLAME DETECTOR ON ALARM PRC

Last Modified Module Revision Customer Title Software Path

3/13/2009 17:43:28 Alarm Report (Device G1)
Build Major Revision Type Site DM Number Requisition ToolboxST Version DWG Engineer
3/13/2009 17:43:28 V03.02.37C 403A2184
Build Minor Revision Print Date Process Application Serial Number Shop Order Number Machine Size Cont. on Sh. Sh. No.
3/13/2009 17:43:28 3/13/2009 6:16:26 PM 0002 0001
Name Description Alarm Class Display Screen
L83SG_F_ALM Fuel Gas system chromatograph Specific Gravity inp PRC
L86TGT1_ALM GENERATOR DIFFERENTIAL TRIP CHANNEL 1 PRC
L27BN_ALM BUS UNDERVOLTAGE - NO AUTO SYNCH PRC
L74HT2_ALM CONTROL COMPARTMENT TEMP HIGH PRC
L52FM_ALM FLOW DIVIDER MOTOR 88FM FAULT PRC
L30WSA2_ALM WHEELSPACE TEMPERATURE HIGH PRC
L30EGH_ALM EXCITER HOT AIR TEMP SENSOR FAULT PRC
L30BT_ALM HEAT VENT TURB COMPT CHANGE OVER PRC
L39VSLG_ALM VIBRATION BN GT. LOAD GEAR SHAFT DISPLACMNT DANGER PRC
L45HT4H_ALM HZD GAS DETEC TURBINE COMPT- VENT DUCT HIGH LEVEL PRC
L30TT_ON_ALM SITE ISOTHERM TUNING ENABLED PRC
L63WN3H_ALM WATER INJECTION FILTER DIFF PRESS HIGH PRC
L27BLN22_ALM BAT CHAR 2 AC UNDERVOLT - INSTANT NORMAL SD PRC
L27X_ALM GENERATOR PROTECTION UNDERVOLTAGE PRC
L52HQ1_ALM HYDRAULIC SUPPLY AUXILIARY PUMP DISCREPANCY PRC
L63QDL_ALM STARTING MEANS LOW LUBE OIL PRESSURE PRC
L45HT5HH_ALM HZD GAS DETEC TURBINE COMPT#5 HIGH HIGH LEVEL PRC
L52RSALM_ALM NORMAL OR STANDBY SUPPLY BREAKER FAULT PRC
L12H_P_ALM PROTECTIVE OVERSPEED STATUS PRC
L30UPSMAJ_AL INERTER MAJOR UPS FAULT PRC
L33WNO_ALM WATER INJECTION FAULT PRC
L94DE_ALM STARTING MEANS DIESEL LOCAL EMERGENCY PB PRC
L30LTTH_ALM LUBE OIL HEADER TEMP SENSOR HIGH SPREAD PRC
L30TXAH1 FIRST FAILED HIGH EXHAUST THERMOCOUPLE PRC
L30SPT HIGH EXHAUST TEMPERATURE SPREAD TRIP PRC
L30SPA COMBUSTION TROUBLE PRC
L30AF_ALM AIR INLET- HEATING DOOR FAULT
L27BP2N_ALM DC SUPPLY #2 CRITICAL FAULT PRC
LTGBRGHH_ALM LUBE OIL GEN TEMP FEED/RETURN DIFF HIGH HIGH PRC
L12H_FLT_ALM LOSS OF PROTECTIVE HP SPEED SIGNALS PRC
L94XZ_ALM FIRED SHUTDOWN ABNORMAL SEQUENCE - TRIP PRC
L26GGFL_ALM GENERATOR RTD HIGH FAILURE PRC
L94X_S_ALM SHUTDOWN PAUSED - COMP BLD VLV POS FAIL PRC
L30JSX_ALM HEAT VENT WI COMPARTMENT VENT. CHANGE OVER PRC
L30PPDA_SRC_S_ALM PPDA <S> PBUS SOURCE FAULT LVL_2
L33THFLT_ALM INLET BLEED HEATING VALVE POSITION TROUBLE PRC
LPSLMTR0_ALM RACK RO PWR SUPPLY TROUBLE-SEE DIAG ALARMS LVL_3
L45FV_ALM UV FIRE DETECTION ANY ZONE PRC

Last Modified Module Revision Customer Title Software Path

3/13/2009 17:43:28 Alarm Report (Device G1)
Build Major Revision Type Site DM Number Requisition ToolboxST Version DWG Engineer
3/13/2009 17:43:28 V03.02.37C 403A2184
Build Minor Revision Print Date Process Application Serial Number Shop Order Number Machine Size Cont. on Sh. Sh. No.
3/13/2009 17:43:28 3/13/2009 6:16:26 PM 0003 0002
Name Description Alarm Class Display Screen
L5E_ALM EMERGENCY MANUAL TRIP - MKVIe PANEL PRC
L27BP1N_ALM DC SUPPLY #1 CRITICAL FAULT PRC
BTTA1_1_ALM BRG METAL TEMP THRUST ACTIVE 4 HIGH PRC
L33VL_ALM HEAT VENT GAS/DLN COMPT VENT FLAP TROUBLE PRC
L71GS12A_ALM GAS FUEL SCRUBBER #1 - 2A LEVEL HIGH PRC
L86QVX_ALM LUBE OIL MIST ELIM FANS LOSS PRC
L26GGHA_ALM GENERATOR HOT GAS TEMPERATURE HIGH PRC
L52TK1_ALM EXHAUST FRAME BLOWER #1 DISCREPENCY PRC
BTRGP1_2_ALM BRG METAL TEMP RG FWRD PINION JOURNAL HIGH PRC
LWLXHR INJECTION TO FUEL RATIO LOW:HOURLY AVG PRC
L30PN_ALM STARTING MEANS DIESEL NOT FOLLOWING REFERENCE PRC
L30AFL_ALM POWER SYSTEM FREQUENCY LOW PRC
L30HRX2_ALM STARTING MEANS RATCHET DID NOT START PRC
L30TK1_ALM COOL SEAL AIR EXH BLOWER MOTOR#1 ELEC FAULT PRC
L33CL1_ALM FIRE PROTEC AUX/TURB/LOAD COMPT CO2 LOCKED PRC
L43EX_ALM EX2K MANUAL (FVR) REGULATOR ACTIVE PRC
L74HT1_ALM CONTROL COMPARTMENT TEMP LOW PRC
L4AC_ALM FLOW INLET EVAPORATIVE COOLER IN OPERATION PRC
LFG_SGDIFF_A Fuel Gas Specific Gravity inputs disagree
L33PS1C_ALM GAS FUEL VENT VALVE LIMIT SWITCH NOT CLOSED PRC
L30PPDA_1D6 PPDA 1D6 DIAGNOSITC ALARM LVL_3
L27BLN1_ALM BATTERY CHARGER #1 AC UNDERVOLTAGE PRC
L45FP4_ALM FIRE PROTEC GAS COMPT PRE-FIRE PRC
L3GFIVPH_ALM P2 SUPPLY PRESSURE TOO HIGH FOR STARTUP PRC
L27BLN11_ALM BAT CHAR AC UNDERVOLT - T.D. NORMAL SD PRC
L52BT_ALM HEAT VENT TURBINE COMPARTMENT VENT. FAULT PRC
L26AAH_ALM COOLING WATER AIR ATOM TEMP HIGH PRC
L4GFIVPT_ALM P2 SUPPLY PRESSURE TOO LOW TRIP PRC
L12HFD_C_ALM CONTROL SPEED SIGNAL TROUBLE PRC
L52QA_ALM LUBE OIL AUX PUMP IN OPERATION PRC
L30GGC_ALM GENERATOR COLD AIR TEMP SENSOR FAULT PRC
L4QETST_ALM DC PUMP TEST FAILED PRC
L26CTH_ALM CONTROL PANEL TEMPERATURE HIGH PRC
L26FHL_ALM LIQUID FUEL FORWARDING HEATER TEMP LOW PRC
L30EF_ALM HEAT VENT EXHAUST COMPARTMENT VENT. ELECTRIC FAULT PRC
L39VC61D_ALM VIBRATION BN LG AXIAL SHAFT DISPLACEMENT DANGER PRC
L63QA2L_ALM LUBE OIL VPR-2 INLET PRESSURE LOW PRC
L30D_CTRL_OT CONTROLLER OVERTEMPERATURE LVL_2

Last Modified Module Revision Customer Title Software Path

3/13/2009 17:43:28 Alarm Report (Device G1)
Build Major Revision Type Site DM Number Requisition ToolboxST Version DWG Engineer
3/13/2009 17:43:28 V03.02.37C 403A2184
Build Minor Revision Print Date Process Application Serial Number Shop Order Number Machine Size Cont. on Sh. Sh. No.
3/13/2009 17:43:28 3/13/2009 6:16:26 PM 0004 0003
Name Description Alarm Class Display Screen
L95VLL_ALM HEAT VENT DLN COMPT AIR INLET LOW FLOW CONFIRMED PRC
LWWTD1_FLT FALSE START DRAIN TEMPERATURE TC#1 OUT OF RANGE PRC
BTRGB2_1_ALM BRG METAL TEMP RG AFTR BULL JOURNAL HIGH PRC
L63TK_ALM COOL SEAL AIR EXH BLOWER FAN#1 OR #2 LOW DIFF PRES PRC
L30FORCED_AL SIGNAL FORCING ENABLED PRC
L63HF1H_ALM HYDRAULIC SUPPLY FILTER HIGH DIFF PRESSURE PRC
L71GSHHT_ALM GAS FUEL SEPARATOR CONDENSATE VERY HIGH LEVEL PRC
L39VS7A_ALM VIB BN LG BRG #3 RADIAL SHAFT DISPLACEMENT ALERT PRC
L30BTA_ALM BEARING METAL TEMPERATURE HIGH PRC
L33AGFLT_ALM INLET AIR FILTER DOOR SWITCH POSITION FAULT
Q420_ALM EARTHING SWITCH Q420 OPEN PRC
L45HT3HH_ALM HZD GAS DETEC TURBINE COMPT#3 HIGH HIGH LEVEL PRC
L49GH_ALM GENERATOR STATOR TEMPERATURE HIGH PRC
L27X1_ALM G60A PROTECTION POWER SUPPLY FAULT PRC
BTRGB2_2_ALM BRG METAL TEMP RG AFTR BULL JOURNAL HIGH PRC
L30FH_ALM LIQUID FUEL FORWARDING HEATER SKIN TEMP FAULT PRC
L26EGH2_ALM EXCITER HOT AIR TEMPERATURE VERY HIGH PRC
L30PLS_ALM FUEL PURGE WATER INJ PURGE PRESSURE LOW PRC
L4DT_ALM STARTING MEANS STARTING DEVICE LOCKOUT PRC
L4EXOFF_ALM EX2K OPERATOR SELECTED EXCITATION OFF PRC
L30VGX_ALM HEAT VENT LOAD COMPARTMENT VENT. CHANGE OVER PRC
L71GS12B_ALM GAS FUEL SCRUBBER #1 - 2B LEVEL HIGH PRC
L86FPG2HT_A POST-IGNITION P2 HIGH TRIP PRC
L39VS8D_ALM VIB BN LG BRG #4 RADIAL SHAFT DISPLACEMENT DANGER PRC
LFTGR_ALM GAS FUEL TC SIGNAL OUT OF RANGE PRC
L95BTL_ALM HEAT VENT TURB COMPT AIR INLET LOW FLOW CONFIRMED PRC
L86WN2_ALM WATER INJECTION DISCHARGE PRESSURE LOW LOCKOUT PRC
L52HA12_ALM GAS COMPARTMENT HEATER #2 BREAKER FAULT PRC
L33VS421OX_A GAS FUEL SHUT OFF VALVE OPEN TROUBLE PRC
L27MC1N_ALM MCC BUS #1 UNDERVOLTAGE PRC
L30VL_ALM HEAT VENT DLN COMPARTMENT VENT. ELECTRICAL FAULT PRC
L30PPDA_SRC_R_ALM PPDA <R> PBUS SOURCE FAULT LVL_2
BTJ2_1_ALM BRG METAL TEMP TURB JOURNAL #2 HIGH PRC
LKE2_ENAB_AL KE2 RELAY ENABLED PRC
L5CFG_TRP_AL VPRO - OS SETPOINT CONFIG ERROR TRIP PRC
LWWTD2_FLT FALSE START DRAIN TEMPERATURE TC#2 OUT OF RANGE PRC
L63BWL_ALM LOW WATER WASH PRESSURE PRC
L26WRLL_ALM HEAT VENT VERY LOW TEMP. IN WI COMPARTMENT PRC

Last Modified Module Revision Customer Title Software Path

3/13/2009 17:43:28 Alarm Report (Device G1)
Build Major Revision Type Site DM Number Requisition ToolboxST Version DWG Engineer
3/13/2009 17:43:28 V03.02.37C 403A2184
Build Minor Revision Print Date Process Application Serial Number Shop Order Number Machine Size Cont. on Sh. Sh. No.
3/13/2009 17:43:28 3/13/2009 6:16:26 PM 0005 0004
Name Description Alarm Class Display Screen
L45HT4_ALM SENSOR 45HT-4 CONTROL CARD FAULT PRC
L30GFH_ALM GAS FUEL GENERAL FAULT HEATER PRC
L3FS1C_T_ALM GAS FUEL SHUT OFF VALVE SWITCH FAIL TO CLOSED PRC
L30WCX1_ALM COOLING WATER MOTOR#1 FAULT PRC
L71FF1T_SNSR LIQUID FUEL LEAKAGE SNSRS FAULT ON GT FRAME PRC
L26WC2_FLT GT COOLING WATER TEMP MEASUREMENT FAULT PRC
L63LF7H_ALM LIQUID FUEL FILTER DIFF PRESS HIGH PRC
L74BATH_ALM BATTERY COMPARTMENT TEMPRATURE HIGH PRC
L26CR2HH_ALM STARTING MEANS CRANK MOTOR TEMP VERY HIGH PHASE#2 PRC
L63GSD2H_ALM GAS FUEL SCRUBBER GAS #2 DIFF PRESS HIGH PRC
L33PGC_ALM GAS FUEL PURGE FAIL TO CLOSE PRC
L30TCC2_ALM PEECC HVAC#2 FAULT PRC
L86GVA_ALM INLET GUIDE VANE CONTROL TROUBLE PRC
L3LTOT_ALM LUBE OIL TANK TEMP SENSOR HIGH SPREAD PRC
L3GFIVPL_ALM P2 SUPPLY PRESSURE TOO LOW FOR START UP PRC
LDBMD_ON_ALM UNIT READY FOR DEAD BUS MODE PRC
L86N_ALM ELECTRICAL TROUBLE - NORMAL SHUTDOWN PRC
L39VS2A_ALM VIB BN GT BRG #2 RADIAL SHAFT DISPLACEMENT ALERT PRC
L33VG_ALM HEAT VENT LOAD COMPT VENT FLAP TROUBLE PRC
LFSRCPR_ALM COMP LIMIT FSR BACKUP CONTROL ACTIVE PRC
L26WRHH_ALM HEAT VENT VERY HIGH TEMP. IN WI COMPARTMENT PRC
L26BW_ALM ON LINE WATER WASH TEMPERATURE NOT OK PRC
L26FHH_ALM LIQUID FUEL FORWARDING HEATER TEMP HIGH PRC
L30AC3_ALM MCC 230 VAC UPS FAULT PRC
LFSRGSANBA_A GSV REG AT NULL COMP AUTHORITY LIMIT PRC
L26FDH_ALM DISTILLATE FUEL TEMPERATURE HIGH PRC
L26GGC2_ALM GENERATOR COLD AIR TEMPERATURE VERY HIGH PRC
BTRGP2_2_ALM BRG METAL TEMP RG AFTR PINION JOURNAL HIGH PRC
L43ADJ_ALM VSVO IN CALIBRATION MODE PRC
L26FDLY_ALM DISTILLATE FUEL TEMP LOW - SHUTDOWN PRC
L33FGX_ALM GAS STOP VALVES POSITION TROUBLE PRC
L71WG1_ALM GENERATOR LIQUID LEVEL DETECTOR PRC
L27S_ALM STAND BY SUPPLY LOW VOLTAGE PRC
L71FF1L_ALM LIQUID FUEL LOW LEAKAGE LEVEL ON GT FRAME PRC
L3ATID AMBIENT TEMP THERMOCOUPLE BELOW MINIMUM
LDB_ABRT_ALM UNIT ABORTING DEAD BUS MODE PRC
L71CBL4_ALM CO2 GAS LOSS ZONE 4 PRC
L33AGO_ALM INLET AIR FILTER DOOR SWITCH POSITION 0PEN

Last Modified Module Revision Customer Title Software Path

3/13/2009 17:43:28 Alarm Report (Device G1)
Build Major Revision Type Site DM Number Requisition ToolboxST Version DWG Engineer
3/13/2009 17:43:28 V03.02.37C 403A2184
Build Minor Revision Print Date Process Application Serial Number Shop Order Number Machine Size Cont. on Sh. Sh. No.
3/13/2009 17:43:28 3/13/2009 6:16:26 PM 0006 0005
Name Description Alarm Class Display Screen
L30LOAHH_ALM BEARING DRAIN TEMPERATURE VERY HIGH PRC
L45HA5HH_ALM HZD GAS DETEC DLN/AUX COMPT#5 HIGH HIGH LEVEL PRC
L86HEATR_ALM COMPARTMENT HEATER OPERATING - PRE IGNITION TRIP PRC
LDWATT_ALM MEGAWATT TRANSDUCER SIGNAL TROUBLE PRC
L30_FGW_ALM FUEL GAS MWI PREMIX LOADING LOCKOUT PRC
L27DZ_ALM DC POWER SUPPLY UNDERVOLTAGE PRC
L96FGH_ALM FUEL GAS PRESSURE HIGH PRC
L30FC2_ALM COOLING WATER FANS REGULATOR BLOCK FAULT PRC
L63TF1H_ALM FLOW INLET FILTER DIFF PRESSURE PRC
L39VS8A_ALM VIB BN LG BRG #4 RADIAL SHAFT DISPLACEMENT ALERT PRC
L63QTX_ALM TURBINE LUBE OIL HEADER PRESS LOW TRIP PRC
LTTH3_ALM LUBE OIL HEADER SENSOR#3 FAULT PRC
L26EGC1_ALM EXCITER COLD AIR TEMPERATURE HIGH PRC
LTTH1_ALM LUBE OIL HEADER SENSOR#1 FAULT PRC
L30HEATR_ALM HEATER NOT DESIGNED TO RUN GT ON - STOP HEATER PRC
L71CBL1_ALM CO2 GAS LOSS ZONE 1 PRC
L32DW_ALM GENERATOR BREAKER TRIP REVERSE POWER PRC
L26QN_ALM LUBE OIL TANK TEMPERATURE TOO LOW PRC
L30PW_ALM FUEL PURGE WATER INJ PURGE PRESSURE LOW PRC
L39VSGHH_ALM VIBRATION BN GEN. RADIAL SHAFT DISPLACEMENT DANGER PRC
L30EGC_ALM EXCITER COLD AIR TEMP SENSOR FAULT PRC
L33CL4_ALM FIRE PROTEC GAS COMPT CO2 LOCKED PRC
BTTI1_2_ALM BRG METAL TEMP THRUST INACTIVE 4 HIGH PRC
L64D_ALM BATTERY 125VDC GROUND PRC
LWLX4MIN INJECTION TO FUEL RATIO LOW: 4 MIN AVG PRC
L63LF2H_ALM LIQUID FUEL FORWARDING FILTER DIFF PRESS HIGH PRC
L12HF_ALM CONTROL SPEED SIGNAL LOSS - HP PRC
L71GS1HT_SNS GAS FUEL #1 COALESC FILTER LEVEL SENSOR TROUBLE PRC
L51QEFLT_ALM DC PUMP ABNORMAL POWER PRC
LTNHLOSS_ALM LOSS OF CTRL SPEED SIGNAL - START EMERG. LO PUMP PRC
L3DWRF LOSS OF EXTERNAL SETPOINT LOAD SIGNAL LVL_2
L39VDIFF_ALM VIBRATION SENSOR DIFFERENTIAL TROUBLE PRC
L30MRSYNC_AL ALMTXT: 'SYNC INHIBITED - EX MAN REG ACTIVE' PRC
L28FD_ALM FLAME DETECTOR TROUBLE PRC
L30AC2_ALM MCC 230 VAS FAULT PRC
L52HG30_ALM LOAD COMPARTMENT HEATER BREAKER FAULT PRC
L27GRDAC_ALM GAS DETECT RACK 230 VAC POWER SPPLY FLT PRC
L86WN3_ALM WATER INJECTION FLOW HIGH LOCKOUT PRC

Last Modified Module Revision Customer Title Software Path

3/13/2009 17:43:28 Alarm Report (Device G1)
Build Major Revision Type Site DM Number Requisition ToolboxST Version DWG Engineer
3/13/2009 17:43:28 V03.02.37C 403A2184
Build Minor Revision Print Date Process Application Serial Number Shop Order Number Machine Size Cont. on Sh. Sh. No.
3/13/2009 17:43:28 3/13/2009 6:16:26 PM 0007 0006
Name Description Alarm Class Display Screen
L86TXT_ALM EXHAUST OVER TEMPERATURE TRIP PRC
L26QA_ALM LUBE OIL HEADER TEMPERATURE TOO HIGH PRC
L63ADLA_ALM ATOMIZING AIR COMP DIFF PRESS LOW FUEL CHANGE PRC
L30BW_ALM WATER WASH ONLINE WASHING SKID FAULT PRC
L86CPR_FLT COMP OPERATING LIMIT CONTROL FAULT PRC
L3WWTDZ_ALM FALSE START DRAIN THERMOCOUPLE MISMATCH PRC
LFAG1NBA_A GCV 1 REG AT NULL COMP AUTHORITY LIMIT PRC
L30SPTA EXHAUST THERMOCOUPLE TROUBLE PRC
LFQLDIFF_ALM FLOW DIVIDER FUEL HIGH FLOW DIFFERENCE PRC
L39VD3_ALM VIBRATION START INHIBIT PRC
L45FTX4_ALM FIRE PROTEC GAS COMPT FIRE PRC
L26FDL_ALM DISTILLATE FUEL TEMPERATURE LOW PRC
L30CBC_ALM COMP BLD VALVES FAILURE TO OPEN PRC
L28FD_SD STARTUP CHECK STOP CHAMB FLMED OUT DURING SD ALARM PRC
L52L_ALM LINE BREAKER TRIPPED PRC
L86S AUTO SYNCHRONIZING LOCKOUT PRC
LCTDA_ALM COMPR DISCHARGE TEMP HIGH SPREAD PRC
L94DP1_ALM G60A CRITICAL FAILURE PRC
R5E_ALM EMERGENCY REMOTE MANUAL TRIP - MKVI PANEL PRC
L26HGHH_ALM HEAT VENT VERY HIGH TEMP. IN LOAD COMPARTMENT PRC
L33WNC_ALM WATER INJECTION VALVE CLOSING PB PRC
L3TNRERRX DWATT TOO LOW TO SUPPORT TNR-TNR LOWER PRC
L30DNS_ALM STARTING MEANS DIESEL FAILURE TO STOP PRC
L26CR2H_ALM STARTING MEANS CRANK MOTOR TEMP HIGH PHASE#2-TRIP PRC
L52HA11_ALM GAS COMPARTMENT HEATER #1 BREAKER FAULT PRC
L94VLL_ALM HEAT VENT DLN COMPARTMENT SB FAN TEST FAILED PRC
L71WS4_ALM SUMP TANK VERY LOW LEVEL PRC
LPSLMTT0_ALM RACK TO PWR SUPPLY TROUBLE-SEE DIAG ALARMS LVL_3
L86L12_ALM TRIP 52L WAY1/2 PRC
L86QE_ALM DC PUMP ELECTRICAL TROUBLE START INHIBITED PRC
L63FLZ_ALM LIQUID FUEL PRESSURE LOW PRC
L63PW1L_ALM FUEL PURGE WATER INJ AIR LOW PRESSURE PRC
L12H_ALM ELECTRICAL OVERSPEED TRIP - HP PRC
L45HA4T_ALM HZD GAS DETEC DLN COMPT- VENT DUCT/GAS CAB TRIP PRC
L39VT_ALM HIGH VIBRATION TRIP PRC
L63QQ10H_ALM LUBE OIL MIST ELIM FILTER HIGH DIFF PRESSURE PRC
L30CC_ALM FIRE PROTEC PANEL TROUBLE PRC
L30FQRG1ER_A FUEL G1 Cv REF OUT OF LIMITS - AUTO LOW PRC

Last Modified Module Revision Customer Title Software Path

3/13/2009 17:43:28 Alarm Report (Device G1)
Build Major Revision Type Site DM Number Requisition ToolboxST Version DWG Engineer
3/13/2009 17:43:28 V03.02.37C 403A2184
Build Minor Revision Print Date Process Application Serial Number Shop Order Number Machine Size Cont. on Sh. Sh. No.
3/13/2009 17:43:28 3/13/2009 6:16:26 PM 0008 0007
Name Description Alarm Class Display Screen
L12HBLT_ALM PROTECTIVE OVERSPEED BOLT TRIP PRC
L30LSI_ALM AIRCRAFT WARNING LIGHT FAULT PRC
L3FTGLZ_ALM GAS FUEL TEMPERATURE GAS LOW DURING STARTUP - TRIP PRC
LCPD_SENSR COMPRESSOR DISCH XDUCER DIFF FAULT HIGH PRC
L30FPG2L_ALM GAS FUEL INTER-VALVE PRESS. (P2) LOW PRC
L39VSD_ALM HIGH VIBRATION SHUTDOWN PRC
L3TFLT_ALM LOSS OF COMPR DISCHARGE PRESS BIAS PRC
L3DWBCOKZ_AL FSR LIMITED DUE TO DWATT XDUCER FAILURE PRC
L30LOAH_ALM BEARING DRAIN TEMPERATURE HIGH PRC
L63AF1H_ALM ATOMIZING AIR FILTER DIFF PRESSURE HIGH PRC
L26HA11LL_AL HEAT VENT VERY LOW TEMP. IN DLN COMPARTMENT PRC
L30QVX_ALM LUBE OIL MIST ELIM FAULT - CHANGE OVER PRC
L63CA3L_ALM GEN AIR FILTER CLEANER PRESSURE LOW PRC
L86T1BALM_AL 74/86T-1B LOCK OUT RELAY TRIP PRC
L86TFDLOW_AL FSD VALVE CLOSED AT LOWER PRESS THAN EXPECTED PRC
L26GSC1H_ALM GEN STATOR COUPLING END TEMPERATURE HIGH PRC
L30FD_ALM FAILURE TO IGNITE PRC
L3MP_ALM MASTER PROTECTIVE START CHECK ETR FAULT PRC
L33FD11_ALM FV359 LIQ FUEL STOP VLV CLOSED POSITION FLT PRC
L49HR1A_ALM STARTING MEANS RATCHET MOTOR OVERLOAD PRC
L86FPG2IH_AL PRE-IGNITION P2 PRESS HIGH IGN INHIBIT PRC
L63PLLZ_ALM LIQ FUEL PURGE LOW AIR PRESS PRC
L30BN_F_ALM VIBRATION BN MONITOR FAULT PRC
L30PPDA_SRC_T_ALM PPDA <T> PBUS SOURCE FAULT LVL_2
L30WSA1_ALM WHEELSPACE TEMP DIFFERENTIAL HIGH PRC
L30HG1X_ALM HEAT VENT LOAD COMPARTMENT HEATER IN TROUBLE PRC
L86WN7_ALM WATER INJECTION LOW FLOW - TRIP WATER PRC
L45HA5_ALM SENSOR 45HA-5 CONTROL CARD FAULT PRC
L30COMM_IO IO PACK COMMUNICATIONS FAULT LVL_1
L96VSTH_ALM VIBRATION BN GT. AXIAL SHAFT DISPLACEMENT ALERT PRC
L3GLTSDTC_AL SHUT DOWN GAS LEAK TEST COMPLETE PRC
L39VSTH_ALM VIBRATION BN GT. RADIAL SHAFT DISPLACEMENT ALERT PRC
L71FF2T_ALM LIQUID FUEL HIGH LEAKAGE ON SKID - TRIP PRC
L5E_TCP_ALM EMERGENCY MANUAL PB TRIP - TCP PANEL PRC
L45HA6HH_ALM HZD GAS DETEC DLN/AUX COMPT#6 HIGH HIGH LEVEL PRC
BTTA1_2_ALM BRG METAL TEMP THRUST ACTIVE 4 HIGH PRC
L5ESTOP1_FZA PPRO E-STOP PB CIRCUIT OPEN PRC
L3D_UCVX_AF UCVx AIRFLOW OR OVERTEMPERATURE TROUBLE PRC

Last Modified Module Revision Customer Title Software Path

3/13/2009 17:43:28 Alarm Report (Device G1)
Build Major Revision Type Site DM Number Requisition ToolboxST Version DWG Engineer
3/13/2009 17:43:28 V03.02.37C 403A2184
Build Minor Revision Print Date Process Application Serial Number Shop Order Number Machine Size Cont. on Sh. Sh. No.
3/13/2009 17:43:28 3/13/2009 6:16:26 PM 0009 0008
Name Description Alarm Class Display Screen
L83WW_ALM WATER WASH WASHING ONLINE PROHIB INLET TEMP LOW PRC
L30EX_RS EXCITER NOT READY TO START PRC
L83RBO_ALM REMOTE BREAKER OPEN DETECTED PRC
L27BN_12_ALM AC BUS NORMAL INFORMATIONS MISMATCH PRC
LTTH2_ALM LUBE OIL HEADER SENSOR#2 FAULT PRC
L33PSC_ALM GAS FUEL VENT VALVE CLOSED TROUBLE PRC
L4IGVT_ALM INLET GUIDE VANE CONTROL FAULT TRIP PRC
BTJ1_1_ALM BRG METAL TEMP TURB JOURNAL #1 HIGH PRC
LKFTHS7L_SD FUEL OIL TEMPERATURE LOW SHUTDOWN PRC
BTGJ2_2_ALM BRG METAL TEMP GEN JOURNAL #2 HIGH PRC
LFSGRHH_ALM SRV VLV OPEN AT 95 % - XFER TO LIQUID FUEL PRC
L33VS411C_AL GAS FUEL SHUT OFF VALVE LIMIT SWITCH NOT CLOSED PRC
L45HGDSD_ALM HAZARDOUS GAS DETECTION FAILURE - SHUT DOWN PRC
L52FC2_ALM COOLING WATER FANS REGULATOR BLOCK FDBCK FAULT PRC
LFG_LHVDIF_A Fuel Gas LHV inputs disagree
L26GGH1_ALM GENERATOR HOT AIR TEMPERATURE HIGH PRC
L27DE1_ALM DIESEL ENGINE 24VDC VOLTAGE SUPPLY FAULT PRC
L27GRDDC_ALM GAS DETECT RACK 125 VDC POWER SPPLY FLT PRC
L26AAL_ALM COOLING WATER AIR ATOM TEMP LOW PRC
L5PPRO_LATCH PROTECTIVE PPRO CARD TRIP - LATCH PRC
L52MCB_ALM FUSE FAULT ON UNDERVOLTAGE RELAY PRC
LSYN_ISO_ALM CAN NOT SYNC IN ISOCH MODE PRC
L39VS9A_ALM VIB BN GEN BRG #1 RADIAL SHAFT DISPLACEMENT ALERT PRC
LFALNBA_A LCV REG AT NULL COMP AUTHORITY LIMIT PRC
L48_ALM TURBINE INCOMPLETE SEQUENCE PRC
L71GS2H_ALM GAS FUEL COALESC FILTER #2 LEVEL HIGH PRC
L45HT2HH_ALM HZD GAS DETEC TURBINE COMPT#2 HIGH HIGH LEVEL PRC
L63ADL_ALM ATOMIZING AIR COMPRESSOR DIFF PRESSURE LOW PRC
L30BSA_ALM BEARING SEAL AIR VALVE TROUBLE PRC
L26FDPT1H_AL DIST FUEL PUMP #1 TEMPERATURE FAULT PRC
L4FCBRUN_ALM GENERATOR COOLING WATER REGULATION FAN BLOCK START PRC
L39VS5A_ALM VIB BN LG BRG #1 RADIAL SHAFT DISPLACEMENT ALERT PRC
L95VL_ALM HEAT VENT DLN COMPT AIR INLET LOW FLOW PRC
L52EF_ALM HEAT VENT EXHAUST COMPARTMENT VENT. FAULT PRC
L71GSHHT GAS FUEL SEPARATOR CONDENSATE VERY HIGH LEVEL TRIP PRC
L39VS9D_ALM VIB BN GEN BRG #1 RADIAL SHAFT DISPLACEMENT DANGER PRC
L86CBT_ALM COOL SEAL AIR COMP BLEED VALVE OPEN POS PBL-TRIP PRC
L45HT5_ALM SENSOR 45HT-5 CONTROL CARD FAULT PRC

Last Modified Module Revision Customer Title Software Path

3/13/2009 17:43:28 Alarm Report (Device G1)
Build Major Revision Type Site DM Number Requisition ToolboxST Version DWG Engineer
3/13/2009 17:43:28 V03.02.37C 403A2184
Build Minor Revision Print Date Process Application Serial Number Shop Order Number Machine Size Cont. on Sh. Sh. No.
3/13/2009 17:43:28 3/13/2009 6:16:26 PM 0010 0009
Tab 23
 g
GEK 116403
June 2009

GE Energy

Estimating Gas Turbine Performance

These instructions do not purport to cover all details or variations in equipment nor to provide for every possible contingency to
be met in connection with installation, operation or maintenance. Should further information be desired or should particular
problems arise which are not covered sufficiently for the purchaser's purposes the matter should be referred to the GE Company.
© General Electric Company, 2009. GE Proprietary Information. All Rights Reserved.
GEK 116403 Estimating Gas Turbine Performance

The below will be found throughout this publication. It is important that the significance of
each is thoroughly understood by those using this document. The definitions are as follows:

NOTE

Highlights an essential element of a procedure to assure correctness.

CAUTION

Indicates a potentially hazardous situation, which, if not avoided, could result in minor
or moderate injury or equipment damage.

WARNING

INDICATES A POTENTIALLY HAZARDOUS SITUATION, WHICH, IF

NOT AVOIDED, COULD RESULT IN DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY

***DANGER***

INDICATES AN IMMINENTLY HAZARDOUS SITUATION,

WHICH, IF NOT AVOIDED WILL RESULT IN DEATH OR
SERIOUS INJURY.

2 © General Electric Company, 2009. GE Proprietary Information. All Rights Reserved.

 Estimating Gas Turbine Performance GEK 116403

TABLE OF CONTENTS

I. FULL LOAD PERFORMANCE ............................................................................................................... 6

A. Method – Application of Corrections .................................................................................................... 6
B. Example Full Load Calculation ............................................................................................................. 6
II. PART LOAD PERFORMANCE ............................................................................................................... 9
A. Method ................................................................................................................................................... 9
553H1228 PG7121 PIP Gen Drive............................................................................................................. 13

© General Electric Company, 2009. GE Proprietary Information. All Rights Reserved. 3

GEK 116403 Estimating Gas Turbine Performance

The following is a method for estimating gas turbine performance using performance correction curves
and site data (i.e., elevation, ambient temperature, inlet and exhaust pressure drops, and the type of fuel).
Both full load and part load performance calculations are described and illustrated. Typical examples are
provided for packaged power plants.

Performance curves are based on the ISO standard (59°F/15°C, 60% relative humidity and 14.7
psia/1.013 bar a) with normal inlet and exhaust system losses for a simple cycle unit. These curves do not
include the water or steam injection for NOx control. However, the effect of a known water or steam flow
can be calculated separately per the diluent effects curves.

Inlet conditioning can have a significant effect on performance. Below describe some inlet treatment
devices and the correction curves (if applicable) pertaining to them:

Inlet bleed heat (IBH): IBH is typically used for compressor control and part load emissions
compliance, and as such its effects have been included.

Evaporative Coolers: Evaporative coolers and fogger systems will have specific corrections pertaining
to operation of the unit with these devices activated.

Chillers: Effects of chiller coils or inlet heating are not included in these curves.

Instead, correction curve for ambient conditions are used along with the conditions measured at the gas
turbine inlet downstream of the treatment device.

This procedure should be used only for the approximation of performance at site conditions and not for
performance guarantees. Performance guarantees are shown in the “Performance Data” section. The
performance curves included are to illustrate the calculation procedure and do not reflect current
ratings.

Project Specific Gas Turbine Performance Curves are provided by GE Energy Application
Engineering/Operability & Performance Services. Contact your local GE representative for copies of the
applicable performance curves.

4 © General Electric Company, 2009. GE Proprietary Information. All Rights Reserved.

 Estimating Gas Turbine Performance GEK 116403

Corrections for External Parameters

Output Heat Rate Heat Exhaust Temp Exhaust Flow External

Consumption Parameter
A1 B1 C1 D1 E1 Ambient Air
Temp
A2 B2 C2 D2 E2 Ambient Air
Humidity
A3 B3 C3 D3 E3 Shaft Speed
A4 B4 C4 D4-N/A* E4-N/A* Fuel
Temperature
A5 B5 C5 D5 E5 Inlet Pressure
Loss
A6 B6 C6 D6 E6-N/A* Exhaust Pressure
Loss
A7 B7 C7 D7 E7 Barometric Press
A8 B8 C8 D8 E8 Diluent Injection

*Corrections D4, E4, and E6 have not been included as their correction impacts are negligible.

HC = heat consumption (fuel consumption in Btu/h or kJ/h)

HR = heat rate (Btu/kWh or kJ/kWh)
kW = power output (kW)
Tx = exhaust gas temperature (ºF or °C)
Wx = exhaust flow (lb/h or kg/h)
(LHV) = based on fuel lower heating value
Subscripts s, i, o
s denotes at sample conditions
i denotes at ISO conditions
o denotes at sample altitude, actual inlet and exhaust DP’s, and ambient
conditions of 59°F/15°C @ 60% RH.

© General Electric Company, 2009. GE Proprietary Information. All Rights Reserved. 5

GEK 116403 Estimating Gas Turbine Performance

I. FULL LOAD PERFORMANCE

A. Method – Application of Corrections

1. Output (kWs) = (kWi) x A1 x A2 x A3 x A4 x A5 x A6 x A7

2. Heat Rate (HRs) = (HRi) x B1 x B2 x B3 x B4 x B5 x B6 x B7

3. Heat Consumption (HCs) = (HCi) x C1 x C2 x C3 x C4 x C5 x C6 x C7

4. Exhaust Temperature (Txs) = (Txi) + D1 + D2 + D3 + D5 + D6 + D7

5. Exhaust Flow (Wxs) = (Wxi) x E1 x E2 x E3 x E5 x E7

B. Example Full Load Calculation

Package Power Plant – MS7001 (EA) Simple Cycle Model PG7121 (EA) with an air–cooled
generator.

Sample Conditions:

Altitude = 600 ft / 182.9 m

Barometric Pressure Ps = 14.39 psia / 0.992 bar a (from Curve
416HA662)
Compressor Inlet Temperature = 90 ºF / 32.2 °C
Inlet DP = 3.5 in / 89 mm H2O (included in rating)
Exhaust DP = 10 in /254 mm H2O (5.5 in / 140 mm H2O is
included in rating)
Fuel = Natural Gas (100% Methane)
Mode = Base Load

1. Design Conditions (ISO) from Curve 553H1228

Output kWi = 88703 kW

Heat Rate HRi = 10296 Btu/kWh or 10860 kJ/kWh (LHV)
Exhaust Flow Wxi = 2379 x 103 lb/h or 1079 x 103 kg/h
Exhaust Temperature Txi = 1010 °F or 543.3 °C

2. Calculation of factors.

The ratings for the package power plant include a standard inlet and exhaust pressure drop as
stated with the ratings. Therefore the pressure drops used to calculate resultant output, heat rate,
exhaust flow, and exhaust temperature impacts are the pressure drops in excess of the standard
pressure drops.

The final correction is the multiplied effects of all the input parameters for output, heat rate, and
exhaust flow, as shown in the example below.

6 © General Electric Company, 2009. GE Proprietary Information. All Rights Reserved.

 Estimating Gas Turbine Performance GEK 116403

Output : A1 = 0.8880 (90°F/32.2°C -Sheet 2)

A2 = 1.0 (60% RH- Sheet 7)
A3 = 1.0 (3600 rpm – Sheet 12)
A4 = 1.0 (80°F/26.7°C Fuel Temp-Sheet 17)
A5 = 1.0 (3.5 in / 89 mm H2O inlet-Sheet 20)
A6 = 0.9904 (10-5.5=4.5 in / 114 mm H2O at
90°F/32.2°C -Sheet 25)
A7 = 0.9780 (14.39 psia/0.992 bar a at
90°F/32.2°C -Sheet 29)
Total Correction = 0.8880 x 1.0 x 1.0 x 1.0 x 1.0 x 0.9904 x
0.9780
= 0.86012

Heat Rate : B1 = 1.03 (90°F/32.2°C -Sheet 3)

B2 = 1.0 (60% RH-Sheet 8)
B3 = 1.0 (3600rpm – Sheet 13)
B4 = 1.0 (80°F/26.7°C Fuel Temp – Sheet 18)
B5 = 1.0 (3.5 in / 89 mm H2O inlet-Sheet 21)
B6 = 1.007 (10-5.5=4.5 in/114 mm H2O at
90°F/32.2°C-Sheet 26)
B7 = 1.0008 (14.39 psia/0.992 bar a at
90°F/32.2°C -Sheet 30)
Total Correction = 1.03 x 1.0 x 1.0 x 1.0 x 1.0 x 1.007 x 1.0008
= 1.038

© General Electric Company, 2009. GE Proprietary Information. All Rights Reserved. 7

GEK 116403 Estimating Gas Turbine Performance

Heat Consumption C1 = 0.917 (90°F/32.2°C -Sheet 6)

C2 = 1.0 (60% RH- Sheet 11)
C3 = 1.0 (3600rpm – Sheet 16)
C4 = 1.0 (80°F/26.7°C Fuel Temp – Sheet 19)
C5 = 1.0 (3.5 in/89 mm H2O inlet-Sheet 24)
C6 = 0.997 (10-5.5=4.5 in/114 mm H2O at
90°F/32.2°C-Sheet 28)
C7 = 0.978 (14.39 psia/0.992 bara at
90°F/32.2°C-Sheet 33)
Total Correction 0.917 x 1.0 x 1.0 x 1.0 x 1.0 x 0.997 x 0.978
0.8941

Exhaust D1 = 23.7 (90°F/32.2°C -Sheet 5)

Temperature:
D2 = 0.0 (60% RH- Sheet 10)
D3 = 0.0 (3600rpm – Sheet 15)
D4 = 0.0 N/A
D5 = 0.0 (3.5 in/89 mm H2O inlet-Sheet 23)
D6 = 0.225 (10-5.5=4.5 in/114 mm H2O at
90°F/32.2°C -Sheet 27)
D7 = 0.06 (14.39 psia/0.992 bar a at 90°F/32.2°C
-Sheet 32)
Total Correction 23.7 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0.225 + 0.06
24.0

Exhaust Flow E1 = 0.925 (90°F/32.2°C -Sheet 4)

E2 = 1.0 (60% RH- Sheet 9)
E3 = 1.0 (3600rpm – Sheet 14)
E4 = 1.0 N/A
E5 = 1.0 (3.5in/89 mm H2O inlet-Sheet 22)
E6 = 1.0 N/A
E7 = 0.978 (14.39 psia/0.992 bar a at 90°F/32.2°C
-Sheet 31)
0.925 x 1.0 x 1.0 x 1.0 x 1.0 x 1.0 x 0.978
0.9047

8 © General Electric Company, 2009. GE Proprietary Information. All Rights Reserved.

 Estimating Gas Turbine Performance GEK 116403

3. Calculation of Sample Full Load Conditions:

Output kWS = 88703 x 0.86012=76295 kW

Heat Rate HRS 10296 x 1.038=10687 Btu/kWh or 11273 kJ/kWh
=
(LHV)
Heat Consumption HCS 88703 x 10296 x 0.8941=816.6 x 106 Btu/h or 861.3
=
kJ/h (LVH)

Exhaust temperature is calculated by adding the temperature increase due to ambient temperature
and pressure drops to the design value read from Curve 553H1228:

Exhaust Temp Tx = 1010°F + 24.0°F=1034°F or 556.7 °C

Exhaust Flow = 2379 x 0.9047=2152.3 x103 lb/h or 976.3 x 103 kg/h

II. PART LOAD PERFORMANCE

Part load output, heat rate and heat consumption are calculated in a similar manner as base load using the
part load heat consumption curve. Before using the output percent from the heat consumption curve, all
part load performance must be referenced to 59°F/15°C sample performance kWO

A. Method

1. At sample barometric pressure with sample inlet and exhaust pressure drops and at 59°F/15°C
ambient temperature, calculate the following base load performance parameters:

Output, kWO

Heat rate, HRO

Heat consumption, HCO

Exhaust Flow, Wx0

Exhaust Temperature, Tx0

This data then becomes the corrected values on which to base the part load calculations.

2. Calculate percentage of load:

Percent load = required load/KwO

3. From the applicable performance curve, at the percent of load calculated from (2) above and at
the compressor inlet temperature, read the percent of design heat rate.

HRs = HRo x % design heat consumption.

© General Electric Company, 2009. GE Proprietary Information. All Rights Reserved. 9

GEK 116403 Estimating Gas Turbine Performance

4. Exhaust flow and temperature are calculated in an analogous manner using corrected design
outputs as shown above, and the Part Load Effects (of Modulated Inlet Guide Vanes Curve) at
the appropriate ambient. The extreme right hand point of each ambient curve on the Part Load
Effects Curve represents the full open IGV position, the knee point in each curve represents the
closed IGV position, Note that this curve is for combined cycle machines only. Sample Part
Load Calculation.

The following sample part load calculations are for the MS7001 (EA) simple cycle package
power plant used previously.

Sample conditions:

Altitude = 600 ft / 182.9 m

Barometric pressure = 14.39 psia /0.992 bar a
Compressor inlet temperature = 90ºF / 32.2°C
Relative Humidity = 60%RH
Inlet DP = 3.5in./89 mm H2O (included
in rating)
Exhaust DP = 10in /254 mm H2O (5.5 in /
140 mm H2O is included in
rating)
Fuel = Natural Gas
Load required = 75 percent base load

1. Calculation of sample performance at full load and 59°F/15°C at 60%RH:

kWO = kWi x A3 x A4 x A5 x A6 x A7

kWO = 88703 x1.0 x 1.0 x 1.0 x 0.9904 x 0.978 = 88703 x 0.96861=85918 kW

HRO = HRi x B3 x B4 x B5 x B6 x B7

HRO = 10296 x 1.0 x 1.0 x 1.0 x 1.007 x 1.0008=10376 Btu/kWh or 10945 kJ/kWh (LHV)

HCO = KWi x HRi x C3 x C4 x C5 x C6 x C7

HCO = 88703 x 10296 x 1.0 x 1.0 x 1.0 x 0.997 x 0.978=890.51 x 106Btu/h or 939.3 x 106 kJ/h
(LHV)

Tx0 = Txi + D3 + D4 + D5 + D6 + D7

Tx0=1010 + 0.0 + 0.0 + 0.0 + 0.225 + 0.06=1010.3°F or 543.5 °C

Wx0 = Wxi x E3 x E5 x E7

Wx0 = 2379 x 1.0 x 1.0 x 0.978=2326.7x106 lb/h or 1055.4 x106 kg/h

10 © General Electric Company, 2009. GE Proprietary Information. All Rights Reserved.

 Estimating Gas Turbine Performance GEK 116403

2. Calculation of sample performance for 90°F/32.2°C @ 60%RH:

Sample output (base load) = kWO A1 x A2

= 85918 x 0.888 x 1.0 = 76295 kW

At 75% base load, required load = 76295 x 0.75 = 57221 kW,

The percent load at sample conditions (59°F/15°C) = 57221/85919 = 66.6%

3. From Curve 553H1228 Sheet 34 at 66.6% design load and 90°F/32.2°C, Heat Rate-Ratio =
113.9%

Part load, sample heat rate, HRS = HR0 x Heat Rate-Ratio

HRs = 10376 x 1.139 = 11818 Btu/kWh or 12466 kJ/kWh (LHV)

4. Entering the Part Load Effects Curve (553H1228 Sheet 35 & 35) at the 66.6% output calculated
in Step 2 and, for the 90°F/32.2°C ambient curve;

Exhaust Temp Diff = 84°F

TxS = Tx0+Exh Temp Diff=1010.3 + 84=1094.3°F or 590.2 °C

Exhaust Flow-Ratio = 73.6%

WxS = Wx0 x Exhaust Flow-Ratio= 2326.7 x 0.736 = 1712 x 103 lb/h or 776.6 x 103 kg/h

Performance with Water or Steam Injection

The amount of steam or water injection required to meet a given NOx emission level is not available
from a curve because of the many variables impacting this value. In fact, the exact flow is typically
not finalized until the field Emissions Compliance Testing. However, given a specific flow value, the
resulting effect on output and Heat Rate can be determined using the Injection Effects Curves.

For example, taking the “dry” Output and Heat Rate Performance calculated from Example I and,
assuming GE has reported (for the specific conditions given) an estimated steam flow of 64760 lb/h
or 29370 kg/h (18 lb/s or 8.16 kg/s); The resulting output and heat rate would be:

kW = 76295 x (1.088) (from curve 553H1228 page 37 at 90°F/32.2°C)

= 83008 kW

HR = 10687 x (0.9604) (from curve 533H1228 page 38 at 90°F/32.2°C)

= 10264 Btu/kW–h (LHV) or 10826 kJ/kWh (LHV)

© General Electric Company, 2009. GE Proprietary Information. All Rights Reserved. 11

GEK 116403 Estimating Gas Turbine Performance

Si and Metric Units Conversion

The following is a list of conversion factors most

commonly used for gas turbine performance calculations.

Conversion Factors
To Convert To Multiply By
Atm kg/cm2 1.0333
Atm lb/in2 14.7
Bars atm 0.9869
Bars lb/in2 14.5
Btu/h kcal/h 0.2520
Btu/h kJ/h 1.0548
Btu/hph kJ/kWh 1.4148
Btu/lb kJ/kg 2.326
ºF ºR ºF + 459.7
ºC ºF (ºC x 9/5) + 32
ºC ºK ºC + 273.2
Ft3/min l/s 0.4720
Ft3/min m3/min 0.02832
gal/mln l/s 0.06308
In. of mercury kg/cm2 0.03453
In. of water
(at 4ºC) kg/cm2 0.00254
in. of water
(at 4ºC) lb/in2 0.03613
J Btu 9.478 x 10–4
kg lb 2.205
kg/cm2 lb/in2 14.22
kg/m3 lb/ft3 0.06243
kW hp 1.341
lb/in2 Pa 6894.8
l/min ft3/s 5.886 x 10–4
l/min gal/s 0.004403
scf Nm3 0.0268
W Btu/h 3.4129

12 © General Electric Company, 2009. GE Proprietary Information. All Rights Reserved.

 Estimating Gas Turbine Performance GEK 116403

B. 553H1228 PG7121 PIP Gen Drive

© General Electric Company, 2009. GE Proprietary Information. All Rights Reserved. 13

GEK 116403 Estimating Gas Turbine Performance

14 © General Electric Company, 2009. GE Proprietary Information. All Rights Reserved.

 Estimating Gas Turbine Performance GEK 116403

© General Electric Company, 2009. GE Proprietary Information. All Rights Reserved. 15

GEK 116403 Estimating Gas Turbine Performance

16 © General Electric Company, 2009. GE Proprietary Information. All Rights Reserved.

 Estimating Gas Turbine Performance GEK 116403

© General Electric Company, 2009. GE Proprietary Information. All Rights Reserved. 17

GEK 116403 Estimating Gas Turbine Performance

18 © General Electric Company, 2009. GE Proprietary Information. All Rights Reserved.

 Estimating Gas Turbine Performance GEK 116403

© General Electric Company, 2009. GE Proprietary Information. All Rights Reserved. 19

GEK 116403 Estimating Gas Turbine Performance

20 © General Electric Company, 2009. GE Proprietary Information. All Rights Reserved.

 Estimating Gas Turbine Performance GEK 116403

© General Electric Company, 2009. GE Proprietary Information. All Rights Reserved. 21

GEK 116403 Estimating Gas Turbine Performance

22 © General Electric Company, 2009. GE Proprietary Information. All Rights Reserved.

 Estimating Gas Turbine Performance GEK 116403

© General Electric Company, 2009. GE Proprietary Information. All Rights Reserved. 23

GEK 116403 Estimating Gas Turbine Performance

24 © General Electric Company, 2009. GE Proprietary Information. All Rights Reserved.

 Estimating Gas Turbine Performance GEK 116403

© General Electric Company, 2009. GE Proprietary Information. All Rights Reserved. 25

GEK 116403 Estimating Gas Turbine Performance

26 © General Electric Company, 2009. GE Proprietary Information. All Rights Reserved.

 Estimating Gas Turbine Performance GEK 116403

© General Electric Company, 2009. GE Proprietary Information. All Rights Reserved. 27

GEK 116403 Estimating Gas Turbine Performance

28 © General Electric Company, 2009. GE Proprietary Information. All Rights Reserved.

 Estimating Gas Turbine Performance GEK 116403

© General Electric Company, 2009. GE Proprietary Information. All Rights Reserved. 29

GEK 116403 Estimating Gas Turbine Performance

30 © General Electric Company, 2009. GE Proprietary Information. All Rights Reserved.

 Estimating Gas Turbine Performance GEK 116403

© General Electric Company, 2009. GE Proprietary Information. All Rights Reserved. 31

GEK 116403 Estimating Gas Turbine Performance

32 © General Electric Company, 2009. GE Proprietary Information. All Rights Reserved.

 Estimating Gas Turbine Performance GEK 116403

© General Electric Company, 2009. GE Proprietary Information. All Rights Reserved. 33

GEK 116403 Estimating Gas Turbine Performance

34 © General Electric Company, 2009. GE Proprietary Information. All Rights Reserved.

 Estimating Gas Turbine Performance GEK 116403

© General Electric Company, 2009. GE Proprietary Information. All Rights Reserved. 35

GEK 116403 Estimating Gas Turbine Performance

36 © General Electric Company, 2009. GE Proprietary Information. All Rights Reserved.

 Estimating Gas Turbine Performance GEK 116403

© General Electric Company, 2009. GE Proprietary Information. All Rights Reserved. 37

GEK 116403 Estimating Gas Turbine Performance

38 © General Electric Company, 2009. GE Proprietary Information. All Rights Reserved.

 Estimating Gas Turbine Performance GEK 116403

© General Electric Company, 2009. GE Proprietary Information. All Rights Reserved. 39

GEK 116403 Estimating Gas Turbine Performance

40 © General Electric Company, 2009. GE Proprietary Information. All Rights Reserved.

 Estimating Gas Turbine Performance GEK 116403

© General Electric Company, 2009. GE Proprietary Information. All Rights Reserved. 41

GEK 116403 Estimating Gas Turbine Performance

42 © General Electric Company, 2009. GE Proprietary Information. All Rights Reserved.

 Estimating Gas Turbine Performance GEK 116403

© General Electric Company, 2009. GE Proprietary Information. All Rights Reserved. 43

GEK 116403 Estimating Gas Turbine Performance

44 © General Electric Company, 2009. GE Proprietary Information. All Rights Reserved.

 Estimating Gas Turbine Performance GEK 116403

© General Electric Company, 2009. GE Proprietary Information. All Rights Reserved. 45

GEK 116403 Estimating Gas Turbine Performance

46 © General Electric Company, 2009. GE Proprietary Information. All Rights Reserved.

 Estimating Gas Turbine Performance GEK 116403

© General Electric Company, 2009. GE Proprietary Information. All Rights Reserved. 47

GEK 116403 Estimating Gas Turbine Performance

48 © General Electric Company, 2009. GE Proprietary Information. All Rights Reserved.

 Estimating Gas Turbine Performance GEK 116403

© General Electric Company, 2009. GE Proprietary Information. All Rights Reserved. 49

GEK 116403 Estimating Gas Turbine Performance

50 © General Electric Company, 2009. GE Proprietary Information. All Rights Reserved.

 Estimating Gas Turbine Performance GEK 116403

© General Electric Company, 2009. GE Proprietary Information. All Rights Reserved. 51

GEK 116403 Estimating Gas Turbine Performance

52 © General Electric Company, 2009. GE Proprietary Information. All Rights Reserved.

 Estimating Gas Turbine Performance GEK 116403

© General Electric Company, 2009. GE Proprietary Information. All Rights Reserved. 53

GEK 116403 Estimating Gas Turbine Performance

g GE Energy
General Electric Company
www.gepower.com

54 © General Electric Company, 2009. GE Proprietary Information. All Rights Reserved.

 GE Energy Products Europe

*(1(5$/(/(&75,&02'(/3*%*$6785%,1(

(VWLPDWHG3HUIRPDQFH&RQILJXUDWLRQ 67$1'$5'

Compressor Inlet Conditions 59F (15° C), 60% Relative Humidity

Fuel 1$785$/*$6

Design Output kW 

Design Heat Rate (LVH) kJ/kWh 

Design Heat Cons (LVH)*10^6 kJ/h 

Design Exhaust Flow * 10^3  kg/h

Exhaust Temperature  °C
Mode %$6(/2$'

   
IPS- Version Code - 3.1.0/29A0/2.2.8/PG6581-010
Notes
1. Altitude correction on curve 416HA662 Rev B
2. Ambient temperature correction on curve 544HA875-2 Rev 1
3. Effect on modulating IGV's on exhaust temperature and flow on curve 544HA875-3 Rev 1
4. Humidity effects on curve 498HA697 Rev B - all performance calculated with a constant
specific humidity of .0064 or less so as not to exceed 100% relative humidity.
5. Plant Performances is measured at the generator terminals and includes allowances
for the effects of excitation power, shaft driven auxiliaries, and2.55 in H20 inlet and 2.52 in H20
exhaust pressure drops
%Effect on Effect on
Output Heat Rate Exhaust Temp.
4 in Water (10.0 mbar) inlet -1.45 0.45 2.°F (1.1°C)
4 in Water (10.0 mbar) exhaust -0.45 0.45 2.°F (1.1°C)
130

120 0 °F
59 ° F
110
+HDW&RQVXPSWLRQ3HUFHQW'HVLJQ

100

90
120 ° F
80

70

60

50

40

30

20

10

0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130

*HQHUDWRU2XWSXW3HUFHQW

96,&$5' 1XPEHU +$

 5HYLVLRQ 
 *(1(5$/(/(&75,&02'(/3*%*$6785%,1(

Effect of compressor Inlet Temperature on

Output,Heat Rate, Heat Consumption, Exhaust Flow
And Exhaust Temperature at %$6(/2$'

Fuel 1$785$/*$6 @ 80deg F

Combustor 67$1'$5'

1070

1060

1050
([KDXVW7HPSHUDWXUH ƒ)

1040

1030

1020

1010

1000

990

980

970
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120

120

115

110
Heat Rate

105
3HUFHQW'HVLJQ

100

95
Exhaust Flow
90

Heat Consumption
85

Output
80

75

70
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120

&2035(6625,1/(77(03(5$785( ƒ)

96,&$5' 1XPEHU +$

 5HYLVLRQ 
 *(1(5$/(/(&75,&02'(/3*%*$6785%,1(

Effect of Inlet Guide Vane on Exhaust Flow and Temperature

As a function of Output and Compressor Inlet Temperature

Fuel 1$785$/*$6 @ 80deg F

Combustor 67$1'$5'

1150
1100
1050
1000
950
900 0° F
 

850


30° F




800
59° F


 
750
700


90° F


650
 

120° F
 

600
550
500
450
400
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120
120
0° F

110 30° F

59° F
.
100 90° F
0 1

#
120° F
/ +

.
90
-+

* +,

80
( )

%& '

70
$

"

 

60

50

40
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120
*HQHUDWRU2XWSXW3HUFHQW

96,&$5' 1XPEHU +$

 5HYLVLRQ 
 GE Energy Products Europe

*(1(5$/(/(&75,&02'(/3*%*$6785%,1(

(VWLPDWHG3HUIRPDQFH&RQILJXUDWLRQ 67$1'$5'

Compressor Inlet Conditions 59F (15° C), 60% Relative Humidity

Fuel ',67,//$7(

Design Output kW 

Design Heat Rate (LVH) kJ/kWh 

Design Heat Cons (LVH)*10^6 kJ/h 

Design Exhaust Flow * 10^3  kg/h

Exhaust Temperature  °C
Mode %$6(/2$'

   
IPS- Version Code - 3.1.0/29A0/2.2.8/PG6581-010
Notes
1. Altitude correction on curve 416HA662 Rev B
2. Ambient temperature correction on curve 544HA876-2 Rev 1
3. Effect on modulating IGV's on exhaust temperature and flow on curve 544HA876-3 Rev 1
4. Humidity effects on curve 498HA697 Rev B - all performance calculated with a constant
specific humidity of .0064 or less so as not to exceed 100% relative humidity.
5. Plant Performances is measured at the generator terminals and includes allowances
for the effects of excitation power, shaft driven auxiliaries, and2.55in H20 inlet and 2.5in H20
exhaust pressure drops
%Effect on Effect on
Output Heat Rate Exhaust Temp.
4 in Water (10.0 mbar) inlet -1.45 0.45 2.°F (1.1°C)
4 in Water (10.0 mbar) exhaust -0.45 0.45 2.°F (1.1°C)
130

120 0 °F
59 ° F
110
+HDW&RQVXPSWLRQ3HUFHQW'HVLJQ

100

90
120 ° F
80

70

60

50

40

30

20

10

0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130

*HQHUDWRU2XWSXW3HUFHQW

96,&$5' 1XPEHU +$

 5HYLVLRQ 
 *(1(5$/(/(&75,&02'(/3*%*$6785%,1(

Effect of compressor Inlet Temperature on

Output,Heat Rate, Heat Consumption, Exhaust Flow
And Exhaust Temperature at %$6(/2$'

Fuel ',67,//$7( @ 80deg F

Combustor 67$1'$5'

1070

1060

1050
([KDXVW7HPSHUDWXUH ƒ)

1040

1030

1020

1010

1000

990

980

970for the effects of excitation power, shaft driven auxiliaries, 2.6 inlet and 2.55 in H20
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120

120

115

110
Heat Rate

105
3HUFHQW'HVLJQ

100

95
Exhaust Flow
90

85 Heat Consumption

Output
80

75

70
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120

&2035(6625,1/(77(03(5$785( ƒ)

96,&$5' 1XPEHU +$

 5HYLVLRQ 
 *(1(5$/(/(&75,&02'(/3*%*$6785%,1(

Effect of Inlet Guide Vane on Exhaust Flow and Temperature

As a function of Output and Compressor Inlet Temperature

Fuel ',67,//$7( @ 80deg F

Combustor 67$1'$5'

1150
1100
1050
1000
950
900
 

850


800
0° F




 
750
30° F
700


650
 

 
59° F
600 90° F
550 for the effects of excitation power, shaft driven auxiliaries, 2.6 inlet and 2.55 in H20
120° F
500
450
400
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120
120
0° F

110 30° F

59° F

.
100 90° F
0 1

#
120° F
/ +

.
90
-+

* +,

80
( )

%& '

70
$

"

 

60

50

40
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120
*HQHUDWRU2XWSXW3HUFHQW

96,&$5' 1XPEHU +$

 5HYLVLRQ 
 GENERAL ELECTRIC GAS TURBINE
ALTITUDE CORRECTION CURVE
ALTITUDE VS ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE
AND
ALTITUDE VS CORRECTION FACTOR
FOR GASTURBINE OUTPUT, FUEL CONSUMPTION, AND EXHAUST FLOW

NOTES:
1. Exhaust Temperature, Heat Rate, and Thermal Efficiency are not affected by altitude.
2. Correction Factor = P(atm)/14.7

15.5 1.00

15.0 0.95

Correction Factor

14.5 0.90
Atmospheric Pressure (PSIA)

14.0 0.85

Correction Factor
13.5 0.80

13.0 0.75

12.5 0.70

12.0 0.65

Atmospheric Pressure

11.5 0.60

11.0 0.55

10.5 0.50
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000

Altitude (Feet)
Gajipara H. N. 416HA662
6/30/99 Rev-B
Tab 24
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 1/5
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
OPERATION

OPERATION PRINCIPLE

1. INTRODUCTION..................................................................................................................... 2
2. OPERATION PRINCIPLE....................................................................................................... 2
3. OPERATION MONITORING .................................................................................................. 2
3.1. DATE, TIME AND METERS ................................................................................................ 3
3.2. OPERATION PHASES ........................................................................................................ 3
3.3. ALARMS AND TRIPS .......................................................................................................... 4
3.4. SPECIAL NOTES AND ABNORMALITIES.......................................................................... 4
3.5. INSTRUCTIONS .................................................................................................................. 4
3.6. PARAMETER READOUTS.................................................................................................. 4
4. LOCKOUTS/TAGOUTS ......................................................................................................... 5
5. SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE ........................................................................................ 5

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMO_TOC1_ALL GT_EN_V2 Revision: A Date: 07/2008
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 2/5
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
OPERATION

1. INTRODUCTION

This document contains a standard text applicable to all gas turbine types and is intended
as a guide for the operator.
The experience acquired during daily operation of the installation will enable the operating
staff to further supplement and refine the control procedures described below.

2. OPERATION PRINCIPLE

The operation of Gas Turbines under optimum economic conditions in terms of availability
and reliability requires the implementation of a work structure with the following main
elements:
x Operation monitoring: for monitoring the day-to-day operation.
x Lockout/tagout (LOTO): for safety of the personnel during interventions.
x Servicing and maintenance: based on the operation monitoring and the different
maintenance programmes, allows the machine to be maintained in a proper operational
and reliable state.

3. OPERATION MONITORING

After commissioning of the turbine, it is imperative to record all events that mark out the
life of the turbine.
The events may be recorded manually or automatically, on paper or on data carrier. The
wealth of information that these records represent for operation and maintenance will
become apparent during their use.
The following data shall be recorded :
x Date, time and meters.
x Operation phases.
x Alarms and trips.
x Special notes.
x Instructions.
x Parameter readouts.

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMO_1_ALL GT_EN_V2 Revision: A Date: 07/2008
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 3/5
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
OPERATION

3.1. DATE, TIME AND METERS

Relevant data :
x Date of the day.
x Time of the operation: start-up, shutdown…
x Daily meter readouts: number of start-ups, number of ignitions, number of emergency
shutdowns…, number of flame hours according to the fuel used…
x Climatic conditions :
¾ External ambient temperature.
¾ External atmospheric pressure.
x Weather conditions :
¾ Wind, rain, storm, snow, frost, humidity...

3.2. OPERATION PHASES

x Start-up :
¾ State of liquids: level readouts, e.g. fuel oil tank; readout of totaliser flowmeters…
¾ State of alarms.
¾ State of LOTO removals.
¾ Meter readings before and after start-up: flame hours, number of start-ups, number
of trips…
¾ Reason of start-up: power generation, compressor wash…
¾ Type of fuel at start-up.
¾ Time of start-up command.
¾ Time of ignition.
¾ Time of reaching nominal speed.
¾ Time of coupling.
x Operation :
¾ Change in base load/peak load operation - average power output.
¾ Gas - fuel oil (for multi-fuel turbines) or domestic fuel - heavy fuel transfers.
x Shutdown :
¾ Meter readings before and after shutdown.
¾ Time of shutdown command.
¾ Time of opening of the generator circuit breaker.
¾ Time of extinction of the flames.
All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés
OMMO_1_ALL GT_EN_V2 Revision: A Date: 07/2008
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 4/5
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
OPERATION

¾ Time of starting of the turning phase.

¾ Protections and interlocks.
¾ Time of stopping of the turning gear (at least 24 hours).
x Standby, safety measures taken.
x Unavailability for works :
¾ Type of works.
¾ LOTO reference.

3.3. ALARMS AND TRIPS

x Time of occurrence of alarms/trips.

x Chronological occurrence of alarms: the automatic readouts of the control systems
(history) are useful aids for incident analysis.
x Summary of the intervention carried out.
x Measures taken prior to restart of the turbine.

3.4. SPECIAL NOTES AND ABNORMALITIES

Any machine behaviour that is considered abnormal or unusual: vibrations, noise,

defective instrumentation etc...

3.5. INSTRUCTIONS

x General operating instructions.

x Provisional instructions specific to each unit, with exact date.
x Restrictions of use.
x Specific shift-change instructions.

3.6. PARAMETER READOUTS

Parameters of the turbo-generator set: pressures, temperatures, vibrations, analog and

digital control values etc.
These values must be read out cyclically, either manually or automatically, to demonstrate
the proper operation of the systems.
See document on parameter readouts.

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMO_1_ALL GT_EN_V2 Revision: A Date: 07/2008
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 5/5
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
OPERATION

4. LOCKOUTS/TAGOUTS

Repair, servicing and maintenance interventions must be carried out in accordance with
the personnel and equipment safety procedures and regulations.
The operator must establish and observe work permit and equipment lockout/tagout
procedures.

5. SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE

The information collected during operation monitoring allows to define the scheduling of
the interventions or to complete the maintenance programmes defined in the next
maintenance part.
See document on operational inspections.

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMO_1_ALL GT_EN_V2 Revision: A Date: 07/2008
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 1/4
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
OPERATION

OPERATIONAL INSPECTIONS

1. INTRODUCTION..................................................................................................................... 2
2. CLEANLINESS OF THE EQUIPMENT .................................................................................. 2
3. FLUID LEVELS....................................................................................................................... 3
4. CONDITION OF FILTERS ...................................................................................................... 3
5. INSTRUMENTATION.............................................................................................................. 4
6. ELECTRIC MOTORS AND DRIVEN EQUIPMENT ................................................................ 4
7. LIGHTING AND SIGNALLING ............................................................................................... 4

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMO_TOC2_ALL GT_EN_V2 Revision: A Date: 07/2008
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 2/4
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
OPERATION

1. INTRODUCTION

This document describes the inspections that are performed when the gas turbine is
operating or during short shutdowns. They are linked to the daily monitoring of the turbo-
generator set and are independent of the combustion, hot gas path and major inspections
during which the turbine is immobilised.
The following standard text applies to all gas turbine types and is intended as a guide for
the operator.
Optional equipment is often identified by the symbol () in the text.
The experience acquired during day-to-day operation of the installation will enable the
operating staff to further supplement and refine the recommendations contained in this
document.

2. CLEANLINESS OF THE EQUIPMENT

The cleanliness of the equipment allows to :

x Easily detect possible leaks.
x Limit the propagation of fire caused by leaks or dirt deposits.
x Preserve the efficiency of the plant’s refrigeration, filtration and ventilation systems.
x Ensure the safety of the operating staff during inspection rounds and maintenance.

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMO_2_ALL GT_EN_V2 Revision: A Date: 07/2008
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 3/4
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
OPERATION

3. FLUID LEVELS

Although certain levels are monitored automatically, it is nevertheless advisable to check

the proper functioning by a visual inspection. The main levels are related to:
x The lube oil in the tank.
x The turbine and possibly generator cooling water.
x The electrolyte in the batteries ().
x The oil of the circuit breakers ().
x The fuel in the tanks ().
x Absence of any condensates ().
x Oil, water and fuel of the starting motor or the standby diesel generator ().
x Dielectric of the transformers and colour of the coloured granules of the desiccant ().
REMARK: An abnormal level increase may be due to pollution by another fluid, a
significant decrease may be due to a leak.
In both cases appropriate action must be initiated as quickly as possible.

4. CONDITION OF FILTERS

Regular monitoring of the filters for loss of charge allows a schedule to be drawn up for
appropriate replacement of the cartridges. The main filters are located on the following
circuits :
x Lube oil.
x High pressure oil and control oil ().
x Gas, liquid and atomization () fuels.
x Starting diesel or standby diesel generator () oil.
x Turbine air intake.

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMO_2_ALL GT_EN_V2 Revision: A Date: 07/2008
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 4/4
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
OPERATION

5. INSTRUMENTATION

Rapid identification of an instrumentation defect or fault allows the fault to be brought

under control and appropriate corrective action to be implemented.
The instrumentation relates to all checks and measurements of physical parameters :
x Pressure, temperature, flow rate…
x Vibration, valve position…

6. ELECTRIC MOTORS AND DRIVEN EQUIPMENT

The following parameters shall be monitored :

x For the motors: noise, vibrations, absorbed current.
x For driven equipment: noise, vibrations, input conditions: cleanliness of exhaust ducts,
fluid pressure level, output conditions : pressure, flow rate, fluid leaks.

7. LIGHTING AND SIGNALLING

Lighting lamps and signalling devices such as alarms or motor status indicators must be
operational at all times. Rapid replacement of defective bulbs is part of compliance with
the operating regulations.

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMO_2_ALL GT_EN_V2 Revision: A Date: 07/2008
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 1/7
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
OPERATION

PARAMETER READOUTS AND ANALYSIS

1. INTRODUCTION..................................................................................................................... 2
2. PARAMETER READOUTS .................................................................................................... 2
2.1. PERFORMANCES............................................................................................................... 2
2.2. GENERATOR TEMPERATURES........................................................................................ 2
2.3. COMPRESSOR TEMPERATURES AND TURBINE COOLING.......................................... 2
2.4. TURBINE EXHAUST TEMPERATURES............................................................................. 2
2.5. TURBINE AND AUXILIARIES FLUID PRESSURES AND LEVELS.................................... 3
2.6. TURBINE AND AUXILIARIES TEMPERATURES ............................................................... 3
2.7. SHAFT LINE VIBRATION.................................................................................................... 3
2.8. TURBINE CONTROL........................................................................................................... 3
2.9. START-UP AND SHUTDOWN ............................................................................................ 3
2.10. EXTERNAL ENVIRONMENT .............................................................................................. 3
3. ANALYSIS OF THE PARAMETERS...................................................................................... 4
3.1. PERFORMANCES............................................................................................................... 4
3.2. GENERATOR TEMPERATURES........................................................................................ 4
3.3. COMPRESSOR TEMPERATURES AND TURBINE COOLING.......................................... 4
3.4. TURBINE EXHAUST TEMPERATURES............................................................................. 4
3.5. TURBINE AND AUXILIARIES FLUID PRESSURES AND LEVELS.................................... 5
3.6. TURBINE AND AUXILIARIES TEMPERATURES ............................................................... 5
3.7. SHAFT LINE VIBRATION.................................................................................................... 5
3.8. TURBINE CONTROL........................................................................................................... 5
3.9. START-UP AND SHUTDOWN ............................................................................................ 6
3.9.1. START-UP ........................................................................................................................... 6
3.9.2. SHUT DOWN....................................................................................................................... 6
3.10. EXTERNAL ENVIRONMENT .............................................................................................. 6
4. VIBRATION READOUTS ....................................................................................................... 7
4.1. NOTE ................................................................................................................................... 7
4.2. VIBRATION READOUTS..................................................................................................... 7
4.3. ANALYSIS ........................................................................................................................... 7

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMO_TOC3_ALL GT_EN_V2 Revision: A Date: 07/2008
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 2/7
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
OPERATION

1. INTRODUCTION

This document contains a standard text that is applicable to all gas turbine types and is
intended as a guide for the operator.
The experience acquired during the day-to-day operation of the plant will enable the
operating staff to further supplement and refine the readout procedures described below.
In order to maintain the performance and the reliability of the gas turbine, the operating
parameters must be read out and analyzed. This information, which is available on the
control screens or on site, can be divided into two families: the operating parameters and
the vibration readouts.
The readouts are performed manually or automatically with a frequency that depends on
the operational requirements. The following frequency is recommended:
x For the operating parameters: 1 to 4 readouts every 24 hours.
x For the vibration readouts: 1 to 4 readouts per month.

2. PARAMETER READOUTS

One method for reading out the parameters consists in classifying them into the following
categories :

2.1. PERFORMANCES

Active power, reactive power, generator voltage, generator current, excitation voltage and
current, ambient temperature, atmospheric pressure, loss of charge of air filter etc…

2.2. GENERATOR TEMPERATURES

All generator temperatures: hot air, cold air, stator bars, return oil of bearings etc...

2.3. COMPRESSOR TEMPERATURES AND TURBINE COOLING

Inlet temperature (CTIF), outlet temperature (CTDA), inter-wheel temperatures (TTWS),

tunnel temperature (TTIB).

2.4. TURBINE EXHAUST TEMPERATURES

TTXD, average temperature TTXM.

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMO_3_ALL GT_EN_V2 Revision: A Date: 07/2008
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 3/7
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
OPERATION

2.5. TURBINE AND AUXILIARIES FLUID PRESSURES AND LEVELS

Turbine fluid pressures, differential pressures of filters and filter in service in case of
duplicated elements, and levels: lube oil, high pressure oil, atomization air, cooling water,
compressor outlet (CPD), liquid fuel supply, injectors (), gas supply, inter-valve (),
injection water () etc…

2.6. TURBINE AND AUXILIARIES TEMPERATURES

Turbine fluid temperatures: lube oil in tank and collector (LTTH, LTOT), return oil of
bearings, atomization air, cooling water, compressor outlet (CPD), liquid fuel (), gas (),
injection water (), etc…

2.7. SHAFT LINE VIBRATION

Shaft line vibration values indicated by the control system.

2.8. TURBINE CONTROL

Turbine control signal (FSR), position of gas valves (VSR – VGC) or fuel oil flow control
valve (), etc…

2.9. START-UP AND SHUTDOWN

Start-up time, shutdown time.

For gas turbines type 6000B : turbine speed at which the electric starting motor stops or
the diesel motor goes into idling speed.

2.10. EXTERNAL ENVIRONMENT

Battery charger current and voltage, main transformer temperature and oil level, etc…

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMO_3_ALL GT_EN_V2 Revision: A Date: 07/2008
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 4/7
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
OPERATION

3. ANALYSIS OF THE PARAMETERS

The parameter readouts taken during the first commissioning period serve as reference.
All subsequent readouts will be compared against the original readouts.

3.1. PERFORMANCES

The power output of the gas turbine varies with changes in the atmospheric conditions.
The analysis must be based on measurements carried out at full load with temperature
control (base load). The performances of the machine must therefore be corrected prior to
any comparison. A decrease in active power is generally linked to fouling of the
compressor. An ON line or OFF line wash allows to recover the largest part of the
kilowatts. Loss of charge of the air filter also reduces the machine performance. The
cartridge replacement frequency primarily depends on the air quality of the site.

3.2. GENERATOR TEMPERATURES

Refer to the volume on the generator.

3.3. COMPRESSOR TEMPERATURES AND TURBINE COOLING

The cooling temperatures must not exceed the limit values and two thermocouples
located in the same zone must have similar temperature values; example: zone after
second wheel: the difference between thermocouples TTWS 2A0-1 and TTWS 2AO-2
must be less than 75°C.
In the event of a fault, check the measuring circuit and implement the appropriate
corrective action.

3.4. TURBINE EXHAUST TEMPERATURES

The exhaust temperature is limited by the control system as a function of the compression
ratio of the axial compressor.
Any drift of the measurement system or control system must be analyzed and corrected
as soon as possible.
The exhaust temperature measurement is performed by multiple thermocouples mounted
on the circumference of the exhaust and in the same measuring plane.
A major temperature difference between the exhaust thermocouples indicates a fault in
the measuring circuit or a combustion fault and must be analyzed and corrected as soon
as possible.

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMO_3_ALL GT_EN_V2 Revision: A Date: 07/2008
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 5/7
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
OPERATION

3.5. TURBINE AND AUXILIARIES FLUID PRESSURES AND LEVELS

The pressure values often provide an indication of the proper functioning of the systems.
Regular monitoring of the differential pressures of the filters allows to identify the fouling
condition of the cartridges and to schedule the replacement intervals.
If the turbine runs on fuel oil, the injector pressure of each chamber at the outlet of the
flow divider is read out. The maximum permissible pressure difference between these
pressures is 6% of the median value. If the difference exceeds this value, the machine
must be shut down and the difference corrected before it is restarted.

3.6. TURBINE AND AUXILIARIES TEMPERATURES

Like the pressures, the temperatures reflect the proper functioning of the systems. It is
sometimes necessary to monitor temperature differences; example: difference between oil
supply and return values of the bearings.

3.7. SHAFT LINE VIBRATION

The vibration values read out after the first run-ups of the turbo-generator set represent
the vibration signature of the shaft line. This signature is machine-specific.
The vibration values must be compared against the vibration signature.

3.8. TURBINE CONTROL

The analysis of the control parameters allows to highlight system drifts.

The following relationships must be checked :
x Exhaust temperature versus compression ratio.
x Position of gas () and/or liquid () valves versus turbine control signal (FSR).
x Inter-valve gas pressure versus turbine speed () during the start-up phases.
x Rotating speed of flow divider (FQL) versus turbine control signal (FSR) during
operation on liquid fuel.
The control constants of the gas turbine are given in the document “control specification”
included in the volume “PLAN”.

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMO_3_ALL GT_EN_V2 Revision: A Date: 07/2008
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 6/7
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
OPERATION

3.9. START-UP AND SHUTDOWN

3.9.1. START-UP

The parameters listed below allow to confirm the proper functioning of the starting system
and its operating conditions by comparing them against the original readouts :
x Turbine speed (TNH), control signal (FSR) and exhaust temperature (TTXM) as a
function of the start-up time.
x Start-up time. The start-up time must always be timed with respect to the same
conditions; example: from the start command when the machine is turning until the
100% speed level.
() Depending on the turbine model, the starting system contains one or more of the
following components: electric motor, diesel motor, torque converter, static frequency
converter.

3.9.2. SHUT DOWN

Measurement of the shutdown time allows to validate the rotating conditions of the shaft
line. The timing must also be performed under the same conditions; example: from 99%
speed level until activation of the turning gear.

3.10. EXTERNAL ENVIRONMENT

For analysis of the environmental parameters of the gas turbine, reference shall be made
to the documents of the manufacturers.

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMO_3_ALL GT_EN_V2 Revision: A Date: 07/2008
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 7/7
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
OPERATION

4. VIBRATION READOUTS

4.1. NOTE

This standard text applies to all gas turbine types and is intended as a guide.
The experience acquired during operation of the plant will enable the operating staff to
further supplement and refine the vibration measurements.

4.2. VIBRATION READOUTS

The vibration measurements discussed in this chapter are carried out with a portable
device. The measuring frequency may be monthly or bimonthly. It is important to specify
the following:
x The type of value measured: displacement or speed.
x The units : μm or mm/s.
x The amplitude: single or double.
The readouts are related to the following auxiliaries: motor pump units, motor fans,
auxiliary gearbox. Displacement measurements on lifting lugs or on the bases of the
different modules provide information on the strength of the anchorages in the civil
engineering structures.
It is advisable to mark the exact location of the measurements on the equipment to allow
the results to be compared in time (for instance, by applying paint marks).
To characterize the vibration, it is preferable to make 3 measurements in the same plane:
x Along the vertical axis, (V : vertical).
x Along the horizontal axis parallel to the axis of rotation, (A : axial or L : longitudinal).
x Along the horizontal axis perpendicular to the axis of rotation. (H : horizontal or
T : transverse).

4.3. ANALYSIS

Increased vibrations are often an indication of degradation of the rotating parts of the
machine, of their attachments or of their alignment.
Refer to the supplier documents for the acceptable limits and the corrective actions.
In certain cases the vibration frequency and phase values are read out to allow for a more
precise diagnostic.

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMO_3_ALL GT_EN_V2 Revision: A Date: 07/2008
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 1/29
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
OPERATION

OPERATION SEQUENCES

1. INTRODUCTION................................................................................................................. 3
1.1. FOREWORD....................................................................................................................... 3
1.2. OPERATING SEQUENCES ............................................................................................... 3
1.3. SCREEN SHOTS................................................................................................................ 3
2. OPERATOR RESPONSIBILITY......................................................................................... 4
3. COOLDOWN OPERATION ................................................................................................ 4
3.1. INITIAL CONDITIONS ........................................................................................................ 4
3.2. SEQUENCES...................................................................................................................... 5
3.3. FINAL CONDITIONS .......................................................................................................... 5
4. NORMAL START-UP ......................................................................................................... 6
4.1. INITIAL CONDITIONS ........................................................................................................ 6
4.2. SEQUENCES...................................................................................................................... 7
4.3. FINAL CONDITIONS .......................................................................................................... 9
5. SYNCHRONIZING ............................................................................................................ 11
5.1. INITIAL CONDITIONS ...................................................................................................... 11
5.2. SEQUENCES.................................................................................................................... 12
5.3. FINAL CONDITIONS ........................................................................................................ 12
6. FUEL TRANSFER ............................................................................................................ 13
6.1. INITIAL CONDITIONS ...................................................................................................... 13
6.2. SEQUENCES.................................................................................................................... 14
6.3. FINAL CONDITIONS ........................................................................................................ 15
7. LOAD PICK UP ................................................................................................................ 16
7.1. INITIAL CONDITIONS ...................................................................................................... 16
7.2. SEQUENCES.................................................................................................................... 17
7.3. FINAL CONDITIONS ........................................................................................................ 17
8. LEAD / LAG MOTORS ..................................................................................................... 18
8.1. INITIAL CONDITIONS ...................................................................................................... 18
8.2. SEQUENCES.................................................................................................................... 18
8.3. FINAL CONDITIONS ........................................................................................................ 19
9. NORMAL SHUTDOWN .................................................................................................... 20
9.1. INITIAL CONDITIONS ...................................................................................................... 20
9.2. SEQUENCES.................................................................................................................... 20
9.3. FINAL CONDITIONS ........................................................................................................ 21
10. AUXILIARIES SHUTDOWN ............................................................................................. 21
10.1. INITIAL CONDITIONS ...................................................................................................... 21
10.2. SEQUENCES.................................................................................................................... 21
10.3. FINAL CONDITIONS ........................................................................................................ 21
11. EMERGENCY SHUTDOWN............................................................................................. 22
11.1. INITIAL CONDITIONS ...................................................................................................... 22
11.2. SEQUENCES.................................................................................................................... 22
11.3. FINAL CONDITIONS ........................................................................................................ 22

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMO_TOC4_6B_E0838_EN_V10 Revision: A Date: 03/2009
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 2/29
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
OPERATION

12. ON-LINE COMPRESSOR WASH .................................................................................... 23

12.1. INITIAL CONDITIONS ...................................................................................................... 23
12.2. SEQUENCES.................................................................................................................... 23
12.3. FINAL CONDITIONS ........................................................................................................ 24
13. OFF-LINE COMPRESSOR WASH................................................................................... 25
13.1. INITIAL CONDITIONS ...................................................................................................... 25
13.2. SEQUENCES.................................................................................................................... 26
13.3. FINAL CONDITIONS ........................................................................................................ 27
14. WATER INJECTION......................................................................................................... 28
14.1. INITIAL CONDITIONS ...................................................................................................... 28
14.2. SEQUENCES.................................................................................................................... 29
14.3. FINAL CONDITIONS ........................................................................................................ 29

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMO_TOC4_6B_E0838_EN_V10 Revision: A Date: 03/2009
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 3/29
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
OPERATION

1. INTRODUCTION

1.1. FOREWORD
After on-site installation, the first commissioning of the gas turbine is carried out with the
participation of General Electric Engineers and according to the specific commissioning
procedures.
The present document, which relates to the operation of the gas turbine, only addresses
the normal operating procedures.
Each technical intervention on the gas turbine must be backed up by a work permit.
Strict adherence to the work permit procedures guarantees the safety of the personnel as
well as observance of the initial functional configuration of equipments.

1.2. OPERATING SEQUENCES

The sequences described in the table below include initial conditions, sequences and final
conditions. The sequences are represented in four columns:
x The first column, titled Input, lists the manually initiated actions and significant
thresholds in sequences execution.
x The second column describes the main events.
x The third column, titled Output, lists the principal motors.
x The last column, title Status, specifies the status of the relevant component or
sequence:
¾ 0 means that the motor stops.
¾ 1 means that the motor starts.
¾ 2mn means that the sequence lasts 2 minutes.

1.3. SCREEN SHOTS

The screen shots included in this document are carried out without equipment of control
connected to the gas turbine. The posted physical values are thus not representative of
operating parameters.
Example: -18°C for the exhaust temperature.
These sights only facilitate the understanding of the text.

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMO_4_6B_E0838_EN_V10 Revision: A Date: 03/2009
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 4/29
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
OPERATION

2. OPERATOR RESPONSIBILITY
The operator is a person, authorized by his employer, who is familiar with the operation of
a turbo-generator used for electrical power generation.
His role consists in conducting the installation in accordance with the relevant operational,
system and personal safety procedures.

3. COOLDOWN OPERATION

3.1. INITIAL CONDITIONS

This operation consists of starting the shaft cooldown sequence after a complete
shutdown of the gas turbine.

The initial conditions are as follows:

x No works in progress on the gas turbine no work permit opened.
x Shaft at complete standstill.
x Control cabinets energized and operational.
x Power equipment available and operational.
x Fluids available with the correct levels.
x No unjustified alarms.
x Fire detection and protection are operational.
x Availability of fuel is not required if the machine is not to be fired.

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMO_4_6B_E0838_EN_V10 Revision: A Date: 03/2009
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 5/29
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
OPERATION

3.2. SEQUENCES

Input Description Output State

Cooldown
The cooldown is selected.
Control :On
The auxiliary oil pump starts, the oil pressure builds up. 88QA 1
The oil mist eliminator fan starts. 88QV 1
The gas compartment ventilation is running. 88VL 1
The hydraulic ratchet motor is starting and the clutch
valve is energized. The clutch engages and the shaft 88HR 1
rotates.

3.3. FINAL CONDITIONS

The shaft line rotates periodically 1/8 revolution every 3 minutes and the gas turbine is
available for start-up. The clutch remains automatically closed between revolution.

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMO_4_6B_E0838_EN_V10 Revision: A Date: 03/2009
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 6/29
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
OPERATION

4. NORMAL START-UP

4.1. INITIAL CONDITIONS

This operation consists in starting up the gas turbine from standstill or from cooldown
sequence to nominal speed.

The initial conditions are as follows:

x No work in progress on the gas turbine, no work permit opened.
x Shaft line at standstill or at cooldown sequence.
x No alarm on the control cabinets.
x Fire detection and protection operational.
x Control cabinets energized and operational.
x Power equipment available and operational.
x Fluids available with the correct levels.
x Fuel available.
x Start-up permissive green status.
x Power grid available if the machine is started up for electrical power supply or steam
production.

When the gas turbine has been at standstill for more than two days without ratcheting it is
recommended to start the auxiliaries first and keep the machine at automatic ratcheting
sequence for few cycles, as described in the above chapter “cool down sequence”. After
few minutes, the normal start up sequence may be initiated.

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMO_4_6B_E0838_EN_V10 Revision: A Date: 03/2009
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 7/29
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
OPERATION

4.2. SEQUENCES

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMO_4_6B_E0838_EN_V10 Revision: A Date: 03/2009
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 8/29
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
OPERATION

Input Description Output State

Mode Select :
The automatic mode is selected.
Auto
Master Control : The visual alarms on the turbine compartment blink to Blinking
Start indicate the imminent start of the following components. duration
The emergency lube oil pump proceed to test sequence. 88QE 1/0
The turbine compartment ventilation proceed to test
88BT 1/0
sequence
The turbine compartment ventilation is running 88BT 1
The gas compartment ventilation proceed to test
88VL 1/0
sequence
The gas compartment ventilation is running 88VL 1
The liquid fuel forwarding pump starts if distillate is
88FD 1
selected
The auxiliary oil pump starts, the oil pressure builds up. 88QA 1
The oil mist eliminator fan starts. 88QV 1
The hydraulic ratchet motor starts and the clutch valve is
88HR 1
energized.

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMO_4_6B_E0838_EN_V10 Revision: A Date: 03/2009
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 9/29
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
OPERATION

Input Description Output State

The high pressure oil pump starts. 88HQ 1
The diesel starter motor start. 88DS 1/0
The diesel motor goes at idle speed. 2 min
The diesel motor accelerate to nominal speed.
The shaft rotates, the "zero speed" signal detects start of
14HR
rotation.
The hydraulic ratchet sequence stops. 88HR 0
14HT The gas leak test is activated if gas fuel is selected.
The exhaust compartment ventilation is running. 88EF 1
14HM Diesel at medium speed.
The first fin fan coolers set starts.
The next fin fan coolers set starts according to cooling 88FC 1
water or oil or lube oil temperature.
The exhaust duct purge cycle is activated. 3 min
The firing sequence is initiated after purge cycle time.
The firing transformers are energized.
The fuel valves open.
Presence of flame is detected in the combustion
28FD 28FD 1
chambers.
One cooling water pump starts. 88WC 1
The ventilation of the load compartment is active. 88VG 1
After firing, the fuel flow is maintained at its warm up
value for one minute.
The diesel motor accelerate to nominal speed.
The fuel flow gradually increases to accelerate the shaft.
At turbine speed higher than starting means speed the
clutch open and the diesel motor goes at idle speed.
The diesel motor remains at idle speed. 5 min
14HS The compressor bleed valves close.
The auxiliary oil pump stops. 88QA 0
The high pressure oil pump stops. 88HQ 0
The exhaust frame blowers start. 88TK1,2 1
The generator reaches nominal voltage.
The diesel motor stop (after 5 minutes).
Turbine at nominal speed

4.3. FINAL CONDITIONS

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés
OMMO_4_6B_E0838_EN_V10 Revision: A Date: 03/2009
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 10/29
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
OPERATION

Lubrication of the shaft line is ensured by the shaft driven oil pump.
Gas turbine is at nominal speed, generator excited at nominal voltage, turbo-generator set
ready to be synchronized to the grid for electrical power supply.

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMO_4_6B_E0838_EN_V10 Revision: A Date: 03/2009
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 11/29
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
OPERATION

5. SYNCHRONIZING

5.1. INITIAL CONDITIONS

This operation consists in synchronizing the turbo-generator set to the grid for electrical
power generation.

The initial conditions are as follows:

x Turbine at nominal speed.
x Generator excited at nominal voltage.
x Grid available.

Manual synchronizing is allowed if the following conditions are fulfilled:

x Identical generator and grid voltages.
x Identical generator and grid frequencies.
x Identical phase.
Manual operation is the responsibility of the operator. Automatic synchronizing process is
to be preferred.

RESYNC push button has the same function as automatic synchronizing. It must be used
to allow automatic re-synchronizing.

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMO_4_6B_E0838_EN_V10 Revision: A Date: 03/2009
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 12/29
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
OPERATION

5.2. SEQUENCES

Input Description Output State

Sync Control : The Speedtronic adjust the speed of the unit and the
AUTO SYNC generator voltage.
The generator circuit breaker closes automatically.

5.3. FINAL CONDITIONS

Unit reach spinning reserve load.

Turbo-generator set is operational to produce full electrical power supply.
Generator voltage can be adjusted manually to satisfy the reactive power conditions.

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMO_4_6B_E0838_EN_V10 Revision: A Date: 03/2009
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 13/29
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
OPERATION

6. FUEL TRANSFER

6.1. INITIAL CONDITIONS

Successful fuel transfer is achieved only if the fuel is in operating condition :
x System available and all normally open valves open
x No alarm on the system
x Fuel available at the right condition : pressure and temperature
x Liquid fuel in the tank at acceptable level

1. Manual transfer (Gas Turbine at full speed )

Gas to liquid
When the turbine is running on gas fuel, the fuel changeover is initiated if liquid fuel is
selected by the operator.
Gas fuel to liquid fuel transfer is permitted at full speed no load or on load.
A time delay (about 30 seconds) is automatically required to feed the liquid fuel lines. At
the end of this priming, liquid fuel flow begins to increase and gas fuel flow to decrease.
During transfer operation, both gas fuel and liquid fuel are burned simultaneously.
Liquid to gas
When the turbine is running on liquid fuel, the fuel changeover is initiated if gas fuel is
selected by the operator.
A time delay (about 30 seconds) is required to feed the gas fuel lines. At the end of this
priming, gas fuel flow begins to increase and liquid fuel flow to decrease. During
transfer operation, both gas and liquid fuel are burned simultaneously.

2. Automatic transfer ( Gas Turbine at full speed )

Gas to liquid.
Automatic fuel transfer concerns only gas fuel to liquid fuel as the liquid fuel is the back
up fuel.
The signal for automatic changeover is given by :
x Fuel gas pressure low or
x Fuel gas temperature low or
x Speed ratio valve stroke higher than allowable set point or
x Gas scrubber level high.
In case of low gas pressure or SRV stroke mismatch, the time delay for feeding is
bypassed.

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMO_4_6B_E0838_EN_V10 Revision: A Date: 03/2009
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 14/29
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
OPERATION

Operation on distillate fuel shall continue until acceptable gas fuel conditions are re-
established. Changeover to gas fuel shall be manually initiated by the operator with
regard to the above conditions.

6.2. SEQUENCES

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMO_4_6B_E0838_EN_V10 Revision: A Date: 03/2009
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 15/29
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
OPERATION

6.3. FINAL CONDITIONS

The gas turbine is running with the selected fuel.

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMO_4_6B_E0838_EN_V10 Revision: A Date: 03/2009
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 16/29
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
OPERATION

7. LOAD PICK UP

7.1. INITIAL CONDITIONS

This operation consists in adjusting the active power.

The initial conditions are as follows:

x Turbo-generator set synchronized to the grid.
x Grid available for loading.

The operator can choose one of the following loading modes:

Preslct Load: The load reaches a preselected power according to a loading slope defined
by the Speedtronic.
Action on + / - Speed push buttons cancels Preselect mode selection.
Base Load: The load increase until the base load is reached according to a loading slope
defined by the Speedtronic.
Action on + / - Speed push buttons cancels Base mode selection.
Manual: Action on + / - Speed push buttons allows the operator to adjust the load.

The operator can choose one of the following generator modes:

Off: Automatic voltage control by generator control.
PF: Automatic Power factor control according to setpoint selected by the operator.
VAR: Automatic Reactive Power control according to setpoint selected by the operator

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMO_4_6B_E0838_EN_V10 Revision: A Date: 03/2009
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 17/29
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
OPERATION

7.2. SEQUENCES

7.3. FINAL CONDITIONS

The set generates the power required by the operator.

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMO_4_6B_E0838_EN_V10 Revision: A Date: 03/2009
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 18/29
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
OPERATION

8. LEAD / LAG MOTORS

8.1. INITIAL CONDITIONS

Some motors and associated driven components like pumps, fans, boosters, are
redundant and running in a lead/lag philosophy which means that the operating motor is
the “lead” motor, the other been in standby. The operator has the choice to select the
motor to run by #1 Lead or #2 Lead, and to change over to the standby motor at any time,
to balance the running hours. Changeover is manual, or automatic in case of failure of the
active motor.
Auto Rotate : Enable / Disable : if Enable is selected, the automatic change over occurs at
each starting sequence of the gas turbine. If Disable is selected, the lead motor selected
by the operator remain the same at each gas turbine starting up.
Prior to any manual changeover, check that the relevant motor and associated system are
available.

8.2. SEQUENCES

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMO_4_6B_E0838_EN_V10 Revision: A Date: 03/2009
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 19/29
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
OPERATION

8.2.1. MANUAL CHANGE OVER

Input Description Output State

#1 Lead or The operator select the standby motor to become the
#2 Lead “lead” motor.
Confirm select The operator confirm the choice.
The standby motor starts and keeps running. 1
The previous lead motor stops after and become
0
“standby”.
8.2.2. AUTOMATIC CHANGE OVER

Suppose two redundant motors and associated driven components M1 and M2. M1 is
the lead motor, M2 is the standby motor. If M1 fails, M2 starts automatically, a
corresponding alarm will inform the operator. The speedtronic logic will keep in memory
that M1 is “lead”, the operator must select “M2 lead” to confirm unavailability of M1.

8.3. FINAL CONDITIONS

Selected motor is active, the other motor has stopped.

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMO_4_6B_E0838_EN_V10 Revision: A Date: 03/2009
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 20/29
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
OPERATION

9. NORMAL SHUTDOWN

9.1. INITIAL CONDITIONS

This operation consists in shutting down the gas turbine-generator set.

The initial conditions are as follows:

1 - Set synchronized to the grid.
Or
2 - Gas Turbine from full speed no-load.

9.2. SEQUENCES

Input Description Output State

1 - Set synchronized to the grid.
The load drops down to the reverse power relay
Master
threshold according to a loading slope defined by the
control : Stop
Speedtronic.
The set’s circuit breaker opens.
2 - Gas Turbine at full speed no-load.
The turbine speed decreases.
14HS The auxiliary oil pump starts. 88QA 1
The high pressure oil pump starts. 88HQ 1
The cooling fans of the exhaust frame stop. 88TK1,2 0
28FD The loss of flames is detected.
The liquid fuel forwarding pump stops if distillate fuel
88FD 0
selected
Shutdown gas leak test is activated.
The cooling water fans stops according to the threshold
88FC 0
temperature.
The cooling water pump stops. 88WC 0
The ventilation of the load compartment is stopped. 88VG 0
14HM The exhaust compartment ventilation stops. 88EF 0
The turbine speed reaches zero speed, the cooling
14HR
sequence starts.

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMO_4_6B_E0838_EN_V10 Revision: A Date: 03/2009
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 21/29
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
OPERATION

9.3. FINAL CONDITIONS

The gas turbine is in cooldown sequence, rotating the shaft line periodically 1/8 revolution
every 3 minutes. The clutch remains automatically closed between revolution.
Running sequence of turbine compartment fan is according to turbine compartment
temperature, ambient and wheelspace temperature.
Starting sequence is possible at any time.

10. AUXILIARIES SHUTDOWN

10.1. INITIAL CONDITIONS

This operation consists of stopping the auxiliaries after a complete cooling down period of
the gas turbine.

10.2. SEQUENCES

Input Description Output State

Cooldown
The auxiliary oil pump stops. 88QA 0
control : OFF
The high pressure oil pump stops 88HQ 0
One of the oil mist eliminator fan stops. 88QV 0
The hydraulic ratchet sequence stops. 88HR 0

10.3. FINAL CONDITIONS

The gas turbine is at standstill.

Starting sequence is possible at any time.

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMO_4_6B_E0838_EN_V10 Revision: A Date: 03/2009
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 22/29
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
OPERATION

11. EMERGENCY SHUTDOWN

11.1. INITIAL CONDITIONS

This manual or automatic operation consists in quickly closing the VSR gas valve in order
to stop the fuel flow.
This action can be initiated with the gas turbine loaded, starting or in normal shutdown
condition:
x Either by pressing an emergency shutdown pushbutton.
x Or through the operation of an electrical or mechanical protection.

11.2. SEQUENCES

The sequence is similar to a normal shutdown, with instantaneous loss of flame.

An alarm indicates the cause of the fault.

11.3. FINAL CONDITIONS

Gas turbine is in cooldown sequence.

It is imperative to eliminate the fault that has caused the emergency shutdown before any
restart of the Gas Turbine.

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMO_4_6B_E0838_EN_V10 Revision: A Date: 03/2009
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 23/29
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
OPERATION

12. ON-LINE COMPRESSOR WASH

12.1. INITIAL CONDITIONS

This operation consists in carrying out a compressor wash at nominal speed.

The initial conditions are as follows:
x Turbine at base load therefore IGVs are fully open.
x Washing skid available.
x The compressor inlet temperature is appropriate for the on line washing.

12.2. SEQUENCES

Input Description Output State

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMO_4_6B_E0838_EN_V10 Revision: A Date: 03/2009
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 24/29
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
OPERATION

Input Description Output State

On Line Water
The on line washing is selected. 88BW 1
Wash : Start
After 30 minutes, washing stops automatically. 88BW 0

12.3. FINAL CONDITIONS

Gas turbine is running in a cleaner condition.

The next on line washing can not be started 24 hours after shutdown of the previous one.
Wash frequency depends on the site conditions and the operation of the gas turbine.
Follow-up of the main operating parameters as a function of the ambient conditions allows
to determine the need of washing.

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMO_4_6B_E0838_EN_V10 Revision: A Date: 03/2009
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 25/29
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
OPERATION

13. OFF-LINE COMPRESSOR WASH

13.1. INITIAL CONDITIONS

This operation consists in carrying out a compressor wash sequence according to phases
A, B, C, D, E as indicated on the graph below:
A : Turbine at starting speed: injection of water only then followed by injection of water and
detergent.
B : Turbine stopped to allow the detergent to work.
C : Turbine at starting speed: injection of water for rinsing.
D : Turbine stopped to allow the water to be recovered by gravity.
E : Turbine at starting speed for the drying period.

OFF line wash cycle

30

A B C D E
Turbine speed

20

10

0
0 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72 78 84 90

Time

The initial conditions are as follows :

x Gas turbine at standstill or at cooldown sequence, in cold condition, i.e. difference
between highest wheelspace temperature and wash water temperature must not
exceed 67°C. Example: if the water temperature is 70°C, the temperature inside the
turbine should be less than or equal to 70 + 67 = 137°C.
x Ambient temperature higher than 4°C to avoid any risk of frost.
x Water Wash reserve available and at a temperature between 66°C and 93°C.
x Detergent reserve available.
x Compressor and gas turbine manual valves open or closed according to compressor
washing procedure established from information given in the maintenance chapter.

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMO_4_6B_E0838_EN_V10 Revision: A Date: 03/2009
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 26/29
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
OPERATION

13.2. SEQUENCES

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMO_4_6B_E0838_EN_V10 Revision: A Date: 03/2009
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 27/29
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
OPERATION

Input Description Output State

Start up display Start up screen is displayed.
Mode Select :
The cranking mode is selected.
Crank
Master Control
The starting sequence is initiated.
: Start
Water wash
Water wash screen is displayed.
display
Off Line Water
Washing sequence starts.
Wash : Start
14HM The turbine starts up and reaches the cranking speed.
Compressor inlet guide vanes open to their maximum
value.
The exhaust frame blowers start. 88TK 1
Start up of the washing pump. 88BW 1
Washing phase A is in progress
Off Line Water The operator actuates the OFF line washing shutdown
88BW 0
Wash : Stop push button.
The diesel motor remains to idle speed. 5 min
The exhaust frame blowers stops. 88TK 0
The diesel motor stops.
Similar sequence apply for rinsing and drying.
Duration of drying cycle depends from remaining water
flow at drain valves.

13.3. FINAL CONDITIONS

After compressor washing, the compressor valves must be back in original configuration
before to start the gas turbine.

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMO_4_6B_E0838_EN_V10 Revision: A Date: 03/2009
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 28/29
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
OPERATION

14. WATER INJECTION

14.1. INITIAL CONDITIONS

The water injection at the level of the G.T. combustion chambers is used to lower the NOx
emission level.
The purpose is to reach the permitted NOx level according to the quantity and quality of
the fuel used (distillate, gas ), by injecting water at the level of the combustion chambers.
The selection of the water injection starting-up is made from the HMI menu by the
operator.
The water injection selection is validated only if :
x Water pressure at the inlet and outlet of the pump is correct.
x Water flow in the permitted limits.
x No opening problem of the stop valve.
x The fuel flow is sufficient to require water injection.
x The generator breaker is closed.

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMO_4_6B_E0838_EN_V10 Revision: A Date: 03/2009
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 29/29
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
OPERATION

14.2. SEQUENCES

Input Description Output State

Water
injection The water injection sequence starts. 88WN 1
“ON”

14.3. FINAL CONDITIONS

The water injection flow is regulated by the fuel flow.

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMO_4_6B_E0838_EN_V10 Revision: A Date: 03/2009
 GE Energy

Rev : A
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
OPERATION

ALARMS INTERPRETATION
SIGNAL NAME ALARM TEXT POSSIBLES CAUSES ACTIONS TO BE TAKEN

BEARING METAL TEMP GEN #1 Check bearing.

BTGJ1_1_ALM The generator bearing metal temperature #1 is very high
HIGH Check lube oil system and drain pipping
BEARING METAL TEMP GEN The generator bearing metal temperature (journal #1 ) is Check bearing (journal #1).
BTGJ1_2_ALM
JOURNAL #1 HIGH high Check lube oil system and drain pipping
BEARING METAL TEMP GEN #2 Check bearing.
BTGJ2_1_ALM The generator bearing metal temperature #2 is very high
HIGH Check lube oil system and drain pipping
BEARING METAL TEMP gen Check bearing (journal #2).
BTGJ2_2_ALM The generator bearing metal temperature (journal #2 ) is high
journal #2 HIGH Check lube oil system and drain pipping
BEARING METAL TEMP Check bearing (journal #2).
BTJ1_1_ALM The turbine bearing metal temperature (journal #1 ) is high
TURBINE JOURNAL #1 HIGH Check lube oil system and drain pipping
BEARING METAL TEMP Check bearing.
BTJ1_2_ALM The turbine bearing metal temperature #2 is very high
TURBINE JOURNAL #1 HIGH Check lube oil system and drain pipping
BEARING METAL TEMP Check bearing (journal #2).
BTJ2_1_ALM The turbine bearing metal temperature (journal #2 ) is high
TURBINE JOURNAL #2 HIGH Check lube oil system and drain pipping
BEARING METAL TEMP Check bearing.
BTJ2_2_ALM The turbine bearing metal temperature #2 is very high
TURBINE JOURNAL #2 HIGH Check lube oil system and drain pipping
Check bearings and lube oil system.
RED GEAR FWD BULL BRG #1 Red gear bearing or lube oil problem
BTRGB1_1_ALM Check that lube oil circulate correctly in the load gear.
METAL TEMP HIGH Load compartment ventilation fault
Check load compartment ventilation.
Check bearings and lube oil system.
RED GEAR FWD BULL BRG #1 Red gear bearing or lube oil problem
BTRGB1_2_ALM Check that lube oil circulate correctly in the load gear.
METAL TEMP HIGH Load compartment ventilation fault
Check load compartment ventilation.
Check bearings and lube oil system.
RED GEAR AFT BULL BRG #1 Red gear bearing or lube oil problem.
BTRGB2_1_ALM Check that lube oil circulate correctly in the load gear.
METAL TEMP HIGH Load compartment ventilation fault
Check load compartment ventilation.
Check bearings and lube oil system.
RED GEAR AFT BULL BRG #1 Red gear bearing or lube oil problem.
BTRGB2_2_ALM Check that lube oil circulate correctly in the load gear.
METAL TEMP HIGH Load compartment ventilation fault
Check load compartment ventilation.
Check pinion and lube oil system.
RED GEAR FWD PINION BRG #1 Red gear pinion or lube oil problem.
BTRGP1_1_ALM Check that lube oil circulate correctly in the load gear.
METAL TEMP HIGH Load compartment ventilation fault
Check load compartment ventilation.

All right reserved Copyright – Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMO_5_6B_E0838_EN_V3 Revision : A Date : 03/2009
Page :1/55
 GE Energy

Rev : A
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
OPERATION

SIGNAL NAME ALARM TEXT POSSIBLES CAUSES ACTIONS TO BE TAKEN

Check pinion and lube oil system.

RED GEAR FWD PINION BRG #1 Red gear pinion or lube oil problem.
BTRGP1_2_ALM Check that lube oil circulate correctly in the load gear.
METAL TEMP HIGH Load compartment ventilation fault
Check load compartment ventilation.
Check pinion and lube oil system.
RED GEAR AFT PINION BRG #1 Red gear pinion or lube oil problem.
BTRGP2_1_ALM Check that lube oil circulate correctly in the load gear.
METAL TEMP HIGH Load compartment ventilation fault
Check load compartment ventilation.
Check pinion and lube oil system.
RED GEAR AFT PINION BRG #1 Red gear pinion or lube oil problem.
BTRGP2_2_ALM Check that lube oil circulate correctly in the load gear.
METAL TEMP HIGH Load compartment ventilation fault
Check load compartment ventilation.
BEARING METAL TEMP THRUST Check bearing (thrust active).
BTTA1_1_ALM The bearing metal temperature (thrust active ) is high
ACTIVE 1 HIGH Check lube oil system and drain pipping
BEARING METAL TEMP THRUST Check bearing (thrust active).
BTTA1_2_ALM The bearing metal temperature (thrust active ) is high
ACTIVE 2 HIGH Check lube oil system and drain pipping
BEARING METAL TEMP THRUST Check bearing (thrust inactive).
BTTI1_1_ALM The bearing metal temperature (thrust inactive ) is high
INACTIVE 1 HIGH Check lube oil system and drain pipping
BEARING METAL TEMP THRUST Check bearing (thrust inactive).
BTTI1_2_ALM The bearing metal temperature (thrust inactive ) is high
INACTIVE 2 HIGH Check lube oil system and drain pipping
STARTING MEANS DIESEL
L12DT_ALM The starting means system is overspeed Check diesel starter system
ENGINE OVERSPEED
The speed control system has not limited turbine speed with
PROTECTIVE MODULE Determine and repair before restarting (mechanical, electrical or
L12H_ACC_ALM the trip limits (fault detected by P module).
ACCELERATION TRIP _ HP fuel or speed control trouble).
The turbine trips during the electrical overspeed test.
The speed control system has not limited turbine speed within
ELECTRICAL OVERSPEED TRIP Determine and repair before restarting (mechanical, electrical or
L12H_ALM the trip limits.
_ HP fuel or speed control trouble).
The turbine trips during the electrical overspeed test.
LOSS OF PROTECTIVE HP
L12H_FLT_ALM Card VPRO fault Check the card VPRO in the module P
SPEED INPUTS
PROTECTIVE MODULE
L12H_P_ALM Protective module overspeed fault. Check the module overspeed (power supply, short, link, cut).
OVERSPEED TRIP _ HP
Search the cause of this problem :
Check electronical overspeed system.
The trip circuit has been tripped by mechanical overspeed
L12HBLT_ALM OVERSPEED BOLT TRIP _ HP Check proper operation and setting of overspeed bolt assembly.
action.
Repair before starting and reset manually the mechanical
overspeed limit switch on the overspeed bolt.

All right reserved Copyright – Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMO_5_6B_E0838_EN_V3 Revision : A Date : 03/2009
Page :2/55
 GE Energy

Rev : A
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
OPERATION

SIGNAL NAME ALARM TEXT POSSIBLES CAUSES ACTIONS TO BE TAKEN

Check speed system.

Control speed signal loss and the unit trips.
CONTROL SPEED SIGNAL LOSS Check supply, connections.
L12HF_ALM Power supply fault, ground, short-circuit open.
_ HP Check the logic circuit.
Speed magnetic pickups fault.
Check speed magnetic pickups.
CONTROL SPEED SIGNAL
L12HFD_C_ALM Signal from speed sensors is faulty. Check speed sensors and wiring.
TROUBLE - HP
PROTECTIVE SPEED SIGNAL
L12HFD_P_ALM Signal from speed sensors is faulty. Check speed sensors and wiring.
TROUBLE - HP
K25A RELAY HAS NOT BEEN
L25A_ENAB_AL Synchro permissive disable Check synchro permissives
ENABLED
Check water supply to the atomizing air precooler, isolating valve
position flow restrictions.
L26AAH_ALM ATOMIZING AIR TEMP. HIGH Temperature high at the atomizing air compressor input.
Check proper operation of thermostatic valve VTR_2 and
temperature switch 26AA_1.
Check water supply to the atomizing air precooler, isolating valve
ATOMIZING AIR TEMPERATURE position flow restrictions.
L26AAL_ALM Temperature high at the atomizing air compressor input.
LOW Check proper operation of thermostatic valve VTR_2 and
temperature switch 26AA_1.
L26BW_ALM ON LINE TEMP OK On line temp OK For Information
CRANKING MOTOR TEMP HIGH Check the phases R of the cranking motor
L26CR1H_ALM The temperature of the phase R of the cranking motor is high
PHASE 1 Check the electrical circuit
ANFAHRMOTOR
The temperature of the phase R of the cranking motor is high Check the phases R of the cranking motor
L26CR1HH_ALM WICKLUNGSTEMP. PHASE R
Trip Check the electrical circuit
HOCH TRIP
CRANKING MOTOR TEMP HIGH Check the phases S of the cranking motor
L26CR2H_ALM The temperature of the phase S of the cranking motor is high
PHASE 2 Check the electrical circuit
ANFAHRMOTOR
The temperature of the phase S of the cranking motor is high Check the phases S of the cranking motor
L26CR2HH_ALM WICKLUNGSTEMP. PHASE S
Trip Check the electrical circuit
HOCH TRIP
CRANKING MOTOR TEMP HIGH Check the phases T of the cranking motor
L26CR3H_ALM The temperature of the phase T of the cranking motor is high
PHASE 3 Check the electrical circuit
ANFAHRMOTOR
The temperature of the phase T of the cranking motor is high Check the phases T of the cranking motor
L26CR3HH_ALM WICKLUNGSTEMP. PHASE T
Trip Check the electrical circuit
HOCH TRIP

All right reserved Copyright – Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMO_5_6B_E0838_EN_V3 Revision : A Date : 03/2009
Page :3/55
 GE Energy

Rev : A
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
OPERATION

SIGNAL NAME ALARM TEXT POSSIBLES CAUSES ACTIONS TO BE TAKEN

Check air conditioners (proper operation, power supply).

Clean the air conditioner filters, if necessary.
CONTROL PANEL
L26CTH_ALM Air conditioners not maintaining proper temperature. Check the proper operation of the thermocouple 26 CT.
TEMPERATURE HIGH
NOTE :
The control compartment doors must be closed.
Check the opening of the valve, on the water cooling system.
Check the pressure switch 26 DW.
The back cooling water is too high. Check the operation of the diesel cooling water.
Diesel cooling water system fault. On the cooling circuit, check that all valves are correctly positioned.
DIESEL ENGINE COOLING
L26DWH_ALM Diesel water pump fault. Check for leakage.
WATER TEMP HIGH
Leakage. Check the proper operation of the diesel water pump.
Cooling circuit not in correct position. Check the correct water circulation in the circuit.
Check the pressure switch 26 DW (operation and setting point).
Check the cooling water level.
Exciter cold air failure
EXCITER COLD AIR
L26EGC1_ALM Exciter RTD failure Check the exciter cold air and the RTD
TEMPERATURE HIGH
Exciter failure
EXCITER HOT AIR Over excitation Check the exciter associated connections, the good work of the
L26EGH1_ALM
TEMPERATURE HIGH Automatic voltage regulator failure regulation and the RTD
Exciter RTD failure
Exciter failure
EXCITER HOT AIR Over excitation Check the exciter associated connections, the good work of the
L26EGH2_ALM
TEMPERATURE VERY HIGH Automatic voltage regulator failure regulation and the RTD
Exciter RTD failure
Check the temperature switch 26 FD_1.
DISTILLATE FUEL
L26FDH_ALM The temperature of the distillate fuel is too high. Check the forwarding distillate fuel system.
TEMPERATURE HIGH
Check the heater system of the distillate fuel (if used).
Check the proper operation of the temperature switch
GAS OIL HEATER _ The temperature of the gas oil is low.
L26FDL_ALM 26 FD_1.
TEMPERATURE LOW Temperature switch fault.
Check the heating system.
Check the temperature switch 26 FD_1.
LIQUID FUEL TEMPERATURE
L26FDLY_ALM The temperature of the liquid fuel is faulty. Check the forwarding distillate fuel system.
MEASURE FAULT
Check the heater system of the distillate fuel (if used).
FUEL PUMP #1 TEMPERATURE
L26FDPT1H_ALM Fuel pump #1 temperature fault Check the pump # 1
FAULT
All right reserved Copyright – Droits de reproduction réservés
OMMO_5_6B_E0838_EN_V3 Revision : A Date : 03/2009
Page :4/55
 GE Energy

Rev : A
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
OPERATION

SIGNAL NAME ALARM TEXT POSSIBLES CAUSES ACTIONS TO BE TAKEN

FUEL PUMP #2 TEMPERATURE

L26FDPT2H_ALM Fuel pump #2 temperature fault Check the pump # 2
FAULT
LIQUID FUEL FORWARDING Stop heater
L26FHH_ALM Fuel temp high
HEATER TEMP HIGH Check electrical circuit
LIQUID FUEL FORWARDING Start heater
L26FHL_ALM Fuel temp low
HEATER TEMP LOW Check electrical circuit
LIQUID FUEL FORWARDING Stop heater
L26FHTP_ALM Liquid fuel forwarding heater skin temp high
HEATER SKIN TEMP HIGH Check electrical circuit
GENERATOR COLLECTOR
L26GAH17_ALM Generator collector outlet temperature high Check generator collector outlet system
OUTLET TEMP HIGH
GENERATOR COLD AIR
L26GGC1_ALM Generator cold gas temperature high Check cooling and sealing system
TEMPERATURE HIGH
GENERATOR COLD AIR
L26GGC2_ALM Generator cold gas temperature very high Check cooling and sealing system
TEMPERATURE VERY HIGH
GENERATOR COLD GAS
L26GGCA_ALM Generator cold gas temperature high Check cooling and sealing system
TEMPERATURE HIGH
GENERATOR HIGH COLD GAS
L26GGCS_ALM Generator high cold gas temp. Propagation Check cooling and sealing system
TEMP. PROPAGATION
GENERATOR RTD OUT OF Check RTD and associated connections for proper signal and
L26GGF_ALM Generator RTD fault.
LIMITS replace faulty RTD.
GENERATOR RTD HIGH
L26GGFH_ALM Generator RTD high failure discovered Check generator RTD
FAILURE DISCOVERED
GENERATOR RTD LOW FAILURE
L26GGFL_ALM Generator RTD low failure discovered Check generator RTD
DISCOVERED
GENERATOR TEMPERATURE
L26GGH1_ALM Generator temperature hot air temp high Check cooling and sealing system
HOT AIR TEMPERATURE HIGH
GENERATOR TEMPERATURE
L26GGH2_ALM Generator temperature hot air temp very high Check cooling and sealing system
HOT AIR VERY HIGH
GENERATOR HOT GAS
L26GGHA_ALM Generator hot gas temperature high Check cooling ans sealing system
TEMPERATURE HIGH
GENERATOR MAGNETIC CORE Stator collector end RTD fault. Check RTD and associated connections for proper signal and
L26GSAF1_ALM
TEMPERATURE HIGH replace faulty RTD.
GEN STATOR COUPLING END Generator Overload Decrease the generator load
L26GSC1H_ALM
TEMPERATURE HIGH Generator RTD failure Check RTD and associated connections

All right reserved Copyright – Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMO_5_6B_E0838_EN_V3 Revision : A Date : 03/2009
Page :5/55
 GE Energy

Rev : A
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
OPERATION

SIGNAL NAME ALARM TEXT POSSIBLES CAUSES ACTIONS TO BE TAKEN

GEN STATOR WINDING CENTER Generator Overload Decrease the generator load
L26GSC1HH_AL
TEMP VERY HIGH Generator RTD failure Check RTD and associated connections
GEN STATOR COLLECTOR END Generator Overload Decrease the generator load
L26GSC2H_ALM
TEMPERATURE HIGH Generator RTD failure Check RTD and associated connections
VERY HIGH TEMP. IN DLN
L26HA11HH_AL DLN compt temperature very high Start cooling fans
COMPARTMENT
VERY LOW TEMP. IN DLN
L26HA11LL_AL DLN compt temperature very low Check cooling fans
COMPARTMENT
VERY HIGH TEMP. IN AUXILIARY
L26HAHH_ALM Accessories compt temperature high Start cooling fans
COMPARTMENT
HEAT VENT VERY LOW TEMP. IN
L26HALL_ALM Heating and ventilation fault Check heating and ventilation system
AUXILIARY COMPARTMENT
HEAT VENT VERY HIGH TEMP.
L26HGHH_ALM Heat vent very high temp. In load compartment Check cooling and sealing system
IN LOAD COMPARTMENT
HEAT VENT VERY LOW TEMP. IN
L26HGLL_ALM Heat vent very low temp. In load compartment Check cooling and sealing system
LOAD COMPARTMENT
VERY HIGH TEMP. IN TURBINE
L26HTHH_ALM Gas turbine compt temperature high Start cooling fans
COMPARTMENT
VERY LOW TEMP. IN TURBINE
L26HTLL_ALM Turbine compartment temperature low. Check the ventilation system.
COMPARTMENT
CONTROL PANEL IO PACK
L26IOPH_ALM Control panel pack température high Check the ventilation system
TEMPERATURE HIGH
FUEL PURGE WATER INJ /
L26LPH_ALM LIQUID AIR TEMPERATURE Fuel purge water inj/liquid air temperature high Check heating ventilation system
HIGH
FUEL PURGE WATER INJ /
L26LPL_ALM LIQUID AIR TEMPERATURE Fuel purge water inj/liquid air temperature low Check heating ventilation system
HIGH
Check for proper operation of the lube oil heat exchangers, cooling
water fans (proper rotation) and temperature regulating valve
Lube header temperature above recommended limits. (See
L26QA_ALM LUBE OIL HEADER TEMP. HIGH VTR_1.
piping schematic).
Check for proper operation of the temperature switch
26 QA_1.

All right reserved Copyright – Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMO_5_6B_E0838_EN_V3 Revision : A Date : 03/2009
Page :6/55
 GE Energy

Rev : A
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
OPERATION

SIGNAL NAME ALARM TEXT POSSIBLES CAUSES ACTIONS TO BE TAKEN

Check for proper operation of the lube oil tank heaters.

Lube tank temperature below recommended limits (see piping
L26QN_ALM LUBE OIL TANK TEMP. LOW Starting is inhibited if the header temperature is low.
schematic).
Check for proper operation of the temperature switch 26QN_1.
Check for proper operation of the lube oil heat exchangers, cooling
water fans (proper operation) and temperature regulating valve
LUBE OIL HEADER TEMP. HIGH
L26QT_ALM Lube header temperature above recommended limits. VTR_1.
TRIP
Check the temperature switches 26 QT_1A and 26 QT_1B setting
points.
COOLING WATER Check the proper operation of the temperature sensor.
L26WC_FLT Cooling water temperature fault.
TEMPERATURE FAULT Check the cooling water system.
GT COOLING WATER TEMP Check the proper operation of the temperature sensor.
L26WC2_FLT GT Cooling water temperature fault.
MEASUREMENT FAULT Check the GT cooling water system.
Check cooling water system (fan motor, radiator, cleanliness of
Cooling water system fault.
circuit, skid).
Pipes, radiators are dirty.
COOLING WATER Check the proper operation of the temperature sensor
L26WCHH_ALM Cooling fan motor fault.
TEMPERATURE VERY HIGH 26 WC.
Temperature sensor fault.
Check the correct circulation of the water in the circuit.
Leakage.
Check the proper operation of the water pump.
GT COOLING WATER Check the proper operation of the temperature sensor.
L26WCHH2_ALM GT Cooling water temperature fault.
TEMPERATURE VERY HIGH Check the GT cooling water system.
HEAT VENT VERY HIGH TEMP. Water injection compartment temperature fault.
L26WRHH_ALM Check the thermocouple AT-WI-1. (Wiring, connection, etc…).
IN WI COMPARTMENT Thermocouple fault.
HEAT VENT VERY LOW TEMP. IN Water injection compartment temperature fault.
L26WRLL_ALM Check the thermocouple AT-WI-1. (Wiring, connection, etc…).
WI COMPARTMENT Thermocouple fault.
Check battery charger AC breaker.
BATTERY CHARGER #1 AC The number 1 battery charger AC is under-voltage.
L27BLN1_ALM Check voltage magnitude.
UNDERVOLTAGE Charger faulty.
Check the proper operation of the battery charger.
BATTERY CHARGER AC Battery charger AC undervoltage.
L27BLN11_ALM See alarm : L27BLN1_ALM
UNDERVOLTAGE Charger faulty.
BATTERY CHARGER AC Battery charger AC undervoltage.
L27BLN12_ALM See alarm : L27BLN1_ALM
UNDERVOLTAGE Charger faulty.
BATTERY CHARGER AC Battery charger AC undervoltage.
L27BLN13_ALM See alarm : L27BLN1_ALM
UNDERVOLTAGE Charger faulty.
BATTERY CHARGER #2 AC The number 2 battery charger AC is under-voltage.
L27BLN2_ALM See alarm : L27BLN1_ALM
UNDERVOLTAGE Charger faulty.

All right reserved Copyright – Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMO_5_6B_E0838_EN_V3 Revision : A Date : 03/2009
Page :7/55
 GE Energy

Rev : A
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
OPERATION

SIGNAL NAME ALARM TEXT POSSIBLES CAUSES ACTIONS TO BE TAKEN

BATTERY CHARGER # 2 AC Battery charger # 2 AC undervoltage.

L27BLN21_ALM See alarm : L27BLN1_ALM
UNDERVOLTAGE Charger faulty.
BATTERY CHARGER # 2 AC Battery charger # 2 AC undervoltage.
L27BLN22_ALM See alarm : L27BLN1_ALM
UNDERVOLTAGE Charger faulty.
BATTERY CHARGER # 2 AC Battery charger # 2 AC undervoltage.
L27BLN23_ALM See alarm : L27BLN1_ALM
UNDERVOLTAGE Charger faulty.
Check bus PT fuses and wiring. Do not use auto synchronizing or
AC BUS NORMAL
L27BN_12_ALM Bus synchronizing potential not available. manual synchronizing until problem is resolved.
INFORMATIONS MISMATCH
Check relay 27B_1,2.
Check bus PT fuses and wiring. Do not use auto synchronizing or
BUS UNDERVOLTAGE - NO
L27BN_ALM Bus synchronizing potential not available. manual synchronizing until problem is resolved.
AUTO SYNCH
Check relay 27B_1,2.
Check bus PT fuses and wiring. Do not use auto synchronizing or
L27BP1N_ALM DC SUPPLY #1 CRITICAL FAULT DC supply #1 critical fault manual synchronizing until problem is resolved.
Check relays 27B_1.
Check bus PT fuses and wiring. Do not use auto synchronizing or
L27BP2N_ALM DC SUPPLY #2 CRITICAL FAULT DC supply #2 critical fault manual synchronizing until problem is resolved.
Check relays 27B_2.
Check bus PT fuses and wiring. Do not use auto synchronizing or
AC BUS UNDERVOLTAGE
L27BZ_12_ALM Bus synchronizing potential not available. manual synchronizing until problem is resolved.
INFORMATIONS MISMATCH
Check relay 27B_1,2.
DIESEL ENGINE 24VDC
L27DE1_ALM 24V power supply to diesel Check24V power supply
VOLTAGE SUPPLY FAULT
Check battery charger for proper operation, correct excessive drain
Battery system voltage is low. on battery, check for bad cells.
Battery charger is not functioning properly. Check battery charger fuses.
L27DZ_ALM BATTERY DC UNDERVOLTAGE
Excessive drain on the batteries. NOTE :
Bad cells in battery. The gas turbine should not be operated unless DC power is
available to the emergency DC lube oil pump.
GAS DETECT RACK 230 VAC
L27GRDAC_ALM Gas detect rack 230 VAC power supply fault Check power supply 230 VAC of gas detection module
POWER SPPLY FLT
GAS DETECT RACK 125 VDC
L27GRDDC_ALM Gas detect rack 125 VDC power spply flt Check power supply 125 VDC of gas detection module
POWER SPPLY FLT

All right reserved Copyright – Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMO_5_6B_E0838_EN_V3 Revision : A Date : 03/2009
Page :8/55
 GE Energy

Rev : A
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
OPERATION

SIGNAL NAME ALARM TEXT POSSIBLES CAUSES ACTIONS TO BE TAKEN

Check that power is supplied to the motor control center.

Check 380 V on the bus bars.
L27MC1N_ALM MCC UNDERVOLTAGE Motor control center undervoltage.
Check breaker: transformer supply 16 KVA and the transformer.
Check relay 27 MC.
NORMAL SUPPLY LOW
L27N_ALM Normal incoming undervoltage Check Normal power supply 415 VAC at the Normal entry of MCC
VOLTAGE
Check power to DC lube pump (MCC breaker on). Check the fuses
and the relay 27 QE.
DC power not supplied to emergency DC pump.
Check the proper operation of pump motor.
DC MOTOR UNDERVOLTAGE 125 VDC supply fault.
L27QEL_ALM Check the mechanical status of the pump.
(LUBE OIL) Pump fault
NOTE :
Breaker opens.
The gas turbine should not be operated unless DC power is
available to the emergency DC lube pump.
STAND BY SUPPLY LOW Check Emergency power supply 415 VAC at the Emergency entry
L27S_ALM Emergency incomming undervoltage
VOLTAGE of MCC
INLET FITER POWER SUPPLY
L27TF_ALM The power supply of the inlet filter is faulty Check the power supply
FAULT
Check the supply 125 VDC (breaker, fuses).
GENERATOR PROTECTION NOTE :
L27X_ALM The protection panel is not supplied.
UNDERVOLTAGE No permissive will modify the position of the generator breaker,
52G (opening or closing) when this alarm will occur.
G60A PROTECTION POWER
L27X1_ALM G60A protection power supply fault-trip Check power supply
SUPPLY FAULT
G60B PROTECTION POWER
L27X2_ALM G60B protection power supply fault-trip Check power supply
SUPPLY FAULT
T60A PROTECTION POWER
L27X3_ALM T60A protection power supply fault-trip Check power supply
SUPPLY FAULT
Check for proper operation of the flame detection system.
One of the detectors operating when no flame is present or
L28FD_ALM FLAME DETECTOR TROUBLE Check that the flame detectors quartz windows are clean.
flame detection before the firing sequence.
Repair or replace if necessary.
CHAMBER FLAMED OUT Check the fuel supply and the fuel control.
L28FD_SD Chamber flamed out during shutdown.
DURING SHUTDOWN Check the fuel nozzles.

All right reserved Copyright – Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMO_5_6B_E0838_EN_V3 Revision : A Date : 03/2009
Page :9/55
 GE Energy

Rev : A
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
OPERATION

SIGNAL NAME ALARM TEXT POSSIBLES CAUSES ACTIONS TO BE TAKEN

Check for following: fuel being supplied to the combustors, flame in

all chambers, damaged crossfire tubes, or combustors.
L28FDT_ALM LOSS OF FLAME - TRIP Failure of flame detectors or loss of flame.
Check for proper control valve position and fuel pressure.
Check for proper operation of the flame detectors 28 FD.
Check the proper operation of the flame detection system.
PRIMARY FLAME DETECTOR ON One of the primary flame detector operating when no flame is
L28FPDON_ALM Check the detectors: 28 FD_XP.
ALARM present or flame detection before the firing sequence.
Repair or replace if necessary.
Check the proper operation of the flame detector system.
SECONDARY FLAME DETECTOR One of the secondary flame detector operating when no flame
L28FSD_ALM Check the detectors 28 FD_XS.
TROUBLE ALARM is present or flame detection before the firing sequence.
Repair or replace if necessary.
After the two minutes diesel warm_up, the diesel should Check to see diesel accelerates properly.
STARTING MEANS DIESEL FAIL
L2DWZ2_ALM accelerate and break the turbine away. Turbine has failed to Check for proper torque converter operation.
TO BREAK SHAFT AWAY
break away. Check the diesel power.
On the liquid fuel circuit :
On the liquid fuel circuit : Check for leakage.
Fuel leakage. Check tripping setting point.
Fuel loop system fault. Check fuel loop system operation.
START_UP FUEL FLOW On the gas fuel circuit : Check the operation of the bypass versus the control signal.
L2SFT_ALM
EXCESSIVE TRIP Purchaser gas supply low pressure. On the gas fuel circuit :
Loss of the pressure between VSR and VGC. Check the purchaser gas supply.
Gas leakage. Check the opening of the transmitters isolation valves.
Transmitters fault. Check the transmitters 96 FG_2A, 2B and 2C.
Check the LVDT setting value and the calibration of the valve VSR.
FUEL GAS MWI PREMIX
L30_FGW_ALM Fuel gas MWI premix loading lockout For information
LOADING LOCKOUT
ATOMIZING AIR TEMPERATURE Atomizing air temperature fault. Check the thermocouples AAT-1A and 2A. (wiring, connection,
L30AAT_ALM
FAULT Thermocouples fault. etc…).
EVAPORATOR COOLER
L30AC_ALM Evaporator cooler of the turbine air inlet is faulty. Check the evaporator cooler system.
TROUBLE
400 VAC BUS FAULT - FIXED
L30AC1_ALM 400 VAC bus fault - fixed feeder Check 400 VAC bus fault - fixed feeder
FEEDER
L30AC2_ALM 230 VAC BUS FAULT 230 VAC bus fault Check 230 VAC bus
L30AC3_ALM 230 VAC UPS BUS FAULT 230 VAC UPS bus fault Check 230 VAC UPS bus
AIR INLET- HEATING DOOR Check heating system
L30AF_ALM Electric fault on the heating system of the IAF doors.
FAULT Check electrical circuit

All right reserved Copyright – Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMO_5_6B_E0838_EN_V3 Revision : A Date : 03/2009
Page :10/55
 GE Energy

Rev : A
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
OPERATION

SIGNAL NAME ALARM TEXT POSSIBLES CAUSES ACTIONS TO BE TAKEN

POWER SYSTEM FREQUENCY

L30AFH_ALM Frequency too high Load lower order
HIGH
The current frequency is under 47 Hz
POWER SYSTEM FREQUENCY
L30AFL_ALM Load very high See load regulation network
LOW
Exhaust temperature regulating
L30BN_F_ALM BENTLY SYSTEM FAULT Bentley Nevada system fault Check Bentley Nevada system
BEARING SEAL AIR VALVE Bearing seal air valve fault. Check the proper operation of the valve and its limit switch
L30BSA_ALM
TROUBLE Limit switch fault. 33 BQ_1.
Check the ventilation system of this compartment (power supply,
TURBINE COMPARTMENT
L30BT_ALM The turbine compartment ventilation is faulty. motors, fans, electrical circuit...).
VENTILATION FAULT
Check the position of the vent flap.
Check the lube oil collector temperature.
BEARING METAL
L30BTA_ALM The temperature of the bearing metal is high. Research the thermocouple, which occurred this alarm.
TEMPERATURE HIGH
Check the indications of it.
TURBINE COMPARTMENT VENT. Air fan changeover. Check the air fan system (power supply, motors, fans, relay,
L30BTX_ALM
CHANGE OVER Turbine compartment air fan fault. electrical circuit...).
L30BW_ALM WASHING SKID FAULT The washing skid is faulty. Check the washing skid.
COMP BLD VLV FAILURE TO
L30CBC_ALM The compressor bleed valve failed to open. Check the proper operation of the purge valve.
OPEN
Check the power supply of fire protection system.
Check fire detectors and the electrical circuit. This trouble must be
corrected as soon as possible.
NOTE :
FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM
L30CC_ALM Fire protection system problem. Before this search, the fire protection must be inhibited. Do not
TROUBLE
forget to put again in service as soon as the maintenance is
finished.
Refer to specific chapters for more information about the fire
protection.
EXCITER TO MKVI
L30COM_EXFLT Exciter to mkvi communication fault Check power supply
COMMUNICATION FAULT
Check R controller is on
VCMI IO STATE EXCHANGE FOR Check R controller is OK
L30COMM_IO_R No more communication with R controller
<R> FAILED Check the 3 IONet cables are OK
Check IONet cable is connected on the R controller VCMI board

All right reserved Copyright – Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMO_5_6B_E0838_EN_V3 Revision : A Date : 03/2009
Page :11/55
 GE Energy

Rev : A
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
OPERATION

SIGNAL NAME ALARM TEXT POSSIBLES CAUSES ACTIONS TO BE TAKEN

Check S controller is on
VCMI IO STATE EXCHANGE FOR Check S controller is OK
L30COMM_IO_S No more communication with S controller
<S> FAILED Check the 3 IONet cables are OK
Check IONet cable is connected on the S controller VCMI board
Check T controller is on
VCMI IO STATE EXCHANGE FOR Check T controller is OK
L30COMM_IO_T No more communication with R controller
<T> FAILED Check the 3 IONet cables are OK
Check IONet cable is connected on the T controller VCMI board
CONTROLLER
L30D_CTRL_OT Controller overtemperature Refer to specific chapter.
OVERTEMPERATURE
EXCITER FAIL - ABORTING DB
L30DBEXX_ALM EXCITER FAIL - ABORTING DB CLOSURE Refer to specific chapter.
CLOSURE
125VDC POWER FACTOR Check 115 VDC MCC electrical circuit
L30DC1_ALM 115 VDC MCC voltage lost
SUPPLY FAULT #1 Check voltage feeding
STARTING MEANS DIESEL Fuel and/or air not completely shutoff from diesel to force the Check shut off solenoid valve 20DV and the diesel internal fuel
L30DNS_ALM
FAILURE TO STOP diesel to stop. system.
DEW POINT TEMPERATURE
L30DPFLT_ALM Dew point temperature sensor fault Change dew point temperature sensor
SENSOR FAULT
Check fuses, breakers, protections, and supply.
HEAT VENT EXHAUST Electrical building exhaust fan fault.
Check the mechanical status of the fan and the motor in trouble.
L30EF_ALM COMPARTMENT VENT. Motor fault.
Check the proper operation of the cooling air fan motors 88 EF.
ELECTRIC FAULT Supply fault.
After doing corrective action, close the breaker in trouble.
EXHAUST COMPARTMENT Breaker opened by operator or tripped by high motor
L30EFX_ALM See alarm : L30EF_ALM
VENT. CHANGE OVER temperature or by electrical protection.
EXCITER COLD AIR TEMP Exciter cold air failure
L30EGC_ALM Check the exciter cold air and the RTD
SENSOR FAULT Exciter RTD failure
GENERATOR EXCITER AIR Check RTD and associated connections for proper signal and
L30EGH_ALM Generator exciter air temperature fault
TEMPERATURE ALARM replace faulty RTD.
L30EX_FSP EXCITER FAILURE TO STOP Exciter failure to stop Check exciter cubicle
L30EX_FTS EXCITER FAILURE TO START Exciter failure to stop Check exciter cubicle
EXCITER NOT READY TO
L30EX_RS Exciter not ready to start Check the condition to start
START
COOLING WATER FAN 1 Check electrical circuit
L30FC1_ALM The motor of the cooling water system fan #1 is faulty
ELECTRICAL TROUBLE Check motor fan #1

All right reserved Copyright – Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMO_5_6B_E0838_EN_V3 Revision : A Date : 03/2009
Page :12/55
 GE Energy

Rev : A
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
OPERATION

SIGNAL NAME ALARM TEXT POSSIBLES CAUSES ACTIONS TO BE TAKEN

COOLING WATER FAN 2 Check electrical circuit

L30FC2_ALM The motor of the cooling water system fan #2 is faulty
ELECTRICAL TROUBLE Check motor fan #2
Check that AC power is supplied to the ignition system.
Check the fuel supply.
L30FD_ALM FAILURE TO IGNITE Failure to fire within the one minute period.
Check if isolating valves on flame detectors are open.
Check the proper operation of spark plugs and flame detectors.
FUEL FORWARDING PUMP #1
L30FDX1_ALM Fuel forwarding pump #1 fault Check fuel forwarding pump #1
FAULT
FUEL FORWARDING PUMP #2
L30FDX2_ALM Fuel forwarding pump #2 fault Check fuel forwarding pump #2
FAULT
FUEL GAS SYSTEM LOWER DUE
L30FGWI_ALM Fuel gas system lower due to wobbe index Check gas system
TO WOBBE INDEX
LIQUID FUEL FORWARDING Heater fault Check heater
L30FH_ALM
HEATER SKIN TEMP FAULT Electical circuit fault Check electrical circuit
FORCED LOGIC SIGNAL
L30FORCED_ALM One alarm or more is forced Unforce all the alarms
DETECTED
Check gas compartment ventilation.
The high line intervalve ventilation is faulty.
GAS FUEL INTERVALVE Check motors.
L30FPG2L_ALM Emergency motor fault
PRESSURE (P2) LOW Check mechanical status of fans.
Power supply fault
Check pressure switches.
Pressure valve not correct Check LVDT, 96 GC_1 (setting value, wiring).
FUEL G1 Cv REF OUT OF LIMITS
L30FQRG1ER_A The turbine speed decreases until it reaches the correct Check the calibration of the VGC.
- AUTO LOW
pressure Check the proper operation of the servo-valve 65 GC_1.
L30FTGH_ALM FUEL GAS TEMPERATURE HIGH Fuel gas temperature high Check fuel gas temperature system
FUEL GAS TEMP HIGH-HIGH Fuel gas temperature high.
L30FTGHH_ALM Check the heater.
SHUTDOWN/HEATER TRIP Heater fault
GAS FUEL GENERAL FAULT
L30GFH_ALM Gas fuel heater panel - fault Check gas fuel heater panel
HEATER
GENERATOR COLD AIR Check RTD and associated connections for proper signal and
L30GGC_ALM Cold air temperature RTD fault
TEMPERATURE HIGH replace faulty RTD.
GENERATOR HOT AIR Check RTD and associated connections for proper signal and
L30GGH_ALM Hot air temperature RTD fault
TEMPERATURE HIGH replace faulty RTD.
GEN STATOR TEMP COUPLING Check RTD and associated connections for proper signal and
L30GSC123_AL Sensor fault detection
END SNSR FLT replace faulty RTD.

All right reserved Copyright – Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMO_5_6B_E0838_EN_V3 Revision : A Date : 03/2009
Page :13/55
 GE Energy

Rev : A
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
OPERATION

SIGNAL NAME ALARM TEXT POSSIBLES CAUSES ACTIONS TO BE TAKEN

GEN STATOR TEMP Check RTD and associated connections for proper signal and
L30GSC456_AL Sensor fault detection
COLLECTOR END SNSR FLT replace faulty RTD.
HEAT VENT DLN
L30HA11X_ALM COMPARTMENT HEATER IN Heat vent DLN compartment heater in trouble Check heat vent DLN compartment heater
TROUBLE
HEAT VENT LOAD
L30HG1X_ALM COMPARTMENT HEATER IN Heat vent load compartment heater in trouble. Check the heater.
TROUBLE.
Check for proper operation of ratchet mechanism, and logic circuit.
Check limit switch 33 HR.
Check the proper operation of the pump 88 HR.
L30HRX1_ALM RATCHET TROUBLE Ratchet did not complete a prescribed motion in normal time.
Check the proper operation of the pressure regulating valve VPR
98 and the regulating valve VR 5.
Check for leakage.
Check ratchet permissives, ratchet mechanism and ratchet
L30HRX2_ALM RATCHET DID NOT START Ratchet did not initiate a ratchet stroke in the prescribed time. sequence timer.
Check power to the ratchet drawer 88HR (M.C.C.).
HEAT VENT WATER INJ COMP
L30JS_ALM Heat vent water inj comp vent. Check the heater.
VENT.
HEAT VENT WI COMPARTMENT Air fan changeover. Check the air fan system (power supply, motors, fans, relay,
L30JSX_ALM
VENT. CHANGE OVER Water injection compartment air fan fault. electrical circuit...).
Check lube oil feed and drain piping
Bearing fault. Check bearings and lube oil system.
BEARING DRAIN TEMPERATURE Lube oil fault. Check thermocouples.
L30LOAH_ALM
HIGH Lube oil cooling system fault. Check lube oil cooling.
Leakage. Check the correct circulation of the lube oil.
Check for leakage.
Bearing fault.
BEARING DRAIN TEMPERATURE Lube oil fault.
L30LOAHH_ALM See alarm : L30LOAH_ALM
HIGH Lube oil cooling system fault.
Leakage.
AIRCRAFT WARNING LIGHT
L30LSI_ALM For information For information
FAULT
LUBE OIL THERMOCOUPLE
L30LTTH_ALM Thermocouple fault Check the proper operation of thermocouples LTTH1 to 3.
FAULT

All right reserved Copyright – Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMO_5_6B_E0838_EN_V3 Revision : A Date : 03/2009
Page :14/55
 GE Energy

Rev : A
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
OPERATION

SIGNAL NAME ALARM TEXT POSSIBLES CAUSES ACTIONS TO BE TAKEN

SYNC INHIBITED-MAN (FVR)

L30MRSYNC_AL Sync inhibited man (FVR) reg active. For information
REG ACTIVE
FUEL PURGE WATER INJ Check the transmitter 96PLP-1.
L30PLP_ALM The primary liquid fuel purge pressure is too low.
PURGE PRESSURE LOW Check the valve 20PL-1.
FUEL PURGE WATER INJ Check the transmitter 96PLS-1.
L30PLS_ALM The secondary liquid fuel purge pressure is too low.
PURGE PRESSURE LOW Check the valve 20PL-2.
STARTING MEANS DIESEL NOT Check the proper operation of the diesel.
L30PN_ALM Diesel not following speed reference.
FOLLOWING REFERENCE Refer to the specific document about diesel starting means
Check alarm number in GEH-6721 vol II
Check board power supply is correctly connected, else connect it.
Check IO pack Ethernet link or power supply is correctly connected
(Leds on IO pack must be active), else connect it.
Check IR port of the IO pack is protected by its metallic plate, else
Voltage failure
turn the plate until IR port is hidden.
Fuse fault
Check barcode is identical on board and inside IO hardware
L30PPDA_125P_ALM PPDA 125V PBUS FEED FAULT Wrong barcode in software
configuration in the software, else change barcode number, build
Wrong firmware loaded in IO pack
and download.
IO pack Ethernet link or power supply disconnected
Check firmware is correct in the IO pack, else download again the
firmware with actual ToolbowST release.
Check electrical cables are not cut, else replace cables.
Check fuse have not melt, if yes, replace fuse.
Check voltage is present, if not, re start power supply.
L30PPDA_1D6 PPDA 1D6 DIAGNOSITC ALARM See : L30PPDA_125P_ALM See : L30PPDA_125P_ALM
L30PPDA_AC_IN_1_AL
PPDA AC INPUT 1 FAULT See : L30PPDA_125P_ALM See : L30PPDA_125P_ALM
M
L30PPDA_AC_IN_2_AL
PPDA AC INPUT 2 FAULT See : L30PPDA_125P_ALM See : L30PPDA_125P_ALM
M
L30PPDA_JPDD_125V_ PPDA/JPDD 125V POWER FEED
See : L30PPDA_125P_ALM See : L30PPDA_125P_ALM
ALM FAULT
L30PPDA_PBUS_R_AL PPDA <R> PBUS NOT
See : L30PPDA_125P_ALM See : L30PPDA_125P_ALM
M REGULATING
L30PPDA_PBUS_S_AL PPDA <S> PBUS NOT
See : L30PPDA_125P_ALM See : L30PPDA_125P_ALM
M REGULATING
L30PPDA_PBUS_T_AL PPDA <T> PBUS NOT
See : L30PPDA_125P_ALM See : L30PPDA_125P_ALM
M REGULATING

All right reserved Copyright – Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMO_5_6B_E0838_EN_V3 Revision : A Date : 03/2009
Page :15/55
 GE Energy

Rev : A
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
OPERATION

SIGNAL NAME ALARM TEXT POSSIBLES CAUSES ACTIONS TO BE TAKEN

PPDA <R> PBUS SOURCE

L30PPDA_SRC_R_ALM See : L30PPDA_125P_ALM See : L30PPDA_125P_ALM
FAULT
PPDA <S> PBUS SOURCE
L30PPDA_SRC_S_ALM See : L30PPDA_125P_ALM See : L30PPDA_125P_ALM
FAULT
L30PPDA_SRC_T_ALM PPDA <T> PBUS SOURCE FAULT See : L30PPDA_125P_ALM See : L30PPDA_125P_ALM
FUEL PURGE WATER INJ Check the valve 20WP-1
L30PW_ALM The air purge pressure of water injection is low
PURGE PRESSURE LOW Check the transmitter 96PWP-1
Oil Mist Eliminator Motor #1 Fault Check if nothing is blocking the motors
L30QV_ALM OIL MIST ELIMINATOR FAULT
Oil Mist Eliminator Motor #2 Fault Check electrical circuit
OIL MIST ELIMINATOR BLOWER Oil Mist Eliminator Motor #1 Fault Check if nothing is blocking the motors
L30QVX_ALM
FAULT Oil Mist Eliminator Motor #2 Fault Check electrical circuit
L30SG1_ALM DENSITY ANALYSER FAULT  1 The density analyser is faulty. Check the density analyser.
Analyse data for trends. At earliest shutdown, check
thermocouples.
Faulty thermocouples, gas path hardware or uneven
L30SPA COMBUSTION TROUBLE Perform borescope or combustion inspection.
distribution of fuel to the fuel nozzles.
Check flow divider, fuel pressures.
Check for plugged nozzles.
Analyse data for trends. Perform borescope or combustion
HIGH EXHAUST TEMP. SPREAD Faulty thermocouples, gas path parts or uneven distribution of inspection.
L30SPT
TRIP fuel to the fuel nozzles. Check flow divider, fuel pressures.
Check for plugged nozzles.
EXHAUST THERMOCOUPLE Check thermocouples and wiring.
L30SPTA Faulty thermocouple.
TROUBLE Change if necessary.
L30TCC1_ALM PEECC HVAC#1 FAULT HVAC #1 in fault Check in the MCC cubicle
L30TCC2_ALM PEECC HVAC#2 FAULT HVAC #2 in fault Check in the MCC cubicle
COOL SEAL AIR EXH BLOWER The motor of the cool seal air exh blower system fan #1 is Check electrical circuit
L30TK1_ALM
MOTOR#1 ELEC FAULT faulty Check motor fan #1
COOL SEAL AIR EXH BLOWER The motor of the cool seal air exh blower system fan #2 is Check electrical circuit
L30TK2_ALM
MOTOR#2 ELEC FAULT faulty Check motor fan #2
SITE ISOTHERM TUNING
L30TT_ON_ALM Site isotherm tuning enabled For information
ENABLED
WATER WASH The washing procedure is inhibited because the wheelspace Check the temperature and wait for an adequate wheelspace
L30TWW_ALM INHIBIT_WHEELSPACE TEMP. temperature is too high. temperature.
HIGH Thermocouples fault. Check the thermocouples.

All right reserved Copyright – Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMO_5_6B_E0838_EN_V3 Revision : A Date : 03/2009
Page :16/55
 GE Energy

Rev : A
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
OPERATION

SIGNAL NAME ALARM TEXT POSSIBLES CAUSES ACTIONS TO BE TAKEN

The exhaust gas temperature is excessive. Check all thermocouples. Replace any bad thermocouples.
Thermocouples fault. If problem is not thermocouples, isolate portion of control system
L30TXA_ALM EXHAUST TEMPERATURE HIGH
Fuel control system fault. causing problem.
Ventilation system fault. Check the temperature control loop and the fuel control system.
The exhaust gas temperature is excessive. Check all thermocouples. Replace any bad thermocouples.
FIRST FAILED HIGH EXHAUST Thermocouples fault. If problem is not thermocouples, isolate portion of control system
L30TXAH1
THERMOCOUPLE Fuel control system fault. causing problem.
Ventilation system fault. Check the temperature control loop and the fuel control system.
INVERTER STATIC CONVERTER Check MCC system
L30UPSCS_ALM MCC Inverter static converter group fault
GROUP FAULT Refer to specific chapter
Check MCC system
L30UPSMAJ_AL INVERTER MAJOR UPS FAULT MCC Inverter major fault
Refer to specific chapter
INVERTER MINOR GROUP Check MCC system
L30UPSMIN_AL Inverter minor group fault
FAULT Refer to specific chapter
INVERTER MODULE GROUP Check MCC system
L30UPSMOD_AL Inverter module group fault
FAULT Refer to specific chapter
Check the ventilation system of this compartment (power supply,
LOAD COMPT COOLING FAN motor, fans, electrical circuit...).
L30VG_ALM The load compartment ventilation is faulty.
CHANGE OVER Check the pressure switch.
Check the position of vent flap.
Check the ventilation system of this compartment (power supply,
LOAD COMPARTMENT motor, fans, electrical circuit...).
L30VGX_ALM The load compartment ventilation is faulty.
VENTILATION FAULT Check the pressure switch.
Check the position of vent flap.
Check the gas skid ventilation system (motors, fans, power supply,
Fan fault: changeover to emergency fan.
GAS CABINET _ EMERGENCY etc.)
L30VL_ALM Motor fault.
FAN ‘’ON’’ Check the power supply of the motor 88 VL and its protections.
Pressure switch fault.
Check the pressure switch 63 VL.
Check gas compartment ventilation.
GAS COMPARTMENT Check motors, 88 VL _ 1,2.
L30VLX_ALM The gas compartment ventilation is faulty.
VENTILATION FAULT Check mechanical status of fans.
Check pressure switches 63 VL _ 1,2.

All right reserved Copyright – Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMO_5_6B_E0838_EN_V3 Revision : A Date : 03/2009
Page :17/55
 GE Energy

Rev : A
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
OPERATION

SIGNAL NAME ALARM TEXT POSSIBLES CAUSES ACTIONS TO BE TAKEN

Check the mechanical status of the motor and the pump

Motor fault
COOLING WATER PUMP FAULT Check what the circuit is correctly positioned
L30WCX_ALM Power supply fault
(CHANGEOVER) Check the supply of the motor drawer and the motor
Pump fault
Check the fuses, breaker and the connection of the motor
Check the mechanical status of the motor and the pump
Motor 1 fault
cooling WATER MOTOR # 1 Check that the circuit is correctly positioned
L30WCX1_ALM Power supply fault
FAULT Check the supply of the motor drawer and the motor
Pump 1 fault
Check the fuses, breaker and the connection of the motor
Check the mechanical status of the motor and the pump
Motor 2 fault
cooling WATER MOTOR # 2 Check that the circuit is correctly positioned
L30WCX2_ALM Power supply fault
FAULT Check the supply of the motor drawer and the motor
Pump 2 fault
Check the fuses, breaker and the connection of the motor
WATER INJECTION NOT Water injection not selected.
L30WN_ALM Research the cause of the injection deselection.
SELECTED Water injection has been deselected.
WATER INJECTION PUMP Water injection not selected.
L30WN1_ALM Research the cause of the injection deselection.
ELECTRICAL FAULT Water injection has been deselected.
WATER INJ SERVO NOT Check the injection circuit to see why the measured flow is lower
L30WQER_ALM Difference between the flow measured and the flow wanted
FOLLOWING OUTPUT than the constant flow
Excessive differential between wheelspace thermocouples . Check thermocouples for shorts, grounds or opens. Replace
WHEELSPACE TEMP. Defect thermocouples (TTWS_XX). failures. If condition persists investigate for seal failure.
L30WSA1_ALM
DIFFERENTIAL HIGH Thermocouples position fault. Check the thermocouples position.
Combustion fault. Check the combustion and regulation system.
High wheelspace temperature (for proper value refer to
Check thermocouples, investigate for seal failure.
WHEELSPACE TEMPERATURE control specification).
L30WSA2_ALM Check the ventilation system.
HIGH Ventilation system fault.
Check the proper operation of the thermocouples.
Thermocouples fault (TTWS_XX).
GENERATOR BREAKER Turbine fault. Turbine checking.
L32DW_ALM
TRIP_REVERSE POWER Fuel feeding system fault. Fuel feeding system checking (skid fuel).
GENERATOR WATTS
L32DWF_ALM Generator watts transducer failure Check transducer
TRANSDUCER FAILURE
INLET AIR FILTER DOOR Check door position
L33AGFLT_ALM IAF Door position fault
SWITCH POSITION FAULT Check limit switch operates correctly
INLET AIR FILTER DOOR Check door position
L33AGO_ALM IAF Door opened
SWITCH POSITION 0PEN Check limit switch operates correctly

All right reserved Copyright – Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMO_5_6B_E0838_EN_V3 Revision : A Date : 03/2009
Page :18/55
 GE Energy

Rev : A
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
OPERATION

SIGNAL NAME ALARM TEXT POSSIBLES CAUSES ACTIONS TO BE TAKEN

Check the position of flap.

TURBINE COMPARTMENT VENT. Flap closed in the turbine compartment.
L33BT_ALM Determine the cause of the flap closing.
FLAP CLOSED Limit switch fault.
Check the limit switch 33 BT.
Check the proper operation of the generator watts transducer and
AT MIN TNR-REVERSE POWER Transducer fault open the manually breaker if necessary
L33CDMN_ALM
NOT DETECTED System of detection fault Check the logic of command

L33CL1_ALM CO2 LOCK OFF IN ZONE 1 CO2 emission See alarm : L45FP1_ALM
FIRE PROTEC DLN COMPT CO2
L33CL4_ALM CO2 emission See alarm : L45FP1_ALM
LOCKED
AUXILIARY COMPARTMENT The door of the turbine air inlet filter is open. Check the air inlet filter system.
L33DT1_ALM
DOOR OPEN Limit switch fault. Check the limit switch 33 DT1.
TURBINE COMPARTMENT DOOR The door of the turbine air inlet filter is open. Check the air inlet filter system.
L33DT2_ALM
OPEN Limit switch fault. Check the limit switch 33 DT2.
DLN COMPARTMENT DOOR The door of the turbine air inlet filter is open. Check the air inlet filter system.
L33DT3_ALM
OPEN Limit switch fault. Check the limit switch 33 DT3.
Check the position of the exhaust plenum flap damper
ENCLOSURE COMPT VENT Damper not closed Check the logic of command of exhaust fan motor
L33EF_ALM
FLAP POS. TROUBLE Limit switch fault Determine the cause of the flap opening
Check the proper operation of the limit switch
FV359 LIQ FUEL STOP VLV
L33FD11_ALM Fault on the position Check the FV359 valve
CLOSED POSITION FLT
FV359 LIQ FUEL STOP VLV
L33FD12_ALM Fault on the position Check the FV359 valve
OPEN POSITION FLT
This alarm indicates the wrong position of the gas stop valve :
Check that noting is blocking the valve
GAS STOP VALVES POSITION The valve is blocked
L33FGX_ALM Check the limit switch
TROUBLE Valve fault
Check the valve
Limit switch fault
RATCHET FAULT 33HR
L33HRX3_ALM 33HRF contact fault Check 33HRF contact
CONTACT BOUNCE
WATER INJECT COMP FLAP
L33JS_ALM Water inject comp flap damper not closed. Check damper
DAMPER NOT CLOSED

All right reserved Copyright – Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMO_5_6B_E0838_EN_V3 Revision : A Date : 03/2009
Page :19/55
 GE Energy

Rev : A
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
OPERATION

SIGNAL NAME ALARM TEXT POSSIBLES CAUSES ACTIONS TO BE TAKEN

Check the proper operation of :

_ purge valves VA13_1 and VA13_2
Either one or both of purge valves VA13_1and VA13_2 not
_ air valves VA36_1 and VA36_2
PRIMARY PURGE VALVES functioning correctly.
L33PGC_ALM _ solenoïd valves 20PG_1 and 20PG_2.
FAILURE TO CLOSE Either one or both of limit switches 33PG_1 and 33PG3 not
Check Speedtronic connections and interface.
functioning correctly.
Check the limit switches 33PG_1 and 33PG_3 for set point and
Speedtronic connections.
Check the proper operation of the purge valves VA 13_1 and VA
13_2.
GAS FUEL NOZ. PURGE VALVE Check the status of the solenoid valves 20 PG_1 and
L33PGO_ALM The purge valves VA 13_1 and VA 13_2 failed to open.
FAIL TO OPEN 20 PG_2.
Check the proper operation of the limit switches 33 PG_2 and 33
PG_4.
PRIMARY LIQUID FUEL LOW No detection of opening on liquid fuel purge system when
L33PLP_ALM Control liquid fuel purge valve position (hi flow valve)
PURGE FAULT purge is requested
This alarm indicates the wrong position of the vent valve :
Check that noting is blocking the valve
VENT VALVE FSV452 NOT The valve is blocked
L33PS1C_ALM Check the limit switch
CLOSED Valve fault
Check the valve
Limit switch fault
This alarm indicates the wrong position of the vent valve :
Check that noting is blocking the valve
VENT VALVE LIMIT SWITCH NOT The valve is blocked
L33PS2O_ALM Check the limit switch
OPEN Valve fault
Check the valve
Limit switch fault
GENERATOR HOT GAS
L33PSC_ALM Generator hot gas temperature high Refer to specific chapter
TEMPERATURE HIGH
GAS FUEL VENT VALVE OPEN
L33PSO_ALM Gas Fuel Vent Valve Open position trouble check limit switch and valve
TROUBLE
L33S_ALM AUTOMATIC VALVES FAULT Automatic valves fault Check valve
The inlet bleed heat valve is faulty.
INLET BLEED HEATING VALVE Check the proper operation of the valve 20 TH and its limit switch
L33THFLT_ALM Incompatible position with its limit switch.
POSITION TROUBLE 33 TH.
Limit switch fault.
Check the position of the damper
load cooling air flat damper not Damper not closed
L33VG_ALM Determine the cause of the flap opening
closed Limit switch fault
Check the limit switch 33VG

All right reserved Copyright – Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMO_5_6B_E0838_EN_V3 Revision : A Date : 03/2009
Page :20/55
 GE Energy

Rev : A
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
OPERATION

SIGNAL NAME ALARM TEXT POSSIBLES CAUSES ACTIONS TO BE TAKEN

TURBINE GAS VENT VALVE Turbine gas vent valve position fault. Check the proper operation of vent valve 20 VG-1.
L33VG11_ALM
POSITION FAULT Limit switch fault. Check the limit switch 33VG
Check the position of the damper
HEAT VENT GAS/DLN COMPT Compt flap damper not closed
L33VL_ALM Determine the cause of the flap opening
VENT FLAP NOT CLOSED Limit switch fault
Check the limit switch
Gas aux stop valve is faulty.
GAS AUX STOP VALVE Check the proper operation of the valve 20VS4
L33VS4_ALM Incompatible position with its limit switch.
POSITION FAULT Check the 33VS4 limit switch.
Limit switch fault.
GAS FUEL SHUT OFF VALVE Valve position fault Check valve 20VS position
L33VS411C_AL
LIMIT SWITCH NOT CLOSED Limit switch fault Check limit switch 33VS4
GAS FUEL SHUT OFF VALVE Valve position fault Check valve 20VS position
L33VS411CX_A
CLOSED TROUBLE Limit switch fault Check limit switch 33VS4
GAS FUEL SHUT OFF VALVE Valve position fault Check valve 20VS position
L33VS421O_AL
LIMIT SWITCH NOT OPEN Limit switch fault Check limit switch 33VS4
GAS FUEL SHUT OFF VALVE Valve position fault Check valve 20VS position
L33VS421OX_A
OPEN TROUBLE Limit switch fault Check limit switch 33VS4
H2O INJ CTRL & XFER VLV FAIL
L33WNC_ALM Something is blocking the valve Check what is blocking the valve and remove it
TO CLOSE
L33WNO_ALM WATER INJECTION TROUBLE There is a problem in the injection circuit Check the injection circuit
Monitor vibration readings.
L39VA_ALM HIGH VIBRATION ALARM Vibration at one or more bearings.
Determine the cause of this trouble and repair.
VIBRATION BN LG AXIAL SHAFT Refer to specific chapter
L39VC61A_ALM LG axial shaft displacement alert
DISPLACEMENT ALERT Check the gen axial
VIBRATION BN LG AXIAL SHAFT Refer to specific chapter
L39VC61D_ALM LG radial shaft displacement danger
DISPLACEMENT DANGER Check the gen radial
VIBRATION BN GT. AXIAL SHAFT Refer to specific chapter
L39VCA_ALM GT axial shaft displacement alert
DISPLACEMENT ALERT Check the gen axial
VIBRATION BN GT. AXIAL SHAFT Refer to specific chapter
L39VCD_ALM GT axial shaft displacement danger
DISPLACEMENT DANGER Check the gen axial
L39VD1_ALM VIBRATION SENSOR DISABLED Signal from vibration sensors is faulty. Check vibration sensors and wiring.
Start inhibited.
Check vibration protection system.
L39VD3_ALM VIBRATION _ START INHIBIT Vibration protection system problem.
Check the vibration sensors.
Too many sensors in trouble or disabled.

All right reserved Copyright – Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMO_5_6B_E0838_EN_V3 Revision : A Date : 03/2009
Page :21/55
 GE Energy

Rev : A
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
OPERATION

SIGNAL NAME ALARM TEXT POSSIBLES CAUSES ACTIONS TO BE TAKEN

Check vibration protection system.

VIBRATION DIFFERENTIAL
L39VDIFF_ALM Vibration protection system problem. Check the level of each sensor and determine the cause of the
TROUBLE
differential.
Check impedance or each vibration detector (open or short-circuit).
VIBRATION TRANSDUCER Vibration detector impedance is not within normal bounds or 3 Check the vibration protection system.
L39VF_ALM
FAULT or more gas turbine sensors are disabled or faulty. NOTE :
With the 3 or more sensors disabled or faulty, the start is inhibited.
VIB BN GEN BRG #2 RADIAL Refer to specific chapter
L39VS10A_ALM GEN radial shaft displacement alert
SHAFT DISPLACEMENT ALERT Check the gen radial
VIB BN GEN BRG #2 RADIAL
Refer to specific chapter
L39VS10D_ALM SHAFT DISPLACEMENT GEN radial shaft displacement danger
Check the gen radial
DANGER
VIB BN GT BRG #1 RADIAL Refer to specific chapter
L39VS1A_ALM GT radial shaft displacement alert
SHAFT DISPLACEMENT ALERT Check the gen radial
VIB BN GT BRG #1 RADIAL
Refer to specific chapter
L39VS1D_ALM SHAFT DISPLACEMENT GT radial shaft displacement danger
Check the gen radial
DANGER
VIB BN GT BRG #2 RADIAL Refer to specific chapter
L39VS2A_ALM GT radial shaft displacement alert
SHAFT DISPLACEMENT ALERT Check the gen radial
VIB BN GT BRG #2 RADIAL
Refer to specific chapter
L39VS2D_ALM SHAFT DISPLACEMENT GT radial shaft displacement danger
Check the gen radial
DANGER
VIB BN LG BRG #1 RADIAL Refer to specific chapter
L39VS5A_ALM GT radial shaft displacement alert
SHAFT DISPLACEMENT ALERT Check the gen radial
VIB BN LG BRG #1 RADIAL
Refer to specific chapter
L39VS5D_ALM SHAFT DISPLACEMENT LG radial shaft displacement danger
Check the gen radial
DANGER
VIB BN LG BRG #2 RADIAL Refer to specific chapter
L39VS6A_ALM LG radial shaft displacement alert
SHAFT DISPLACEMENT ALERT Check the gen radial
VIB BN LG BRG #2 RADIAL
Refer to specific chapter
L39VS6D_ALM SHAFT DISPLACEMENT LG radial shaft displacement danger
Check the gen radial
DANGER
VIB BN LG BRG #3 RADIAL Refer to specific chapter
L39VS7A_ALM LG radial shaft displacement alert
SHAFT DISPLACEMENT ALERT Check the gen radial

All right reserved Copyright – Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMO_5_6B_E0838_EN_V3 Revision : A Date : 03/2009
Page :22/55
 GE Energy

Rev : A
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
OPERATION

SIGNAL NAME ALARM TEXT POSSIBLES CAUSES ACTIONS TO BE TAKEN

VIB BN LG BRG #3 RADIAL

Refer to specific chapter
L39VS7D_ALM SHAFT DISPLACEMENT LG radial shaft displacement danger
Check the gen radial
DANGER
VIB BN LG BRG #4 RADIAL Refer to specific chapter
L39VS8A_ALM LG radial shaft displacement alert
SHAFT DISPLACEMENT ALERT Check the gen radial
VIB BN LG BRG #4 RADIAL
Refer to specific chapter
L39VS8D_ALM SHAFT DISPLACEMENT LG radial shaft displacement danger
Check the gen radial
DANGER
VIB BN GEN BRG #1 RADIAL Refer to specific chapter
L39VS9A_ALM GEN radial shaft displacement alert
SHAFT DISPLACEMENT ALERT Check the gen radial
VIB BN GEN BRG #1 RADIAL
Refer to specific chapter
L39VS9D_ALM SHAFT DISPLACEMENT GEN radial shaft displacement danger
Check the gen radial
DANGER
Check for mechanical failures, observe vibration level
L39VSD_ALM HIGH VIBRATION SHUTDOWN High vibration Determine the cause of this trouble and repair
Check the vibration sensor
GEN RADIAL SHAFT Refer to specific chapter
L39VSGH_ALM Gen radial shaft displacement alert
DISPLACEMENT ALERT Check the gen radial
GEN RADIAL SHAFT Refer to specific chapter
L39VSGHH_ALM Gen radial shaft displacement danger
DISPLACEMENT DANGER Check the gen radial
VIBRATION BN GT. LOAD GEAR Fault vibration
L39VSLG_ALM Check gear.
SHAFT DISPLACMNT DANGER Fault gear
GT LOAD GEAR SHAFT
L39VSLGH_ALM GT LOAD GEAR SHAFT DISPLACEMENT Refer to specific chapter.
DISPLACEMENT ALERT
GT RADIAL SHAFT Refer to specific chapter
L39VSTH_ALM GT radial shaft displacement alert
DISPLACEMENT ALERT Check the gen radial
GT RADIAL SHAFT Refer to specific chapter
L39VSTHH_ALM GT radial shaft displacement danger
DISPLACEMENT DANGER Check the gen radial
Check for mechanical failures, observe vibration level
L39VT_ALM HIGH VIBRATION TRIP High vibration Determine the cause of this trouble and repair
Check the vibration sensor
Reduce the load that will be applied to the generator before
The turbine speed is too low (< 95%) when complete
L3A_ALM TURBINE UNDERSPEED reclosing the generator breaker (network problems).
sequence is reached (L3) (end of starting sequence).
Check the proper operation of the speed relay 14 HS circuit logic.

All right reserved Copyright – Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMO_5_6B_E0838_EN_V3 Revision : A Date : 03/2009
Page :23/55
 GE Energy

Rev : A
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
OPERATION

SIGNAL NAME ALARM TEXT POSSIBLES CAUSES ACTIONS TO BE TAKEN

EXHAUST PRESSURE
L3AFDEP_ALM The exhaust pressure transducer is faulty. Check the proper operation of the transducer 96 EP_1.
TRANSDUCER TROUBLE
AMBIENT PRESSURE
L3APFLT_ALM AFPAT sensor fault Change AFPAT sensor
MEASUREMENT FAULT
AMBIENT TEMP
L3ATID THERMOCOUPLE BELOW Thermocouple of the anti_icing ambient temperature is faulty Check proper operation of the thermocouple AT-ID
MINIMUM
L3CP_ALM CUSTOMER START INHIBIT Customer equipment inhibits the starting procedure. Determine which of the customer equipment inhibits the start.
INLET PRESSURE
L3CPRI_ALM AFPCS sensor fault Change sensor
MEASUREMENT FAULT
UCVx AIRFLOW OR Check UCVx fan running
L3D_UCVX_AF UCVx fan trouble
OVERTEMPERATURE TROUBLE Check wiring
Check UCVx fan running
L3D_UCVX_OT UCVx OVERTEMPERATURE UCVx fan trouble
Check wiring
BOTH HYDRAULIC PUMPS
L3DWBCOKZ_AL Both hydraulic pumps locked out Refer to specific chapter
LOCKED OUT
LOSS OF EXTERNAL SETPOINT
L3DWRF Bad signal from load control transducer. Check the transducer 96 GG (setting point, power supply, link).
LOAD SIGNAL
This alarm indicates the wrong position of the shut off valve :
Check that noting is blocking the valve
SHUT OFF VALVE SWITCH FAIL The valve is blocked
L3FS1C_T_ALM Check the limit switch
TO CLOSED Valve fault
Check the valve
Limit switch fault
GAS FUEL TEMPERATURE LOW Trip unit. Check the proper operation of the temperature switch FTG.
L3FTGL_ALM
- RECYCLING Gas fuel temperature very is low. Check the gas skid (motor, fan, circuit, etc…)
GAS FUEL TEMPERATURE GAS Check the gas heating system.
L3FTGLT_ALM Gas temperature low.
TOO LOW Check the proper operation of the temperature switch 26 GL.
GAS FUEL TEMPERATURE LOW
L3FTGLZ_ALM Gas fuel temperature low after recirculation Check cooling and sealing system
AFTER RECIRCULATION
Start inhibited + transfer to fuel if running on gas or transfer to
gas inhibited.
Check LVDT, 96 GC_1, 2 (setting value, wiring).
GAS CONTROL VLV NOT The gas control valve feedback is abnormal.
L3GCVA_ALM Check the calibration of the VGC.
FOLLOWING - ALARM Supply fault.
Check the proper operation of the servo-valve 65 GC_1.
Sensors defected.
Valve and servo-valve fault.

All right reserved Copyright – Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMO_5_6B_E0838_EN_V3 Revision : A Date : 03/2009
Page :24/55
 GE Energy

Rev : A
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
OPERATION

SIGNAL NAME ALARM TEXT POSSIBLES CAUSES ACTIONS TO BE TAKEN

Start inhibited + transfer to fuel if running on gas or transfer to

gas inhibited.
Check LVDT, 96 GC_1, 2 (setting value, wiring).
GAS CONTROL VALVE SERVO The gas control valve feedback is abnormal.
L3GCVFLT_ALM Check the calibration of the VGC.
TROUBLE Supply fault.
Check the proper operation of the servo-valve 65 GC_1.
Sensors defected.
Valve and servo-valve fault.
Start inhibited
P2 SUPPLY PRESSURE TOO The gas pressure is too high for started TG
L3GFIVPH_ALM P2 SUPPLY PRESSURE TOO HIGH FOR STARTUP
HIGH FOR STARTUP Sensors defected.
Valve and servo-valve fault.
Start inhibited
P2 SUPPLY PRESSURE TOO The gas pressure is too low for started TG Check gas system
L3GFIVPL_ALM
LOW FOR START UP Sensors defected. Check transducer 96FG2A
Valve and servo-valve fault.
SHUT DOWN GAS LEAK TEST
L3GLTSDTC_AL Shut down gas leak test complete. No action
COMPLETE
START UP GAS LEAK TEST
L3GLTSUTC_AL Start up gas leak test complete No action
COMPLETE
STOP/SPEED RATIO VLV NOT Valve position fault Chack valve position
L3GRVA_ALM
TRACKING ALARM LVDT fault Check LVDT
Start inhibited + transfer to fuel if running on gas or transfer to
gas inhibited.
Check LVDT, 96 SR (setting value, wiring).
GAS RATIO VALVE POSITION The gas ratio valve feedback signal is abnormal.
L3GRVFLT Check the calibration of the VSR.
SERVO TROUBLE Supply fault.
Check the proper operation of the servo-valve 90 SR.
Sensors defected.
Valve and servo-valve fault.
STOP/SPEED RATIO VLV NOT Valve position fault Chack valve position
L3GRVT_ALM
TRACKING TRIP LVDT fault Check LVDT
Start inhibited + transfer to fuel if running on gas or transfer to
gas inhibited.
Check LVDT, 96 GC_1, 2 (setting value, wiring).
HYDRAULIC SUPPLY MAIN The gas control valve feedback is abnormal.
L3HQ1_ALM Check the calibration of the VGC.
PUMP DEFAULTE Supply fault.
Check the proper operation of the servo-valve 65 GC_1.
Sensors defected.
Valve and servo-valve fault.

All right reserved Copyright – Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMO_5_6B_E0838_EN_V3 Revision : A Date : 03/2009
Page :25/55
 GE Energy

Rev : A
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
OPERATION

SIGNAL NAME ALARM TEXT POSSIBLES CAUSES ACTIONS TO BE TAKEN

Determine the cause and correct before restarting.

The master reset must be initiated before starting.
Loss of feedback. Check the proper operation of the solenoid valve 20 TV_1 and the
INLET GUIDE VANE POSITION
L3IGVFLT_ALM At start-up, the inlet guide vanes are not closed. control system of the jack.
SERVO_TROUBLE
At normal speed, the inlet guide vanes are closed. Check the setting values of the LVDT 96 TV_1 and 2. Refer to the
control specification.
Check logic circuit.
Check the fuel pressure before the nozzles.
Liquid fuel check system has detected an abnormal servo or Check for the fuel leakage.
LVDT position or signal. Check the HP oil pressure and check for leakage.
L3LFLT_ALM LIQUID FUEL CONTROL FAULT
HP oil fault. Check if the bypass is not clamped.
Mechanical problem on the bypass. Check the different devices (setting point, calibration).
Check the regulation system.
Start inhibited.
Check the lube oil heaters (23 QT to 6).
LUBE OIL TANK TEMERATURE Lube oil heaters fault (23 QT_1 to 6).
L3LTOT_ALM Check the lube oil circuit.
FAULT Lube oil pump in trouble (88QA_2).
Check the AC supply (415 VAC).
Loss of AC.
MASTER PROTECTIVE START
L3MP_ALM Turbine not ready to start Check start check screen on the HMI
CHECK ETR FAULT
Check alarm number in GEH-6721 vol II
Check board power supply is correctly connected, else connect it.
Check IO pack Ethernet link or power supply is correctly connected
(Leds on IO pack must be active), else connect it.
Check IR port of the IO pack is protected by its metallic plate, else
Wrong barcode in software turn the plate until IR port is hidden.
L3PPDA_1D6A_FLT PPDA 1D6A LINK FAULT Wrong firmware loaded in IO pack Check barcode is identical on board and inside IO hardware
IO pack Ethernet link or power supply disconnected configuration in the software, else change barcode number, build
and download.
Check Jumper is in the same position than configured in software,
else change the position to match the software.
Check firmware is correct in the IO pack, else download again the
firmware with actual ToolbowST release.
Wrong barcode in software
EXHAUST TC VTCC
L3PTCC_ALM Wrong firmware loaded in IO pack See alarm : L3PPDA_1D6A_FLT
COMMUNICATIONS FAULT
IO pack Ethernet link or power supply disconnected
L3SFLT_ALM CONTROL SYSTEM FAULT TRIP Control system fault Check control system
All right reserved Copyright – Droits de reproduction réservés
OMMO_5_6B_E0838_EN_V3 Revision : A Date : 03/2009
Page :26/55
 GE Energy

Rev : A
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
OPERATION

SIGNAL NAME ALARM TEXT POSSIBLES CAUSES ACTIONS TO BE TAKEN

L3T_ALM TURBINE UNDERSPEED TRIP For information For information

Check the transmitters.and associated connections.
LOSS OF COMPRESSOR
L3TFLT_ALM Bad signal from compressor pressure transmitter (96 CD). Check the associated connections for proper bias signal.
DISCHARGE PRESSURE BIAS
Check the pressure.
DWATT TOO LOW TO SUPPORT Check fuel supply
L3TNRERRX Dwatt too low to support tnr_tnr lower
TNR_TNR LOWER Check FSR limitation
FORCED COOLDOWN DUE TO
L3TTWS_ALM Forced cooldown due to co2 release For information
CO2 RELEASE
HEAT VENT GAS PRESS ULTRA
L3VLST_ALM Gas feeding pressure low Check the feeding of gas fuel
LOW DOWNSTREAM SSOV
ON_LINE WATER WASH The ‘’On_line’’ water wash is inhibited because the To continue the water wash sequence, select in the
L3WCTIM_ALM
INHIBITED compressor inlet temperature is low. SPEEDTRONIC MARK V the ‘’Inlet air heating’’ circuit.
Spread between the
FALSE START DRAIN Check TC and connection. Repair wiring or replace TC if found
L3WWTDZ_ALM Two TC’s, TC disconnected
THERMOCOUPLE MISMATCH damaged.
or broken.
Investigate synchronization system to determine exact cause of
Unit did not synchronize and close generator breaker within
L3Z_ALM FAILURE TO SYNCHRONIZE problem.
the normal expected time.
Check the stability of the turbine speed control.
Finish calibration
L43ADJ_ALM VSVO IN CALIBRATION MODE VSVO in calibration mode
Set off calibration mode
EX2K MANUAL (FVR)
L43EX_ALM EX2K manual (FVR) regulator active No action
REGULATOR ACTIVE
MAINTENANCE _ FORCING Auto calibrate, memory changing or logic forcing mode of
L43MAINT_ALM When done with the operation, deselect the operation.
MODE ENABLED operation has been selected.

All right reserved Copyright – Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMO_5_6B_E0838_EN_V3 Revision : A Date : 03/2009
Page :27/55
 GE Energy

Rev : A
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
OPERATION

SIGNAL NAME ALARM TEXT POSSIBLES CAUSES ACTIONS TO BE TAKEN

Refer to fire protection panel to determinate the fire zone.

The unit should not be operated until the cause has been
determined and corrected and the fire protection has been re-
established in its normal condition (refilling of CO2 bottles, circuit
reset...).
Check for the causes of this trip; hot air or fuel or oil leaks, or short-
circuit.
NOTE :
Restarting after an operation of the CO2 system requires that the
CO2 system be reset, including all doors and dampers, and the
CO2 release mechanism.
L45FP1_ALM FIRE PRE-ALARM IN ZONE 1 Fire detection in compartment # 1
WARNING :
Carbon Dioxide, in a concentration sufficient to extinguish fire,
creates an atmosphere that will not support life. It is extremely
hazardous to enter the compartment after the CO2 system has
been discharged. Anyone rendered unconscious by CO2 should be
rescued as quickly as possible and revived immediately with
artificial respiration. The extent and type of safeguards and
personnel warning that may be necessary must be designed to
meet the particular requirements of each situation. It is
recommended that personnel be adequately trained as to the
proper action to take in case of such an emergency.
FIRE PROTEC DLN COMPT PRE-
L45FP4_ALM Fire detection in compartment # 4 See alarm : L45FP1_ALM
FIRE
FIRE PROTECTION - GENERAL
L45FPX_ALM Fire protection - general fire alarm zone 1 & 2 See alarm : L45FP1_ALM
FIRE ALARM ZONE 1 & 2
L45FTX1_ALM FIRE IN ZONE #2 Fire in zone #2 See alarm : L45FP1_ALM
L45FTX4_ALM FIRE PROTEC DLN COMPT FIRE Fire in zone #4 See alarm : L45FP1_ALM

All right reserved Copyright – Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMO_5_6B_E0838_EN_V3 Revision : A Date : 03/2009
Page :28/55
 GE Energy

Rev : A
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
OPERATION

SIGNAL NAME ALARM TEXT POSSIBLES CAUSES ACTIONS TO BE TAKEN

Check the power supply of fire protection system.

Check fire detectors and the electrical circuit. This trouble must be
corrected as soon as possible.
NOTE:
L45FV_ALM UV FIRE DETECTION ANY ZONE Ionic smoke detection Before this search, the fire protection must be inhibited. Do not
forget to put again in service as soon as the maintenance is
finished.
Refer to specific chapters for more information about the fire
protection.

All right reserved Copyright – Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMO_5_6B_E0838_EN_V3 Revision : A Date : 03/2009
Page :29/55
 GE Energy

Rev : A
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
OPERATION

SIGNAL NAME ALARM TEXT POSSIBLES CAUSES ACTIONS TO BE TAKEN

Never open gas turbine package or DLN2 package (if used)

Ask people around the zones where you have an alarm to go away
immediately.
When the turbine is stopped use portable gas detectors and leak
detection liquids to find what caused the alarm.
Reset the alarm after you have found its origin and fixed the
problem.
WARNING :
If gas is detected, emergency procedures should be immediately
instituted to protect personnel and equipment
Minimum Emergency Procedures
If the presence of gas is detected, the following emergency steps
should be taken immediately. These steps are the minimum
considered necessary and should be added to as local conditions
dictate. If necessary, additional recommendations for emergency
procedures can be applied.
HZD GAS DETEC 1.Clear the compartments of the turbine and the surrounding area
L45HA4_ALM DLN/AUX COMPT CARD FAULT A leak of gas is detected in the DLN compartment. of all occupants.
OF SET 4 2.Shutdown or trip the turbine (if it is running) in accordance with
the security instructions of the field.
3.Ventilate the compartments and the area surrounding the turbine
by opening all exterior doors and compartment panels.
4.Use every practical means to eliminate sources of ignition.
Prevent smoking, striking of matches, operating electrical switches,
etc. If possible, cut off electrical power at a remote source to
eliminate operation of automatic electrical devices in the hazard
area.
5.Shut off the fuel supply to the turbine.
6.Investigate other structures in the immediate area to ascertain the
presence of gas.
7.Determine the source of the leak and make the necessary
corrections.
8.Never restart the unit before repair.
For more information about the gas detection system, refer to Gas
turbine equipment publications chapters.

All right reserved Copyright – Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMO_5_6B_E0838_EN_V3 Revision : A Date : 03/2009
Page :30/55
 GE Energy

Rev : A
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
OPERATION

SIGNAL NAME ALARM TEXT POSSIBLES CAUSES ACTIONS TO BE TAKEN

HZD GAS DETEC

L45HA4H_ALM DLN COMP-DLN A leak of gas is detected in the DLN compartment. See alarm : L45HA4_ALM
VENT/GAS CAB HIGH LEVEL
HZD GAS DETEC
DLN /AUX COMPT#4 A leak of gas is detected in the DLN/auxiliarie
L45HA4HH_ALM See alarm : L45HA4_ALM
VENT/GAS CAB HIGH HIGH compartment.#4
LEVEL
HZD GAS DETEC HIGH HIGH
L45HA4T_ALM A leak of gas is detected in the ventilation compartment See alarm : L45HA4_ALM
LEVEL INFORMATION
HZD GAS DETEC
L45HA5_ALM DLN/AUX COMPT CARD FAULT A leak of gas is detected in the DLN compartment. See alarm : L45HA4_ALM
OF SET 5
HZD GAS DETEC
DLN /AUX COMPT#5 A leak of gas is detected in the DLN/auxiliarie
L45HA5HH_ALM See alarm : L45HA4_ALM
VENT/GAS CAB HIGH HIGH compartment.#5
LEVEL
HZD GAS DETEC
L45HA6_ALM DLN/AUX COMPT CARD FAULT A leak of gas is detected in the DLN compartment. See alarm : L45HA4_ALM
OF SET 6
HZD GAS DETEC
DLN /AUX COMPT#6 A leak of gas is detected in the DLN/auxiliarie
L45HA6HH_ALM See alarm : L45HA4_ALM
VENT/GAS CAB HIGH HIGH compartment.#6
LEVEL
HZD GAS DETEC HIGH HIGH
L45HGDHH_ALM A leak of gas is detected in the ventilation compartment See alarm : L45HA4_ALM
LEVEL INFORMATION
HAZARDOUS GAS DETECTION
L45HGDSD_ALM A leak of gas is detected in the ventilation compartment See alarm : L45HA4_ALM
FAILURE - SHUT DOWN
TURB COMPARTMENT GAS
L45HT1_ALM Gas level high detected in the turbine compartment. See alarm : L45HA4_ALM
LEVEL HIGH-ALM
TURBINE & EXTRACT DUCT
L45HT1H_ALM Turbine compartment level very high. Check the gas sensors 45 HT-1HH,2HH and 3-HH
COMB GAS LEVEL HIGH'
HZD GAS DETEC
L45HT1HH_ALM TURBINE COMPT#1 A leak of gas is detected in the turbine compartment.#6 See alarm : L45HA4_ALM
HIGH HIGH LEVEL

All right reserved Copyright – Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMO_5_6B_E0838_EN_V3 Revision : A Date : 03/2009
Page :31/55
 GE Energy

Rev : A
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
OPERATION

SIGNAL NAME ALARM TEXT POSSIBLES CAUSES ACTIONS TO BE TAKEN

TURB COMPARTMENT LEVEL Trip. Check for leakage in the gas turbine compartment.
L45HT1T_ALM
VERY HIGH-TRIP Turbine compartment level very high. Check the gas sensors 45 HT-1HH,2HH and 3-HH..
GT VENTILATION DUCT GAS
L45HT2_ALM Gas level high detected in the GT ventilation duct. See alarm : L45HA4_ALM
LEVEL HIGH-ALM
HZD GAS DETEC
L45HT2HH_ALM TURBINE COMPT#2 A leak of gas is detected in the turbine compartment.#2 See alarm : L45HA4_ALM
HIGH HIGH LEVEL
HZD GAS DETEC
L45HT3_ALM TURBINE COMPT CARD FAULT A leak of gas is detected in the turbine compartment. See alarm : L45HA4_ALM
OF SET 3
HZD GAS DETEC
L45HT3HH_ALM TURBINE COMPT#3 A leak of gas is detected in the turbine compartment.#3 See alarm : L45HA4_ALM
HIGH HIGH LEVEL
HZD GAS DETEC
L45HT4_ALM TURBINE COMPT CARD FAULT A leak of gas is detected in the turbine compartment. See alarm : L45HA4_ALM
OF SET 4
HZD GAS DETEC
L45HT4H_ALM TURBINE COMPT VENT DUCT A leak of gas is detected in the ventilation compartment. See alarm : L45HA4_ALM
HIGH LEVEL
HZD GAS DETEC
L45HT4HH_ALM TURBINE COMPT#4 A leak of gas is detected in the turbine compartment.#4 See alarm : L45HA4_ALM
HIGH HIGH LEVEL
HZD GAS DETEC TURBINE
L45HT4T_ALM COMPT-VENTILATION DUCT A leak of gas is detected in the ventilation compartment See alarm : L45HA4_ALM
TRIP
HZD GAS DETEC
L45HT5_ALM TURBINE COMPT CARD FAULT A leak of gas is detected in the turbine compartment. See alarm : L45HA4_ALM
OF SET 5
HZD GAS DETEC
L45HT5HH_ALM TURBINE COMPT#5 A leak of gas is detected in the turbine compartment.#5 See alarm : L45HA4_ALM
HIGH HIGH LEVEL
HZD GAS DETEC
L45HT6_ALM TURBINE COMPT CARD FAULT A leak of gas is detected in the turbine compartment. See alarm : L45HA4_ALM
OF SET 6

All right reserved Copyright – Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMO_5_6B_E0838_EN_V3 Revision : A Date : 03/2009
Page :32/55
 GE Energy

Rev : A
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
OPERATION

SIGNAL NAME ALARM TEXT POSSIBLES CAUSES ACTIONS TO BE TAKEN

HZD GAS DETEC

L45HT6HH_ALM TURBINE COMPT#6 A leak of gas is detected in the turbine compartment.#6 See alarm : L45HA4_ALM
HIGH HIGH LEVEL
L45S_ALM SMOKE DETECTED IN TCC For information For information
Check equipment, which is the cause of the problem in the normal
TURBINE INCOMPLETE sequence: starting system power, torque converter, fuel control,
L48_ALM Failure of unit to reach complete sequence.
SEQUENCE acceleration loop.
Check if the AUTO order has been executed.
Check fuel supply to diesel.
Check lube pressure.
STARTING MEANS DIESEL
L48DSX_ALM Diesel has failed to start after nine diesel start attempts. Check fuel oil pressure.
FAILURE TO START
Refer to diesel Manufacturer’s instruction manual.
Check the supply of the diesel starter drawer 88DS.
The generator should not be operated when the stator temperature
is excessive. Check cooling system, reduce overload on generator.
GENERATOR STATOR TEMP. Generator stator temperature is excessive caused by lack of Check proper operation of the temperature detector system and its
L49GH_ALM
HIGH cooling or overload. alarm setpoint.
Check the thermocouple circuit and the A.C. power of this
equipment.
Check ratchet motor overload (M.C.C.).
Check for proper operation of ratchet mechanism.
Check power to the ratchet drawer 88HR (M.C.C.).
L49HR1A_ALM RATCHET MOTOR OVERLOAD Ratchet motor overload. NOTE :
The problem (ratchet failure) should be corrected quickly and
before restarting. See recommendations on this point in module 02
(previous volume) and in module 07 (in this volume).
Check auxiliary motors to determine which motor is overloaded and
the cause of the overloading.
On the defective motor, check the overload relay, the fuses (or the
L49X_ALM AUXILIARY MOTOR OVERLOAD One of the auxiliary motors is overloaded.
CB), the motor with the cables.
Check the set point of the overload relay.
Check the fuses FU.1, 2 on the motor overload circuit.
FLOW INLET EVAPORATIVE
L4AC_ALM For information For information
COOLER IN OPERATION
Customer trips input to the L4CT logic have caused an Determine which of the customer trip devices caused the trip and
L4CT_ALM CUSTOMER TRIP
automatic trip of the unit. correct.
All right reserved Copyright – Droits de reproduction réservés
OMMO_5_6B_E0838_EN_V3 Revision : A Date : 03/2009
Page :33/55
 GE Energy

Rev : A
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
OPERATION

SIGNAL NAME ALARM TEXT POSSIBLES CAUSES ACTIONS TO BE TAKEN

DRY LOW NOx SYSTEM

L4DLNT_ALM DLN system fault, trip is required. Check DLN system trips and all other annunciated alarms.
TROUBLE - TRIP
Determine cause. Check the engaged position of hand valve VM 2,
STARTING MEANS STARTING The starting clutch has disengaged prematurely, diesel lube
L4DT_ALM the diesel lube oil circuit. The master reset switch must be reset
DEVICE LOCKOUT oil pressure is low, fire detected or emergency manual trip.
before restarting.
EX2K OPERATOR SELECTED
L4EXOFF_ALM Operator selected excitation off. For information
EXCITATION OFF
GT COOLING WATER
L4FC2BRUN_ALM REGULATION FAN BLOCK GT cooling water regulation fan block start For information : regulation fans block started
START
REGULATION FAN BLOCK
L4FCBRUN_ALM Regulation fan block starts For informations
STARTS
The gas pressure is too low
P2 SUPPLY PRESSURE TOO TG trip Check gas system
L4GFIVPT_ALM
LOW TRIP Sensors defected. Check transducer 96FG2A
Valve and servo-valve fault.
Check the I.G.V. control system.
Trip.
Check the proper operation and the setting values of the LVDT 96
INLET GUIDE VANE CONTROL The I.G.V. position is not correct.
L4IGVT_ALM TV_1 and 2.
TROUBLE TRIP Adjustment of the hydraulic jack.
Check the adjustment of the hydraulic jack. Refer to the control
Problem of the setting values.
specifications.
DC PUMP FIRST STEP TIMER
L4QESTP1_ALM Breakers failure, wire lost, timer failure Check power supply, wiring, breakers, timer in M.C.C
FAILURE
DC PUMP SCND STEP TIMER
L4QESTP2_ALM Breakers failure, wire lost, timer failure Check power supply, wiring, breakers, timer in M.C.C
FAILURE
L4QETRPZ_ALM AC PUMP FAILURE TRIP 88QA fault Check 88QA
Pump fault Check pump
L4QETST_ALM DC PUMP TEST FAILED
Preesure switch fault Check pressure switch
Check the operation of the motors 88 TK_1 and _2. Inspect cooling
EXHAUST FRAME BLOWER
Exhaust frame blower fault. airflow passages.
L4TK_WW_ALM FAULT. WATER WASH
Impossible to wash TG. Check the suction silencers.
INHIBITED
Check the pressure switches 63 TK _1,2.
Check the time overcurrent relay 51 QE.
EMERGENCY LUBE OIL
L51QE_ALM The emergency lube oil pump is faulty. Check the mechanical status of the pump.
OVERLOAD
Check supply of the motor pump.

All right reserved Copyright – Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMO_5_6B_E0838_EN_V3 Revision : A Date : 03/2009
Page :34/55
 GE Energy

Rev : A
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
OPERATION

SIGNAL NAME ALARM TEXT POSSIBLES CAUSES ACTIONS TO BE TAKEN

Check the time overcurrent relay 51 QE.

L51QEFLT_ALM DC PUMP ABNORMAL POWER The emergency lube oil pump is faulty. Check the mechanical status of the pump.
Check supply of the motor pump.
Check the time overcurrent relay 51 QE.
EMERGENCY LUBE OIL PUMP
L51QEOFF_ALM The emergency lube oil pump is faulty. Check the mechanical status of the pump.
OUT OF SERVICE
Check supply of the motor pump.
Check fuses, breakers, protections, and supply.
COOL SEAL AIR EXH BLOWER Electrical fault Check the mechanical status of the fan and the motor in trouble.
L51TK1_ALM
MOTOR#1 UNDERCURRENT Motor undercurrent Check the proper operation of the lube oil mist eliminator motor.
After doing corrective action, close the breaker in trouble.
Check fuses, breakers, protections, and supply.
COOL SEAL AIR EXH BLOWER Electrical fault Check the mechanical status of the fan and the motor in trouble.
L51TK2_ALM
MOTOR#2 UNDERCURRENT Motor undercurrent Check the proper operation of the lube oil mist eliminator motor.
After doing corrective action, close the breaker in trouble.
Check fuses, breakers, protections, and supply.
FLOW INLET NO FEEDBACK Electrical fault Check the mechanical status of the fan and the motor in trouble.
L52AC_ALM
FROM MOTOR PUMP Motor undercurrent Check the proper operation of the lube oil mist eliminator motor.
After doing corrective action, close the breaker in trouble.
Something is blocking the fan Check that nothing is blocking the fan
TURBINE COMPARTMENT VENT. Motor overload Check the fan can run in good conditions
L52BT_ALM
FAULT Short circuit Check electrical circuit
Motor fault Check motor
Exhaust plenum cooling fan fault Check the mechanical status of the motor and the fan(88EF)
EXHAUST COMPARTMENT
L52EF_ALM Motor fault Check the motor supply (fuses, breaker, connection)
VENT. FAULT
Power supply fault Check the cleanliness of the circuit
COOLING WATER FANS
L52FC1_ALM PERMANENT BLOCK FDBCK Cooling water fans perm block fdbck flt Check cooling water fans perm block fdbck
FAULT
COOLING WATER FANS
L52FC2_ALM PERMANENT BLOCK FDBCK Cooling water fans perm block fdbck flt Check cooling water fans perm block fdbck
FAULT
FUEL FORWARDING MOTOR
L52FDY_ALM The remote breaker is detected open Determine the cause of this trouble and repair.
BREAKER OPEN
FLOW DIVIDER MOTOR 88FM
L52FM_ALM Flow divider startup motor breaker fault Check flow divider startup motor breaker
FAULT

All right reserved Copyright – Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMO_5_6B_E0838_EN_V3 Revision : A Date : 03/2009
Page :35/55
 GE Energy

Rev : A
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
OPERATION

SIGNAL NAME ALARM TEXT POSSIBLES CAUSES ACTIONS TO BE TAKEN

Determine device that tripped the breaker.

The problem should be corrected before recoupling.
GENERATOR BREAKER Generator breaker has been tripped by an automatic
L52G1_ALM NOTE :
TRIPPED protective device or manually.
For a new coupling, one must give a new start order for proper
operation of synchronizing sequence.
Determine device that tripped the breaker.
The problem should be corrected before recoupling.
SECOND GEN BREAKER Generator breaker has been tripped by an automatic
L52G2_ALM NOTE :
TRIPPED protective device or manually.
For a new coupling, one must give a new start order for proper
operation of synchronizing sequence.
Check for leakage.
Check the mechanical status of the motor and the pump.
The second hydraulic oil pump starts (88 HQ_1 or 2). Check the motor supply (fuses, breaker, connection)
AUXILIARY HYDRAULIC OIL Motor, pump fault (88 HQ_1 or 2 or PH_1 or 2). Check the proper operation of :
L52HQ1_ALM
PUMP MOTOR RUNNING Motor supply fault. _ the pressure switch 63 HQ_1.
Oil leakage on HP circuit. _ the pressure transmitter 96 HQ_1.
_ the overload relays 49 HQ_1 and 2.
Check the status of the filter (an alarm must appear).
Check the fan can run in good conditions
STARTING MEANS HYDRAULIC Motor fault
L52HR_ALM Check electrical circuit
RACHET MOTOR NOT RUNNING Electrical circuit fault
Check motor
Something is blocking the fan Check fuses, breakers, protections, and supply.
HEAT VENT WI COMPARTMENT Motor overload Check the mechanical status of the fan and the motor in trouble.
L52JS_ALM
VENT. FAULT Short circuit Check the proper operation of the water injection fan motor 88JS.
Motor fault After doing corrective action, close the breaker in trouble.
L52L_ALM LINE BREAKER TRIPPED 52L breacker is opened check line breaker system
FUSE FAULT ON
L52MCB_ALM Customer signal Specific customer
UNDERVOLTAGE RELAY
EARTH SWITCH GENERATOR
L52Q420_ALM Indication about earth switch generator breaker For information
BREAKER CLOSED
Examine main lube pump.
AUXILIARY LUBE OIL PUMP The main lube oil pump is supplying insufficient lube oil
L52QA_ALM Check pump output and main lube filters for leaks or plugging.
MOTOR RUNNING pressure due to pump failure or leaks.
Check proper operation of pressure switch 63 QA.
NORMAL OR STANDBY SUPPLY
L52RSALM_ALM MCC breaker alarm Check MCC breaker
BREAKER FAULT

All right reserved Copyright – Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMO_5_6B_E0838_EN_V3 Revision : A Date : 03/2009
Page :36/55
 GE Energy

Rev : A
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
OPERATION

SIGNAL NAME ALARM TEXT POSSIBLES CAUSES ACTIONS TO BE TAKEN

NORMAL OR STANDBY SUPPLY

L52RSTMR_ALM MCC breaker alarm Check MCC breaker
BRKR CONTROL VOLT
EXHAUST FRAME BLOWER #1 Blower is running while there is no run signal Check 88TK1
L52TK1_ALM
DISCREPENCY Blower is not running while there is run signal Check electrical circuit
EXHAUST FRAME BLOWER #2 Blower is running while there is no run signal Check 88TK2
L52TK2_ALM
DISCREPENCY Blower is not running while there is run signal Check electrical circuit
EXHAUST FRAME BLOWER #3 Blower is running while there is no run signal Check 88TK3
L52TK3_ALM
DISCREPENCY Blower is not running while there is run signal Check electrical circuit
Check the power supply of the motor drawer in the T.C.C.
LOAD COMP. COOLING FAN
L52VG_ALM The load compartment cooling fan motor is not running. Check the relay.
MOTOR TROUBLE
Determine the trouble and repair as soon as possible.
The second fan motor starts (88VL_1 or 2).
Check the electrical status of the motor.
HEAT VENT DLN One of the two fan is in trouble
L52VL_ALM Check the motor supply (breaker, fuses, connection).
COMPARTMENT VENT. FAULT One of the two motors is in trouble 88VL_1 or 88VL_2.
Check the fan in trouble.
Motor supply fault .
WATER PUMP BREACKER
L52WCY_ALM Water pump breaker open Close water pump breaker
OPEN
WATER INJECTION PUMP Pump is running while there is no run signal Check 88TK3
L52WN1_ALM
DISCREPENCY Pump is not running while there is run signal Check electrical circuit
VPRO - OS SETPOINT CONFIG
L5CFG_TRP_AL Bad overspeed configuration trip Change the overspeed configuration trip with the toolbox
ERROR TRIP
VPRO - TRIP FROM EXTERNAL
L5CONT_TRP_A Bad overspeed configuration trip Change the overspeed configuration trip with the toolbox
CONTACTS 1-7
Correct abnormality that caused the operator to push the
L5E_ALM MANUAL TRIP _ LOCAL The emergency stop pushbutton has been pressed.
emergency stop pushbutton.
EMERGENCY MANUAL PB TRIP -
L5E_TCP_ALM An emergency trip from the TCP panel has been given. Find the reason of this trip order.
TCP PANEL
E-STOP 1 PROTECTIVE CIRCUIT
L5ESTOP1_ALM Emergency stop by protective circuit. Correct abnormality that caused the emergency stop
LATCHED
Check that the problem for witch the the emergency stop pb was
VPRO - EMERGENCY STOP PB pressed is resolved
L5ESTOP1_FZA Someone has depressed the emergency stop pb
DEPRESSED WARNING NEVER DEPRESS THE EMERGENCY STOP PB
BEFORE TO BE SURE THE PROBLEM IS RESOLVED
PROTECTIVE PPRO CARD TRIP - Diagnostic alarm on the dedicated card PPRO Check Diagnostic alarm relating to the card mentioned by using the
L5PPRO_LATCH
LATCH Defaut communication toolbox.

All right reserved Copyright – Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMO_5_6B_E0838_EN_V3 Revision : A Date : 03/2009
Page :37/55
 GE Energy

Rev : A
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
OPERATION

SIGNAL NAME ALARM TEXT POSSIBLES CAUSES ACTIONS TO BE TAKEN

TURBINE STARTUP BOGGED Check trip driagram on HMI

L60BOG_ALM Problems during startup
DOWN - TRIP Refer to specific alarm(s)
Manual FSR control has not been reset to a position where it
L60FSRG_ALM FSR GAG NOT AT MAX LIMIT Raise the manual FSR control to maximum.
will not interfere with automatic FSR control.
Start inhibited
The gas control valve feedback is abnormal. Check LVDT, 96 GC_1, 2 (setting value, wiring).
GAS CTRL VLV TOO FAR OPEN -
L60GC1FSH_A Supply fault. Check the calibration of the VGC.
ABORT START
Sensors defected. Check the proper operation of the servo-valve 65 GC_1.
Valve and servo-valve fault.
REGULATION IN FSR
L60TRF_ALM The regulation is in FSR temperature control. Check the regulation system CPD.
TEMPERATURE CONTROL
COOLDOWN SEQUENCE The cooldown sequence has been interrupted before the end
L62CD_ALM Continue cooldown sequence except in the case of major problem.
RUNNING of normal cycle.
The master protective logic signal ‘’L4’’ has tripped the unit Check all signals going making up the ‘’L4’’ logic signal to
L62TT2_ALM FAILURE TO START twice or if the unit is operating in remote, flame was not determine which caused the problem or determine cause of lack of
established after two tries at establishing flame. flame establishment.
VENT AFTER AN OFF LINE
L62WWY_ALM VENT AFTER AN OFF LINE WASHING INTERRUPTED Refer to specific chapter
WASHING INTERRUPTED
Check atomizing air system.
Check the valves .are correctly positined.
Atomizing air compressor not providing adequate pressure. Check for leakage.
Normal shutdown. Check the status (mechanical and electrical) of the compressors
ATOMIZING AIR DIFFERENTIAL Lack of air at the upstream of the compressor. and the step_up gears.
L63AD4L_ALM
PRESSURE LOW Compressor fault (CA1_1 or 2). Check motor.
Step_up gear fault. Check the check valves before step_up gears.
Motor fault (88 AK_1 or 2). Check the proper operation of the pressure switches 63 AD_1, 2
and their setting point.
Check the proper opération of the transmiiter 96AD_1.
Check atomizing air system.
Check on running gear if the shaft driver atomizing air compressor
is running: if coupling broken replace the atomizing air compressor
ATOMIZING AIR DIFF. before starting up the limit.
L63ADL_ALM Atomizing air compressor not providing adequate pressure.
PRESSURE LOW If atomizing air compressor is correct, check compressor during
operation (vibration) and the circuit (help with the pressure
indicators).
Check the pressure switches 63AD and their setting point.
All right reserved Copyright – Droits de reproduction réservés
OMMO_5_6B_E0838_EN_V3 Revision : A Date : 03/2009
Page :38/55
 GE Energy

Rev : A
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
OPERATION

SIGNAL NAME ALARM TEXT POSSIBLES CAUSES ACTIONS TO BE TAKEN

ATOMIZING AIR COMPRESSOR

L63ADL_SENSR Pressure diff sensor fault Check the proper operation of the pressure diff sensor
DIFF PRESS SENSR DISAGREE
Check the atomizing air H.P. compressor.
ATOMIZING AIR DIFFERENTIAL The discharge pressure of the atomizing air H.P. compressor
L63ADLA_ALM Check the atomizing air piping.
PRESSURE LOW is too low.
Check the pressure switch 63 AD_1.
ATOMIZING AIR FILTER DIFF The atomizing air filter is dirty Check the state of the filter
L63AF1H_ALM
PRESSURE HIGH Pressure switch fault Check the proper operation of the pressure switch
SKID WASHING PRESSURE OR
L63BWL_ALM Skid washing pressure or flow fault Check washing skid
FLOW FAULT
Check the cleanliness of the air filter.
INLET AIR FILTER Check the proper operation of the pressure switch 63 CA_1.
L63CA1L_ALM COMPRESSED AIR PRESS LOW Air filter compressor pressure low. NOTE :
ALARM Refer to Manufacturer’s recommendations for air filters
maintenance in specific volumes.
Check the state of the filter
GEN AIR FILTER CLEANER The GT air filter is dirty
L63CA3L_ALM Check the auto cleaning system
PRESSURE LOW Auto cleaning system fault
Check the proper operation of the pressure switch
L63CPDL_ALM CPD PRESSURE LOW ALARM CPD pressure low alarm Check GT compressor system
FUEL FWD PUMP DISCHARGE Check the forwarding skid.
L63FD1L_ALM The pressure on the fuel forwarding skid is low.
PRESSURE LOW Check the pressure switch
FUEL FORWARDING PRESS. Check the forwarding skid.
L63FD2H_ALM The pressure on the fuel forwarding skid is high.
HIGH ALARM Check the pressure switch 63 FD_2.
HEAT VENT 63FG-1 SENSOR
L63FG1_ALM Heat vent 63FG-1 sensor trouble Check heat vent 63FG-1 sensor
TROUBLE
HEAT VENT 63FG-2 SENSOR
L63FG2_ALM Heat vent 63FG-2 sensor trouble Check heat vent 63FG-2 sensor
TROUBLE
GAS FUEL STRAINER DIFF
L63FGDH_ALM Gas fuel strainer is clogged Clean gas fuel strainer
PRESS HIGH
Check cause of low supply pressure: check the gas fuel pressure
L63FGL_ALM GAS FUEL PRESSURE LOW Gas fuel pressure to turbine has been sensed as low. supply, the strainer and the pressure switch
63 FG_3.

All right reserved Copyright – Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMO_5_6B_E0838_EN_V3 Revision : A Date : 03/2009
Page :39/55
 GE Energy

Rev : A
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
OPERATION

SIGNAL NAME ALARM TEXT POSSIBLES CAUSES ACTIONS TO BE TAKEN

Inlet liquid fuel pressure is low.

Check the fuel forwarding skid (pumps, motors, filters).
Pressure switch 63 FL_2 trouble (see control specifications
Check the pressure switch 63 FL_2 (operation and setting).
L63FLZ_ALM LIQUID FUEL PRESSURE LOW for the setting value).
Check the strainer filter at the turbine inlet.
Strainer, filter, pumps fault.
Check for leakage.
Leakage.
Check or change the air filter if necessary.
GENERATOR AIR FILTER HIGH An excessive pressure droop has been detected on the NOTE :
L63GFH_ALM
PRESSURE DROP generator air filter Refer to Manufacturer’s recommendations for air filters
maintenance in specific chapters.
GAS FUEL SCRUBBER GAS
L63GSD1H_ALM Gas scrubber filt/sep 101FI DIF is clogged Clean gas scrubber filt/sep 101FI DIF
101FI DIFF PRESS HIGH
GAS FUEL SCRUBBER GAS
L63GSD2H_ALM Gas scrubber filt/sep 121FI DIF is clogged Clean gas scrubber filt/sep 121FI DIF
121FI DIFF PRESS HIGH
Check hydraulic pressure with the pressure gauge.
HYDR. FILTER DIFF. PRESSURE Change over the hydraulic oil filter and replace it if necessary.
L63HF1H_ALM The hydraulic oil filter is dirty.
HIGH Check the pressure switch 63 HF.
Check the closing of test valve.
Check hydraulic supply pressure filter and differential pressure
gauge, regulating valve or, pump or proper operation of pressure
HYDRAULIC SUPPLY PRESSURE switch 63 HQ_1.
L63HQ1L_ALM Hydraulic supply pressure is low.
LOW Check the closing of the test valves.
Check the filter status.
Check for leakage.
Inspect fuel oil filters and correct condition.
Check proper operation of fuel oil filter differential pressure switch
LIQUID FUEL FILTER DIFF.
L63LF2H_ALM The differential pressure too high at the fuel oil filter. (operation and setting point) 63 LF_1.
PRESS. HIGH
Change or repair if necessary.
Check the closing of the test valve.
Inspect fuel oil filters and correct condition.
Check proper operation of fuel oil filter differential pressure switch
FUEL FILTER DIFFERENTIAL
L63LF7H_ALM The differential pressure too high at the fuel oil filter. (operation and setting point)
PRESSURE HIGH
Change or repair if necessary.
Check the closing of the test valve.
LIQUID FUEL PURGE LOW AIR
L63PLLZ_ALM The liquid fuel air purge pressure is low. Check the pressure switch 63PL-21.
PRESS

All right reserved Copyright – Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMO_5_6B_E0838_EN_V3 Revision : A Date : 03/2009
Page :40/55
 GE Energy

Rev : A
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
OPERATION

SIGNAL NAME ALARM TEXT POSSIBLES CAUSES ACTIONS TO BE TAKEN

Check piping
FUEL PURGE WATER INJ AIR
L63PW1L_ALM Air purge low pressure Check filters
LOW PRESSURE
Check valves opening
Repair leaks or pump.
LUBE OIL PRESSURE ALARM Check proper operation of the transmitter (96QA_2) and the
L63QA2L_ALM Lube system leaks or pump or transmitter trouble.
BEARING pressure switch 63 QA-2.
Check the closing of the test valves.
Check and correct cause of low lube oil pressure.
Check the diesel lube oil filter status and the oil quality.
STARTING MEANS LOW LUBE
L63QDL_ALM Diesel lube oil pressure is low Check the operation of the diesel lube oil pump.
OIL PRESSURE
Check the lube oil level.
Check for leakage.
Loss of fluid pressure and deterioration of fluid purity may result.
LUBE OIL MIST FILTER - DIFF.
L63QQ10H_ALM Clogged filter. Change filter.
PRESS - HIGH
Check the pressure switch 63QQ_1.
Loss of fluid pressure and deterioration of fluid purity may result.
MAIN LUBE OIL FILTER DIFF.
L63QQ1H_ALM Clogged filter. Change filter.
PRESSURE HIGH
Check the pressure switch 63QQ_1.
TURBINE LUBE OIL HEADER 88QA fault Check 88QA
L63QT_ALM
PRESS LOW TRIP 88QE fault Check 88QE
LUBE OIL PRESSURE SWITCH
L63QT_SENSR Bad signal from lube oil pressure switch. Check pressure switches 63QT_2A, 2B and 63QA.
TROUBLE
Check the proper operation of the pressure regulating valve
VPR_2.
Check the proper operation of the lube oil pumps.
TURBINE LUBE OIL HEADER
L63QTX_ALM Lube oil pressure has fallen below the trip level. Check for leakage.
PRESS LOW TRIP
Check the pressure switche 63 QT_2A.
Check the proper operation of the tansmitter 96QA_2
Determine cause and correct before restarting unit.
Check the pressure drop.
If the pressure is excessive, change the air filters.
If the pressure is correct, check the pressure switch 63 TF and its
TURBINE AIR INLET DIFF. Inlet filter excessive pressure drop.
L63TF1H_ALM setting point.
PRESS. ALARM Filter is dirty.
NOTE :
Refer to Manufacturer’s recommendations for air filters
maintenance in specific chapters.
All right reserved Copyright – Droits de reproduction réservés
OMMO_5_6B_E0838_EN_V3 Revision : A Date : 03/2009
Page :41/55
 GE Energy

Rev : A
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
OPERATION

SIGNAL NAME ALARM TEXT POSSIBLES CAUSES ACTIONS TO BE TAKEN

TURBINE AIR INLET Inlet filter excessive pressure drop.

L63TF2AH_ALM Do filter maintenance. Change it if necessary.
DIFFERENTIAL PRESS HIGH Filter is dirty.
TURBINE AIR INLET Inlet filter excessive pressure drop.
L63TF2BH_ALM Do filter maintenance. Change it if necessary.
DIFFERENTIAL PRESS HIGH Filter is dirty.
Check the operation of the motors 88 TK_1 and _2. Inspect cooling
EXHAUST FRAME COOLING AIR Exhaust frame blower motor not operating. Air passages air flow passages.
L63TK_ALM
PRESSURE LOW blocked. Check the suction silencers.
Check the pressure switches 63 TK _1,2.
Check the operation of the motors 88 TK1_2_3. Inspect cooling air
COOL SEAL AIR FAN #3 flow passages.
L63TK12_ALM Indication for fan #3.
RUNNING Check the suction silencers.
Check the pressure switche 63 TK 1_2_3.
Check the operation of the motors 88 TK_1 and _2.
EXHAUST FRAME PRESSURE
L63TKY_ALM Exhaust frame pressure low. Check the suction silencers.
LOW
Check the pressure switches 63 TK _1,2.
Check the pumps and motor.
COOLING WATER PUMP DISCH
L63WC1L_ALM The pression of cooling water pump is low. Check leakage.
PRESSURE LOW.
Check the status of the filters .
Check the differential pressure, clean the filter or change it if
WATER INJECTION FILTER DIFF
L63WN3H_ALM The water filter is dirty. necessary.
PRESS HIGH
Check the pressure switch 63 WN3.
Immediate action should be taken to locate ground and to repair,
because if a second ground occurs, this can result in severe
damage to the wiring and to the battery. As soon as possible, shut
down the unit and check the 125 VDC power.
Insulation failure has resulted in a ground on the 125 VDC
L64D_ALM BATTERY 125 VDC GROUND Isolate ground and remove from system.
system.
Check the DC motors and all circuits supplied with dc voltage.
CAUTION :
During this repair, the generator and the starting engine breakers
must be opened for safety.
L71CBL1_ALM CO2 BOTTLES - LOW LEVEL The CO2 bottles are empty Change the CO2 bottles
L71CBL4_ALM CO2 GAS LOSS ZONE 4 The CO2 bottles are empty Change the CO2 bottles
LIQUID FUEL LOW LEAKAGE
L71FF1L_ALM Liquid fuel leakage level on skid Check for leakage
LEVEL ON SKID

All right reserved Copyright – Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMO_5_6B_E0838_EN_V3 Revision : A Date : 03/2009
Page :42/55
 GE Energy

Rev : A
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
OPERATION

SIGNAL NAME ALARM TEXT POSSIBLES CAUSES ACTIONS TO BE TAKEN

LIQUID FUEL HIGH LEAKAGE ON

L71FF1T_ALM Liq fuel high leakage on skid. Check leakage.
SKID – TRIP
LIQUID FUEL LEAKAGE SNSRS
L71FF1T_SNSR Liquid fuel leakage snsrs fault on liquid skid. Check the sensor.
FAULT ON LIQUID SKID
LIQUID FUEL HIGH LEAKAGE ON
L71FF2T_ALM Liquid fuel high leakage on gt frame. Check the sensor.
GT FRAME -TRIP
LIQUID FUEL LEAKAGE SNSRS
L71FF2T_SNSR Liquid fuel low leakage level on gt frame. Check the sensor.
FAULT ON GT FRAME
LIQUID FUEL LOW LEAKAGE
L71FF4L_ALM Liquid fuel low leakage level on GT frame. Check the sensor.
LEVEL ON GT FRAME
GAS FUEL SCRUBBER 101FI-2A
L71GS12A_ALM Condensate to high in gas separator Purge gas separator
LEVEL HIGH
GAS FUEL SCRUBBER 101FI-2B
L71GS12B_ALM Condensate to high in gas separator Purge gas separator
LEVEL HIGH
GAS FUEL SCRUBBER 101FI-3
L71GS13_ALM Condensate to high in gas separator Purge gas separator
LEVEL HIGH
GAS FUEL COALESC FILTER #1
L71GS1H_ALM Gas fuel coalesc filter #1 is clogged Clean gas fuel coalesc filter #1
LEVEL HIGH
GAS FUEL #1 COALESC FILTER
L71GS1HT_SNS Gas fuel #1 coalesc filter level sensor trouble Check gas fuel #1 coalesc filter level sensor
LEVEL SENSOR TROUBLE
GAS FUEL SCRUBBER 121FI-2A
L71GS22A_ALM Condensate to high in gas separator Purge gas separator
LEVEL HIGH
GAS FUEL SCRUBBER 121FI-2B
L71GS22B_ALM Condensate to high in gas separator Purge gas separator
LEVEL HIGH
GAS FUEL SCRUBBER 121FI-3
L71GS23_ALM Condensate to high in gas separator Purge gas separator
LEVEL HIGH
GAS FUEL COALESC FILTER #2
L71GS2H_ALM Gas fuel coalesc filter #2 is clogged Clean gas fuel coalesc filter #2
LEVEL HIGH
GAS FUEL #2 COALESC FILTER
L71GS2HT_SNS Gas fuel #2 coalesc filter level sensor trouble Check gas fuel #2 coalesc filter level sensor
LEVEL SENSOR TROUBLE
GAS FUEL SEPARATOR
Condensate to high in gas separator
L71GSHHT CONDENSATE VERY HIGH Purge gas separator
trip
LEVEL TRIP

All right reserved Copyright – Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMO_5_6B_E0838_EN_V3 Revision : A Date : 03/2009
Page :43/55
 GE Energy

Rev : A
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
OPERATION

SIGNAL NAME ALARM TEXT POSSIBLES CAUSES ACTIONS TO BE TAKEN

GAS FUEL SEPARATOR

L71GSHHT_ALM CONDENSATE VERY HIGH Condensate to high in gas separator Purge gas separator
LEVEL
Check proper operation of the tank level 71QH_1. Investigate
cause of high level alarm and restore normal level.
L71QH_ALM LUBE OIL LEVEL HIGH High lube oil tank level or some liquid is coming in the tank. NOTE :
Stop the unit if there is some other fluid with the lube oil (water or
liquid fuel). In this case, never restart the unit before repair.
Check proper operation of the level 71QL_1. Check lube oil system
for possible leakage or for excessive consumption.
Repair and restore normal level with proper oil (see piping
L71QL_ALM LUBE OIL LEVEL LOW Lube oil tank level low. schematics for oil level reference and lube oil recommendations).
NOTE :
In these units, an oil consumption is normal so, refilling is
necessary periodically with proper oil.
Check the level of water cooling.
Check the water cooling system.
GENERATOR LIQUID LEVEL A leak of the water cooling system, or a leak of oil, is
L71WG1_ALM Check the bottom of the generator package to define the leaks if
DETECTOR detected.
there is any leak.
Check the indicator switch 71 WG.
The alarm will actuate when the cooling water tank level drops
below a minimum level (see piping schematics). Repair leaks, and
add properly treated water.
L71WL_ALM COOLING WATER LEVEL LOW Cooling water tank level low.
Check for proper operation of level indicator 71WL.
NOTE :
If there is some water in the lube oil tank, one must stop the unit.
SUMP TANK HIGH LEVEL LIMIT
L71WS1_ALM Sump tank high level Empty sump tank
SWITCH
SUMP TANK LOW LEVEL LIMIT
L71WS4_ALM Sump tank low level check limit switch and pump system
SWITCH
EMERGENGY LUBE OIL PUMP
L72QE_ALM Electrical fault on the emergency lube oil pump motor Check the emergency lube oil pump and motor.
MOTOR ELECTRICAL FAULT

All right reserved Copyright – Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMO_5_6B_E0838_EN_V3 Revision : A Date : 03/2009
Page :44/55
 GE Energy

Rev : A
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
OPERATION

SIGNAL NAME ALARM TEXT POSSIBLES CAUSES ACTIONS TO BE TAKEN

Loss of DC power to aux lube oil pumps. Determine cause of DC power loos.
Oil leakages. Refer to the specific alarms about electrical faults signaled.
L72QETST_ALM DC PUMP DID NOT START Motors fault Check the motors (88QE).
Pumps fault. Check the oil pumps.
Sensor fault. Check the status of the transmitter (63QE).
The main pump driven accessory gear and AC powered lube Check for leaks and pump malfunction.
EMERGENCY LUBE PUMP
L72QEZ_ALM oil pump have not supplied sufficient lube oil pressure Check proper operation of pressure switches 63 QL, 63 QT_2A and
MOTOR RUNNING
because of pump failure or leaks. 63 QT_2B.
BATTERIES COMPARTMENT
L74BATH_ALM The batteries compartment temperature is high. Check heating and ventilation system.
TEMPERATURE HIGH
BATTERIES COMPARTMENT
L74BATL_ALM The batteries compartment temperature is low. Check heating and ventilation system.
TEMPERATURE low
CONTROL COMPARTMENT
L74HT1_ALM The control compartment temperature is low. Check heating and ventilation system.
TEMP LOW
CONTROL COMPARTMENT
L74HT2_ALM The control compartment temperature is high. Check heating and ventilation system.
TEMP HIGH
Determine the electrical trouble with the matrix in the protection
GENERATOR ELECTRICAL
L78GS_ALM Electrical trouble on the generator. panel. The unit should not be operated until the cause of the
TROUBLE ALARM
problem has been determined and corrected.
Investigate problem. The problem should be corrected before
restarting. The Master reset switch must be pressed before
restarting.
Compressor bleed valves have not operated properly. They
COMP BLD VLV FAIL TO CLOSE - Check proper operation of the solenoid valve 20 CB.
L83CBLIMIT are in the wrong position or required an excessive amount of
LIMITED Check the control air supply of VA 2_1, 2_2, 2_3, 2_4 valves and
time to move from one position to the other.
the opening of the isolating valve.
Check the cleanliness of the air separator.
Check the limit switches 33 CB.
STARTING MEANS DIESEL TEST Diesel test has been selected. This is a reminder to deselect
L83DT1_ALM Deselect diesel test.
MODE SELECTED test when diesel test is complete.
OVERSPEED TEST MODE
L83HOST_ALM Overspeed trip being checked. See ‘’Overspeed trip checks’’ module 10 of this chapter.
SELECTED _ HP
2ND BREAKER SWITCHING
L83LBSX_ALM Second breaker closing faulf Check second breaker circuit
RELAY FAILURE

All right reserved Copyright – Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMO_5_6B_E0838_EN_V3 Revision : A Date : 03/2009
Page :45/55
 GE Energy

Rev : A
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
OPERATION

SIGNAL NAME ALARM TEXT POSSIBLES CAUSES ACTIONS TO BE TAKEN

FUEL GAS SYSTEM

L83LHV_F_ALM CHROMATOGRAPH LOWER Fuel gas system chromatograph lower heating value Refer to specific chapter
HEATING VALUE
REMOTE BREAKER OPENING
L83RBO_ALM Remote breaker opening detected For information
DETECTED
FUEL GAS SYSTEM
L83SG_F_ALM CHROMATOGRAPH SPECIFIC Fuel Gas system chromatograph Specific Gravity inp Refer to specific chapter
GRAVITY INP
WASHING ON-LINE The on-line water wash is inhibited because the temperature The on-line water wash will be possible as soon as the temperature
L83WW_ALM
PROHIB.INLET TEMP.LOW is low. will be in the limit spread.
24H DELAY NECESSARY SINCE
L83WWON_ALM 24 hours necessary since the last water wash. Wait the period of 24H to start again on-line washing.
THE LAST WW
BEARING SEAL AIR VALVE Check proper operation of the solenoid valve
L86BQ_ALM Valve position and LVDT positions disagrees
POSITION TROUBLE Check LVDT
HEAT VENT TURB COMP TEST
L86BTTEST_AL BT test stopped because of ventilation pressure fault Check BT or leaks in compartment
ABORTED
Check the ventilation system of this compartment (power supply,
LOSS OF TURBINE motors, fans, electrical circuit...).
L86BTX_ALM The turbine compartment ventilation is faulty.
COMPARTMENT COOLING FAN Check the position of vent flap.
Check the proper operation of the limit switch 33BT
Investigate problem. The problem should be corrected before
restarting. The Master reset switch must be pressed before
restarting.
Compressor bleed valves have not operated properly. They
COMPRESSOR BLEED VALVE Check proper operation of the solenoid valve 20 CB.
L86CBA_ALM are in the wrong position or required an excessive amount of
POSITION TROUBLE Check the control air supply of VA 2_1, 2_2, 2_3, 2_4 valves and
time to move from one position to the other.
the opening of the isolating valve.
Check the cleanliness of the air separator.
Check the limit switches 33 CB.

All right reserved Copyright – Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMO_5_6B_E0838_EN_V3 Revision : A Date : 03/2009
Page :46/55
 GE Energy

Rev : A
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
OPERATION

SIGNAL NAME ALARM TEXT POSSIBLES CAUSES ACTIONS TO BE TAKEN

Investigate problem. The problem should be corrected before

restarting. The master reset switch must be pressed before
restarting.
Compressor bleed valves have not operated properly. They
COMPRESSOR BLEED VALVE Check proper operation of the solenoid valve 20 CB_1.
L86CBT_ALM are in the wrong position or required an excessive amount of
POSITION TROUBLE TRIP Check the control air supply of VA 2_1, VA 2_2, VA 2_3 and
time to move from one position to the other.
VA 2_4 and the opening of the isolating valve.
Check the cleanliness of the air separator.
Check the limit switches 33 CB.
COMP OPERATING LIMIT Inlet heating control valve fault . Check operation of bleed heat control valve.
L86CPR_FLT
CONTROL FAULT Compressor discharge pressure transmitters fault. Check the compressor discharge pressure transmitters.
Determine the cause of this fault before attempting a new start.
STARTING MOTOR PROTECTIVE
L86CRTX_ALM The cranking motor protective system has been initiated. NOTE :
LOCKOUT
The master reset function must be selected before restarting.
Verify the G60s. And Know the default. Repair it. Reset the G60.
L86E12_ALM TRIP 41E WAY1/2 The excitation bistable was tripped by a G60
reset the bistable with the push button
Check the turbine exhaust compartment ventilation system (supply,
LOSS OF EXHAUST Exhaust frame ventilation fault. motors, fans, electric equipment )
L86EFX_ALM
COMPARTMENT VENTILATION Loss of the exhaust frame cooling ventilation control. Check the lower position.
Check the switch 33EF.
Check SRV valve
L86FPG2HT_A POST-IGNITION P2 HIGH TRIP SRV valve to much opened
Check regulation constant are the same e as in the A010
PRE-IGNITION P2 PRESS HIGH Check GCV valve
L86FPG2IH_AL GCV valve not enough opened
IGN INHIBIT Check regulation constant are the same e as in the A010
Check SRV valve
L86FPG2LT_A POST-IGNITION P2 LOW TRIP SRV valve not enough opened
Check regulation constant are the same e as in the A010
LIQ FUEL FALSE START-USE
L86FS_ALM Liq fuel false start-use reset display after sequencing reset by 86FSRST_CPB
RESET DISPLAY
Verify the G60s. And Know the default. Repair it. Reset the G60.
L86G12_ALM TRIP 52G WAY1/2 The generator bistable was tripped by a G60
Reset the bistable with the push button
Start inhibited + transfer to fuel if running on gas or transfer to
gas inhibited.
Check LVDT, 96 GC_1, 2 (setting value, wiring).
GAS CONTROL VLV NOT The gas control valve feedback is abnormal.
L86GCVT_ALM Check the calibration of the VGC.
FOLLOWING - TRIP Supply fault.
Check the proper operation of the servo-valve 65 GC_1.
Sensors defected.
Valve and servo-valve fault.

All right reserved Copyright – Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMO_5_6B_E0838_EN_V3 Revision : A Date : 03/2009
Page :47/55
 GE Energy

Rev : A
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
OPERATION

SIGNAL NAME ALARM TEXT POSSIBLES CAUSES ACTIONS TO BE TAKEN

L86GLTA_ALM GAS LEAK TEST OF SRV FAILED Gas leak of SRV valve check SRV valve
GAS LEAK TEST OF GCV/VENT
L86GLTB_ALM Gas leak of GCV valve or Gas Purge Inter valve check GCV valve or Gas Purge Inter valve
FAILED
2/3 GEN STATOR WINDING Check RTDs DT-GSA-4, 5,6 and associated connections and
L86GSC456_AL 2 of 3 Generator RTDs failure
CENTER TEMP SNSR FAULTED replace faulty RTD
Check the I.G.V. control system.
The I.G.V. position is not correct.
INLET GUIDE VANE CONTROL Check the proper operation and the setting values of the LVDT 96
L86GVA_ALM Adjustment of the hydraulic jack.
TROUBLE TV.
Problem of the setting values.
Check the adjustment of the hydraulic jack.
LOSS OF W. I. COMPARTMENT Check fan
L86JSX_ALM Loss of W.I. Compartment ventilation.
VENTILATION Check electrical circuit
Verify the G60s. And Know the default. Repair it. Reset the G60.
L86L12_ALM TRIP 52L WAY1/2 The line bistable was tripped by a G60
Reset the bistable with the push button
Determine the electrical trouble with the matrix in the protection
panel.
ELECTRICAL TROUBLE NORMAL Electrical trouble on the generator with normal shutdown for NOTE :
L86N_ALM
SHUTDOWN the unit. The unit should not be operated until the cause of the problem has
been determined and corrected.
Refer to specific chapters for more information about generator.
DC PUMP ELECTRICAL Check DC pump
L86QE_ALM DC pump electrical trouble start inhibited
TROUBLE START INHIBITED Check electrical circuit
LUBE OIL MIST ELIM FANS LOSS
L86QVX_ALM Lube oil mist elim fans loss - SD Check lube oil mist eliminator fan
– SD
Investigate synchronization system to determine exact cause of
AUTO SYNCHRONIZING Auto synchronizing self-checking system has detected a problem.
L86S
LOCKOUT synchronizing equipment abnormality. Refer to the Manufacturer’s documents about the synchronizing
system.
Check GCP for detailed cause of trip
74/86T-1B LOCK OUT RELAY Electrical fault must be investigated and corrected before restarting
L86T1BALM_AL Lockout relay 74/86-1B has issued a trip
TRIP (Note:some critical faults may need maintenance team involved for
off load tests.
COMPRESSOR INLET
L86TCI Bad thermocouple signal. Check thermocouples and wiring.
THERMOCOUPLES DISAGREE

All right reserved Copyright – Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMO_5_6B_E0838_EN_V3 Revision : A Date : 03/2009
Page :48/55
 GE Energy

Rev : A
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
OPERATION

SIGNAL NAME ALARM TEXT POSSIBLES CAUSES ACTIONS TO BE TAKEN

Trip. Check and reconnect thermocouples.

EXHAUST THERMOCOUPLES
L86TFB_ALM Excessive number thermocouples fault. Check the connection and the position.
OPEN TRIP
Position, connection, short-circuit, cut-off fault. Check for short-circuit and cut-off.
FALSE START DRAIN VALVE Check limit switch wiring and good operation. Look for valve
L86TFD_C Valve stucked or limit switch failure
FAIL TO CLOSE bloquage.
FALSE START DRAIN SYSTEM Look for any foreign object or residual fuel in drain piping. Check
L86TFD_NOFLOW Drain system clogged.
BLOCKED valve operation.
FALSE START DRAIN VALVE Check limit switch wiring and good operation. Look for valve
L86TFD_O Valve stucked or limit switch failure
FAILURE TO OPEN bloquage.
FSD VALVE CLOSED AT LOWER
L86TFDLOW_AL Valve spring damaged Check valve spring.
PRESS THAN EXPECTED
GENERATOR DIFFERENTIAL Electrical trouble with emergency shutdown. Relay 86G The unit should not be operated until the cause of the problem has
L86TGT1_ALM
TRIP CHANNEL 1 indicates a generator differential. been determined and corrected.
GENERATOR DIFFERENTIAL Electrical trouble with emergency shutdown. Relay 86G The unit should not be operated until the cause of the problem has
L86TGT2_ALM
TRIP CHANNEL 2 indicates a generator differential. been determined and corrected.
Investigate problem. The problem should be corrected before
restarting. The Master Reset switch must be pressed before
restarting.
L86TVA_ALM POSITION IGV FAULT On start-up, the inlet guide vanes are not closed.
NOTE :
Refer to Manufacturer’s documents and to Control specification for
proper values.
INLET GUIDE VANE POSITION
L86TVT_ALM Inlet guide valve position fault See alarm : L86TVA_ALM
TROUBLE TRIP
Trip.
The temperature control system has not limited exhaust
EXHAUST OVERTEMPERATURE temperature within the trip limits. Check the temperature control loop and the fuel control system.
L86TXT_ALM
TRIP Temperature control system fault. Check the cooling and ventilation system.
Fuel control system fault.
Ventilation system fault.
Check the load compartment cooling ventilation system
Air fan fault
LOSS OF LOAD GEAR COMPT Check the supply of motors 88VG
L86VGX_ALM Motor fault
COOLING FAN Check fuses, breakers and protections
Power supply fault
Check the mechanical status of the fans and the motors
HEAT VENT DLN COMP TEST
L86VLTEST_AL VL test stopped because of ventilation pressure fault Check VL or leaks in compartment
ABORTED

All right reserved Copyright – Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMO_5_6B_E0838_EN_V3 Revision : A Date : 03/2009
Page :49/55
 GE Energy

Rev : A
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
OPERATION

SIGNAL NAME ALARM TEXT POSSIBLES CAUSES ACTIONS TO BE TAKEN

LOSS OF DLN COMPARTMENT

L86VLX_ALM Fans fault Check fans
VENTILATION
The water injection mode is automatically deselected.
Check for leakage.
The water pressure at the inlet of the water injection skid is
Check the closing of the test valves.
too high.
WATER INJ. SUCTION Check the status of the strainer.
L86WN1_ALM Leakage.
PRESSURE HIGH LOCKOUT Check the opening of the isolating valve at the inlet pump.
Dirt strainers.
Check the pressure switch 63 WN_1 (operation and setting point).
Test valves open.
Check the opening of isolating valve of water inlet.
Isolating valves at the inlet pump closed.
Check for leakage.
The water injection mode is automatically deselected. Check the pressure.
WATER INJ. DISCHARGE
L86WN2_ALM The water pressure at the outlet of the water injection skid is Check the proper operation of the pressure switch 63 WN_2.
PRESS. LOW LOCKOUT
too low. Check the proper operation of the water pump.
Check the water injection system.
Check the solenoid valve 20 WN.
WATER INJ. FLOW HIGH The water injection mode is automatically deselected.
L86WN3_ALM Check the flow pick_up 77 WN.
LOCKOUT The injected water flow is highter than the authorized limit.
Check the water injection system.
Water injection trip. Check the flow pickup 77 WN.
WATER INJECTION LOW FLOW
L86WN7_ALM Water flow low. Check the limit switch 33 WN_0.
TRIP WATER
Limit switch fault. Check the water injection system.
OFF LINE COMP WW - USE
L86WW_ALM Off line comp WW - use reset display after sequencing reset by L86WWRST_CPB
RESET DISPLAY
LOSS OF FALSE START DRAIN
L86WWTD TC failure or input card failure Check input card and check TC integrity
TEMPERATURE SENSORS NS
EXHAUST FRAME COOLING SYS
L90TKL_ALM Exhaust frame cooling sys trbl - unload Check cooling system
TRBL - UNLOAD
TURBINE COMPARTMENT SB
L94BTL_ALM Turbine compartment sb fan fault Check Turbine compartment sb fan
FAN TEST FAILED
Check lube oil pressure.
STARTING MEANS DIESEL Low low lube oil pressure.
L94DE_ALM Check lube oil pressure transmitter.
LOCAL EMERGENCY PB Loss of diesel governor position feedback are detected.
Check diesel governor position feedback.
L94DP1_ALM G60A CRITICAL FAILURE –TRIP G60A critical failure trip Check G60A
FIRE PROTEC AUX/TURB/LOAD
L94F1B_ALM CO2 emission See alarm : L45FP1_ALM
COMPT CO2 RELEASE

All right reserved Copyright – Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMO_5_6B_E0838_EN_V3 Revision : A Date : 03/2009
Page :50/55
 GE Energy

Rev : A
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
OPERATION

SIGNAL NAME ALARM TEXT POSSIBLES CAUSES ACTIONS TO BE TAKEN

FIRE PROTEC DLN COMPT CO2

L94F4B_ALM CO2 emission See alarm : L45FP1_ALM
RELEASE
L94FAN_ALM MV CELL VENTILATION FAULT MV cell ventilation fault Check MV cell ventilation fault
L94FGLI_ALM GAS AUX STOP VLV TROUBLE Gas aux stop valve fail to open : 20VS4 valve fault Check gas aux stop valve
GENERATOR VENTILATION Shutdown. Check the ventilation system.
L94GEN
TROUBLE SHUTDOWN The ventilation system of generator is faulty. Check the proper cooling air circulation
FALSE START DRAIN VALVE
L94TFD Refer to L86TFD_NOFLOW or L86WWTD
TURBINE SHUTDOWN
DLN COMPARTMENT SB FAN
L94VLL_ALM DLN compartment sb fan fault Check DLN compartment sb fan
TEST FAILED
T45 VT'S GT 52G SYNCHRO REF T45 VT'S GT 52G SYNCHRO REF VOLTAGE FAULT (-
L94VTSG1_ALM GCP ALARM
VOLTAGE FAULT (-Q452) Q452)
T45 VT'S GT 52G SYNCHRO
T45 VT'S GT 52G SYNCHRO REFERENCE VOLTAGE
L94VTSG2_ALM REFERENCE VOLTAGE FAULT (- GCP ALARM
FAULT (-Q452)
Q452)
NORMAL STOP PAUSED FOR
L94X_S_ALM Normal stop paused for CBV actuation. Verify bleed valve circuit and switch position of bleed valve
CBV ACTUATION
FIRED SHUTDOWN ABNORMAL
L94XZ_ALM For information For information
SEQUENCE - TRIP
AUX. & TURBINE COMPT AIR
L95BT_ALM Fans fault Check fans
INLET FLOW LOW
AUX & TURB COMPT AIR INLET
L95BTL_ALM Fans fault Check fans
FLOW LOW CONFIRMED
DLN COMPT AIR INLET LOW
L95VL_ALM Fans fault Check fans
FLOW
DLN COMPT AIR INLET LOW
L95VLL_ALM Fans fault Check fans
FLOW CONFIRMED
HEAT VENT 96FG-1 SENSOR
L96FG1_ALM Heat vent 96FG-1 sensor trouble Check heat vent 96FG-1 sensor
TROUBLE
GAS FUEL PRESS Gas fuel pressure high. Check the gas fuel system.
L96FGDIFF_AL
TRANSMITTERS DIFF FAILURE Pressure switch fault. Check the pressure switch 63 FG.
Gas fuel pressure high. Check the gas fuel system.
L96FGH_ALM GAS FUEL PRESSURE HIGH
Pressure switch fault. Check the pressure switch 63 FG.

All right reserved Copyright – Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMO_5_6B_E0838_EN_V3 Revision : A Date : 03/2009
Page :51/55
 GE Energy

Rev : A
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
OPERATION

SIGNAL NAME ALARM TEXT POSSIBLES CAUSES ACTIONS TO BE TAKEN

Gas fuel pressure to turbine has been sensed as low. Check the cause of low supply pressure.
Purchaser gas supply fault. Check the purchaser gas supply.
GAS FUEL SUPPLY PRESSURE
L96FGL_ALM Leakage. Check for leakage.
LOW
Wiring, supply fault. Check the transmitters 96 FG_1.
Transmitter fault. Check the opening of the shut_off valve.
COOL SEAL AIR EXH BLOWERS
L96TK_ALM Problem sensor -Cooling sealing air exhaust blowers Check sensor
PBL SENSOR
GT AXIAL SHAFT
L96VSTH_ALM GT axial shaft displacement alert Check GT gear
DISPLACEMENT ALERT
GT AXIAL SHAFT
L96VSTHH_ALM GT axial shaft displacement danger Check GT gear
DISPLACEMENT DANGER
BAROMETRIC PRESSURE
LAFPAP_SENSR One transducer is out Check transducers
TRANSDUCERS DISAGREE
COMP DISCHARGE XDUCER
LCPD_SENSR One transducer is out Check transducers
DIFF FAULT HIGH
COMP OP LIMIT PROTECTION Inlet heating control valve fault. Check operation of bleed heat control valve.
LCPRERR_ALM
MAX CTRL ERROR Compressor discharge pressure transmitters fault. Check the compressor discharge pressure transmitters.
COMPR DISCHARGE TEMP HIGH
LCTDA_ALM For information For information
SPREAD
UNIT ABORTING DEADBUS
LDB_ABRT_ALM UNIT ABORTING DEADBUS MODE Refer to specific chapter.
MODE
UNIT NOT READY FOR
LDB_FAIL_ALM UNIT NOT READY FOR DEADBUS MODE Refer to specific chapter.
DEADBUS MODE
UNIT DEADBUS CLOSURE
LDBMD_OF_ALM UNIT DEADBUS CLOSURE SUCCESSFUL Refer to specific chapter.
SUCCESSFUL
UNIT READY FOR DEAD BUS
LDBMD_ON_ALM Unit ready for dead bus mode For information
MODE
MEGAWATT TRANSDUCER Check the power transmitter and change it if its fault
LDWATT_ALM Power transmitter fault
SIGNAL TROUBLE Check the electrical circuit
GAS FUEL SUPPLY PRESSURE
LDWCAL_ALM GAS FUEL SUPPLY PRESSURE LOW Refer to specific chapter
LOW
GCV 1 REG AT NULL COMP
LFAG1NBA_A For information For information
AUTHORITY LIMIT
GCV 2 REG AT NULL COMP
LFAG2NBA_A For information For information
AUTHORITY LIMIT

All right reserved Copyright – Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMO_5_6B_E0838_EN_V3 Revision : A Date : 03/2009
Page :52/55
 GE Energy

Rev : A
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
OPERATION

SIGNAL NAME ALARM TEXT POSSIBLES CAUSES ACTIONS TO BE TAKEN

GCV REG AT NULL COMP

LFAGNBA_A For information For information
AUTHORITY LIMIT
LCV REG AT NULL COMP
LFALNBA_A For information For information
AUTHORITY LIMIT
LFG_LHVDIF_A Fuel Gas LHV inputs disagree For information For information
Fuel Gas Specific Gravity inputs
LFG_SGDIFF_A For information For information
disagree
INTERVALVE PRESSURE
LFPG2_SENSR Intervalve pressure transducers disagree Check transmitter settings
TRANSDUCERS DISAGREE
FUEL GAS FLOW OUT OF
LFQGUV_ALM The fuel gas system is in trouble. Check the fuel gas system and the gas skid.
RANGE
FLOW DIVIDER FUEL HIGH
LFQLDIFF_ALM Flow divider fuel high flow difference Check flow divider.
FLOW DIFFERENCE
SRV OPEN AT 90 % - RISK OF
LFSGRH_ALM For information Check the regulated constants.
TRIP ON HIGH EXH TEMP
SRV VLV OPEN AT 95 % - XFER
LFSGRHH_ALM For information Check the regulated constants.
TO LIQUID FUEL TEMP.
COMP LIMIT FSR BACKUP Check the regulation system.
LFSRCPR_ALM Regulation system fault.
CONTROL ACTIVE Check operation of bleed heat control valve.
GSV REG AT NULL COMP
LFSRGSANBA_A For information For information
AUTHORITY LIMIT
GAS FUEL TEMPERATURE TC Check the thermocouples FT_GI_1, 2 and 3 (connection, wiring
LFTG_ALM Thermocouples fault.
TROUBLE and operation).
GAS FUEL TC SIGNAL OUT OF Check the thermocouples FT_GI_1, 2 and 3 (connection, wiring
LFTGR_ALM Thermocouples fault.
RANGE and operation).
LKE1_ENAB_AL KE1 RELAY ENABLED KE1 relay enabled For information
LKE2_ENAB_AL KE2 RELAY ENABLED KE2 relay enabled For information
LKE3_ENAB_AL KE3 RELAY ENABLED Not used For information
LKE4_ENAB_AL KE4 RELAY ENABLED KE4 relay enabled For information
LKE5_ENAB_AL KE5 RELAY ENABLED KE5 relay enabled For information
FUEL OIL TEMPERATURE LOW
LKFTHS7L_ALM fuel heating defect or sensor defect Check sensor and the heater system
ALARM
FUEL OIL TEMPERATURE LOW
LKFTHS7L_SD fuel heating defect or sensor defect Check sensor and the heater system
SHUTDOWN

All right reserved Copyright – Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMO_5_6B_E0838_EN_V3 Revision : A Date : 03/2009
Page :53/55
 GE Energy

Rev : A
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
OPERATION

SIGNAL NAME ALARM TEXT POSSIBLES CAUSES ACTIONS TO BE TAKEN

RACK RO PWR SUPPLY

LPSLMTR0_ALM For information For information
TROUBLE-SEE DIAG ALARMS
RACK SO PWR SUPPLY
LPSLMTS0_ALM For information For information
TROUBLE-SEE DIAG ALARMS
RACK TO PWR SUPPLY
LPSLMTT0_ALM For information For information
TROUBLE-SEE DIAG ALARMS
LSYN_ISO_ALM CAN NOT SYNC IN ISOC MODE Synchronization in isochronus mode is unabled. Check the synchronization system.
Check the lube oil feed and drain piping
The delta temperature between turbine bearings is too high
Check turbine bearings and lube oil system
LUBE OIL TEMP BRG DELTA Turbine bearings fault
LTBRGH_ALM Check thermocouples
TEMP HIGH Lube oil fault
Check for leakage
Leakage
Check the correct circulation of the lube oil.
Check the lube oil feed and drain piping
The delta temperature between turbine bearings is very high
Check turbine bearings and lube oil system
LUBE OIL TEMP BRG DELTA Turbine bearings fault
LTBRGHH_ALM Check thermocouples
TEMP HH Lube oil fault
Check for leakage
Leakage
Check the correct circulation of the lube oil.
Check the lube oil feed and drain piping
The delta temperature between generator bearings is too high
Check generator bearings and lube oil system
LUBE OIL TEMP GEN BRG Generator bearings fault
LTGBRGH_ALM Check thermocouples
DELTA TEMP HIGH Lube oil fault
Check for leakage
Leakage
Check the correct circulation of the lube oil.
The delta temperature between generator bearings is very Check the lube oil feed and drain piping
high Check generator bearings and lube oil system
LUBE OIL TEMP GEN BRG
LTGBRGHH_ALM Generator bearings fault Check thermocouples
DELTA TEMP H-H
Lube oil fault Check for leakage
Leakage Check the correct circulation of the lube oil.
Check pickup system
LOSS OF CTRL SPEED SIGNAL -
LTNHLOSS_ALM No more speed signal detected on the VPRO cards Check electrical circuit
START EMERG. LO PUMP
Check VPRO cards
LUBE OIL THERMOCOUPLE #1 Check the lube oil skid (exhauster,heater,pump).
LTTH1_ALM Temperature of lube oil is too high.
FAULT Check proper operation of thermocouple LTTH1.
LUBE OIL THERMOCOUPLE #2 Check the lube oil skid (exhauster,heater,pump).
LTTH2_ALM Temperature of lube oil is too high.
FAULT Check proper operation of thermocouple LTTH2.

All right reserved Copyright – Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMO_5_6B_E0838_EN_V3 Revision : A Date : 03/2009
Page :54/55
 GE Energy

Rev : A
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
OPERATION

SIGNAL NAME ALARM TEXT POSSIBLES CAUSES ACTIONS TO BE TAKEN

LUBE OIL THERMOCOUPLE #3 Check the lube oil skid (exhauster,heater,pump).

LTTH3_ALM Temperature of lube oil is too high.
FAULT Check proper operation of thermocouple LTTH2.
INJECTION TO FUEL RATIO LOW If ‘’Request injection to fuel ratio’’ is greater than ‘’Actual
LWLX4MIN Check the status of the control valve.
4 MIN AVG. injection to fuel ratios’’ during four minutes.
INJECTION TO FUEL RATIO If ‘’Request injection to fuel ratio’’ signal is greater than
LWLXHR For information
LOW. HOURLY AVG. ‘’Actual injection to fuel ratio’’ signal during hourly average...
FALSE START DRAIN
LWWTD1_FLT TEMPERATURE TC#1 OUT OF TC failure or input card failure Check input card and check TC integrity
RANGE
FALSE START DRAIN
LWWTD2_FLT TEMPERATURE TC#2 OUT OF TC failure or input card failure Check input card and check TC integrity
RANGE
Correct abnormality that caused the operator to push the
R5E_ALM MANUAL TRIP _ REMOTE The emergency stop pushbutton has been pressed.
emergency stop pushbutton.

All right reserved Copyright – Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMO_5_6B_E0838_EN_V3 Revision : A Date : 03/2009
Page :55/55
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 1/6
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
OPERATION

SPECIAL SEQUENCES

1. GENERAL............................................................................................................................... 2
2. STARTING MODE .................................................................................................................. 2
3. FAULTY IGNITION ................................................................................................................. 2
3.1. NORMAL IGNITION............................................................................................................. 2
3.2. FAULTY IGNITION .............................................................................................................. 2
4. INLINE FILTER CHANGEOVER ............................................................................................ 3
5. RESTART AFTER TRIP WITH HEAVY FUEL ().................................................................. 3
6. OVERSPEED TEST................................................................................................................ 4
6.1. INITIAL CONDITIONS ......................................................................................................... 4
6.2. SEQUENCE......................................................................................................................... 4
6.3. FINAL CONDITIONS ........................................................................................................... 4
7. OIL PUMP RESTART TEST................................................................................................... 4
7.1. INITIAL CONDITIONS ......................................................................................................... 4
7.2. SEQUENCE......................................................................................................................... 5
7.3. FINAL CONDITIONS ........................................................................................................... 5
8. STARTING DIESEL MOTOR TEST () .................................................................................. 5
8.1. INITIAL CONDITIONS ......................................................................................................... 5
8.2. SEQUENCE......................................................................................................................... 5
8.3. FINAL CONDITIONS ........................................................................................................... 5
9. PROLONGED SHUTDOWN ................................................................................................... 6

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMO_TOC6_6B_EN_V3 Revision: A Date: 07/2008
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 2/6
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
OPERATION

1. GENERAL

This document completes the normal operation sequences and contains specific
instructions for special sequences.
The following standard text applies to all gas turbines type 6000B (35 to 45MW). Optional
equipment is often identified by the symbol () in the text.
The text is intended as a guide for the operator. The experience acquired during the day-
to-day operation of the plant will enable the operating staff to further supplement and
refine the recommendations contained in this document.

2. STARTING MODE

The operator usually starts the gas turbine in automatic mode by selecting “Auto“ on the
main screen, or “Remote” for remote operation. Mode Select “Crank” and “Fire” are
available for specific sequence test.
“Crank” allows normal starting sequence of the gas turbine up to firing speed but without
firing. This mode is used to test the starting means system.
“Fire” allows normal starting sequence of the gas turbine including firing, but without
accelerating the shaft line. This mode is used to test the firing sequence.
Both “Crank” and “Fire” mode select may be used to demonstrate or to test manually
cranking and/or firing after main maintenance activity on the gas turbine and are not used
during normal operation.

3. FAULTY IGNITION

3.1. NORMAL IGNITION

During the ignition sequence the control signal (FSR) assumes its firing value:
x With gas fuel (), the pressure control valve (VSR) opens to regulate the inter-valve
pressure as a function of the speed, the flow control valve (VGC) assumes its ignition
value.
x With liquid fuel (), the flow control valve closes to obtain the firing speed of the flow
divider corresponding to the control signal (FSR) and the turbine speed
The flame must rapidly establish itself in all combustion chambers.

3.2. FAULTY IGNITION

Faulty ignition is an incident that requires investigation and corrective action. Prior to any
new attempt, the following must be checked:
x The fuel conditions: availability, pressure.
x The proper functioning of the igniters plugs.

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMO_6_6B_EN_V3 Revision: A Date: 07/2008
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 3/6
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
OPERATION

x The proper functioning of the flame detection system.

x The proper functioning of the fuel valves.
x The proper functioning of the liquid fuel atomization conditions ().
x The presence or absence of liquid fuel at the automatic purge valves at low points of
the turbine and the exhaust (VA17) ().

4. INLINE FILTER CHANGEOVER

Certain systems are equipped with double filters () allowing switching between the filters
during operation.
For this switching, the standby filter must be available: cartridges installed and in good
condition, drain circuit closed, vent circuit closed, pressure drop measurement system
operational.
Let us consider an active filter (A) and a standby filter (S). The changeover procedure is
comprised of the following steps:
x Filling of filter S: use the manual filling valve provided for this purpose. Check that the
filter is filled either via sight glass (e.g. lube oil) or at the vent located at the high point.
x Switching from A to S: slowly open the inlet and outlet valves of filter S, or slowly
operate the changeover valve ().
x Deactivation of filter A: slowly close the inlet and outlet valves or operate the
changeover valve, close the small filling valve.

5. RESTART AFTER TRIP WITH HEAVY FUEL ()

When the gas turbine is running on heavy fuel, the fuel piping (pump, flow divider,
injection nozzles) are filled with this liquid.
If a trip occurs in these conditions, the piping must be purged before the turbine is
restarted. This procedure must be applied directly after the incident, as soon as the
turbine can be restarted, provided the cause of the trip does not prevent restarting.
Start up the turbine and use the purge function provided for this purpose on the control
screen. After the purge sequence, the liquid fuel line is available for ignition with light fuel.

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMO_6_6B_EN_V3 Revision: A Date: 07/2008
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 4/6
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
OPERATION

6. OVERSPEED TEST

The overspeed protection circuit must be inspected once a year by simulation.

Real testing of the protection can be carried out after each combustion inspection.

6.1. INITIAL CONDITIONS

Hot gas turbine, i.e. having operated at no-load for 45 minutes or at load for 30 minutes.
Gas turbine operating at nominal no-load speed, disconnected from the grid.

6.2. SEQUENCE

¾ Choose the overspeed test control screen.

¾ Select the protection module.
¾ Increase the speed until trip occurs. The speed increase must be maintained without
interruption.

6.3. FINAL CONDITIONS

Following this test, the turbine trips and continues its shutdown cycle until the ratchet is
activated. Clear the alarms. The gas turbine is now available again.

7. OIL PUMP RESTART TEST

Test valves are mounted on the oil supply circuit upstream of the pressure control valve
(VPR2). When closing the plunger valves, these valves allow the pressure of the sensors
to be reduced in order to activate the pump restart sequences.

7.1. INITIAL CONDITIONS

Gas turbine at nominal operating speed and no oil pressure related alarm.
Observe the procedures for gaining access to the compartments.
Temporarily install a pressure gauge at the outlet of the pump to check the appropriate
pressure level based on the information to be found on the lube oil diagram.

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMO_6_6B_EN_V3 Revision: A Date: 07/2008
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 5/6
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
OPERATION

7.2. SEQUENCE

Input Description Output State

Close the plunger valve and slowly open the test
Auxiliary pump
valve. The auxiliary oil pump starts. (Check the 88QA 1
test
outlet pressure.)
Auxiliary pump Slowly close the test valve and then open the
88QA 0
test plunger valve. The auxiliary pump stops.
Auxiliary pump
Acknowledge the alarms on the control cabinets.
test
Close the plunger valve and slowly open the test
Emergency
valve. The standby oil pump starts. (Check the 88QE 1
pump test
outlet pressure.)
Emergency Slowly close the test valve and then open the
88QE 1
pump test plunger valve. The pump does not stop.
Apply a stop impulse with the switch on the power
Emergency
drawer (MCC) of the emergency pump (MCC) to 88QE 0
pump test
stop the pump.
Emergency
Acknowledge the alarms on the control cabinets.
pump test

7.3. FINAL CONDITIONS

This test demonstrates the proper functioning of the lube oil pump restart sequences.

8. STARTING DIESEL MOTOR TEST ()

8.1. INITIAL CONDITIONS

This test allows to check the proper functioning of the starting diesel motor,
x Either with the turbine not operating, clutch open and turning gear out of service
x Or with the turbine operating at nominal speed

8.2. SEQUENCE

Choose the diesel motor test control screen.

Start the motor by applying a start impulse.
After the desired operating period, in general less than five minutes, apply a stop impulse.
Exit the diesel motor test control screen.

8.3. FINAL CONDITIONS

Following this test, the diesel motor is available.

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMO_6_6B_EN_V3 Revision: A Date: 07/2008
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 6/6
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
OPERATION

9. PROLONGED SHUTDOWN

For particular operating reasons, the turbo-generator set may be shut down for a relatively
long period of time, more than one week, provided it can be started up, at short notice, to
generate power for the grid.
In this standby situation, the following instructions must be observed:
x Keep the electric auxiliaries and the control cabinets energized.
x Keep the heating systems (cabinet, compartments, generator…) and the air
conditioning system in automatic mode.
x The lube oil heating system automatically starts, with the oil pump, to keep the viscosity
at a value that is compatible with the turbine start-up.
x Keep the pipe tracing systems in automatic mode
x Follow a one hour ratcheting sequence period before cold start.
x Start up the gas turbine two to four times a month with synchronizing at low load to
validate all sequences. Shut down the turbine and observe the 24-hour ratchet
sequence.

All right reserved copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMO_6_6B_EN_V3 Revision: A Date: 07/2008
Tab 25
 g
GEK 28143b
Revised, August 2007

GE Energy

Hydrocarbon Base Lubricating Oil

Recommendations for Gas Turbines

These instructions do not purport to cover all details or variations in equipment nor to provide for every
possible contingency to be met in connection with installation, operation or maintenance. Should further
information be desired or should particular problems arise which are not covered sufficiently for the purchaser's
purposes the matter should be referred to the GE Company.
© 2007 General Electric Company
 GEK 28143b Hydrocarbon Base Lubricating Oil

TABLE OF CONTENTS

I. GENERAL .........................................................................................................................................3
II. RECOMMENDED PHYSICAL PROPERTIES...............................................................................3
III. ANTI-WEAR OILS ...........................................................................................................................3
IV. LOW POUR POINT OILS................................................................................................................4
V. OIL SERVICE LIFE .........................................................................................................................4
VI. LUBRICATION SYSTEM ................................................................................................................4
VII. OPERATING TEMPERATURES ....................................................................................................5
VIII. CORROSION-PREVENTIVE MATERIALS ..................................................................................7
IX. CLEANING REQUIRED AT INSTALLATION..............................................................................7
X. RESPONSIBILITY OF OPERATOR...............................................................................................8
XI. COMMENTS .....................................................................................................................................8
A. Oil Purifying System............................................................................................................................8
B. Use of Additives ..................................................................................................................................8
C. Diagnostics Programs...........................................................................................................................9
XII. RESPONSIBILITY OF OIL VENDOR ............................................................................................9
XIII. TEST METHODS..............................................................................................................................9
A. Viscosity..............................................................................................................................................9
B. Pour Point ............................................................................................................................................9
C. Flash Point ...........................................................................................................................................9
D. Fire Point .............................................................................................................................................9
E. Total Acid Number ............................................................................................................................10
F. Rust Prevention..................................................................................................................................10
G. Oxidation Resistance..........................................................................................................................10
H. Load Carrying Capacity .....................................................................................................................10

LIST OF TABLES

Figure 1. LOR Effects of Temperature on Viscosity..........................................................................................6

2
Hydrocarbon Base Lubricating Oil GEK 28143b

I. GENERAL

The successful operation of the gas turbine and driven equipment is vitally dependent upon the
lubrication system. It is necessary that all factors contributing to correct lubrication be present and that
the entire system be maintained in good order.

These instructions contain information intended to help the purchaser of a General Electric gas turbine
and the oil vendor select the proper grade and quality of lubricating oil for the turbine application. For
phosphate ester fire resistant lubricants refer to GEK 28136, “Phosphate Ester Based, Fire-Resistant
Recommendations for Gas Turbines”.

These recommendations apply to General Electric’s Heavy Duty Gas Turbines only. For lubrication
recommendations for equipment other than General Electric, refer to the instructions provided by the
manufacturer of that equipment.

The life of the apparatus depends upon a continuous supply of oil of proper quality, quantity,
temperature, and pressure.

The life of the oil itself, if it is free from solids, has the proper viscosity, and is noncorrosive, is of prime
importance to the user, therefore, any values relative to oil life are given for reference only.

Any request to use grades or types of oils other than those specified in this instruction should be directed
to the General Electric Company Field Representative.

II. RECOMMENDED PHYSICAL PROPERTIES

Three viscosity grades of rust and oxidation inhibited petroleum oils have generally covered the
requirements for gas turbines and their load devices. The properties are summarized in Table 1, and they
are termed “light, medium, and heavy”. The preferred oil for a General Electric gas turbine is the light
grade oil having a viscosity of 140 to 170 SUS at a temperature of 100°F.

If it is necessary to use the medium or heavy grade oil, equipment changes may be necessary in the
lubricating system, pressure regulating system, or orificing of machine bearings. Therefore, it is
necessary that the General Electric Company Field Service Representative review all requests for use of
any oil other than the light grade turbine oil.

Typical total acid number (TAN) of new oils range from 0.05 to 0.15 MG KOH/g. After a new oil has
been in use for a period of time, the TAN will probably decrease as the oil additives, which have acid-like
characteristics, plate out (as they should do) on the internal metal surfaces of the oil system. After these
additives are depleted from the oil, the neutralization value will gradually increase with age and use.

III. ANTI-WEAR OILS

In some applications the use of anti-wear additives in addition to rust and oxidation inhibitors may be
required. The use of these additives may give an initial total acid number much higher than with oils not
containing such additives. With use, the acid number will go down as these additives are used. Eventually
as the oil oxidizes the acid number will increase.

The properties of three grades of oils containing anti-wear additives are listed in Table 1.

Saybolt Universal Seconds (see Test Methods)

3
 GEK 28143b Hydrocarbon Base Lubricating Oil

NOTE

Oil with chlorine or other halogen containing additives are not to be used in
General Electric gas turbines. Oils with tricresyl phosphate (TCP) are preferred.
Oils with zinc dialkyl dithiophosphate (ZDDP) are acceptable and are being used in
these turbines. The operator should be aware that ZDDP is a variable product and is
less thermally and hydrolytically stable than other materials such as tricresyl
phosphate. Other additives may be satisfactory, but the proper use of these additives
should be established between the operator and his supplier, therefore, the operator
should discuss his particular application with the supplier of the oil.

IV. LOW POUR POINT OILS

A low pour point oil may be required for some turbines. Generally, those containing direct oil to air heat
exchangers should use an oil with a pour point temperature of at least 20°F below the minimum expected
ambient temperature. The properties of two such oils (petroleum base and a synthetic hydrocarbon) are
listed in Table 1.

V. OIL SERVICE LIFE

It is the joint responsibility of the user and the producer of the oil to establish criteria for determining
limiting property values for the oil in service. Usually this may be based on a combination of factors: acid
number, viscosity, inhibitor concentration, etc. General Electric makes no recommendation in this regard.

Table I
Turbine Oil Properties
I II III IV V VI VII VIII
Property Units Light Medium Heavy Light Grade Medium Heavy Light Synthetic
Grade Grade Grade With Anti- Grade With Grade With Grade Hydro-
Wear Anti- Wear Anti- Wear Low Pour carbon
Additives Additives Additives Point Low Pour
Point
Viscosity at 100qF Saybolt
(min) Universal 140 270 380 140 270 380 140 140
(max) Seconds 170 325 560 170 325 560 170 170
Viscosity at 201qF Saybolt 47 55 43 47 55 43 43
Universal 43
Seconds
Pour Point (max) °F 20 25 30 20 25 30 -25 -65
Flash Point (min) °F 330 350 360 330 350 360 330 450
Fire Point °F 370 390 400 370 390 400 370 490
Total Acid Number Mg 0.20 0.20 0.20 1.60 1.60 1.60 0.20 0.20
(TAN) (max) KOH/gm
Rust Preventing --- Pass Pass Pass Pass Pass Pass Pass Pass
Characteristics
Oxidation Hours to 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
Characteristics (min) TAN of 2.0
Load Carrying Pounds Per * * * 1750 2000 2000 * *
Capacity (min) Inch
*Not required

VI. LUBRICATION SYSTEM

The lubrication oil system is designed to provide an ample supply of filtered lubricating oil at the proper
temperature and pressure for operation of the turbine and its associated equipment.

Protective devices are incorporated into those systems where it is necessary to protect the equipment
against low lubricating oil supply, low lubricating oil pressure, and high lubricating oil temperature. The

4
Hydrocarbon Base Lubricating Oil GEK 28143b

protective devices either sound a warning or will automatically shut down the unit if any of these
conditions occur.

The particular arrangement of the system, the protective devices, and the system settings are shown on
the schematic piping diagram for the specific gas turbine. Other information on the Lubrication System
found in this section includes the system’s operation, maintenance and instructions for the various
component equipment included in the system.

VII. OPERATING TEMPERATURES

Lubricating oil is exposed to a range of temperatures while circulating through the gas turbine. For
reliable circulation of oil before starting, the viscosity must be 800 SUS or less. Converting this to
temperatures, the minimum oil temperature before starting shall be 50°F, 70°F, or 90°F, respectively for
the light, medium, or heavy grades of oil.

Figure LOR shows the effect of temperature on the viscosity for three different grades of turbine oil. The
viscosities of the three oils at 100°F are quite different. At this temperature, the viscosity of oil number 1
is 150 SUS, the viscosity of oil number 2 is 300 SUS, and the viscosity of oil number 3 is 500 SUS. The
viscosity of the three oils is the same (150 SUS), however, when the temperature of oil number 1 is
100°F, oil number 2 is 126°F, and oil number 3 is 145°F. Therefore, the performance of bearings, gears,
hydraulic controls, etc. would be similar when any one of the three oils is used, provided the oil
temperature is adjusted to maintain the desired operating viscosity.

The normal bearing inlet oil temperature is 130°F, however, because of ambient conditions and/or water
temperatures, the actual operating conditions may be different.

The cooling equipment for the lubricating system is designed to maintain the nominal 130°F (bearing
inlet oil temperature) when raw water is available for cooling. When radiator systems are involved, the
sizing is such that for the maximum recorded ambient temperature at the site, the bearing header
temperature may be 160°F. The gas turbine bearings are designed to operate satisfactorily at this inlet oil
temperature. With radiator systems, the nominal 130°F bearing header will be maintained for a high
percentage of the operating time. In special cases, other design header temperatures are used as dictated
by the load devices.

Operating bearing temperature rises are discussed in appropriate sections of this manual. Typically, the
oil temperature rise from inlet to drain is in the 25° to 50°F range. If a reduction gear is involved, this
temperature rise may be 60°F.

5
GEK 28143b Hydrocarbon Base Lubricating Oil

Figure 1. LOR Effects of Temperature on Viscosity

6
 Hydrocarbon Base Lubricating Oil GEK 28143b

Some gas turbines have bearings that are in an ambient of hot pressurized air. The bearing housing is
sealed with labyrinths and the air flow is such that the bearing housing and drain spaces are at
approximately atmospheric pressure. This ambient and the sealing air may be 500°F to 750°F. A portion
of the lubricating fluid will be mixed with a small quantity of hot air and will wash metal surfaces at
temperatures between 500°F to 750°F.

The lubricant temperature in the tank will be 25°F to 40°F above the bearing header. Thus, the bulk
temperature will be 155°F to 200°F during operation.

VIII. CORROSION-PREVENTIVE MATERIALS

Manufacturing procedures provide for corrosion protection by cleaning and treating all metal surfaces
contacting the lubricating oil in the lubrication system.

The inside walls of the lubricating oil tank are processed at the factory using an oil-resistant paint.

The inner surfaces of all lubricating oil piping, bearings, hydraulic control devices, and surfaces of other
components in contact with the turbine lubricating oil are coated with a vapor space rust-inhibited
lubricating oil which is used as a combination test and shipping oil. The oil and its vapors which remain
on the wetted surfaces after the turbine has completed the factory test run serve as a corrosion-preventive
agent. This remaining oil is generally compatible with turbine oils, but it is left to the discretion of the
purchaser and oil vendor to decide whether the residue of this test oil should be removed by “field flush”.
At installati on it is expected that most of the remaining oil will be removed and the interior of the oil
tank inspected for cleanliness.

All exterior finished machine surfaces of parts and assemblies which could be exposed to corrosive
conditions during storage and shipment are coated with slushing oil. This material is not compatible with
turbine oil and must be removed from all surfaces. (Sludging oil can be removed with petroleum spirits or
kerosene.)

IX. CLEANING REQUIRED AT INSTALLATION

Reliable operation of controls and machine bearings is dependent upon the cleanliness of the lubricating
oil system. During manufacture, considerable care has been taken in processing, cleaning, and flushing
this system to maintain cleanliness. Oil filters have been installed to provide filtering of all oil that is used
in the system. At installation, the entire lubricating system must be thoroughly cleaned; weld spatter,
metal chips, dirt, and other foreign matter incident to erection and installation of the piping, etc., and any
slushing oil which has been applied to metal surfaces contacting the turbine oil, must be totally removed.

Any surface, internal or external, contacting the lube oil must be thoroughly cleaned. This is to include
any new components to be installed in the system.

If the lubricating oil system becomes contaminated during installation of the gas turbine, it is
recommended that the lube oil system, load devices system, and interconnecting piping be flushed with
hot oil. During this flush a hot oil and pipe arrangement should be used, and it should be made to bypass
the machine bearings and other critical accessory devices. Careful planning of this flush is essential to
prevent any dirt, introduced during the installation, from being flushed into clean, critical devices. The
unit lube oil filters should be operative during this flush.

For assistance in flushing and cleaning, refer to ASME Standard LOS-4C1 ASTM-ASME —
Recommended Practices for Flushing and Cleaning of Gas Turbine Generator Lubricating Oil Systems.

7
GEK 28143b Hydrocarbon Base Lubricating Oil

Most General Electric Company gas turbines are equipped with a completely assembled package
including the lubricating system and turbine equipment. It may not be necessary to hot-oil-flush these at
installation, except when the shipping oil has to be flushed out to satisfy the compatibility considerations
of the turbine oil. If it should be decided by the purchaser and the oil vendor that a field flush is not
required, particular care must be taken during installation to maintain cleanliness of this package, the
cleanliness of the load devices, and the cleanliness of the interconnecting piping.

X. RESPONSIBILITY OF OPERATOR

After the unit is installed, and prior to its initial starting, the operator should take all precautions to ensure
that:

1. The lubricating system has been thoroughly flushed and/or is clean.

2. The supply of turbine oil is ample for operation of the unit.

3. The type of oil is in accordance with this instruction.

During operation of the unit, the operator should establish a routine inspection procedure to ensure that:

1. The temperature and pressure levels of the lubrication system are within the limits specified by
this instruction manual and the piping schematic diagrams.

2. he oil purity is maintained by checking for water leaks, by draining tank bottoms of sludge, and
by adhering closely to the recommendations set forth by the oil vendor for sampling, purifying,
and replenishing the lube oil supply.

XI. COMMENTS

As the turbine manufacturer, the following comments are offered.

A. Oil Purifying System

External oil purification systems are not recommended. Since full-flow filtration is included in the
lubrication system, a bypass filter for dirt removal is superfluous.

Water removal systems have not normally been installed with gas turbines. Water contamination is
limited to condensation and cooler leaks. It is recommended that the cooling water pressure be below
lube fluid pressure to minimize the chance of water leakage into the lubrication system. An operating
gas turbine is an excellent dehydrator. Centrifuges are not recommended because of their potential for
removing oil additives. Clay filters are not recommended for cleaning of the inhibited turbine oils
meeting these instructions.

B. Use of Additives
The customer should not incorporate any additives into the fluid except at the request of or with the
approval of the fluid supplier. This prohibition particularly refers to the use of “oiliness additives,”
“oil dopes,” preservative oils, and engine oils which have been used in the past during installation
and maintenance. If oiling the bearing is required to facilitate rolling of the shaft, the oil from the
lubricant oil tank should be used.

8
 Hydrocarbon Base Lubricating Oil GEK 28143b

C. Diagnostics Programs
Diagnostic programs such as wear metal analysis, Spectrographic Oil Analysis Program (SOAP) or
others may be used as part of oil sampling and analysis. General Electric makes no recommendation
with regard to use of these programs. There are, however, several reservations. These programs are
useful only for establishing trends; a single point in time value is not meaningful. Unlike aircraft jet
engines and piston engines, there have not been and are not any studies correlating the results of these
programs with performance of a gas turbine. With the type of bearings used in a gas turbine,
impending bearing failure is most likely to be predicted by analysis of mechanical vibration.

XII. RESPONSIBILITY OF OIL VENDOR

It is generally recognized that turbine lubricating fluid should be a petroleum derivative free from water,
sediment, inorganic acids, or any material which, in the service specified, would be injurious to the oil or
the equipment. There should be no tendency toward permanent emulsification or rapid oxidation with the
formation of sludge.

The responsibility of supplying the proper oil for the lubricating system rests with the oil vendor and the
turbine operator. This responsibility includes specifications for flushing, purifying, inspection, and
treatment of the oil to ensure satisfactory performance of the equipment in service.

XIII. TEST METHODS

A. Viscosity
The viscosity of an oil is its resistance to flow. For turbine oils, it is usually reported in Saybolt
Universal Seconds (SUS or SSU) at a given temperature and determined per ASTMD88, “Saybolt
Viscosity”. It is the time in seconds for 60 milliliters of oil to flow from a container through a
calibrated orifice at a specified temperature. In the design of lubrication systems, consideration is
given to the viscosity at which the oil becomes too viscous to be pumped. For General Electric gas
turbines the viscosity should be less than 800 SUS for proper circulation of the oil before starting.

B. Pour Point
The pour point is the lowest temperature at which oil will flow. It is reported in increments of 5°F. It
is determined as the temperature at which the oil contained in a tube with an inside diameter of 30 to
33.5 mm. will not flow within five seconds of rotating the tube 90 degrees from the vertical to the
horizontal position.

C. Flash Point
Flash point is determined per ASTM D92, “Flash and Fire Points by Cleveland Open Cup”. It is the
temperature at which the fluid contained in a test cup and heated at a constant rate will flash but not
burn when a flame is passed over the cup. It is indirectly a measure of both the volatility of the oil
and the flammability of these volatiles. Since there are more accurate ways of determining these, such
as distilling to determine volatiles, this is mainly of value as a quality control test.

D. Fire Point
Fire point is the temperature at which the oil in a test cup will continue to burn when tested as
indicated under paragraph “Flash Point”.

9
GEK 28143b Hydrocarbon Base Lubricating Oil

E. Total Acid Number

The total acid number is the milligrams of potassium hydroxide (KOH) required to neutralize the
acidic constituents in a gram of sample. It is determined per ASTMD 974, “Neutralization Number
by Color- Indicator Titration”. The total acid number (TAN) is sometimes called the neutralization
number (NN) or neut number and also the acid number (AN).

Turbine oils as well as most other lubricants normally contain additives for oxidation and rust
inhibition and other purposes. For this reason the total acid number of a new or used oil should not be
considered an indication of a tendency of the oil to corrode. The ASTM procedure states that there is
no general correlation between bearing corrosion and acid numbers. The total acid numbers which are
taken from a system over a period of time, are a method to follow additive depletion and subsequent
decomposition of the base oil. In a lubricant containing additives such as rust inhibitors, anti-wear
additives, etc., the total acid number should go down in value as the inhibitor is plated out on the
surface of the system and then gradually increase as the oil oxidizes.

F. Rust Prevention
The rust prevention characteristics of the oil are determined per ASTM D665. A mixture of 300 ml of
oil and 30 ml of distilled water (Procedure A) or synthetic seawater (Procedure B) is stirred while
held at a temperature of 140°F. A carbon steel rod conforming to ASTM specification A108, Grade
1018, is immersed in the oil for a period of 24 hours, then examined for rust.

G. Oxidation Resistance
This test is run per ASTM D943, “Oxidation Characteristics of Inhibited Steam-Turbine Oils”. It is
the time in hours for the acidity to reach 2.0 milligrams of potassium hydroxide per gram of sample
in a sample of oil containing steel and copper wire coiled together and maintained at a temperature of
95°C (203°F) with oxygen passing through it and to which water has been added.

This test is run per ASTM D943, “Oxidation Characteristics of Inhibited Steam-Turbine Oils”. It is
This test is used primarily to determine the life of the oxidation inhibitor and does not necessarily
indicate the stability of the base oil.

H. Load Carrying Capacity

The load carrying capacity is determined per ASTM D1947. It is reported as the “pounds per inch of
face width” at which the average tooth face scuffing of 22-½ percent has been reached. A four-square
tester is loaded in specified increments. Standard test speed is 10,000 rpm; inlet oil temperature is
160°F to 170°F.

g GE Energy
General Electric Company
www.gepower.com

10
 GEK 106689
April 1997

GE Power Systems
Gas Turbine

Plant Instrument Air System

I. SCOPE

This Specification applies to the Plant Instrument and Site Service Systems.

II. REQUIREMENTS

A. Design

Airflow rate – The Plant Instrument Air System shall be designed for the flow rates as specified in the
system schematic. A typical arrangement is shown in Figure 1.

Process Conditions – The Plant Instrument Air System shall be designed for the inlet pressure/tempera-
ture conditions as noted on the plant instrument air system schematic. The outlet pressure shall main-
tained between 90 and 110 PSIG with the temperature not to exceed 120 degrees Fahrenheit. All Plant
Instrument Air shall be designed for a maximum of 440 degrees R at process pressure. Lower dewpoints
may be required depending on site ambient temperatures.

Filter Elements – Unless otherwise specified, a replaceable Coalescer Pre–filter and Particulate After
Filter shall be provided.

Coalescer Pre–filter Element Ratings:

Aerosols: 99.97 D.O.P.
Particulate removal: –3 micron absolute
Oil carry over: .015 ppm
PSID @ rated flow: <= 1.5 – dry, 2.5 – wet
Replacement: 10.00 PSID maximum
Particulate After filter Element Ratings:
Particulate removal: .9 micron absolute
Efficiency: 99.99%
PSID @ rated flow: < = 1.5 PSID
Replacement 12.00 PSID maximum

These instructions do not purport to cover all details or variations in equipment nor to provide for every possible
contingency to be met in connection with installation, operation or maintenance. Should further information be desired or
should particular problems arise which are not covered sufficiently for the purchaser’s purposes the matter should be
referred to the GE Company.
© 1996 GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
GEK 106689 Plant Instrument Air System

B. Performance

Resistance to Air Flow – The resistance to air flow of the entire plant instrument air system from air
inlet to air outlet, and for the filters when new and clean shall be published in the user’s manual. This
measurement shall be used to calculate system line losses in pneumatic systems.

C. Environment

The Plant Instrument Air System shall be designed to operate under the following conditions:
Temperature range – 20 F (–28.9 C) to 122 F (50 C)
Relative humidity range 0% through 100%.
Rain water of up to 100 inches per year.
Airborne dust concentration of up to 460 ppm where ten percent of the dust consists of
dry sodium chloride (NACL).
D. Reliability, Design Life, Maintainability and Safety

Reliability – The Mean Time Between Failures (MTBF) of electrical and pneumatic components shall
be greater than 8000 hours.

Maintainability – The Plant Instrument Air System shall be designed for erase of maintenance with a
minimum of cost, parts and labor while the power plant is operating. A safe means of access shall be
provided to all parts which require maintenance, including valves, solenoids and electrical devices. Any
special tools required for maintenance shall be provided for each system. Recommended maintenance
schedules shall be established and presented in a document.

E. Materials

Materials selected shall be compatible with the requirements of this specification and in addition should
be chosen for qualities associated with long life and resistance to corrosion, wear and other forms of dete-
rioration.

F. Operation

The plant instrument air system shall be started and shutdown using the Site Service Air Compressor
shown in Figure 1. Back Pressure Regulators or other types of control valves shall be used in the supply
lines to Site Service Air Loads, the Inlet Filter House, and all other air loads not deemed critical to the
operation of the gas turbine. These valves are designed to eliminate or reduce non–critical system de-
mands that may impeded the ability of the Gas turbine to reach Full Speed No Load.

During normal operation, the plant instrument air system shall be supplied from the Gas Turbine Com-
pressor. The Gas Turbine Compressor shall be used to supply the Plant Instrument Air System exclusive
of Site Service loads.

III. SYSTEM ARRANGEMENT DIAGRAM

See Figure 1 for a typical design arrangement diagram.

2
Plant Instrument Air System GEK 106689

Figure 1.

3
GE Power Systems

General Electric Company

One River Road, Schenectady, NY 12345
518 • 385 • 2211 TX: 145354
 GEI 41040j
Revised, April 2007

GE Energy

Specification for Fuel Gases for Combustion in Heavy-Duty Gas

Turbines

These instructions do not purport to cover all details or variations in equipment nor to provide for every
possible contingency to be met in connection with installation, operation or maintenance. Should further
information be desired or should particular problems arise which are not covered sufficiently for the purchaser's
purposes the matter should be referred to the GE Company.

© 2007 General Electric Company

GEI 41040j Specification for Fuel Gases for Combustion in Heavy-Duty Gas Turbines

The below will be found throughout this publication. It is important that the significance of
each is thoroughly understood by those using this document. The definitions are as follows:

NOTE

Highlights an essential element of a procedure to assure correctness.

CAUTION

Indicates a potentially hazardous situation, which, if not avoided, could result in minor
or moderate injury or equipment damage.

WARNING

INDICATES A POTENTIALLY HAZARDOUS SITUATION, WHICH, IF

NOT AVOIDED, COULD RESULT IN DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY

***DANGER***

INDICATES AN IMMINENTLY HAZARDOUS SITUATION,

WHICH, IF NOT AVOIDED WILL RESULT IN DEATH OR
SERIOUS INJURY.

2
 Specification for Fuel Gases for Combustion in Heavy-Duty Gas Turbines GEI 41040j

TABLE OF CONTENTS

I. INTRODUCTION .............................................................................................................................. 5
II. FUEL GAS CLASSIFICATION....................................................................................................... 10
A. Natural Gas, Liquefied Natural Gas (LNG) And Liquefied Petroleum Gas (LPG) ..............................10
B. Gasification Fuels ..........................................................................................................................10
C. Process Gases ...............................................................................................................................11
III. FUEL PROPERTIES ....................................................................................................................... 12
A. Heating Values..............................................................................................................................12
B. Modified Wobbe Index (MWI).......................................................................................................12
C. Superheat Requirement..................................................................................................................13
D. Hydrocarbon Dew Point.................................................................................................................15
E. Moisture Dew Point.......................................................................................................................16
F. Flammability Ratio........................................................................................................................17
G. Gas Constituent Limits ..................................................................................................................17
H. Gas Fuel Supply Pressure...............................................................................................................17
IV. CONTAMINANTS........................................................................................................................... 17
A. Particulates ...................................................................................................................................18
B. Liquids .........................................................................................................................................18
C. Sulfur ...........................................................................................................................................18
D. Trace Metals .................................................................................................................................19
V. SOURCES OF CONTAMINANTS................................................................................................... 19
A. Particulates ...................................................................................................................................19
B. Liquids .........................................................................................................................................20
C. Sulfur ...........................................................................................................................................20
D. Trace Metals .................................................................................................................................20
E. Air ...............................................................................................................................................21
F. Steam...........................................................................................................................................21
G. Water ...........................................................................................................................................21
H. Fuel..............................................................................................................................................21

LIST OF FIGURES

Figure 1. Hydrocarbon and Moisture Superheat Requirements......................................................................15

Figure 2. Moisture Dew Point as a Function of Concentration and Gas Pressure for a
Typical Natural Gas Fuel............................................................................................................16

LIST OF TABLES

Table 1. Fuel Gas Classification ...................................................................................................................5

Table 2a. Gas Fuel Specification (see note 1 and 2) .......................................................................................6
Table 2b. Allowable Gas Fuel Contaminant levels .........................................................................................7
Table 3. Test Methods For Gaseous Fuels .....................................................................................................9

3
 GEI 41040j Specification for Fuel Gases for Combustion in Heavy-Duty Gas Turbines

APPENDIX

APPENDIX 1.......................................................................................................................................... 22
I. DEFINITIONS..............................................................................................................................22

APPENDIX 2.......................................................................................................................................... 24
I. PARTICLE SIZE LIMITATIONS..................................................................................................24

APPENDIX 3.......................................................................................................................................... 25
I. EQUIVALENT CONTAMINANT RELATIONSHIPS (ALL MACHINES EXCEPT FB, H-CLASS)25

APPENDIX 4.......................................................................................................................................... 26
I. MINIMUM GAS FUEL TEMPERATURE REQUIREMENT CALCULATIONS.............................26

APPENDIX 5.......................................................................................................................................... 27
I. RELATED SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS................................................................................27

4
Specification for Fuel Gases for Combustion in Heavy-Duty Gas Turbines GEI 41040j

I. INTRODUCTION

General Electric heavy-duty gas turbines have the ability to burn a wide classification of gaseous fuels as
shown in Table 1. The properties of these gases can vary significantly due to the relative concentrations
of the reactant and inert constituents. In order to protect the gas turbine and to burn these fuels in an
efficient and trouble free manner, allowable ranges are defined in this specification for physical
properties, constituents and contaminants.

Table 2a specif ies the allowable limits for the fuel properties and constituents and Table 2b lists the
limitation on contaminants. These tables provide a screen for fuels that are acceptable for all frame sizes
and combustor types. Fuels that fall outside of these limits may be acceptable for specific applications
e.g. a high hydrogen fuel can be used with standard combustors in most cases. Contact GE for further
evaluation of these fuels.

Table 3 identifies the acceptable test methods to be used for determining gas fuel properties shown in
Tables 2a and 2b.

Table 1. Fuel Gas Classification

FUEL LHV Btu/scft MAJOR COMPONENTS

Natural Gas and Liquefied Natural 800-1200 Methane

Gas

Liquefied Petroleum Gas 2300-3200 Propane, Butane

Gasification Gases Carbon Monoxide,
-Air Blown 100-150 Hydrogen, Nitrogen, Water Vapor
-Oxygen Blown 200-400 Carbon Monoxide, Hydrogen, Water Vapor
Process Gases 300-1000 Methane, Hydrogen, Carbon Monoxide,
Carbon Dioxide

5
GEI 41040j Specification for Fuel Gases for Combustion in Heavy-Duty Gas Turbines

Table 2a. Gas Fuel Specification (see notes 1 and 2)

FUEL PROPERTIES MAX MIN NOTES

Gas Fuel Pressure Varies with Varies with See note 3
unit and unit and
combustor type combustor type
Gas Fuel Temperature, °F see note 4 Varies with gas See note 4
pressure
Lower Heating Value, Btu/scft None 100-300 See note 5
Modified Wobbe Index (MWI) See note 6
- Absolute Limits 54 40 See note 7
- Range Within Limits +5% -5% See note 8
Flammability Ratio See note 9 2.2:1 Rich: Lean Fuel/Air
Ratio volume basis.
See note 10
Constituent Limits, mole %
Methane 100 85 % of reactant species
Ethane 15 0 % of reactant species
Propane 15 0 % of reactant species
Butane + higher paraffins (C4+) 5 0 % of reactant species
Hydrogen Trace 0 % of reactant species
Carbon Monoxide Trace 0 % of reactant species
Oxygen Trace 0 % of reactant species
Total Inerts (N2 +CO2 +Ar) 15 0 % of total (reactants +
inerts).
Aromatics (Benzene, Toluene etc.) Report 0 See note 11
Sulfur Report 0 See note 12

6
Specification for Fuel Gases for Combustion in Heavy-Duty Gas Turbines GEI 41040j

Table 2b. Allowable Gas Fuel Contaminant levels

Turbine Inlet Limit, Xe Fuel Equivalent Limit, XFe, See note 13

ppbw ppmw
Machine Model Machine Model
MS3000 6C, FB, MS3000 MS5000 6C, FB, H-Class
MS5000 H-CLASS B, E and F-Class
B, E and
Turbine inlet flow/fuel
F-Class
flow (E/F)
Trace Metals 50 12 4
Lead (Pb) 20 20 1.00 0.240 0.080 The limits for Pb, V,
Vanadium (V) 10 10 0.5 0.120 0.040 Ca, Mg for FB, H-Class
machines are identical
Calcium (Ca) 40 40 2.0 0.480 0.160 to the limits for other
Magnesium (Mg) 40 40 2.0 0.480 0.160 machines. For Alkali
metal limits (Na and K)
Sodium+Potassium See note 14 see GEK 107230 (1)
(Na/K)=28 20 1.00 0.24 0.080
See GEK
(Na/K)=3 10 0.50 0.12 0.040
107230 (1)
(Na/K)=<1 6 0.30 0.072 0.024
Particulates see note 15
Total 600 600 30 7.2 2.4 Consult GE for
particulate limits in 6C,
Above 10 6 6 0.3 0.072 0.024
FB, H-Class machines.
microns
Liquids: No Liquids allowed, gas must be superheated. See note 16

7
GEI 41040j Specification for Fuel Gases for Combustion in Heavy-Duty Gas Turbines

Fuel Property and Contaminant Notes:

1. All fuel properties must meet the requirements from ignition to base load unless otherwise stated.

2. Values and limits apply at the inlet of the gas fuel control module, typically the purchaser’s
connection, FG1.

3. Minimum and maximum gas fuel supply pressure requirements are furnished by GE as part of the
unit proposal.

4. The minimum fuel gas temperature must meet the required superheat as described in section III, C.
Separate requirements are included for hydrocarbon and moisture superheat. The maximum allow-
able fuel temperature is defined in GER 4189(2).

5. Heating value ranges shown are provided as guidelines. Specific fuel analysis must be furnished to
GE for proper analysis. (see section III, A)

6. See section III, B for definition of Modified Wobbe Index (MWI).

7. The upper and lower limits for MWI shown are what can be accommodated within the standard dry
low NOx fuel system designs. Fuels outside of this range may need additional design and
development effort. Performance fuel heating may be restricted on fuel with high inert content to
stay above the minimum MWI limit.

8. Variations of MWI greater than + 5% or –5% may be acceptable for some applications, (i.e. on units
that incorporate gas fuel heating). GE must analyze and approve all conditions where the 5%
variation is to be exceeded. See also Section III, B for applications where the MWI varies between
the +/- 5% limits.

9. There is no defined maximum flammability ratio limit. Fuel with flammability ratio significantly
larger than those of natural gas may require a start–up fuel.

10. Candidate fuels, which do not meet these limits, should be referred to GE for further review. All
fuels will be reviewed by GE on a case-by-case basis. (see section III, G)

11. When fuel heating for thermal efficiency improvements is utilized (e.g. Tgas > 300°F) there is a
possibility of gum formation if excess aromatics are present. Contact GE for further information.

12. The quantity of sulfur in gas fuels is not limited by this specification. Experience has shown that fuel
sulfur levels up to 1% by volume do not significantly affect oxidation/corrosion rates. Hot corrosion
of hot gas path parts is controlled by the specified trace metal limits. Sulfur levels shall be
considered when addressing HRSG Corrosion, Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) Deposition,
Exhaust Emissions, System Material Requirements, Elemental Sulfur Deposition and Iron Sulfide.
(see section IV, D)

13. The contamination limits identified represent the total allowable limit at the inlet to the turbine
section. These limits will be reduced if comparable contaminants are present in the compressor inlet
air and combustion steam/water injection. Consult with GE for limits for specific applications.

14. Sodium and potassium, from salt water, are the only corrosive trace metal contaminants normally
found in natural gases. Na/K =28 is nominal sea salt ratio. Other trace metal contaminants may be
found in Gasification and Process Gases. GE will review these on a case-by-case basis.

8
Specification for Fuel Gases for Combustion in Heavy-Duty Gas Turbines GEI 41040j

15. The fuel gas delivery system shall be designed to prevent the generation or the admittance of solid
particulate to the gas turbine gas fuel system. This shall include but not be limited to particulate
filtration and non-corrosive (i.e. stainless steel) piping from the particulate filtration to the inlet of
the gas turbine equipment. Fuel gas piping systems shall be properly cleaned/flushed and maintained
prior to gas turbine operation. (see section IV, A)

16. The fuel gas supply shall be 100% free of liquids. Admission of liquids can result in combustion
and/or hot gas path component damage. (see section III, C) GE will require an input signal from the
conditioning system liquid level indication closest to the GE Speed Ratio Valve or Gas Control
Valve. This liquid level indication will be brought into the turbine controller and used as a signal to
stop Gas Turbine operation when the liquid level reaches a fault level. It is highly recommended that
this device have redundancy. The supplier of the gas conditioning system should provide this signal.

Table 3. Test Methods For Gaseous Fuels

PROPERTY METHOD
Gas Sampling Procedure GPA 2166(3)
Gas Composition to C6 + (gas ASTM D 1945
chromatography)
Extended Gas Composition to GPA 2286(6)
C14
Heating Value ASTM D 3588
Specific Gravity ASTM D 3588
Compressibility Factor ASTM D 3588
Dew Point (see Test Method ASTM D 1142
note 1)
Sulfur (see Test Method note 2) ASTM D 3246

Test Method Notes

1. Hydrocarbon and water dew points shall be determined by direct dew point measurement (chilled
mirror device). If dew point cannot be measured, an extended gas analysis, which identifies
hydrocarbon components from C1 through C14, shall be performed. This analysis must provide an
accuracy of greater than 10 ppmv. A standard gas analysis to C6+ is normally not acceptable for dew
point calculation unless it is known that heavier hydrocarbons are not present, as is most often the
case with liquefied natural gases.

2. This test method will not detect the presence of condensable sulfur vapor. Specialized filtration
equipment is required to measure sulfur at concentrations present in vapor form. Contact GE for
more information.

9
GEI 41040j Specification for Fuel Gases for Combustion in Heavy-Duty Gas Turbines

II. FUEL GAS CLASSIFICATION

A. Natural Gas, Liquefied Natural Gas (LNG) And Liquefied Petroleum Gas (LPG)
Natural gases are predominantly methane with much smaller quantities of the slightly heavier
hydrocarbons such as ethane, propane and butane. Liquefied petroleum gas is propane and/or butane
with traces of heavier hydrocarbons.

1. Natural Gas

Natural gases normally fall within the calorific heating value range of 800 to 1200 Btu per
standard cubic foot. Actual calorific heating values are dependent on the percentages of
hydrocarbons and inert gases contained in the gas. Natural gases are found in and extracted from
underground reservoirs. These “raw gases” may contain varying degrees of nitrogen, carbon
dioxide, hydrogen sulfide, and contain contaminants such as salt water, sand and dirt. Processing
by the gas supplier normally reduces and/or removes these constituents and contaminants prior to
distribution. A gas analysis must be performed to ensure that the fuel supply to the gas turbine
meets the requirements of this specification.

2. Liquefied Natural Gas (LNG)

Liquefied natural gas is produced by drying, compressing, cooling and expanding natural gas to
approximately -260°F at 14.7 psia. The product is transported as a liquid and delivered as a gas
after pressurizing and heating to ambient temperature. The composition is free of inerts and
moisture and can be treated as a high quality natural gas. LNG can pick up moisture that is
present in the pipeline but it is not a source of the moisture.

The hydrocarbon dew point is typically less than -10°F at 500 psia but, depending on the
processing steps and tank size, the dew point may increase if the boil-off is continuously
extracted between deliveries. Cooling and recompression of the boil-off will avoid this potential
problem. The expected range in component concentrations should be obtained from the gas
supplier to determine the potential change in dew point.

3. Liquefied Petroleum Gases

The heating values of Liquefied Petroleum Gases (LPGs) normally fall between 2300 and 3200
Btu/scft (LHV). Based on their high commercial value, these fuels are normally utilized as a
back-up fuel to the primary gas fuel for gas turbines. Since LPGs are normally stored in a liquid
state, it is critical that the vaporization process and gas supply system maintains the fuel at a
temperature above the minimum required superheat value. Fuel heating and heat tracing are
required to meet these requirements.

B. Gasification Fuels
Gasification fuels are produced by either an oxygen blown or air blown gasification process and are
formed using coal, petroleum coke or heavy liquids as a feedstock. In general, the heating values of
gasification fuel are substantially lower than other fuel gases. The reduced heating value of
gasification fuels result in the effective areas of the fuel nozzles being larger than those utilized for
natural gas fuels.

10
Specification for Fuel Gases for Combustion in Heavy-Duty Gas Turbines GEI 41040j

1. Oxygen Blown Gasification

The heating values of gases produced by oxygen blown gasification fall in the range of 200 to
400 Btu/scft. The hydrogen (H2 ) content of these fuels are normally above 30% by volume and
have H2 /CO mole ratio between 0.5 to 0.8. Oxygen blown gasification fuels are often mixed with
steam for thermal NOx control, cycle efficiency improvement and/or power augmentation. When
utilized, the steam is injected into the combustor by an independent passage. Due to the high
hydrogen con-tent of these fuels, oxygen blown gasification fuels are normally not suitable for
Dry Low NOx (DLN) applications (see Table 2a). The high flame speeds resulting from high
hydrogen fuels can result in flashback or primary zone re-ignition on DLN pre-mixed
combustion systems. Utilization of these fuels requires evaluation by GE.

2. Air Blown Gasification

Gases produced by air blown gasification normally have heating values between 100 and 150
Btu/ scft. The H2 content of these fuels can range from 8% to 20% by volume and have a H2 /CO
mole ratio 0.3 to 3:1. The use and treatment of these fuels is similar to that identified for oxygen
blown gasification.

Gasification fuels provide a significant fraction of the total turbine mass flow rate. With oxygen
blown fuels the diluents addition (typically nitrogen) also assists with NOx control. Careful
integration of the gas turbine with the gasification plant is required to assure an operable system.
Due to the low volumetric heating value of both oxygen an air blown gases, a special fuel system
and fuel nozzles are required.

C. Process Gases
Many chemical processes generate surplus gases that may be utilized as fuel for gas turbines. (e.g. tail
or refinery gases). These gases often consist of methane, hydrogen, carbon monoxide, and carbon
dioxide that are normally byproducts of petrochemical processes. The hydrogen and carbon
monoxide content, these fuels result in a high rich-to-lean flammability limit. These types of fuels
often require inerting and purging of the gas turbine gas fuel system upon unit shutdown or a transfer
to a more conventional fuel. When process gas fuels have extreme flammability limits such that the
fuel will auto ignite at turbine exhaust conditions, a more “conventional” start-up fuel is required.
Additional process gases that are utilized as gas turbine fuels are byproducts of steel production.
These are:

1. Blast Furnace Gases

Blast Furnace Gases (BFGs), alone, have heating values below the minimal allowable limits.
These gases must be blended with other fuels such as coke oven gas, natural gas or hydrocarbons
such as propane or butane to raise the heating value above the required lower limit.

2. Coke Oven Gases

Coke oven gases are high in hydrogen and methane and may be used as fuel for non-DLN
combustion systems. These fuels often contain trace amounts of heavy hydrocarbons, which may
lead to carbon buildup on the fuel nozzles. The heavy hydrocarbons must be “scrubbed” or
removed from the fuel prior to delivery to the gas turbine.

11
GEI 41040j Specification for Fuel Gases for Combustion in Heavy-Duty Gas Turbines

3. COREX Gases

COREX gases are similar to oxygen blown gasified fuels, and may be treated as such. They are
usually lower in H2 content and have heating values lower than oxygen blown gasified fuels.
Further combustion related guidelines may be found in Bureau of Mines Circulars 503(5) and
622(6).

III. FUEL PROPERTIES

A. Heating Values
The heat of combustion, heating value or calorific value of a fuel is the amount of energy generated
by the complete combustion of a unit mass of fuel. The US system of measurement uses British
thermal units (Btu) per pound or Btu per standard cubic foot when expressed on a volume basis. The
heating value of a gas fuel may be determined experimentally using a calorimeter in which fuel is
burned in the presence of air at constant pressure. The products are allowed to cool to the initial
temperature and a measurement is made of the energy released during complete combustion. All fuels
that contain hydrogen release water vapor as a product of combustion, which is subsequently
condensed in the calorimeter. The resulting measurement of the heat released is the higher heating
value (HHV), also known as the gross heating value, and includes the heat of vaporization of water.
The lower heating value (LHV), also known as the net heating value, is calculated by subtracting the
heat of vaporization of water from the measured HHV and assumes that all products of combustion
including water remain in the gaseous phase. Both the HHV and LHV may also be calculated from
the gas compositional analysis using the procedure described in ASTM D 3588. For most gas fuels, a
standard gas analysis to C6+ is adequate for determination of heating value, but an extended C14
analysis (4) may also be used if available. Gas turbines do not operate with condensing exhaust
systems and it is common gas turbine industry practice to utilize the LHV when calculating the
overall cycle thermal efficiency.

B. Modified Wobbe Index (MWI)

Gas turbines can operate with fuel gases having a very wide range of heating values, but the amount
of variation that a specific fuel system design can accommodate is limited. The fuel nozzles are
designed to operate within a fixed range of pressure ratios and changes in heating value are
accommodated for by increasing or decreasing the fuel nozzle area or gas temperature. A measure of
the interchangeability of gas fuels for a given system design is the MWI(7). This term is used as a
relative measure of the energy injected to the combustor at a fixed pressure ratio and is calculated
using the fuel lower heating value, the specific gravity with respect to air and the fuel temperature.
The mathematical definition is as follows:

LHV
Modified Wobbe Index = (1)
SGgas x Tgas

This is equivalent to:

LHV
Modified Wobbe Index = ( 2)
MWgas
x Tgas
28.96

12
Specification for Fuel Gases for Combustion in Heavy-Duty Gas Turbines GEI 41040j

LHV = Lower Heating Value of the Gas Fuel (Btu/scf)

SGgas = Specific Gravity of the Gas Fuel relative to Air
MWgas = Molecular Weight of the Gas Fuel
Tgas= Absolute Temperature of the Gas Fuel (ºRankine)
28.96 = Molecular Weight of Dry Air

The allowable MWI range is established to ensure that required fuel nozzle pressure ratios are
maintained during all combustion/turbine modes of operation. When multiple gas fuels are supplied
and/or if variable fuel temperatures result in a MWI that exceed the 5% limitation, independent fuel
gas trains, which could include control valves, manifolds and fuel nozzles, may be required for
standard combustion systems. For DLN systems, an alternate control method may be required to
ensure that the required fuel nozzle pressure ratios are met. An accurate analysis of all gas fuels,
along with fuel gas temperature- time profiles shall be submitted to GE for proper evaluation.

MWI Variability Within the +/-5% Range

This gas fuel specification is written to provide customers with the allowable limits of gas fuel
properties that can be tolerated with a specific set of hardware and permit the turbine to operate
within the normal limits for emissions and combustor dynamics. It was not written with the intent of
addressing fuel variability within the stated limits. The gas turbine can operate successfully within the
stated limits without the need for outages or for combustion system hardware modification such as
fuel nozzle changes. It is expected that as the fuel properties vary from one extreme limit to the next,
some controls adjustments to change combustor operation may be required to operate the combustion
system with optimum dynamics and emissions performance. Currently, these controls changes are
performed manually, on-line and without the need for an outage. Accordingly, if the variability
described above is encountered on a frequent (daily, weekly) basis, then an automatic compensation
system may be preferable to constant monitoring with manual intervention.

Exceptions to the fuel specif ication must be evaluated on a case-by-case basis.

C. Superheat Requirement
The superheat requirement is establish to ensure that the fuel gas supply to the gas turbine is 100%
free of liquids. Superheat is the temperature difference between the gas temperature and the
respective dew point. The requirement is independent of the hydrocarbon and moisture concentration.

Depending on its constituents, gas entrained liquids could cause degradation of gas fuel nozzles, and
for DLN applications, premixed flame flashbacks or re-ignitions. Condensation of moisture must be
avoided to prevent the formation of gas hydrates and collection of water in low points of the gas fuel
system. The superheat requirement is specified to provide enough margin to compensate for the
temperature reduction as the gas expands across the gas fuel control valves. The requirements are
applicable at all operating conditions and apply to all units including those installed with either
standard or DLN combustion systems. Exceptions are units burning coal derived low Btu fuels, the
requirements for which must be determined on a case-by-case basis. The superheat requirements take
into account the gas temperature drop and the relationship of the moisture and hydrocarbon dew point
lines to the gas fuel pressure. Because of differences between the dew point line characteristics in the
region of interest (less than 700 psia), the opportunity for moisture condensation as the gas expands is
less than that for hydrocarbons. Advantage has been taken of this physical property to provide users
with two separate requirements in order to minimize the cost of superheating. In addition, the
superheat requirements depend on the expansion ratio across the control valves and are therefore be
expressed as a function of the incoming gas pressure at the inlet to the gas fuel control system.

13
GEI 41040j Specification for Fuel Gases for Combustion in Heavy-Duty Gas Turbines

To avoid hydrocarbon condensation the superheat requirement is:

T sh = 2.33 x (Pgas
100
) - 2.8 x (Pgas
2

100
) (3)
where:

Tsh is the hydrocarbon superheat requirement in °F (incremental temperature above the

hydrocarbon dew point)
P gas is the gas fuel delivery pressure at the inlet to the gas turbine control system, psia

To avoid moisture and hydrate formation the superheat requirements is:

( )
T sm = 5.15 x Pgas - 7
100
(4)

where:

Tsm is the moisture superheat requirement in °F (incremental temperature above the moisture dew
point)

The superheat requirements are shown graphically on Figure 1 for moisture and hydrocarbons. Both
should be determined and added to the respective dew points (moisture and hydrocarbon) at the gas
turbine fuel delivery pressure. The higher of the two values, superheat plus dew point, will determine
the preliminary minimum gas fuel temperature that is required in order to meet the superheat
requirements. In some cases, the hydrocarbon dew point may be low enough, that the requirement for
meeting the moisture superheat will dominate. However, if the hydrocarbon dew point is close to the
moisture dew point, and the hydrocarbon dew point varies sufficiently, the moisture and hydrocarbon
superheat requirements may flip-flop on which one dominates. In order to avoid this situation, GE
has developed a breakpoint strategy. The breakpoints that will be used are based on gas supply
pressure, as seen in the table below:

Gas Supply Pressure Hydrocarbon Dew Point Breakpoint

500 psia or less -25°F
501 psia to 600 psia -35°F
601 psia to 700 psia -50°F

Maximum Hydrocarbon Dew Point less than Breakpoint

If the maximum hydrocarbon dew point, calculated during the Order to Requisition process, is below
the breakpoint level, then GE will assume that the hydrocarbon superheat requirements are less than
the moisture superheat requirements. Therefore, the minimum gas temperature will be determined by
the moisture dew point plus the moisture superheat.

Maximum Hydrocarbon Dew Point greater than Breakpoint

However, if the maximum hydrocarbon dew point, calculated during the Order to Requisition
process, is above a breakpoint, then GE will assume the unconditioned gas is saturated. This will
require the full hydrocarbon superheat to be applied to the unconditioned gas. The resulting gas

14
Specification for Fuel Gases for Combustion in Heavy-Duty Gas Turbines GEI 41040j

temperature may be higher than just adding the hydrocarbon dew point and hydrocarbon superheat.
See Appendix 4 for a sample calculation.

Continuous Hydrocarbon Dew Point Measurement

An alternate approach, to the use of a breakpoint, is to provide instrumentation to measure the

hydrocarbon dew point continuously, and provide that signal to GE through the gas turbine
controller. The turbine controller will then use the hydrocarbon dew point, along with the moisture
dew point, provided during the Order to Requisition process, to determine if sufficient superheat has
been provided.

Non-superheated Gas Temperature Signal

GE will require an input signal, into the turbine controller, of the gas fuel temperature upstream of
any performance or superheating system. The turbine controller will take action if sufficient
superheat is not supplied.

Figure 1. Hydrocarbon and Moisture Superheat Requirements

D. Hydrocarbon Dew Point
The hydrocarbon dew point is the temperature at which the first droplet of hydrocarbon forms as the
gas temperature is reduced at a given pressure and is analogous to the moisture dew point. The
hydrocarbon dew point is very sensitive to small concentrations of heavy hydrocarbons (C6+) and
contamination of the gas sample during sampling can be an issue. The use of a sample probe and
following the sampling procedure described in GPA 2166(3), particularly with respect to sample
cylinder purging, can avoid these problems. For this reason the recommended method for
hydrocarbon dew point determination is by direct measurement using a chilled mirror instrument

15
GEI 41040j Specification for Fuel Gases for Combustion in Heavy-Duty Gas Turbines

(ASTM D 1142). If a direct measurement cannot be performed, the dew point may be calculated from
the extended C14 gas fuel analysis (4). Use of a C6+ analysis for dew point determination may result
in an under-estimation of 30°F to 40°F or more. Exceptions are fuels that do not contain heavy
hydrocarbons such as liquefied natural gas.

E. Moisture Dew Point

The gas fuel moisture dew point is dependent upon the moisture concentration and the gas fuel
pressure. When expressed in units of lbs/mmscft (pounds per million standard cubic feet), the
resulting dew point is practically independent of the gas fuel composition (other than moisture).
Typically, many pipeline tariffs limit the maximum allowable moisture content to 7 lbs/mmscft while
the actual value may be significantly less. It is the maximum allowable value, however, that
determines the design requirements for superheat. Figure 2 is included to provide a guide for
determining the expected moisture dew point from the moisture concentration and gas fuel pressure
of a typical natural gas. The actual dew point will vary slightly with gas composition changes.

Figure 2. Moisture Dew Point as a Function of Concentration and Gas Pressure for a Typical Natural
Gas Fuel

16
Specification for Fuel Gases for Combustion in Heavy-Duty Gas Turbines GEI 41040j

F. Flammability Ratio
Fuel gases containing hydrogen and/or carbon monoxide will have a ratio of rich-to-lean
flammability limits that is significantly greater than that of natural gas. Typically, gases with greater
than 5% hydrogen by volume fall into this range and require a separate startup fuel. GE will evaluate
the gas analysis to determine the requirement for a start-up fuel. Fuel gases with large percentages of
an inert gas such as nitrogen or carbon dioxide will have a ratio of rich-to-lean flammability limits
less than that of natural gas. Flammability ratios of less than 2.2 to 1 based on volume at ISO
conditions (14.696 psia and 59°F), may experience problems maintaining stable combustion over the
full operating range of the turbine.

G. Gas Constituent Limits

Gas constituent limits are specified to assure stable combustion through all gas turbine loads and
modes of operation. A detailed gas analysis must be furnished to GE for proper evaluation. See
reference (3) for the recommended sampling procedure and ASTM D1945 for a C6+ analysis
procedure.

H. Gas Fuel Supply Pressure

Gas fuel supply pressure requirements are dependent on the gas turbine model, the combustion
system design, the fuel gas analysis and unit specific site conditions. As part of the unit proposal, GE
will furnish minimum and maximum gas fuel supply pressure requirements.

IV. CONTAMINANTS

Dependent on the type of fuel gas, the geographical location and the forwarding means there is the
potential for the “raw” gas supply to contain one or more of the following contaminants:

1. Tar, lamp black, coke

2. Water, salt water

3. Sand, clay

4. Rust

5. Iron sulfide

6. Scrubber oil or liquid

7. Compressor Lube oil

8. Naphthalene

9. Gas Hydrates

It is critical that the fuel gas is properly conditioned prior to being utilized as gas turbine fuel. This
conditioning can be performed by a variety of methods. These include, but are not limited to: media
filtration, inertial separation, coalescing and fuel heating. Table 2b identifies the trace metal, particulate
and liquid contamination limits. It is critical that fuel gas conditioning equipment be designed and sized
so that these limits are not exceeded. For further information on gas fuel conditioning, see publication
GER 3942(8).

17
GEI 41040j Specification for Fuel Gases for Combustion in Heavy-Duty Gas Turbines

A. Particulates
Contamination limits for particulates are established to prevent fouling and excessive erosion of hot
gas path parts, erosion and plugging of combustion fuel nozzles and erosion of the gas fuel system
control valves. The utilization of gas filtration or inertial separation is instrumental in ensuring that
the particulate requirements as defined in Table 2b are met. GE recommends the use of stainless steel
piping down-stream of this last level of filtration to prevent the generation of corrosion-derived
particulates.

B. Liquids
As identified in Table 2b, zero liquids are allowed in the gas turbine fuel gas supply. Refer to note 16
of Table 2b for current input requirements and turbine controller actions. The introduction of liquids
with gas fuel can result in nuisance and/or hardware damaging conditions. These include rapid
excursions in firing temperature and gas turbine load, primary zone re-ignition and flashback of pre-
mixed flames. In severe conditions, liquid carryover to the first stage turbine nozzle may result in
damage to downstream hot gas path components. When liquids are identified in the gas fuel supply,
phase separation and heating must be employed to achieve the required superheat level.

C. Sulfur
There are several concerns relative to the levels of sulfur contained in the fuel gas supply. Many of
these are not directly related to the gas turbine but to associated equipment and emissions
requirements. These concerns include but not limited to:

1. Hot Gas Path Corrosion

Typically , use of sulfur bearing fuels will not be limited by concerns for corrosion in the turbine
hot gas path. Experience has shown that fuel sulfur levels up to about 1% sulfur do not
significantly affect oxidation/corrosion rates. Specifying the fuel alkali le vels to values shown in
Table 2b controls hot corrosion of hot gas path parts resulting from alkali sulfate formation.
Unless sulfur levels are extremely low, alkali levels are usually limiting in determining hot
corrosion of hot gas path materials. For low Btu gases, the fuel mass flow rate at the turbine inlet
is increased over that for natural gas, and the alkali limit in the fuel is therefore decreased.

2. HRSG Corrosion

If heat recovery equipment is used, the gas fuel sulfur concentration must be known so that the
appropriate design for the equipment can be specified. Severe corrosion from condensed
sulfurous acid results if a heat recovery steam generator (HRSG) has metal temperatures below
the acid dew point.

3. Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) Deposition

Units utilizing ammonia injection downstream of the gas turbine for NOx control can experience
the formation of deposits containing ammonium sulfate and bisulfate on low temperature
evaporator and economizer tubes. Such deposits are quite acidic and therefore corrosive. These
deposits and the corrosion that they cause may also decrease HRSG performance and increase
backpressure on the gas turbine. Deposition rates of ammonium sulfate and bisulfate are
determined by the sul-phur content of the fuel, ammonia content in the exhaust gas, tube
temperature and boiler design. Fuels having sulfur levels above those used as odorants for
natural gas should be reported to GE. In addition, the presence of minute quantities of chlorides

18
Specification for Fuel Gases for Combustion in Heavy-Duty Gas Turbines GEI 41040j

in the compressor inlet air may result in cracking of ANSI 300 series stainless steels in the hot
gas path.

4. Exhaust Emissions

Sulfur burns mostly to sulfur dioxide, but 5%-10% oxidizes to sulfur trioxide. The latter can
result in sulfate formation, and may be counted as particulate matter in some jurisdictions. The
remainder will be discharged as sulfur dioxide. To limit the discharge of acid gas, some localities
may restrict the allowable concentration of sulfur in the fuel.

5. System Material Requirements

When considering fuel gases containing H2S (sour gas fuels) material selection for system
piping and components shall comply with NACE Standard, MR0175(9).

6. Elemental Sulfur Deposition

Solid elemental sulfur deposits can occur in gas fuel systems downstream of pressure reducing
stations or gas control valves under certain conditions. These conditions may be present if the
gas fuel contains elemental sulfur vapor, even when the concentration of the vapor is a few parts
per billion by weight. Concentrations of this magnitude cannot be measured by commercially
available instrumentation and deposition cannot therefore be anticipated based on a standard gas
analysis. Should deposition take place, fuel heating will be required to maintain the sulfur in
vapor phase and avoid deposition. A gas temperature of 130°F or higher may be required at the
inlet to the gas control valves to avoid deposition, depending on the sulfur vapor concentration.
The sulfur vapor concentration can be measured by specialized filtering equipment. Contact GE
for further information on this subject.

7. Iron Sulfide

The presence of sulfur in the gas may promote the formation of iron sulfides. Under certain
conditions, iron sulfide is a pyrophoric material that can auto ignite at atmospheric pressure and
temperature when exposed to air. Extreme care must be taken when servicing gas fuel cleanup
equipment to avoid accidental exposure to oxygen and subsequent combustion of filter material.

D. Trace Metals
Sodium is the only trace metal contaminant normally found in natural gas. The source of sodium in
natural gas is salt water. Limits on trace metals are established to prevent the formation of corrosive
deposits on hot gas path components. These deposits can be detrimental to gas turbine parts life. In
addition to sodium, additionally harmful trace metal contaminants can be found in gasification and
process gases. GE will determine limits on these contaminants on a case-by-case basis.

V. SOURCES OF CONTAMINANTS
A. Particulates
The major source of particulates is from corrosion products in the pipeline. These products are
continuously formed over the life of the pipeline at rates that are determined by the corrosive
components and water content of the gas. For this reason most gas suppliers control moisture content
to avoid the possibility of water condensing and forming acid with CO2 or H2 S.

19
GEI 41040j Specification for Fuel Gases for Combustion in Heavy-Duty Gas Turbines

B. Liquids
Gas at the wellhead is typically produced in a wet saturated condition and is treated to remove water
and heavy hydrocarbon liquids. Depending on the degree of treatment and the supply pressure, the
gas may be delivered in a dry condition. After pressure reduction it is possible for condensates to
form as the gas cools during expansion. The condensates may be either water or hydrocarbons or
both. Carry over of lubricating oil from compressor stations is another source of liquids.

C. Sulfur
Sulfur is usually combined with either hydrogen as H2 S or carbon as COS. It is produced with the
natural gas. Typically the gas supplier will limit H2 S to a concentration of less than approximately 20
ppmv by removing sulfur in a treatment system. Sulfur may also be present in very low
concentrations (< 100 ppbv) in the form of elemental sulfur vapor.

D. Trace Metals
The details of various sources of alkali contaminants in the following text apply to MS 3000, MS
5000, B, E and F class machines. The sources of contaminants for 6C, FB and H-class machines are
discussed in GEK 107230(1).

Contributions to the alkali content of the combustion gases can come from any of the material
streams supplied to the combustor; fuel, air, water or steam. The basic parameter which can be used
to define the allowable alkali metal content admitted to the turbine is Xt, the combined sodium and
potassium con-tent of the combustion gas at the entry to the first stage nozzle. This concentration
must not exceed the values stated in Table 2b. Since there is no simple test method for measuring Xt
in an operating turbine, it must be calculated from the alkali metal contents of the fuel, air, water and
steam flows.

T(Xt) = A(Xa ) + F(Xf ) + S(Xs ) + W(Xw )

Where T = total flow to turbine (= A + F + S + W):

Xt = alkali contaminant concentration in total flow as Na.

A = Air flow,

Xa = contaminant concentration in air.

F = Fuel flow,

S = Steam flow,

Xs = contaminant concentration in steam.

W = water flow

Xw = contaminant concentration in water.

The allowable levels of alkali contamination in the different flows entering the gas turbine are
discussed below:

20
Specification for Fuel Gases for Combustion in Heavy-Duty Gas Turbines GEI 41040j

E. Air
There are four sources of alkali metal contained in the compressor discharge air, (a) Inlet filter carry
over of sodium chloride in ambient air (b) carry over of sodium dissolved in water used for
evaporative cooling (c) carry over of sodium dissolved in water used for inlet fogging and (d) carry
over of sodium from water used for on-line water washing.

When concentrations of trace metals in fuel, water or steam are not precisely known, a value of 0.005
ppmw, GER 3419 (10), can be used for systems with or without evaporative coolers. This value, based
on experience, would cause an insignificant contribution to the overall contamination level and have
a minor impact on parts lives.

For systems with inlet foggers, the water carry over is 100% compared with approximately 0.003%
for evaporative coolers and the potential sodium carry over is therefore proportionally higher. The
maximum inlet fogging water flow rate is approximately 1/3 of the natural gas flow rate and,
depending on the sodium concentration, could use up a significant portion of the total allowed at the
turbine inlet. Refer to GEK 101944(11) for information on water purity requirements. If it is
anticipated that the specification could be exceeded, General Electric should be consulted for
recommendations on the selection of the water source and use of proper air filtration equipment.

F. Steam
Steam for gas turbine injection is typically taken from a suitable extraction point on a steam turbine
or HRSG. The limiting purity requirements for this steam are those for the steam turbine. These
limits are defined in GEK 72281(12).

G. Water
The maximum alkali meta l (sodium plus potassium) content of water to be used for injection is
discussed in GEK 101944(11). The maximum water injection rate is approximately equal to the fuel
injection rate. If the alkali content approaches the maximum allowable value stated in GEK
101944(11), it may use all of the allowable margin at the turbine inlet, leaving none available for the
fuel. If it is anticipated that the specification could be exceeded, GE should be consulted for
recommendations on the selection of the water source.

NOTE

The concentration of sodium in steam and water, at the levels specified, can be
measured directly using an on-line sodium analyzer or, in the laboratory, with an
ion or pH meter fitted with a “sodium specific” electrode or by an atomic
absorption spectrometer fitted with a graphite furnace.
H. Fuel
The final source of contamination to be considered is the fuel. Most cases of alkali metal
contamination and corrosion of hot gas path components are related to liquid fuel contamination. It is
rare that natural gas will contain trace metals but gasification fuels may contain alkalis carried over
from the gas clean up system. The issues and requirements with gas fuels are discussed separately in
the prior sections.

21
GEI 41040j Specification for Fuel Gases for Combustion in Heavy-Duty Gas Turbines

APPENDIX 1

I. DEFINITIONS

Dew Point
This is the temperature at which the first liquid droplet will form as the gas temperature is reduced.
Common liquids found in gas fuel are hydrocarbons, water and glycol. Each has a separate and
measurable dew point. The dew point varies considerably with pressure and both temperature and
pressure must be stated to properly define the gas property. Typically, the hydrocarbon dew point
will peak in the 300 to 600 psia range.
Dry Saturated Conditions
The gas temperature is at, but not below or above, the dew point temperature. No fee liquids are
present.
Gas Hydrates
Gas hydrates are semi-solid materials that can cause deposits that plug instrumentation lines, control
valves and filters. They are formed when free water combines with one or more of the C1 through C4
hydrocarbons. Typically the formation will take place downstream of a pressure reducing station
where the temperature drop is sufficient to cause moisture condensation in a region of high
turbulence. Because hydrates can cause major problems in the gas distribution network, the moisture
content is usually con-trolled upstream at a dehydration process station.
Gas Hydrate Formation Line
This is similar to the dew point line. A potential for hydrate formation exists if free water is present.
Calculations performed using the commercial software Hysys (15) show that the hydrate formation line
is approximately 10°F above the moisture dew point line. Maintaining the required degree of
superheat above the moisture dew point will eliminate hydrate formation problems. (see section III, C
Superheat Requirement)
Glycol
Glycol is not a natural constituent of natural gas but is introduced during the dehydration process.
Various forms of glycol are used, di-ethylene and tri-ethylene glycol being two most common. In
some cases glycol is injected into the pipeline as a preservative. In most cases, glycol may only be a
problem during commissioning of a new pipeline or if an upset has taken place at an upstream
dehydration station.
Odorant
Odorants are injected into natural and LP gas to make leaks readily detectable. The oderant
commonly used for natural gas is tertiary butyl mercaptan, while ethyl mercaptan is used for LP gas.
Superheat
This is defined as the difference between the gas temperature minus the liquid dew point. The
difference is always positive or zero. A negative value implies that the value is being measured at two
differing states of pressure and temperature and is not valid. A measured gas temperature below the
theoretical dew point means that the gas is in a wet saturated state with free liquids present.

22
Specification for Fuel Gases for Combustion in Heavy-Duty Gas Turbines GEI 41040j

Saturation Line
This is the same as the dew point line.
Wet (Saturated) Conditions
A mixture consisting of both vapor and liquids.

23
GEI 41040j Specification for Fuel Gases for Combustion in Heavy-Duty Gas Turbines

APPENDIX 2

I. PARTICLE SIZE LIMITATIONS

The effective particle size for erosion considerations is determined by a particle’s terminal settling
velocity. The size and density distribution of the solid particles must be such that not more than 1.0
percent by weight of the particles shall have a terminal settling velocity in air (70°F) and 30 inches
Hg, absolute) greater than 14 inches per minute, and not more than 0.1 percent shall have a terminal
settling velocity in excess of 23 inches per minute. For a solid spherical particle, Stoke’s Law of
settling permits calculating the terminal settling velocity if the particle size and shape and particle
specific gravity are known. The following tabulation gives the spherical particle diameters equivalent
to the limiting terminal settling velocities for particles of specific gravity 2.0 and 4.

Se ttling Velocity Specific Gravity Equivalent Spherical

(inches/min) (base on water) Particle Diameter (microns)
14 2 10
23 2 13
14 4 7
23 4 9

24
Specification for Fuel Gases for Combustion in Heavy-Duty Gas Turbines GEI 41040j

APPENDIX 3

I. EQUIVALENT CONTAMINANT RELATIONSHIPS (ALL MACHINES EXCEPT FB, H-

CLASS)

The following relationships can be used to determine turbine inlet contaminant and fuel equivalent
contaminant concentrations to compare to limits given in Table 2b. In general, for mass balances on
the flows and on the contaminants from fuel, air and steam/water at the turbine inlet.

E=F+A=S (5)

(XE)E = (XF)F + (XA)A + (XS)S (6)

where:

A, F, S and E are the mass flows of air, fuel, injected steam/water and combustion gases at the turbine
inlet, respectively

XA, XF, XS, and XE are the contaminant concentrations (ppm by weig ht) in the inlet air, in the fuel,
in the injected steam/water, and in the combustion gases at the turbine inlet, respectively.

The fuel equivalent concentration of contaminants (XFe) is (dividing (5) and (6) by F)

XFe = XE(1 = A/F + S/F) = XF + XA(A/F) + XS(S/F) (7)

For example for a natural gas contaminated with salt at a sodium concentration of 0.1 ppm, an air
sodium contamination of 5 ppb, and a steam contamination of 5 ppb, the equivalent sodium in the
fuel for A/F =50 and S/F=1 is from equation (7)

XFe = 0.1 + 0.005(50) + 0.005(1) = 0.355ppm (8)

This is the amount of sodium considered to come from a fuel source only, which gives the same
sodium concentration at the turbine inlet as from the combined three sources.

The turbine inlet concentration, XE, is found by rearranging (7)

XE = XFe /(1 + A/F + S/F) = 0.355/(1 + 50 + 1) = 0.006827ppm = 6.827 ppb (9)

These values are well within the sodium specification values of 1 ppm on a fuel basis (XFe), and 20
ppb for the turbine inlet concentration (XE). XE and XFe values for all contaminants are given in
Table 2b.

For equivalent contaminant relationships in 6C, FB, and H-Class machines, refer GEK 107230(1).

25
GEI 41040j Specification for Fuel Gases for Combustion in Heavy-Duty Gas Turbines

APPENDIX 4

I. MINIMUM GAS FUEL TEMPERATURE REQUIREMENT CALCULATIONS

The gas fuel pressure at the purchaser’s connection FG1 should first be determined. The hydrocarbon
and moisture superheat can then be calculated from the equations shown on Figure 1. For example, at
a gas fuel pressure of 490 psia, the moisture and hydrocarbon superheat requirements are 18°F and
42°F respectively.

For a typical pipeline gas the maximum allowable moisture content is 7 lbs/mmscft. At 490 psia the
moisture dew point can be determined from Figure 2 and is equal to 23ºF. The minimum gas
temperature to avoid moisture condensation is equal to the moisture dew point plus the required
superheat, or 23º+ 18º = 41ºF.

For hydrocarbons, the maximum expected hydrocarbon dew point should be determined by
consultation with the gas supplier and a review of historical data if available. The hydrocarbon dew
point will be dependent on the source of the gas, the degree of gas processing and may vary
seasonally with overall gas demand and the economics associated with liquids removal and recovery.
For a fuel with a maximum hydrocarbon dew point of, for example, 35ºF at 490 psia, the theoretical
minimum gas fuel temperature is 42º+ 35º= 77ºF. The temperature, in this example, is higher than the
minimum required to avoid moisture condensation, therefore it establishes the minimum gas
temperature to avoid both hydrocarbon and moisture condensation. However, the actual minimum
gas fuel temperature will be based on the hydrocarbon dew point breakpoint. (see section III, C) In
the example above, the assumed hydrocarbon dew point was 35°F. (at 490 ps ia) The hydrocarbon
dew point for this case is higher than the breakpoint. (-25°F) Therefore, GE will assume that the gas
entering the superheating system is saturated, and will require the full hydrocarbon superheat be
applied. For example, if the gas entering the superheating system is at a temperature of 55°F, then the
minimum gas temperature would be 97°F. (55°F + 42°F) The 97°F temperature is what the turbine
controller will begin to take protective action on. The use of the 97°F temperature, instead of the
77°F temperature is based on GE’s experience of gas fuel dew point variation on sites.

For another example, if the hydrocarbon dew point is calculated as -30°F, (at 490 psia) then the
hydrocarbon dew point would be less than the breakpoint. (-25°F) Therefore, the minimum gas fuel
temperature would be based on the moisture dew point and superheat. Assuming a 7 lbs/mmscft, the
dew point is 23°F and superheat required is 18°F, resulting in a theoretical and actual minimum gas
temperature of 41°F. (23°F + 18°F)

26
Specification for Fuel Gases for Combustion in Heavy-Duty Gas Turbines GEI 41040j

APPENDIX 5

I. RELATED SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS

GER 3419(10) Includes specifications for compressor inlet air quality

GER 4189 (2) Includes heated gas fuel temperature limits

GER 72281(12) Includes steam purity requirements in steam turbines

GER 101944(11) Includes water and steam purity requirements in gas turbines

GEK 106669(13) Includes cooling steam purity requirements for H class gas turbines

GEK 107230(1) Includes allowable alkali metal concentrations for 6C, FB and H class gas fuels

REFERENCES

1. GEK 107230 Specification for Alkali Metal Contamination in Fuels for the 6C, FB and H Model
Gas Turbines

2. GER 4189 Design Considerations for Heated Gas Fuel

3. Obtaining Natural Gas Samples for Analysis by Gas Chromatography, GPA Standard 2166, Gas
Producers association, 6526 East 60th Street, Tulsa, Oklahoma

4. Tentative Method of Extended Analysis for Natural Gas and Similar Gaseous Mixtures by
Temperature Programmed Gas Chromatography, GPA Standard GPA 2286, Gas Producers
association, 6526 East 60th Street, Tulsa, Oklahoma 74145

5. Bureau of Mines Bulletin 503, Flammability Characteristics of Combustible Gases and Vapors,
1950

6. Bureau of Mines Bulletin 622, Flammability Characteristics of Combustible Gases and Vapors,
1965

7. Natural Gas, E. N. Tiratsoo, Scientific Press Ltd., Beaconsfield, England, 1972

8. GER 3942 Gas Fuel Clean-up System Design Considerations for GE Heavy-Duty Gas Turbines

9. MR0175, NACE Standard, Sulfide Stress Cracking Resistant Metallic Material for Oilfield
Equipment

10. GER 3419 Gas Turbine Inlet Air Treatment

11. GEK 101944 Requirements for Water/Steam Purity in Gas Turbines

12. GEK 72281 Steam Purity Recommendations for Utility Steam Turbines

13. GEK 106669 Specification for Cooling Steam Purity for Closed Circuit Steam Cooled Gas
Turbine

27
GEI 41040j Specification for Fuel Gases for Combustion in Heavy-Duty Gas Turbines

14. ASME Handbook “Water Technology for Thermal Power Systems”, chapter 12

15. Hysys, a gas process simulation program, Aspen Technology, Inc., Cambridge, Massachusetts

GE Energy
General Electric Company
www.gepower.com

28
 GEI 41047k
Revised January 2003

GE Power Systems
Gas Turbine

Gas Turbine Liquid Fuel Specifications

These instructions do not purport to cover all details or variations in equipment nor to provide for
every possible contingency to be met in connection with installation, operation or maintenance. Should
further information be desired or should particular problems arise which are not covered sufficiently for
the purchaser’s purposes the matter should be referred to the GE Company.
© 2003 GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
GEI 41047k Gas Turbine Liquid Fuel Specifications

TABLE OF CONTENTS

I. GENERAL...................................................................................................................................... 4

II. FUEL CLASSIFICATION AND OPERATIONAL CONSIDERATIONS ............................... 4

III. FUEL SPECIFICATIONS ............................................................................................................ 4

IV. FUEL HANDLING AND TREATMENT .................................................................................... 9

A. True Distillate Fuels ................................................................................................................. 9
B. Ash-Bearing Fuels.................................................................................................................... 9

V. NON-FUEL CONTAMINANTS................................................................................................... 10
A. Air-Borne Contaminants .......................................................................................................... 10
B. Water-Borne Contaminants ...................................................................................................... 10
C. Non-Fuel Contaminant Relationships ...................................................................................... 11

VI. FUEL AND ADDITIVE EVALUATION AND SAMPLING ..................................................... 11

A. Fuel Evaluation Procedure ....................................................................................................... 11
B. Requalification of Fuel: Fuel Changes .................................................................................... 11
C. Additive Qualification .............................................................................................................. 11

APPENDIX A- FUEL DESCRIPTIONS............................................................................................. 12

A. True Distillates ......................................................................................................................... 12
B. Ash-Bearing Fuels.................................................................................................................... 13

APPENDIX B- MEANING OF SPECIFICATION TESTS .............................................................. 15

A. Ash and Trace Metal Contaminants ......................................................................................... 15
B. Sulfur........................................................................................................................................ 16
C. Nitrogen.................................................................................................................................... 16
D. Hydrogen.................................................................................................................................. 16
E. Carbon Residue ........................................................................................................................ 16
F. Water and Sediment ................................................................................................................. 17
G. Filterable Dirt ........................................................................................................................... 17
H. Viscosity................................................................................................................................... 17
I. Pour Point and Cold Filter Plugging Point............................................................................... 18
J. Fuel Gravity.............................................................................................................................. 18
K. Distillation................................................................................................................................ 19
L. Flash Point................................................................................................................................ 19
M. Thermal Stability...................................................................................................................... 19
N. Compatibility............................................................................................................................ 20
O. Cetane Number......................................................................................................................... 20

APPENDIX C - FUEL ANALYSIS DATA REQUIREMENTS......................................................... 21

A. Sampling .................................................................................................................................. 21
B. Heating Value ........................................................................................................................... 21
C. Viscosity................................................................................................................................... 21
D. Carbon Residue ........................................................................................................................ 21
E. Trace Metal Analysis ............................................................................................................... 21
F. Wax Content and Wax Melting Point....................................................................................... 22

2
Gas Turbine Liquid Fuel Specifications GEI 41047k

APPENDIX D- RELATED SPECIFICATIONS DOCUMENTS...................................................... 24

3
GEI 41047k Gas Turbine Liquid Fuel Specifications

I. GENERAL

This specification is for the several types of liquid fuels suitable for use in the General Electric heavy duty
gas turbines with firing temperatures of 1600 F (870 C) or higher. It is intended as a guide for users of
these turbines for the procurement, use, and where necessary, treatment of fuels.

The fuel properties specified herein include both those which could affect turbine operation and those ad-
ditional properties which the turbine user may need to specify for his installation. These latter properties
are related to fuel storage and handling and local safety and environmental codes.

All of the fuels covered in this specification shall be hydrocarbon oils free from organic acids and free from
excessive amounts of solid, fibrous or other foreign matter likely to make frequent cleaning of suitable
filters necessary. The fuels shall be stable over storage and shall be compatible with other fuels with which
they could normally be mixed. Synthetic and Alternative fuels are also covered by this specification but
GE should be consulted before their use.

Procurement of the fuel to specifications is only the first step to successful heavy duty gas turbine oper-
ation. Further steps required of the user are: (a) prevention of contamination during transportation, (b)
prevention of contamination before, during, and after delivery, (c) proper design of fuel storage, heating
and transfer facilities, (c) proper management of the entire facilities with regard to maintenance procedures
and schedules and (d) proper design and operation of any fuel treatment equipment.

In addition to outlining the overall fuel requirements, this specification also defines minimum acceptable air
quality standards for turbine inlet air, and water requirements for installations which employ either steam or
water injection in their cycles. These have been included since the total contaminants entering the turbine
must be considered. Special requirements for trace metal contaminants for H and FB class machines are
covered in GEK 107230.

II. FUEL CLASSIFICATION AND OPERATIONAL CONSIDERATIONS

Liquid fuels applicable to heavy duty gas turbines range from petroleum naphthas to residual fuels. Within
this range, fuels vary in hydrocarbon composition, physical properties, potential pollutants and trace metal
contaminant levels. Since contaminants are a most important consideration in fuel application, the liquid
fuels have been divided into two basic classes: true distillates (ash-free) and ash-bearing fuels.

Table 1 summarizes the general types of liquid fuels in these two classes and some operational requirements
in gas turbine applications. Refer to Appendix A for common names and characteristics of specific fuels
within each general type. Refer to Appendix D for related specifications which give more details about
some sections of this fuel spec.

III. FUEL SPECIFICATIONS

The required physical and chemical properties of the four classes of liquid fuels are detailed in Table 2.
These properties have been divided into two categories: those required for gas turbine performance (Table
2) and those which may be limited to meet local environmental codes (Table 2).

Maximum allowable limits are specified for five critical trace metal contaminants: sodium, potassium,
vanadium, lead and calcium. General Electric heavy duty gas turbines will operate at levels higher than
those specified in Table 2; however, increased maintenance of hot gas path parts may result. Therefore, it is
required that the General Electric Gas Turbine Division be consulted for fuel treatment recommendations
when the analysis of the fuel as delivered to the gas turbines exceeds the levels indicated. Fuels outside of

4
Gas Turbine Liquid Fuel Specifications GEI 41047k

the specified limits of certain physical properties may also be used, but General Electric should be consulted
for consideration of any impact on the operation of the turbine or fuel treatment system, where required.

The Ash-Bearing Fuels in Table 2 are divided into two types: l) Crudes and Blended Residual Fuels, and
2) Heavier Residual Fuels. The heavy-duty gas turbine will operate satisfactorily on both types, although
fuel treating and heating requirements and stack particulate emission levels will generally be less for the
first type (Crudes and Blended Residual Fuels).

Table 1. Comparison of Liquid Fuels and Some Hardware Requirements

True Distillates Ash-Bearing Fuels

Crudes and
Heavy Blended Blended Residual Heavier Residual
Fuel Type Light Residual Fuels Fuels Fuels
General Properties

Ash Content Trace Trace Low/Medium High

Viscosity Low Medium Wide Range High
Volatility High/Medium Medium Wide Range Low
Nearest ASTM Type* 0-GT, 1-GT 3-GT 3-GT 4-GT
Gas Turb., D2880 2-GT
Burner, D396 1, 2 (4) 4, 5 6
Diesel, D975 1-D, 2-D (4-D) 4-D -
Explosion-Proofing Refer to applicable Refer to applicable Refer to applicable Refer to applicable
codes codes codes codes
Start-Up Fuel Required With very light Some fuels Nearly always Always
fuels
Fuel Pretreatment Usually none Usually none Nearly always Always
Fuel Preheating Some in cold Nearly always Nearly always Always
locations
Fuel Filtration Always Always Always Always
Fuel Combustion Low pressure air Low pressure air Low or high pressure High pressure air
Atomization air
Combustor (allowed
Fuel)
Standard Combustion Yes Yes Yes Yes
DLN Combustion Yes No No No
Turbine Cleaning Not Required Not Required Required Required
Capability
* Refer to applicable ASTM Standards: The considerations listed in this table are not all-inclusive.

5
6

GEI 41047k
Table 2. Liquid Fuel Specifications Applicability

True Distillatesb Ash-Bearing Fuelsb

Applicability Property Point of ASTM Test Light Heavy Crudes and Heavier
Applicabilitya Methodc Blended Residual
Residual Fuels
Fuels
Gas Turbine Kin. Viscosity, cSt, 100 F (37.8 C), min Delivery D445 .5d 1.8 1.8 1.8
Requirements Kin. Viscosity, cSt, 100 F (37.8 C), max e Delivery D445 5.8 30 160 900
Kin. Viscosity, cSt, 210 F (98.9 C), max e Delivery D445 - 4 13 30
Specific Gravity, 60 F (15.6 C), max Delivery D1298 Report Report .96 .96f
Flash Point, F( C), min g Delivery D93 Report Report Report Report
Distillation Temp. 90% Point, F( C), max Delivery D86 650(338) Report - -
Pour Point, F( ), max Delivery D97 20 (7) Report Report Report
below
min.
ambient

Cold Filter Plugging Point Report D6371 Report Report Report Report
Ash, ppm, max Combustor D482 100 100 Report Report
Trace Metal Contaminants, ppm, max h

Gas Turbine Liquid Fuel Specifications

Combustor (i)
Sodium plus Potassium 1 1 1 1
Lead 1 1 1 1
Vanadium (untreated) .5 .5 .5 .5
Vanadium (treated 3/1 wt. ratio Mg/V) - - 100 100
Calcium 2 2 10 10
Other Trace Metals above 5 ppm Report Report Report Report

Hydrogen, Wt %, min k Delivery D5291 Report Report Report Report

Carbon Residue, Wt. % (10% Bottoms) max Delivery D524 .25 - - -
Direct Pressure Atomization
Carbon Residue, Wt. % (100% Sample) max Delivery D524 1.0 1.0 1.0 -
Air Atomization, Low Pressure
Carbon Residue, Wt. % (100% Sample), Delivery D524 - - Report Report
Air Atomization, High Pressure
 Gas Turbine Liquid Fuel Specifications
True Distillatesb Ash-Bearing Fuelsb
Applicability Property Point of ASTM Test Light Heavy Crudes and Heavier
Applicabilitya Methodc Blended Residual
Residual Fuels
Fuels
The specifications below apply only when specific environmental codes exist
Environmen- Sulfur, Wt. %, max Delivery D129/ Compliance to any applicable codes.
tal Code Re- D4294
lated Require- Nitrogen, Wt. %, max Delivery D5291 Fuel-bound nitrogen may be limited to meet any
ments applicable codes on total NOx emission.
Hydrogen, Wt. %, min. Delivery D5291 Minimum hydrogen level may be necessary to meet
any applicable stack plume opacity limits (k).
Ash plus Vanadium, ppm, max. Delivery (i) Ash plus vanadium content of ash-bearing fuels
may be limited to meet applicable stack particulate
emission codes (l).

GEI 41047k
7
GEI 41047k Gas Turbine Liquid Fuel Specifications

NOTES To Table 2

a. The fuel properties specified refer to the fuel at different points in the overall system:

Delivery - Fuel as delivered to the turbine site.

Fuel Skid - Fuel at inlet of fuel skid at turbine.

Combustor - Fuel at turbine combustors.

b. Typical fuels within each general type are discussed in Appendix A .

c. Refer to applicable ASTM Standards.

d. In the viscosity range of 0.5 cSt to 1.8 cSt, special fuel pumping equipment may be required. For
conversion to SI units 1cSt = 10-6 m2/s.

e. The maximum allowable viscosity at the fuel nozzle is 20 cSt for high pressure air atomization and 10
cSt for low pressure air and direct pressure atomization. The fuel may have to be preheated to reach this
viscosity, but in no instance shall it be heated above 275 F (135 C). (This maximum fuel temperature of
275 F is allowed only with residual fuels.) The viscosity of the fuel at initial light-off must be at or below
10 cSt.

f. A specific gravity of 0.96 is based on average fuel desalting capability with standard washing systems.
Fuels with specific gravities greater than 0.96 may be desalted to the required minimum sodium plus potas-
sium limits by using higher capability desalting equipment (with higher attendant cost) or by increasing the
gravity difference between the fuel and wash water by blending the fuel with a compatible distillate.

g. The fuel must comply to all applicable codes for flash point.

h. A total ash less than 3 ppm is acceptable in place of trace metal analysis. . For machines running
at spinning reserve or with light loads for extended periods of time, trace metal requirements should be
reviewed with GE on a case by case basis. Trace metal contaminants for H and FB class machines are
covered in GEK 107230.

i. No standard reference tests exist; methods used should be mutually acceptable to General Electric and
the user.

j. Water content of crude oils should be reduced to the lowest level practical consistent with capability of
available fuel treatment equipment, to minimize the chance of corrosion of fuel system components. In no
case shall the water content exceed 1.0 vol. %.

k. A minimum hydrogen content is set both to control flame radiation in the combustor and to limit smoke
emissions, where the latter is required by local codes. The limits are 12.0% minimum for true distillates and
11.0% for Ash-bearing fuels (11.3% where the carbon residue exceeds 3.5%). In each case it is assumed
that the proper combustor and fuel atomization system are used.

Where the hydrogen content of the fuel is below these limits, General Electric should be consulted for
appropriate action.

8
Gas Turbine Liquid Fuel Specifications GEI 41047k

1. Local codes on total stack particulate emissions may set an upper limit on the sum of the ash (non-
filterable) in the original fuel plus the vanadium content. The vanadium together with the required
magnesium inhibitor may be a major contributor to total stack particulate emissions. In estimating
these emissions for comparison with the code, all of he following sources may have to be considered:
vanadium, additives, fuel ash and total sulfur in the fuel; non-combustible particulates in the inlet air;
solids from any injected steam or water; and particles from incomplete fuel combustion. Where an
estimate of stack particulate emissions is required, General Electric should be consulted.

IV. FUEL HANDLING AND TREATMENT

A. True Distillate Fuels

Light true distillate fuels normally have sufficiently low pour points that preheating is not required
under most ambient conditions. Heavy true distillates, on the other hand, may have high pour points
due to high wax content or high wax melting temperature which make preheating necessary to prevent
filter plugging. Both types of distillates may also require preheating to meet the viscosity requirement
at the fuel nozzle for proper atomization.

True distillate fuels as refined have low water, dirt and trace metal contaminant levels. Where subse-
quent transportation, handling and storage are carefully managed, these low levels should persist at the
gas turbine. In locations where there is danger of contamination such as salt bearing water, auxiliary
fuel clean-up equipment should be provided to restore the original quality.

In addition to potential hot corrosion from salt in water, water accumulated at the bottom of a storage
tank can also cause problems. Micro-organisms tend to grow at the water-fuel interface generating both
chemicals corrosive to metals in the fuel system and also slime which can plug fuel filters.

Adequate fuel storage and handling practices must be employed to minimize water and other contam-
inants in the fuel. These include settling the fuel before use, providing floating suction and periodic
removal of water from the bottom of the tank. In applications where adequate settling periods can not
be accommodated, more rapid purification methods may be required. Available purification equipment
includes centrifuges and electrostatic dehydrators. The overall fuel system design should avoid slugs
of water, and any clean-up system should have the capability to remove such slugs.

B. Ash-Bearing Fuels

Depending on the physical properties and the trace metal contaminant levels of these fuels, functions
of the source and refinery treatment, they usually require pretreatment before burning in a gas turbine.
Three basic steps in pretreatment are:

1. Preheating

2. Water washing for salt removal

3. Vanadium inhibitor addition

Preheating is used where it is necessary to: l) raise the fuel temperature sufficiently above its pour point
to allow free flow and to prevent filter plugging, and 2) to lower the fuel viscosity to reduce the flow
resistance and to provide proper atomization at the fuel nozzles.

9
GEI 41047k Gas Turbine Liquid Fuel Specifications

Desalting by water washing will be necessary with some crude oils and is nearly always necessary with
residual oils to reduce the sodium plus potassium levels. Sodium and potassium can cause hot corrosion
of the turbine blading by sulfidation attack at the operating temperatures of the turbine. Sodium and
potassium can also contribute to turbine fouling. Desalting is accomplished by mixing the fuel with
3% to 10% potable water to extract the soluble salts, followed by separation of the salt-laden water by
centrifugation or electrostatic coalescence. Washing also removes some of the calcium depending on
the specific chemical nature of the calcium compounds. Lead is not removed by water washing.

Vanadium can also cause hot corrosion of the turbine blading, but it is not removed by water washing
because it is present in the fuel in a complex oil-soluble form. The corrosive action can be inhibited
by adding an approved magnesium additive to the fuel to provide a minimum 3 to 1 weight ratio of
magnesium to vanadium. It is also recommended that this ratio not exceed 3.5 to 1 in order to minimize
deposition.

Periodic cleaning of deposits from turbine hot gas path section is generally necessary when high ash
content fuels are used. Cyclic operation of the turbine may remove some the deposit by thermal shock.
General Electric should be consulted for approved cleaning agents, water quality and cleaning proce-
dures for those applications where turbine cleaning is required.

V. NON-FUEL CONTAMINANTS

A. Air-Borne Contaminants

Contaminants in air can cause erosion, corrosion and fouling of the compressor. These contaminants
can also contain the same trace metals as found in fuels and which cause corrosion to the hot section.

Compressor erosion can be caused by sand or flyash; compressor corrosion by noxious fumes such as
HCl or H2S04; compressor fouling by liquid or solid particles which adhere to the compressor blading.
Hot section corrosion can be caused by sodium from, e.g., sea salt, salt particles, carry-over of treatment
chemicals used in evaporative coolers, chemical process effluents; potassium from flyash or fertilizers;
lead from automobile exhausts; and vanadium from residual fuel fired steam plants.

Specifically, with respect to hot section corrosion, the total of Na, K, V and Pb should not exceed 0.005
ppm by weight in air. If it is anticipated that this level will be exceeded, General Electric should be
consulted for recommendations on the selection and use of proper air filtration equipment.

B. Water-Borne Contaminants

Water or steam that is used for NOx control or steam that is injected to augment output should not
contain impurities which cause hot section deterioration or deposits. Specifically, the total of Na + K
+ V + Pb should not exceed 0.5 ppm by weight in the water or steam. If the total of these contaminants
exceeds this level, General Electric should be consulted with respect to water or steam purification
equipment and procedures.

In the case where contaminants are present in water or steam the total limits in the fuel should be
controlled such that the total concentration equivalent in the fuel (from both sources) conforms to the
limits inTable 2 .

Refer to the next section V. C for the method for calculating the equivalent concentration in the fuel.

10
Gas Turbine Liquid Fuel Specifications GEI 41047k

C. Non-Fuel Contaminant Relationships

The total contaminant level in the combustion products must be controlled. The following relationship
can be used to convert the contaminants in air, steam/water and fuel to equivalent contaminants in the
fuel alone, assuming all are equally effective:

XA + XS + XF = [Equivalent contaminants in fuel alone]

where:
= air-to-fuel massflow ratio

= steam/water-to-fuel mass flow ratio

XF = contaminant concentration (weight) in fuel (ppm)

XA = contaminant concentration (weight) in inlet air (ppm)

XS = contaminant concentration (weight) in injected steam/water (ppm)

VI. FUEL AND ADDITIVE EVALUATION AND SAMPLING

A. Fuel Evaluation Procedure

A supplier’s fuel analysis shall be submitted to the General Electric Gas Turbine Division covering all
the fuel requirements outlined in Table 2 of this specification. If the required analytical services are
not available to the user, he may make arrangements to purchase such services from General Electric.
See Appendix C for fuel sampling and analysis requirements.

B. Requalification of Fuel: Fuel Changes

The fuel properties outlined in the specification and originally agreed upon by General Electric Com-
pany and the user will determine some of the equipment selection and certain operating conditions of
the gas turbine system. If at a later date the user desires to use a fuel outside of the original agreed-upon
limits, he should inform the General Electric Company in writing. He should supply a complete anal-
ysis for evaluation and requalification in a similar manner as outlined above.

C. Additive Qualification

Additives used in gas turbine fuels such as vanadium inhibitors, desalting demulsifiers, bacterial growth
retardants or smoke suppressants must meet the approval of the General Electric Gas Turbine Division.
Some brands of additives can cause fouling problems in filters and flow dividers and such issues should
be reviewed with the additive suppliers. One critical requirement of an additive is that it has a low trace
metal content (sodium, potassium, vanadium, calcium and lead), so that the inhibitor does not add these
contaminants to the fuel.

11
GEI 41047k Gas Turbine Liquid Fuel Specifications

APPENDIX A- FUEL DESCRIPTIONS

A. True Distillates

1. Light True Distillates

Naphtha - A light volatile fuel with a boiling range between gasoline and Light Distillate. The
lower flash point and higher volatility require special safety considerations. Its very low viscosity
may result in poor lubricity.

Other Names:
JP-4, Jet B
O-GI Gas Turbine Fuel

Kerosene - A light, highly refined and slightly more volatile fuel than Light Distillate. Normally
more expensive than No. 2 distillate.

Other Names:
1-GT Gas Turbine Fuel
No.1 Burner Fuel
1-D Diesel Fuel
JP-5, Jet A
Range Oil, Lamp Oil

Light Distillate - Widely available volatile distillate fuel with good combustion characteristics, be-
ing readily atomized and clean burning.

Other Names:
2-GT Gas Turbine Fuel
No. 2 Burner Fuel
Diesel Oil
Marine Gas Oil
Domestic Fuel

Diesel Fuel - Closely related to Light Distillate fuel except for additional requirements peculiar to
diesel engine operation such as Cetane Number.

Other Names:
2-D Diesel Fuel

2. Heavy True Distillate

An essentially ash-free petroleum distillate with the highest boiling range. Heavy True Distillate
has had limited and localized availability, frequently being a refinery by-product. This fuel may
require heating for handling and forwarding due to high pour point. It may also be more difficult
to atomize for optimum combustion.

Other Names:
Heavy Gas Oil
Navy Standard Distillate

12
Gas Turbine Liquid Fuel Specifications GEI 41047k

B. Ash-Bearing Fuels

1. Crudes and Blended Residual Fuels

Crudes - Crude oils from different geographical areas vary widely in levels of trace metal con-
taminants, ash, sulfur and wax and in such physical properties as viscosity, gravity and distillation
range. Most crudes will have flash points below 100 F (38 C) due to highly volatile components.
Some very low ash crudes, typified by Indonesian and North African crudes, have 0 to 5 ppm of
vanadium requiring minimal or no inhibition. Other crudes for gas turbine application range up
to 100 ppm vanadium. Most crudes require desalting, especially if water transportation has been
used.

Blended Heavy Distillate - Petroleum distillate contaminated with or blended with lesser amounts
of residual petroleum products, but with vanadium contents of 5 ppm or less. They may have wax
contents requiring heating for pumping and filtering. They may also require washing for desalting,
especially if water transportation has been used.

Other Names:
3-GT Gas Turbine Fuel
4-D Diesel Fuel
Marine Diesel Fuel

Blended Residuals - Blended residuals lie between blended heavy distillates and heavy residuals.
They are commonly blended to specific maximum sulfur levels to meet applicable codes. Vana-
dium contents are in the 5 ppm to 100 ppm range normally. These fuels require complete fuel
treatment.

Other Names:
No. 4 Burner Fuel
No. 5 Burner Fuel
Light Residual Oil
Light Furnace Oil
Intermediate Bunker Fuel

2. Heavier Residual Fuels

Residual Fuels - These are low volatility petroleum products remaining at the end of all various
refinery distillation processes. As such they contain nearly all of the ash-forming materials present
in the original crude oil plus some additional that may be introduced in processing. They usually
contain high molecular weight hydrocarbons such as asphaltenes, which can cause storage sludging
problems. Residual fuels may have been blended with low cost distillates to lower the sulfur content
and/or reduce the viscosity to insure pumpability.

All residual fuels require heating for pumping, filtering and proper air atomization at the fuel noz-
zle. Residual fuels all require washing to reduce the sodium level and vanadium inhibition by
addition of a General Electric approved Magnesium base additive.

13
GEI 41047k Gas Turbine Liquid Fuel Specifications

Other Names:
No. 6 Burner Fuel
Boiler Fuel
Bunker C. Fuel
Marine Fuel Oil

14
Gas Turbine Liquid Fuel Specifications GEI 41047k

APPENDIX B- MEANING OF SPECIFICATION TESTS

Chemical tests are specified because slag-forming substances present in oil ash can cause turbine corrosion
and deposits, and the presence of sulfur can result in corrosion of heat recovery equipment in the turbine
exhaust. Certain physical tests are specified because they influence the operation of the gas turbine fuel
handling, fuel treatment and combustion systems.

A. Ash and Trace Metal Contaminants

Ash-forming materials may be present in a fuel as oil-soluble organometallic compounds, as water solu-
ble salts in water dispersed in the fuel or as solid foreign contaminants. The most common ash-forming
elements which can be present in fuels are aluminum, calcium, iron, magnesium, nickel, potassium,
sodium, silicon and vanadium. Ash-forming materials are present to varying degrees in crude oils
depending on their geographical source. They are concentrated in the residual fractions during the
refining process, leaving the light distillates contaminant-free; however, ash-forming materials may
be introduced later by contamination with salt-bearing water or with other petroleum products during
transportation and storage.

Gas turbine operating experience has shown that some of the ash-forming substances that may be
present in the fuel can lead to corrosion and deposit problems. These problems are most acute with
residual and crude oils which contain larger quantities of the troublesome substances.

Corrosion can result from (l) vanadium, (2) sodium, (3) potassium or (4) lead. These elements as
well as calcium (and others such as magnesium, manganese, iron, silicon and aluminum) can cause
ash deposits which are difficult to remove. Calcium can act as an effective inhibitor for vanadium
corrosion, but its deposition tendencies have precluded its use.

In light distillate fuels, the total ash content is usually very small, and trace metal contamination is
essentially a sodium (salt) problem. There are also usually traces of lead and calcium and smaller
traces of potassium and vanadium. It is advantageous to purchase fuel within the specified contaminant
limits and to maintain this quality during transportation, handling and storage. On-site desalting by
contaminated water removal or by fuel washing of distillate fuels with relatively high sodium levels is
required to keep corrosion of the hot gas path and the fuel system components such as flow dividers
and fuel pumps at a very minimum level.

Crudes and contaminated distillates almost without exception have high enough salt levels, or the risk
of significant salt levels, that they require desalting. The vanadium levels may also be significant and
require the addition of a magnesium-base inhibitor to establish a ratio of 3 parts of magnesium to 1 part
of vanadium by weight.

Residual fuels have the highest ash and trace metal contaminant levels usually necessitating complete
fuel pretreatment: desalting and vanadium inhibition by a magnesium-based additive (3Mg/lV). Due
to the less favorable physical properties of residual fuels, it is not possible to consistently reduce the
sodium to the low levels obtainable in light crudes and distillates. The higher sodium levels in treated
residual fuels result in controlled corrosion and deposit accumulation with some increase in mainte-
nance. Calcium levels may be high in some residual fuels, but they may be appreciably lowered by the
fuel treatment. Nickel, which is not removed by fuel treatment, may also be high in certain residual
fuels and is somewhat beneficial in that it tends to neutralize vanadium corrosion in much the manner
of magnesium. Residual fuels contain harmless aluminum, iron and silica as components of suspended
solids (dirt). A significant portion of these suspended particles are removed either in the fuel washing
or by fuel filtration.

15
GEI 41047k Gas Turbine Liquid Fuel Specifications

B. Sulfur

Sulfur occurs in fuels as combustible organic compounds yielding sulfur oxides on combustion. These
combine with any traces of sodium or potassium present to form alkali sulfates; a principal source of
hot corrosion. The sulfur level in a fuel cannot be lowered enough by refining to avoid the formation of
alkali sulfates, so that they must be controlled by limiting the sodium and potassium levels in the fuel.

Gas turbine installations utilizing exhaust heat recovery equipment could have metal temperatures be-
low the dewpoint of sulfuric acid, and in these cases it is necessary to know the sulfur level in the fuel
to avoid acid corrosion of heat transfer surfaces. The maximum allowable sulfur to avoid sulfuric acid
condensation will depend on the specific heat recovery equipment used. For fuels exceeding this max-
imum level, the operating temperature of the heat recovery equipment could be changed accordingly
to avoid condensation of acid products.

The sulfur level of liquid fuels is regulated in many localities as a means of controlling the emission of
sulfur oxides in the exhaust gases.

Crude oils burned directly as fuels may also contain active sulfur in the form of hydrogen sulfide or
mercaptans. These substances, especially in the presence of water, may cause corrosion to fuel system
components. For this reason, the water content of such fuels should be kept as low as possible.

C. Nitrogen

Fuel-bound nitrogen in petroleum fuels comes largely from organo-nitrogen compounds present in the
original crude oil. In some distillate fuels, fuel-bound nitrogen may also come from additives such as
stabilizers.

This chemically-bound nitrogen in the fuel will contribute to the total nitrogen oxide pollutant in the
exhaust gases, adding to the nitrogen oxides from the direct combination of atmospheric nitrogen and
oxygen in the gas turbine combustion reaction. The particular combustion system and operating con-
ditions will affect the total nitrogen oxide production from both atmospheric and fuel-bound nitrogen.

D. Hydrogen

The percent combined hydrogen in a hydrocarbon fuel is a critical factor in controlling stack smoke
levels. In general, the higher the hydrogen content in a liquid fuel the lower the smoke level will be. As
an example: paraffinic hydrocarbons with high hydrogen contents (14-15%) have much less tendency
to smoke than do aromatic hydrocarbons which can have 10% or less hydrogen.

Hydrogen is usually determined by an accurate measurement of the amount of water produced in the
controlled combustion of a weighed amount of fuel.

E. Carbon Residue

Carbon residue is measured as the residue remaining when a fuel sample is completely distilled in
a standard apparatus. To obtain measurable residue with light distillates, the fuel is first distilled to
remove 90% (ASTM Method D86) by volume, and then the carbon residue is determined on the "10%
Bottoms."

16
Gas Turbine Liquid Fuel Specifications GEI 41047k

One effect of a high carbon residue is carbon formation near the fuel nozzle. To control this, air atom-
ization is used in the combustion of all but the lightest fuels, high pressure air being required for the
heaviest fuels.

F. Water and Sediment

Water and sediment in a fuel oil tend to cause fouling of the fuel handling facilities and the gas turbine
fuel system. Accordingly they should be kept at as low a value as practicable and always within the
maximum values shown in this specification.

The sediment in fuel can be gums, resins, asphaltic materials, carbon, scale, sand or mud. It is mainly
a problem in residual fuels. Very few distillate fuels leave the refinery with more than 0.05% water
and sediment. However, poor handling practices can unnecessarily raise this level, and once an oil
becomes contaminated it may not be feasible to restore its original cleanliness, such as the case of lead
or vanadium contamination.

Gas turbines are normally equipped with high capacity filters. Since there are practical limits to the
efficiency of filtration systems, a fraction of the solids entering the filter remains in the oil and can be
an important factor in fuel system component life. Since the design of the filters is dependent on the
fuel type, Consult GE for specific details of the filter sizes.

Fuel storage tanks should be designed with floating suctions that are equipped with low level bottom
limits to insure that the suction is always some distance from the bottom to avoid the water and sed-
iment that collects there. The operator should drain the bottom of the tank periodically to reduce the
accumulation and the risk of contamination. Automatic water drainage systems are preferred.

G. Filterable Dirt

Filterable dirt is essentially the suspended solid particulate matter in a distillate fuel which can cause
fuel filter maintenance problems. It is measured as the weight of solids held on a low porosity filter
during the filtration of a given volume of fuel. The filterable dirt level of distillate fuels generally does
not exceed 10mg per 100ml of the fuel. Higher levels than 10mg per l00ml may result in shorter filter
lives and are not recommended.

H. Viscosity

The viscosity of fuel is a measure of its resistance to flow. It is important in the fuel auxiliary equipment
since it determines pumping temperature, atomizing temperature and oil pump pressure.

In order to obtain proper operation of the gas turbine, the maximum viscosity at the fuel nozzles must
not exceed 10 centistokes for pressure atomizing or low-pressure air-atomization fuel systems, and 20
centistokes for high-pressure air-atomizing systems. When these limits are exceeded, poor ignition
characteristics, smoking, unsatisfactory combustor exit temperature distribution, lowered combustion
efficiency or formation of carbon may occur. In most cases, fuel heating must be employed to insure
that these viscosity limits at the fuel nozzle are met under all ambient conditions. In all cases the fuel
at initial light-off must be at or below 10 cSt viscosity.

Minimum viscosity limits are imposed to safeguard the high pressure fuel pump, which depends on the
lubricating qualities of the fuel for satisfactory operation. It should be noted that naphtha fuel can have
a minimum viscosity as low as 0.5 cSt at 100 F (37.8 C).

17
GEI 41047k Gas Turbine Liquid Fuel Specifications

Special pumps may be required for viscosities below 1.8 cSt at 100 F.

I. Pour Point and Cold Filter Plugging Point

The pour point of a fuel is the temperature at which it will barely flow under standard conditions, and it
is significant in connection with fuels that may require heating to make them pumpable and with fuels
fed to a pump by gravity flow.

Petroleum oils when cooled may change to a plastic state as a result of partial separation of wax (wax
pour) or by congealing of hydrocarbons (viscous pour) comprising the oil.

A waxy fuel must be maintained at a high enough temperature to ensure that all of the wax is in solution
to prevent wax crystals from clogging filters and lines. For distillates, wax separation can usually be
avoided by heating the fuel to at least 20-30 F (11-17 C) above the pour point. Waxy crude oils used
as fuels may require even higher temperature differentials. Each type of waxy fuel must be evaluated
individually for minimum wax solution temperature.

In cold climatic areas, determination of the lowest temperature at which a fuel will give trouble-free
flow, can also be determined by Cold Filter Plugging Point (CFPP) test per ASTM D 6371. There is
no limit set for CFPP but the fuel temperature should be kept at least 5-10ºF above the CFPP.

J. Fuel Gravity

The specific gravity is not a critical property of gas turbine fuels. Within a given fuel type it can indicate
the chemical composition of the hydrocarbons. As an example, a distillate with a low specific gravity
will be largely paraffinic whereas a high specific gravity will be more aromatic. The latter would have
a greater tendency to smoke with other factors being equal.

Gravity can have an economic significance where the fuel is purchased by volume since the total heat
units will decrease with decreasing specific gravity.

Residual fuels requiring washing will be more difficult to wash if the specific gravity approaches that
of water.

In the petroleum industry it is customary to use API gravity instead of specific gravity for convenience
since the API system eliminates the small decimal difference between fuel samples encountered in the
use of specific gravity. It is always referenced to 60 F (15.6 C).

18
Gas Turbine Liquid Fuel Specifications GEI 41047k

Some typical examples are:

Table 3.

Specific Gravity API Gravity

Water 1.00 10.0
Kerosene 0.78-0.83 50-39
No. 2 Distillate 0.82-0.86 41-33
Crudes and Blends 0.80-0.92 45-22
Residual Oils 0.92-1.05 22-3

K. Distillation

The heavy duty gas turbine is not sensitive to the distillation characteristics of the fuel per se.

Extremely volatile fuels such as naphthas require the use of a start-up fuel (light distillate) due to the
low temperature at which they vaporize, giving the possibility of combustible vapors in the fuel lines.

Very high end-point fuels, approximately 1000 F (538 C), can have excessive traces of vanadium which
have distilled over. For this reason pure distillate usually would have a maximum end point specifica-
tion. (This is also prevented by setting a maximum vanadium level.)

L. Flash Point

The flash point of a fuel is the temperature at which fuel vapors will flash when ignited by an external
flame.

The flash point is regulated for safety in fuel handling and storage. By itself it is not critical to tur-
bine operation although it can affect the requirements for auxiliary equipment such as motors, relays,
heaters, etc.

Minimum permissible flash points are regulated by local, state or federal laws.

Explosion-proofing of equipment may be required by local, state or federal regulations or other appli-
cable codes when the flash point is below a minimum permissible value.

M. Thermal Stability

The thermal stability of an oil is a measure of its ability to resist breaking down when heated to form
deposits of resins and sludge. This can occur in the fuel nozzle area and in fuel heaters especially
if the heater surface is far hotter than the surrounding oil. This polymerization to form deposits is
a time-temperature phenomenon: being accelerated by high temperatures, long exposure times and
contact with air.

Thermal stability is most critical for high viscosity residual fuels which require high temperatures to
meet fuel atomization viscosity requirements. The maximum allowable temperature specified is 275 F
(135 C).

19
GEI 41047k Gas Turbine Liquid Fuel Specifications

N. Compatibility

Mixing certain residual type fuels with dissimilar residual fuels or diluting residual type fuels with
certain distillates may result in the formation of tarry precipitates. The precipitation may occur im-
mediately after mixing or may take some time to develop. Heating for prolonged periods of time will
generally accelerate the separation.

This tarry residue can accumulate in the bottom of tanks and can settle out in fuel lines and on filters.

When the separation of residue occurs, it is usually in those residual fuels which have a heavy asphal-
tene fraction present as a colloidal metastable gel; such as those which have had an intensive heating
history during refining. The nature of a solvent used for dilution (blending) is also important; paraf-
finic (low specific gravity) distillates are more apt to cause precipitation than aromatic (high specific
gravity) distillates.

One method of testing for compatibility is to make a 50-50 mixture of two oils and then subjecting the
mixture to a thermal stability test. A simple screening test is the ASTM D2781, "Compatibility of Fuel
Oil Blends by Spot Test."

ASTM Specifications do not specify this property, again because it has not been the practice of the
oil suppliers to make this test. These specifications do not call for the test on the light distillate oils
because it is very rare that they encounter compatibility difficulties with one another. However, for the
heavier oils, it is necessary to start up and shut down the gas turbine on a light distillate oil; therefore,
it is advisable to test the compatibility of the heavy oil/distillate mixture.

O. Cetane Number

Cetane number is an index of the burning quality of fuel in a diesel engine. It is specified only when
the turbine fuel is also used in a diesel starting engine.

Cetane number is most accurately measured in a special test engine, but a reasonably accurate value
can be obtained from a correlation between the specific gravity and the 50% distillation point.

20
Gas Turbine Liquid Fuel Specifications GEI 41047k

APPENDIX C - FUEL ANALYSIS DATA REQUIREMENTS

To evaluate a liquid fuel for gas turbine application certain physical and chemical data are required. Basic
specification requirements are given in Table 2. Certain other data are needed for engineering purposes.
Table 4 is a list of required data. Following is pertinent information on some of the analytical tests.

A. Sampling

Since analyses of small traces of metals are involved, and since some tests use small amounts of sample,
it is very important that the fuel sample is uniform and representative of the fuel as received by the
user or shipped by the supplier. If the fuel is taken from a container, it should be thoroughly mixed
mechanically before sampling. For sampling from storage tanks, refer to ASTM Standard Methods for
Sampling Petroleum Products, D 4057 and D 4177.

The sample for analysis should be stored preferably in plastic or plastic-lined metal containers. Avoid
metal cans with soldered seams and containers with seals (rubber) which can disintegrate and contam-
inate the fuel. The container should only be about two-thirds full so that it may be well shaken before
taking analytical samples. Heavy residual fuels should be in wide-mouth containers.

B. Heating Value

The heating value measured is the High (Gross) Heating Value, where the water produced is condensed.
The Low (Net) Heating Value is obtained by calculation from the Higher Heating Value by one of
several methods including ASTM D 4809, ASTM D 1405 and D240. The latter requires an accurate
value for percent hydrogen while the former requires an aniline point (ASTM D 611) and specific
gravity.

C. Viscosity

Viscosities at two temperatures are needed for a viscosity-temperature relationship for the fuel; the two
temperatures normally being 100 F (37.9 C) and 210 F (98.9 C). If the pour point is between 70 F
(21 C) and 90 F (32 C), the lower temperature should be 122 F (50.0 C). For pour points between
90 F (32 C) and 120 F (49 C), the lower temperature should be 150 F (65.6 C).

D. Carbon Residue

Ramsbottom carbon residue (ASTM D524 ) is preferred as more accurate . If the Conradson method
(ASTM D189) is used, the results should be converted to Ramsbottom (see D524).

E. Trace Metal Analysis

Trace metal contaminant levels are usually measured by spectrometric methods such as atomic absorp-
tion, flame emission or a spark source spectrometry. The first two methods use a solvent diluted fuel
sample while the latter operates directly on the original fuel. In any case, the reference standards must
match the fuel properties as closely as possible. For achieving better detection limits on trace met-
als, Graphite Furnace Atomic Absorption (GFAA) or Inductively Coupled Plasma-Mass Spectroscopy
techniques are recommended. For very accurate analyses of vanadium and lead, it is better to ash the
fuel and run the spectrometric analysis on an aqueous solution of the treated ash. In the ashing proce-
dure, special care must be taken not to lose these elements.

21
GEI 41047k Gas Turbine Liquid Fuel Specifications

F. Wax Content and Wax Melting Point

Crude oils and heavy true distillates should be tested to determine the minimum fuel temperature re-
quired to keep all of the wax in solution.

One approach is to remove the wax from the fuel and then to determine its melting point, which repre-
sents the maximum solution temperature. There is no standard method for wax separation, but there are
several laboratory procedures which are satisfactory. They all involve dilution of the fuel with a poor
wax solvent and then chilling to 0 F (-18 C) or lower to separate the wax crystals which are filtered
out at low temperature.

For light distillate fuels, ASTM D 2500 Cloud Point or ASTM D3117 Wax Appearance Point may be
used.

Table 4. Fuel Analysis Data

Property ASTM Method1 Measured Value

Gross Heating Value, Btu/Ib D4809/D240
Kin. Viscosity, cSt, 100 F (37.8 C) D445
Kin. Viscosity, cSt, 122 F (50.0 C) D445
Kin. Viscosity, cSt, 210 F (98.9 C) D445
Specific Gravity, 60 F (15.6 C) D1298
Specific Gravity, 100 F (37.8 C) D1298
Pour Point, F( C) D97
Flash Point, F( C) D93
Distillation Range (Not on Residuals) D86
IBP
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
70%
80%
90%
EP

22
Gas Turbine Liquid Fuel Specifications GEI 41047k

Table 4. Fuel Analysis Data (Continued)

Carbon Residue, Wt. % D524
Sulfur, Wt. %(Very Light Distillates) D1266
Sulfur, Wt. %(All Other Fuels) D4294/D129
Hydrogen, Wt. % D5291
Nitrogen, Wt. % D5291
Total Ash2 ppm D482
Trace Metals, ppm2
Sodium
Potassium
Vanadium
Calcium
Lead
Other Metals Over 5 ppm
Sediment & Water Vol. % D1796
Water, Vol. % D1744/D95
Filterable Dirt, mg/100ml D5452/D2276
Cold Filter Plugging Point, ºF D6371
Wax, Wt.3 %
Wax, Melting Point, F
Cetane No. (Diesel Engine Start Only) D975
(1) Refer to applicable ASTM Standards
(2) A total ash less than 3 ppm is acceptable in place of trace metal analysis
(3) Wax data only on crudes and heavy distillates

23
GEI 41047k Gas Turbine Liquid Fuel Specifications

APPENDIX D- RELATED SPECIFICATIONS DOCUMENTS

GER 3419 - Includes specification for compressor inlet air

GER 3620 - Heavy duty gas turbine operating and maintenance consideration

GER 72281 - Includes steam purity requirements in steam turbines

GER 101944 - Includes water and steam purity requirements in gas turbines

GEK 106669 - Includes cooling steam purity requirements for H class gas turbines

GEK 107230 - Includes allowable alkali metal concentrations for FB and H class gas turbines

GEK 28163 - Includes recommendations for storage of liquid fuels

GEK 28153A - Includes recommendations for handling and treating liquid fuels

GE Power Systems
General Electric Company
One River Road, Schenectady, NY 12345
518 • 385 • 2211 TX: 145354

24
 GEK 103623c
Revised September 2005

GE Energy

Gas Turbine Compressor Washing

Liquid Washing Recommendations for DLN Gas Turbines

These instructions do not purport to cover all details or variations in equipment nor to provide for
every possible contingency to be met in connection with installation, operation or maintenance. Should
further information be desired or should particular problems arise which are not covered sufficiently for
the purchaser's purposes the matter should be referred to the GE Company.
© 2005 General Electric Company
GEK 103623c Gas Turbine Compressor Washing

TABLE OF CONTENTS

I. SCOPE ............................................................................................................................................ 3

II. INTRODUCTION.......................................................................................................................... 3

III. TYPES OF FOULING................................................................................................................... 4

IV. METHODS OF DETECTION...................................................................................................... 4

A. Visual Inspection...................................................................................................................... 4
B. Performance Monitoring .......................................................................................................... 4

V. WATER AND WATER AND DETERGENT WASHING METHOD ....................................... 4

VI. ALLOWABLE CONDITIONS FOR WATER WASH ............................................................... 5

VII. WASHING AND RESTORATION OF PERFORMANCE ....................................................... 5

A. Water or Detergent Wash ......................................................................................................... 5
B. Results of Washing................................................................................................................... 13

APPENDIX 1 COMPRESSOR WASHING DETERGENT SPECIFICATION ............................. 15

I. SCOPE ............................................................................................................................................ 15

II. REQUIREMENTS......................................................................................................................... 15

III. MATERIAL COMPATIBILITY .................................................................................................. 15

IV. TESTS ............................................................................................................................................. 15

A. Ash Content: Preparation of Test Samples .............................................................................. 15
B. Accelerated Storage Stability (from MIL-C-85704A)............................................................. 15

LIST OF TABLES

Table 1. QUALITY SPECIFICATION................................................................................................. 14

Table 2. WATER AND/OR WATER AND DETERGENT SOLUTION INJECTION (FLOW)
RATES...................................................................................................................................... 14
Table 3. CHEMICAL CONTENT OF WASHING DETERGENT ....................................................... 16

2
Gas Turbine Compressor Washing GEK 103623c

I. SCOPE

The scope of this document is to present the methods of compressor washing approved by GE. Two meth-
ods of liquid washing are employed — on line and off line. On-line washing is the process of injecting
water into the compressor while running at full speed and some percentage of load. Off-line washing is
the process of injecting cleaning solution into the compressor while it is being turned at cranking speed.
The advantage of on-line washing is that it can be done without having to shut down the machine. On-line
washing, however, is not as effective as off-line washing; therefore, on-line washing is used to supplement
off-line washing, not replace it.

This document applies to all gas turbine models offered by Gas Turbine Division and addresses units op-
erating with DLN systems.

NOTE

It is recommended that a unit-specific procedure and checklist be created by each

customer. The procedure and checklist should include configuring the unit for
water wash, performing water wash and restoration following water wash. These
procedures should conform to the enclosed general guidelines. Technical assis-
tance can be provided by General Electric in preparing the unit specific procedures
and checklists.

II. INTRODUCTION

A loss of gas turbine performance is indicated by a decrease in power output and an increase in heat rate.

Often a loss of performance is a direct result of fouling of the axial flow compressor. Fouled compressors
result in reduced air flow, lower compressor efficiency and a lower compressor pressure ratio.

Compressor washing will remove fouling deposits and restore performance. It should be noted that full
power may not always be regained once significant fouling occurs. Regular compressor washing will help
maintain performance. Specific intervals must be determined based on customer performance. Compressor
washing may also slow the progress of corrosion, thereby increasing blade life and reducing the contribu-
tion of corrosion products to the formation of fouling deposits.

III. TYPES OF FOULING

The type and rate of fouling of an axial compressor depends on the environment in which it operates and
the filtration present.

Experience has shown that fouling deposits consist of varying amounts of moisture, oil, soot, water-soluble
constituents, insoluble dirt and corrosion products of the compressor blading material. Fouling deposits are
probably held together by moisture and oil. If corrosion of the blading is occurring, the corrosion products
will promote and stabilize the deposit.

It is important to minimize fouling deposits by reducing oil leaks and the ingestion of oily constituents
(lube oil fumes). Good filtration may greatly reduce fouling. Moisture formation cannot be reduced in
humid environments. Moisture is formed in the compressor inlet when humid air is cooled below its dew
point as a result of being accelerated to about Mach = 0.5. GER 3601, “Gas Turbine Compressor Operating
Environment and Material Evaluation,” discusses the factors influencing compressor fouling and corrosion.

3
GEK 103623c Gas Turbine Compressor Washing

IV. METHODS OF DETECTION

There are two basic methods for determining the cleanliness of the compressor. Visual inspection and
performance monitoring are described below.

A. Visual Inspection

Visual inspection involves shutting the unit down; removing the inlet plenum inspection hatch; and
visually inspecting the compressor inlet, bellmouth, inlet guide vanes and early stage blading.

If any deposits, including dust or filmy deposits, can be wiped or scraped off these areas, the compressor
is fouled sufficiently to affect performance. The initial inspection also reveals whether the deposits are
oily or dry. For oily deposits, a water-detergent wash is required. Location of the source of the oil and
correction should be accomplished before washing to prevent recurrence of the fouling.

If only dry deposits are found, water alone may be sufficient.

B. Performance Monitoring

A second method for detecting a fouled compressor is performance monitoring. Performance monitor-
ing involves obtaining gas turbine data on a routine basis, which in turn is compared to base line data
to monitor trends in the performance of the gas turbine.

The performance data is obtained by running the unit at steady-state BASE load and recording output,
exhaust temperature, inlet air temperature, barometric pressure, compressor discharge pressure and
temperature, and fuel consumption. The data should be taken carefully with the unit warmed up.

GEK 28166, “Field Performance Testing Procedure,” can be used as a guide for assessing machine per-
formance both before and after cleaning the compressor. The purpose of this particular document is to
establish the performance of generator drive machines. The appropriate portions can, however, also be
used for all machines, both generator drive and other applications, for assessing cleaning effectiveness.

Output and heat rate can be corrected to a standard condition using the turbine performance curves, and
an analysis can be made of compressor pressure ratio and efficiency. The current performance levels
can be compared to base line data and will aid in determining the problem area.

If performance analysis indicates compressor fouling, it should be verified by a visual inspection.

V. WATER AND WATER AND DETERGENT WASHING METHOD

It is recommended that on-line water washing be addressed in the facility's operating air permit. Regula-
tors may interpret this as an additional short-term emissions source, requiring an exemption similar to that
provided for start-up, shutdown and transient conditions.

The compressor is washed with water and/or water and detergent solution. This can be accomplished while
the turbine is on line or off line. As the on-line washing practice has been found to be most effective when
carried out daily, the specification on the liquid must be more restrictive for on-line washing than off-line
washing. The water specifications for off-line and on-line cleaning are given in Table 1.

It is recommended that on-line water washing be performed without the use of detergent. The detergent
effectiveness during on-line wash is limited as there is no soak time as there is for off-line wash.

4
Gas Turbine Compressor Washing GEK 103623c

Except for the pH, the restrictions in these specifications are concerned with deposits and corrosion of the
hot gas path. The pH restriction is concerned with corrosion in the water-handling system. High-purity
demineralized water after contact with air will have a pH in the range of 5.0 to 6.0. Thus, allowance has
been made in the pH provided this is the reason for the low pH.

If a detergent is used, additional restrictions are required to ensure no harm will result to turbine compo-
nents.

In general, deposits will contain some water-soluble material and oils. The latter will be more amenable to
removal by detergent, but the deposit may be removable by water washing alone, depending on the amount
of water-soluble material present. Hot water at 150 to 200°F (66-93°C) is generally more effective than
cold water.

There are a number of detergents commercially available for this purpose, some of which, along with the
deposits that have been removed, may constitute a hazardous solid waste (as defined by the US Environ-
mental Protection Agency) when used for an off-line wash. Because of this possibility, local regulations
should be considered for the storage, handling and treatment of the water wash effluent when the drain and
containment system is designed.

VI. ALLOWABLE CONDITIONS FOR WATER WASH

For an on-line wash the compressor inlet temperature, CTIM from the Speedtronic panel, must be greater
than 50°F (10°C). CTIM must be measured with inlet bleed heat off. Refer to TIL1153-3 for guidance on
performing cold weather on-line washing.

On—line water washing should not be performed while inlet bleed heat is operating for any reason. Do not
force inlet bleed heat off to satisfy this restriction. If inlet bleed heat turns on for any reason while washing,
the water wash procedure should be suspended.

For off-line water wash the operator must take appropriate precautions to prevent freezing in the compressor
inlet, gas turbine, exhaust and drain system. Off-line water washing should not be done at compressor inlet
temperatures,CTIM, less than 40°F (4°C), measured while cranking.

VII. WASHING AND RESTORATION OF PERFORMANCE

A. Water or Detergent Wash

1. Off-Line Compressor Wash

The intention of this procedure is to isolate all air extraction points and drain all low points. It is
recognized that additional isolations and drains may be required depending on specific systems,
equipment and customer supplied equipment and interconnect piping.

It is recommended that the customer develop a customized checklist for the preparation and restora-
tion of the gas turbine for an off-line water wash.

Off-line compressor water wash is required if compressor performance degrades 8% due to fouling.

1. Preparation

a. Off-line washing solution must meet the requirements of Table 1.

5
GEK 103623c Gas Turbine Compressor Washing

b. The cooldown procedure must be continued until the wheelspace temperatures are within
120°F (67°C) of the wash water temperature.

CAUTION

To prevent thermal shock, wheelspace temperature must be no more than 120°F

(67°C) greater than the wash water temperature. If cool water is used [50°F
(10°C)], the wheelspace temperature must not exceed 170°F (77°C). If hot water
[180°F (82°C)] is used, the wheelspace temperature must not exceed 300°F
(149°C).

c. If a unit is equipped with off-base atomizing air compressor, the compressor should be
deenergized during the wash and rinse cycles.

d. Open inlet guide vanes, if applicable.

e. Close flame detector valves or blank-off. Water will foul the flame scanners and make
starting difficult.

f. When regenerators are present, the gas-side face must be covered and kept dry during
compressor washing to prevent wetting regenerator deposits. These deposits may change
form when wet and become extremely difficult to remove. Leave access doors open while
cranking to provide an air exhaust path.

g. Fuel manifold drains are to remain closed during wash to prevent water from entering.
Open during dry cycle.

h. Manually ioslate systems, open drains and divert drains as follows:

a) The flow through the false start drain valves (VA17) must be diverted from the sludge
tank to a wash water effluent tank on turbines that operate on liquid fuel or have the
capability to.

NOTE

The false start drain flow or any flow that goes normally to the sludge tank must be
diverted from its “normal” path into the sludge tank, into the wash water effluent
drain to prevent an overflow of the sludge tank. In addition, the false start drain
effluent should be visible to evaluate the effectiveness of the wash cycle. On gas-
only machines, there will be no sludge tank; only a wash water effluent tank.

b) Arrange valves in the exhaust plenum drain piping to divert effluent from the sludge
tank to the waste water tank. Open the main wash water drain valve at the bottom of the
exhaust plenum.

c) Open the inlet plenum drain valve.

d) Close valve installed in the AD-2 line supplying compressor discharge air to the false
start drain valve and open downstream drain.

6
Gas Turbine Compressor Washing GEK 103623c

e) Switch the motor controller for the turbine exhaust frame cooling fan motors, 88TK-1
and 88TK-2 in the manual “ON” position (if provided).

NOTE

This step is necessary to prevent water wash from entering the exhaust frame cool-
ing system during the wash cycle.

The atomizing air system (if provided) is isolated in the following manner:

f) Close valve on inlet side of atomizing air system from AD-8 line.

g) Open all low point drains in the atomizing air supply lines.

h) Open the atomizing air separator drain valve (if provided).

i) Open vent line on inlet side of CA2, booster atomizing air compressor (if provided).

j) Open switch at the motor control center for 88AB; the drive motor for the booster
atomizing air compressor, CA2.

The cooling and sealing air circuitry is isolated in the following manner:

k) Close valve in the bearing sealing air supply line AE-5 from extraction air (if provided).

l) Close valve in all compressor discharge pressure transducer supply lines (AD-4).

m) Close AD-1, AD-3 and if provided, AD-6, AD-7 and AD-10.

n) Close valve in the bleed air line (AE-##) from extraction air (if provided). If isolation
valve is not provided, isolate with a blank-off plate.

o) Open separator drain valve on bearing sealing air line, if provided.

p) Open needle valve upstream of WW9 connection for drainage during the wash cycle
(low point drain on AD-3), if provided.

q) Open low point drain on bearing sealing air line, if provided.

r) If the turbine has a self-cleaning inlet filter, close the block valve and open the drain
valve on the self-cleaning inlet filter air line.

The inlet air heating system is isolated in the following manner:

For all 7EA units. If a unit is equipped with a VM15–1 isolation valve, close the valve
and opent the low point drains. All other frame sizes will have VM15–1 isolation valves.

s) Close VM15-1 manually, or if motorized valve is provided, ensure it is closed.

t) Open all low point drains in the Inlet Air Heating System.

7
GEK 103623c Gas Turbine Compressor Washing

2. Washing Procedure

Washing can be accomplished using a permanent system (a series of nozzles or a spray ring
mounted in the inlet plenum) or with a manual system (a hand-held hose and spray nozzle).
With either system, take care to cover the full circumference of the bellmouth. The inlet
plenum and bellmouth should be cleaned first to prevent these deposits from being washed
into the compressor during the cleaning.

Washing with water or detergent should be done at crank speed. Flow rates are given in Table
2.

Utilize the detergent wash procedures which follow:

a. Select the Water Wash control display on the turbine control panel CRT Select OFF-
LINE WATER WASH ON.

At this time, the turbine is prohibited from firing.

b. Place the Master Select Switch in the CRANK position.

c. Initiate a turbine START signal.

d. The turbine will accelerate to full continuous cranking speed. The cranking motor will
maintain the unit on crank until the stop signal is given.

e. Apply solution at the rate specified in Table 2.

f. Apply the solution at crank speed for three to five minutes, shut unit down, continue
spraying during coastdown until the solution is no longer drawn into the compressor inlet.

g. Allow the detergent to soak for 20 minutes and rinse with water at crank speed for 15 to
20 minutes following the recommended flow rates of Table 2.

3. Washing Effectiveness

The effectiveness of the wash and the rinse can most easily be evaluated by observing the
runoff from the drains during the rinse and visual inspection of the compressor inlet at the
end of a wash cycle.

a. The compressor should be rinsed until the drain water appears clean.

b. The runoff water may also be checked for the amount of impurities it contains by mea-
suring its electrolytic conductivity. The conductivity value will decrease as washing con-
tinues and the runoff water contains fewer dissolved impurities.

c. Another method of testing is to use an atomic absorption spectrometer if one is available

for checking the level of trace metals.

8
Gas Turbine Compressor Washing GEK 103623c

NOTE

The detergent wash may need to be repeated depending on the amount of fouling
and detergent effectiveness. Multiple washes will be required if the compressor is
heavily fouled.

4. Draining and Drying Procedure

a. Allow the gas turbine to drain and dry for about 20 minutes including coasting down
time.

b. Open fuel manifold drains and open all low point drains in atomizing air system, fuel
system and purge system.

NOTE

The interconnecting piping is often the low point trap and this piping must be
drained by removing drain plugs or parting pipe flanges. The low point can be in
the interconnecting piping or the manifold itself depending on the piping design
and location of the gas valves. Additionally, lower combustion can flexible hoses
may trap water and may require flange disassembly to remove water at these lo-
cations.

Following water wash and rinse cycles, the dry-out crank cycle should continue
until no water is observed draining from any low point drain. Following restora-
tion of the piping, the subsequent turbine restart should be carefully monitored
and any operational abnormalities during restart that might indicate that all wash
water has not been drained should result in an operator trip of the unit and further
draining and purging of the piping to insure all water is removed.

c. After the turbine has stopped, and drying time is complete, initiate a turbine START
signal with the master operation selector switch in the CRANK position.

d. Allow the turbine to accelerate to crank speed.

e. Allow the turbine to dry for at least 20 minutes or until low point drains are dry at crank
speed.

f. Initiate a turbine STOP signal.

5. Restoration

a. If applicable, close inlet guide vanes.

b. If applicable, reenergize off-base atomizing air compressor and remove regenerator

cover.

c. Close fuel manifold drains.

9
GEK 103623c Gas Turbine Compressor Washing

CAUTION

It is important that the line that allows waste fuel to drain to the sludge tank be
kept open after water washing and during normal turbine startup and operation, so
that fuel or water which may accumulate in the exhaust plenum can continuously
drain out of the plenum. Accumulation of waste fuel in the exhaust plenum is
potentially hazardous.

d. Open the hand valves or remove blank-off plates on flame detectors.

e. Return the following manual valves to their previous position in the order listed:

a) Return the three-way false start drain valve, combustion system and turbine shell valves
from water drain to fuel drain (if installed).

b) Rearrange valves installed in the exhaust plenum drain piping to divert effluent from
the wash water tank to the sludge tank (if applicable).

c) Close the inlet plenum drain valve (if provided).

NOTE

This is important to prevent intake of dirt etc., into the compressor.

d) Open valve installed in the AD-2 line supplying compressor discharge air to the false
start drain valves.

e) Switch the motor controller for the turbine exhaust frame cooling fan motors 88TK-1
and 88TK-2, into the “AUTO” mode (if provided).

The atomizing air system is reenergized in the following manner:

f) Open valve on inlet side of atomizing air system from AD-8 line.

CAUTION

It is critical that this valve be opened to prevent damage to the turbine.

g) Close all low point drains in the atomizing air lines.

h) Close the atomizing air separator drain valve (if provided).

i) Close vent line on inlet side of CA2, booster atomizing air compressor (if provided).

j) Close switch at the motor control center for 88AB; the drive motor for the booster
atomizing air compressor CA2.

The cooling and sealing air circuitry is reengaged in the following order:

10
Gas Turbine Compressor Washing GEK 103623c

k) Open valve in the bearing sealing air supply line AE-5 from extraction air (if provided).

CAUTION

It is critical that this valve be opened to prevent damage to the turbine.

l) Open valves in all compressor discharge pressure transducer supply lines (AD-4).

CAUTION

It is critical that this valve be completely opened to prevent damage to the turbine.

m) Open AD-1, AD-3, AD-6, AD-7 and AD-10 (if provided).

CAUTION

In configurations where AD-6 is used to supply the purge air system, it is critical
that this valve be opened to prevent damage to the turbine.

n) Open valves or remove blank-off plate in the bleed air lines (AE-##) from extraction
air.

CAUTION

It is critical that these valves be opened to prevent damage to the turbine.

o) Close separator drain valve on bearing sealing air line (if provided).

p) Close needle valve upstream of WW9 connection (low-point drain on AD-3), if pro-
vided.

q) Close low-point drain on bearing sealing air line, if provided.

r) If the turbine has a self-cleaning inlet filter, open the block valve and close the drain
valve on the self-cleaning filter air line.

The inlet air heating system is reengaged in the following manner:

For all 7EA units. If a unit is equipped with a VM15–1 isolation valve, open the valve
and close the low point drains. All other frame sizes will have VM15–1 isolation valves.

s) Open VM15-1 manually, or if motorized valve is provided, ensure it is opened.

t) Close all low point drains in the Inlet Air Heating System.

f. Press the Off-Line Water Wash OFF softswitch on the water wash control display.

11
GEK 103623c Gas Turbine Compressor Washing

NOTE

When the OFF-LINE WATER WASH OFF is selected, the permissive is in place
to allow the turbine to fire and the permissive is removed to allow the 20TW-1
valve to be opened.

2. On-Line Compressor Wash

The intent of on-line washing is to extend the period between off-line washes through frequent
washings of short duration. When the compressor is suspected of being heavily fouled, an off-line
wash should be performed.

On line water washing may result in a fogging over of flame detector lenses. For units operating
with DLN systems this has the potential of resulting in tripping the turbine off line. In order to
assure uninterrupted turbine operation the following set-up procedure should be followed for units
operating with DLN systems.

While observing Flame Detector Level Intensity on the Mark V display, start water wash with
throttled back flow, slowly increase until intensity is decreased to a comfortable margin above
drop out level or maximum flow (Table 2) is reached, which ever occurs first.

Adding water for wash will increase the compressor pressure ratio and thus reduce the surge mar-
gin. Under normal circumstances, there is ample surge margin to allow for washing and steam or
water injection for NOx control or power augmentation. However, the following steps are recom-
mended prior to performing an on-line wash.

1. Preparation

a. On-line washing solution must meet the requirements of both Table 1.

Turbine must be running at full speed and not in the process of shutting down.

b. Compressor inlet temperature, CTIM, must be greater than 50°F (10°C). Refer to
TIL1153-3 for information on cold weather on-line water wash. On-line water washing
should not be performed while inlet bleed heat is operating for any reason. Do not force
inlet bleed heat off to satisfy this restriction.

c. Set the inlet guide vanes to 81° or greater. For units operating with DLN systems, full
open position occurs only at base load.

d. Reduce load by 5% if operating at base load. Units operating with DLN systems need not
reduce load and must perform compressor wash at base load to achieve full open IGV's.

e. Units operating with water or steam injection for NOx control or power augmentation
must reduce water or steam injection to 3% maximum of compressor inlet flow.

f. For units operating with DLN systems, washing is to be conducted while in Extended
Lean-Lean or Premix combustion modes.

12
Gas Turbine Compressor Washing GEK 103623c

NOTE

Operating in extended lean-lean will result in increased emissions over premix

operation.

2. Washing Procedure

a. Apply water at the rate specified in Table 2.

b. Continue to apply solution for 30 minutes.

c. On-line wash is most effective when performed on a regular basis.

d. If inlet bleed heat turns on for any reason while washing, the water wash procedure
should be suspended.

NOTE

If using a detergent solution for on-line washing, it is recommended that the wash
be followed by enough rinse water to remove the detergent residue from the wash
nozzles at the spray manifold. This will prevent the detergent solutions from dry-
ing and clogging the nozzles.

B. Results of Washing

After cleaning, there should be a noticeable increase in performance. Increase in performance is a

function of how fouled the compressor was initially. An increase in BASE load power of 10% is not
uncommon following an off-line wash. This can be confirmed by comparing restored performance data
to levels of performance before washing, utilizing the procedure in GEK 28166 for generator drive ma-
chines and the appropriate procedure for other applications as previously described under Performance
Monitoring. It should be noted that full power may not always be regained once significant fouling
occurs. Regular compressor washing will help maintain performance. Specific intervals must be de-
termined based on customer performance.

13
GEK 103623c Gas Turbine Compressor Washing

Table 1. QUALITY SPECIFICATION

OFF-LINE WASHING
TOTAL SOLIDS (dissolved and undissolved) 100 ppm
TOTAL ALKALI METAL 25 ppm
OTHER METALS WHICH MAY PROMOTE 1.0 ppm
HOT CORROSION (i.e. lead, vanadium)
pH (determined by glass electrode) 6.5 to 7.5
ON-LINE WASHING
TOTAL SOLIDS (dissolved and undissolved) 5 ppm
TOTAL ALKALI AND OTHER METALS
0.5 ppm
WHICH
MAY PROMOTE HOT CORROSION
pH (determined by glass electrode) 6.5 to 7.5

Applies to water or water and detergent solution

Table 2. WATER AND/OR WATER AND DETERGENT SOLUTION INJECTION (FLOW)

RATES

Off Line(1) On Line(1)

Machine Flow (GPM)
Press (psig) Temp (°F) Flow (GPM) Press (psig) Temp (°F)
max.
MS3001,
115 150-180 15 100 50-180 3.5
3002
MS5001,
85 150-180 35 100 50-180 8
5002
MS6001 85 150-180 42 100 50-180 10
MS6001F/FA 85 150-180 45 100 50-180 13
MS7001EA 85 150-180 50 100 50-180 18
MS7001F/FA 85 150-180 81 100 50-180 26
MS9001E 85 150-180 72 100 50-180 26
MS9001F/FA 85 150-180 117 100 50-180 38
1 Mixed at manufacturer's suggested mix ratio.

14
Gas Turbine Compressor Washing GEK 103623c

APPENDIX 1 COMPRESSOR WASHING DETERGENT SPECIFICATION

I. SCOPE

This specification is for cleaning compounds for use in compressor washing. It is required that these com-
pounds will not cause harm to gas turbine components. Thus, their purity and composition must be such
that they do not cause aqueous corrosion or stress corrosion of compressor materials. Also, it is required
that they do not cause hot corrosion in the turbine. Furthermore, they must not lead to compressor fouling.
With regard to the cleaning agents themselves, they must be chemically stable in themselves and in their
mixtures with water. Also, they must not form combustible mixtures and they should satisfy all local codes
relative to health and safety requirements. Compliance with this specification does not imply a cleaning
compound improves the cleaning of a compressor over and above what can be obtained from water alone.

II. REQUIREMENTS

The cleaning compound when mixed with water in the manufacturer’s prescribed concentration shall satisfy
the water washing specifications for on-line and off-line water quality given in Table 1. In the pure state it
shall satisfy the specification given in Table 3.

The residue or ash content of the cleaning compound shall not exceed 0.01%. See test 4.1.

The storage stability of the cleaning compound shall show no marked color change, shall not separate and
shall not corrode or stain the steel specimen when tested as specified in test 4.5.16 of MIL-C-85704A. This
test is given in 4.2.

The cleaner and its mixtures with water shall not form gums under compressor conditions.

The Pensky-Martens flash point of the cleaning compound shall be above 140°F (60°C) (ASTM D93).

III. MATERIAL COMPATIBILITY

Use of the cleaning compound shall not have adverse effects on engine system materials such as compressor
or turbine materials.

IV. TESTS

A. Ash Content: Preparation of Test Samples

Approximately 10 g of cleaning compound shall be weighed to the nearest 0.1 mg in a tared porcelain
crucible. The crucible shall be heated at 221° ± 2°F (105° ± 1°C) for 24 hours, then heated at 464° ±
4°F (240° ± 2°C) for the next 24 hours. Following this, the crucible and its contents shall be carefully
ignited over a Bunsen-type gas burner. The crucible shall then be placed in a muffle furnace at 1,900°F
(1,040°C) for 2 hours. The crucible shall be transferred to a desiccator, cooled and weighed until con-
stant weight. The ash content shall be calculated as the percentage of the initial weight of cleaning
compound.

B. Accelerated Storage Stability (from MIL-C-85704A)

Preparation of test sample. A 150-ml portion of a well-shaken cleaning compound shall be poured into
each of two chemically clean 250-ml pressure-resistant clear glass bottles which shall be approximately
9.5 inches (24.1 cm) in height and 2.5 inches (6.4 cm) in outside diameter. One bottle shall be capped

15
GEK 103623c Gas Turbine Compressor Washing

and stored in the dark for at least six days at room temperature. A strip of steel 6 by 0.5 by 0.02 inches
(15.2 x 1.3 x 0.05 cm) conforming to MIL-S-7952 shall be polished to remove surface contamination
and then cleaned by boiling for one minute in chemically pure isopropyl alcohol and one minute in
mineral spirits. The steel strip shall be placed in the other test bottle and the bottle shall be capped.
The capped bottle containing the steel strip shall be thoroughly shaken for one minute.

Procedure. The capped bottle containing the steel strip shall be placed in a water bath and heated at a
uniform rate to a temperature of 140° ± 4°F (60° ± 2°C) over a period of five hours. It shall be held
at this temperature for three hours. No heat shall be applied to the bath overnight. The above heating
procedure shall be repeated each day for five days. (This test need not necessarily be attended if an
interval time is used to regulate the temperature automatically. The test may be started on a Wednesday,
Thursday or Friday and still have the pressure bottle removed on a normal workday.) On the morning
of the sixth day, the bottle shall be removed from the bath, uncapped, examined for separation and the
steel strip carefully withdrawn from the cleaning compound. Separation into layers shall be cause for
rejection. The portion of the steel strip which had been immersed in the compound shall be examined
for evidence of pitting, corrosion and uneven darkening. The open bottle shall be capped and the two
bottles shall be thoroughly shaken for one minute, then allowed to remain undisturbed for one hour
at room temperature and then examined. Any marked change in the color and uniformity of the aged
sample shall be considered as showing unsatisfactory stability properties.

Table 3.
CHEMICAL CONTENT OF WASHING DETERGENT

Total alkali metals 25 ppm max

Magnesium + calcium 5 ppm max
Vanadium 0.1 ppm max
Lead 0.1 ppm max
Tin + copper 10 ppm max
Sulfur 50 ppm max
Chlorine 40 ppm max

GE Energy
General Electric Company
www.gepower.com

16
 GEK 101944c
Revised January 2004

GE Power Systems

Requirements for Water/Steam Purity in Gas Turbines

Does Not Apply to FB and H Gas Turbines

These instructions do not purport to cover all details or variations in equipment nor to provide for
every possible contingency to be met in connection with installation, operation or maintenance. Should
further information be desired or should particular problems arise which are not covered sufficiently for
the purchaser’s purposes the matter should be referred to the GE Company.
© 2004 General Electric Company
GEK 101944c Requirements for Water/Steam Purity in Gas Turbines

I. INTRODUCTION

This document provides the requirements for water/steam purity for injection into all GE gas turbines ex-
cept Classes FB or H. Impurity limits for water and steam injection into FB and H gas turbines, specified
in GEK 107230, are more stringent than the limits in this document. Refer to GEK 107230 which provides
the requirements for FB and H equipment.

Water and/or steam is injected into the combustion system for NOx control and/or power augmentation, in
quantities comparable to fuel flow rates, and must meet strict criteria for purity similar to those required
for gas turbine fuels. Furthermore, water/steam chemistries must be compatible with the materials used in
the piping that bring the fluids to the turbine.

Water/steam, fuel and air all carry contaminants that can cause serious damage to hot gas path components
if the levels at which they are present are not controlled. This document identifies the contaminant limits
for water/steam entering gas turbines. Ultimately, the total contaminant loading allowed is determined by
the fuel specifications (GEl 41047H, for liquid fuel, and GEI 41040G, for gas fuel), which identify all
contaminants entering a gas turbine from all sources. The concern for any contaminants entering the hot
gas path is two-fold: 1) will they cause hot corrosion, as for example do sodium and potassium salts, and
2) will they cause deposits, as for example, do calcium salts and silica.

Water also enters gas turbines with the compressor air. This may occur naturally as from water ingestion
in coastal or marine locations, or from rain, or from water produced when humid air is cooled below its
dew point at the compressor inlet and a fog develops. Water may be injected or fogged intentionally at the
compressor inlet to cool the inlet air such as with the SPRITS system. Finally, water can enter a compressor
as a result of carryover from such devices as moisture separators or evaporative coolers. Discussion of inlet
air treatment is discussed in GER 3419. The effects of water on compressor materials are discussed in GER
3601.

Water of evaporation adds no contaminants to the incoming air, but carry-over water adds to the contam-
inants contained in the air/water/fuel stream. Sump water purity requirements for evaporative coolers are
separate from the water quality requirements for water injection and are given in GEK 107158a.

Additional sources of water-born contaminants that enter the turbine are referenced in the following-doc-
uments: compressor and turbine washing (GEK 107122, GEl 41042 or GEK 103623), and water for dis-
solving Epsom salt, the heavy fuel vanadium inhibitor (GEK 28122).

II. WATER INJECTED AT THE COMPRESSOR INLET

The limit on the purity of water injected at the compressor inlet for the purpose of inlet air cooling (SPRITS)
is imposed to prevent compressor degradation due to deposit build up and pitting or stress corrosion crack-
ing. These requirements are much more stringent than for water washing. For inlet fogging, a maximum a
water injection rate of 8 lbs water per 1000 lbs inlet air shall apply.

The limits on chloride and specific conductivity for water injected at the compressor inlet are given in Table
1. This requirement is for injected water purity only, and does not address other design requirements for
SPRITS or other inlet fogging systems.

2
Requirements for Water/Steam Purity in Gas Turbines GEK 101944c

III. INJECTION OF WATER/STEAM AT THE COMBUSTOR INLET

The maximum total dissolved solids plus total suspended solids of injected steam or water (or a mixture)
must be less than 5 ppmw. In addition, specific limits on impurities that could damage hot section compo-
nents are applied

All flows (air, water/steam, and fuel) into the turbine contribute to the contaminants in the combustion
gases, and hence to corrosion and deposits in the hot gas path. The allowable purity of water/steam for
gas turbine injection is thus dependent upon the level of impurities in the fuel. Table 2 specifies the limits
of the impurities in the air/water/fuel mixture that enter the combustors. Equation 1 provides a means of
determining the total impurities in combustion gas mixture if the impurity contents of air, water/steam and
fuel and their respective flow rates are know. Using the limits in Table 2 and Equation 1 to calculate the
total impurity limit, one determines the maximum impurity limits for the water/steam.

Equation 1

(A / F) Xa + (W / F) Xw + Xf = Total air+water/steam+fuel contamination (ppmw), referred to the

fuel concentration

...where A, W, F are air, water and fuel flows (lbs/sec), respective; and Xa, Xw, Xf are air, water and fuel
contaminant concentrations (ppmw), respectively. Water injected at the compressor inlet plus water or
steam injected at the combustor inlet shall be summed to determine the total water injection rate. Examples
of this calculation are shown in Appendices A and B.

Standard analytical methods for water and steam analysis are given in Table 3. Although no standard
method exists for sampling compressor air, EPA 40 CFR 50 gives a number of methods for sampling par-
ticulate. Chemical analysis would be according to EPA 200.7 for particular contaminants.

If fuel purity is not known then the water purity equivalent to clean boiler condensate (with less than 0.2
μS/cm cation conductivity and less than 0.02 ppmw alkali metals) or demineralized make-up water (with
less than 0.2 μS/cm specific conductivity and less than 0.02 ppmw alkali metals) is required. The injected
steam must meet the requirements of GEK 98965. Volatile additives such as ammonia, morpholine, or
cyclohexlamine are permitted for condensate pH control of the source of the steam. These additives do not
add to the alkali burden of the turbine, and will not accumulate in piping, valves, etc.

Water treated with sodium compounds for pH or oxygen control should not be used for injection into gas
turbines or for attemperation of steam used for injection into gas turbines. Such water can lead to high
sodium in the air/water/fuel mixture and cause corrosion of the hot gas path components. It may also lead
to stress corrosion cracking of piping equipment. It should be appreciated that very dilute solutions of some
additives become concentrated during operation, through stagnation and evaporation.

This is especially true of NaOH. Attemperation water, containing NaOH, has produced caustic deposits in
316 stainless steel flex hose by evaporation, resulting in cracking. Units in which this has occurred have
reported fuel nozzle deposits, first stage nozzle deposits, and bucket corrosion.

Deposit formation in the turbine from contaminants in injection water is also a concern. In demineraliza-
tion ion exchange systems, a special situation may arise in the case of silica. Silica absorbed by the anion
exchanger may not be completely removed during regeneration causing it to accumulate. Eventually, leak-
age will occur, allowing silica discharge into the effluent and into the turbine. Such occurrences have led

3
GEK 101944c Requirements for Water/Steam Purity in Gas Turbines

to combustion liner hole plugging and forced outages. Prevention of silica breakthrough requires longer
regeneration times at higher temperatures, and effluent monitoring.

NOTE

Ion exchange manufacturers should be-consulted.

Another problem arises if silica is present in a colloidal form. In this form it can pass through ion exchang-
ers and it cannot be detected by conductivity measurements. Water treatment experts should be consulted.
They can make recommendations concerning proper treatment.

IV. APPLICABLE REFERENCE DOCUMENTS

• GEI 41047 Gas Turbine Liquid Fuel Specification

• GEl 41040 Process Specification, Fuel Gases For Combustion in Heavy-Duty Gas Turbines

• GER 3419 Gas Turbine Inlet Air Treatment

• GER 3601 Gas Turbine Compressor Operating Environment and Material Evaluation

• GEl 41042 Gas Turbine and Compressor Cleaning

• GEK 103623 Gas Turbine Compressor Washing

• GEK 28122 Specification For Magnesium Sulfate For Gas Turbine

• GEK 98965 Steam Purity For Industrial Turbines

• GEK 107158 Water Supply Requirements for Gas Turbine Inlet Air Evaporative Coolers

• Nalco Water Handbook, Frank N. Kemmer, Editor, McGraw-Hill, Second Edition, 1988

4
Requirements for Water/Steam Purity in Gas Turbines GEK 101944c

TABLE 1. WATER PURITY REQUIREMENTS FOR INLET FOGGING (SPRITS)

Choride (as Cl) 300 ppbw*

Specific Conductivity 2 microSiemens/cm

* parts per billion by weight

TABLE 2. TRACE METAL CONTAMINANT SPECIFICATION MAXIMUM LIMITS, ALL

SOURCES

Contaminant Contaminant Limit (ppmw) Referred to the Fuel(1)

Sodium plus Potassium 1.0

Lead 1.0
Vanadium 0.5
Calcium 2.0

(1) The tabulated limits in parts per million by weight (ppmw) are for A / F = 50. For other A / F ratios
multiply the tabulated limits by ((A / F + 1) / 51). The total contamination referred to the fuel from all
sources is determined from Equation 1.

TABLE 3. STANDARD ANALYTICAL METHODS FOR WATER/STEAM

Method
Trace Metals:
Sodium plus Potassium(1) EPA 200.7
Calcium EPA 200.7

Total Solids:
Total dissolved solids EPA 160.1
Total suspended solids EPA 160.2

(1) Other metals not normally encountered in water/steam but found in fuel oils, such as vanadium and
lead, or other alkali metals such as lithium, are also to be included.

5
GEK 101944c Requirements for Water/Steam Purity in Gas Turbines

V. APPENDIX A

WATER AND STEAM PURITY CALCULATIONS TO DETERMINE IF WATER PURITY

IS ADEQUATE

Liquid Fuel with Water Injection with water/fuel ratio of 0.5 and air/fuel ratio of 50.

Example Liquid Fuel Impurity Example Air Impurity Content Example Water Impurity
Content Content
Na + K 0.5 ppmw Na+K 0.001 ppmw Na+K 0.25 ppmw
Lithium 0.05 ppmw Ca 0.002 ppmw Ca 1.5 ppmw
Lead 0.2 ppmw Si 0.002 ppmw
Vanadium 0.1 ppmw
Calcium 0.5 ppmw

Na+K (include other alkali metals):

Required: (A / F) Xa + (W / F) Xw + Xf <= 1.0 ppmw Na+K

The sodium plus potassium content of the water meets the requirement.

V:

Since there is no V content in the water, the water meets the requirement.

Ca:

Required: (A / F) Xa + (W / F) Xw + Xf <= 2.0 ppmw Ca

The calcium content of the water meets the requirement.

VI. APPENDIX B

WATER AND STEAM PURITY CALCULATIONS TO ESTABLISH MAXIMUM WATER

LIMITS

Liquid Fuel with Water Injection with water/fuel ratio of 0.5 and air/fuel ratio of 50.

Example Liquid Fuel Impurity Content Example Air Impurity Content

Na + K 0.5 ppmw Na+K 0.001 ppmw
Lithium 0.05 ppmw Ca 0.002 ppmw
Lead 0.2 ppmw Si 0.002 ppmw
Vanadium 0.1 ppmw
Calcium 0.5 ppmw

6
Requirements for Water/Steam Purity in Gas Turbines GEK 101944c

Na+K limit (include other alkali metals):

(A / F) Xa + (W / F) Xw + Xf = 1.0

Xw =(F/W)(1.0-(A / F) Xa- Xf)

The maximum limit of Na + K plus other alkali metals in injected water is 0.8 ppmw.

V limit:

(A / F) Xa + (W / F) Xw + Xf = 0.5

Xw =(F/W)(0.5-(A / F) Xa- Xf)

Xw = (2)(0.5-0.1) = 0.8 ppmw V

The maximum limit of V in injected water is 0.8 ppmw. (V is not usually found in water)

Ca limit:

(A / F) Xa + (W / F) Xw + Xf = 2.0

Xw =(F/W)(2.0-(A / F) Xa- Xf)

Xw = (2)(2.0-50*0.002-0.5) = 2.8 ppmw Ca

The maximum limit of Ca in injected water is 2.8 ppmw

7
GEK 101944c Requirements for Water/Steam Purity in Gas Turbines

GE Power Systems
General Electric Company
www.gepower.com

8
 GEI 41004k
Revised February 2009

GE Energy

Cooling Water Recommendations

for Combustion Gas Turbine Closed Cooling Systems

These instructions do not purport to cover all details or variations in equipment nor to provide for every possible
contingency to be met in connection with installation, operation or maintenance. Should further information be
desired or should particular problems arise which are not covered sufficiently for the purchaser's purposes the
matter should be referred to the GE Company.
© General Electric Company, 2009. GE Proprietary Information. All Rights Reserved.
GEI 41004k Cooling Water Recommendations

TABLE OF CONTENTS

I. GENERAL...................................................................................................................................... 3

II. WATER ........................................................................................................................................... 3

III. ANTIFREEZE................................................................................................................................ 3

IV. ADDING ANTIFREEZE AND WATER ..................................................................................... 5

V. CHANGING ANTIFREEZE AND/OR INHIBITORS .............................................................. 5

VI. CORROSION INHIBITORS........................................................................................................ 5

A. Copper Alloy Corrosion Inhibitor............................................................................................ 6
B. Mild Steel Corrosion Inhibitors ............................................................................................... 6

VII. PREPARING THE COOLANT ................................................................................................... 7

VIII. BIOCIDE ...................................................................................................................................... 7

IX. BUFFER.......................................................................................................................................... 8

X. COOLANT PH VALUE ................................................................................................................ 8

XI. TESTING........................................................................................................................................ 8

LIST OF TABLES

Table 1. Antifreeze Solution Strength.................................................................................................... 4

Table 2. Volumetric Product Dosage...................................................................................................... 7
Table 3. Inhibitor Residual Dosages ...................................................................................................... 7

2 © General Electric Company, 2009. GE Proprietary Information. All Rights Reserved.

Cooling Water Recommendations GEI 41004k

I. GENERAL

Properly treated closed cooling systems should provide reliable and trouble-free operation for the life of the
gas turbine. A closed system is so named because the coolant is completely contained within the system
and does not come into contact with the outside atmosphere.

Closed systems have a very low tolerance for corrosion and it is the goal of the treatment program to stop
it as completely as possible. Metals encountered in GE Gas Turbine closed cooling systems are mild steel,
copper, copper alloy, and stainless steel. There is no aluminum present.

It is possible to economically treat the closed cooling system with relatively high dosages of treatment
products. Typical treatment for a closed system would include corrosion inhibitors for the various metals
in the system, and a buffering agent to control pH. If the gas turbine will be exposed to below freezing
temperatures, a compatible antifreeze must be added to the system.

II. WATER

Because of the wide variance in the properties of tap water throughout the country, and because of the
relatively small quantity of coolant required by the gas turbine, the use of tap water in gas turbine cooling
water systems is not recommended. Instead, “pure” water should be used to prepare the coolant solution.
Waters which fall into the classification of “pure”, consist of distilled water, steam condensate, and deion-
ized water.

III. ANTIFREEZE

Gas turbines installed in cold climates which have a closed cooling water system, require the use of ethylene
glycol or propylene glycol antifreeze during winter months.

The temperatures listed in Table 1 are values at which the coolant is expected to freeze. These temperatures
are not the minium operational temperatures of the coolant. Glycol mixutres thicken at lower temperatures,
making them less effective as a cooling fluid. A significant drop-off in heat removal capability occurs
prior to reaching the freeze temperature. This is due to the increase in fluid viscosity at low temperatures
that can cause the fluid in the heat exchanger tubes to transition to laminar flow. The minimum working
temperature is dependent on the average fluid velocity in the tubes, the viscosity of the fluid and the tube
diameter. Design Practices for the particular heat exchanger of interest should be consulted to determine
the minimum working temperature.

Most commercial antifreeze contains corrosion inhibitors. It is strongly recommended that a commercial
antifreeze product that contains appropriate inhibitors be used rather than those without inhibitors. The
inhibitor in one type of coolant (antifreeze or water) may not be compatible with another type of coolant
and can form gums, as well as destroy the effectiveness of an inhibitor. When changing coolants (such
as changing from one type of antifreeze or corrosion inhibitor to another) the cooling system should be
drained and flushed thoroughly to protect against contamination of the coolant with incompatible solutions.
The antifreeze vendor should be consulted for specific recommendations about the length of time between
changes, the need for corrosion inhibitor additives, the dangers involved in adding antifreeze to another
existing coolant; in addition to any other precautions he may suggest.

© General Electric Company, 2009. GE Proprietary Information. All Rights Reserved. 3

GEI 41004k Cooling Water Recommendations

Table 1. Antifreeze Solution Strength

Expected Lowest Ambient (°F) Vol. % Glycol (General Note-1)

Unmargined 5°F Margin GE Proposal Ethylene (Design Propylene (Design
(General Note-2) (General Note-3) (General Note-4) Note-4) Note-1&2)
32 37 32 0 0
26 31 28 10 10
23 28 25 15
21 26 25 15
19 24 22 20
16 21 20 20
15 20 17 25
11 16 14 25
9 14 10 30
4 9 7 30
2 7 5 35
–3 0 0 35
–6 –1 –4 40
–12 –7 –8 40
–16 –11 –15 45
–22 –17 –20 45
–28 –23 –27 50
–34 –29 –30 50 52
–42 –37 –36 55
–48 –43 –43 55 Not Recomended
–59 –54 –50 60 Not Recomended

CAUTION

If the antifreeze concentration is too low or too high, there is danger of freeze-up
in the winter that could damage the cooling system equipment. If the concen-
tration of antifreeze is too high, it will reduce the cooling capacity of the system
on very hot days during the summer, resulting in overheating of the lube system
fluid, and possibly tripping the gas turbine on high lube oil temperature. It is im-
portant, therefore, that the glycol antifreeze concentration bemaintained at exactly
the recommended value consistent with expected minimum winter temperature at
the respective gas turbine site. The table below gives the required glycol concen-
trations as a function of expected minimum winter temperature.

4 © General Electric Company, 2009. GE Proprietary Information. All Rights Reserved.

Cooling Water Recommendations GEI 41004k

IV. ADDING ANTIFREEZE AND WATER

For the initial filling of the system, the water and concentrated antifreeze should not be added separately,
directly to the system. The reason for this is because the exact amount of solution needed to fill the system
is unknown, and if too much water were added before the antifreeze, it would require difficult adjustment to
get the desired concentration of antifreeze into the system. It is recommended that the water and antifreeze
be mixed in an external container (such as a drum) at the correct ratio, before adding the resulting solution
to the system. Additional batches of solution should be prepared and added until the system is full. By
measuring the total amount of solution added, an accurate determination of system volume is obtained.
Knowing the total volume accurately, simplifies addition of treatment chemicals as explained below.

For specifics on General Notes and Design Notes, refer to the current revision of GE Drawing #370A2260.

After the system has been in service for a period of time, coolant will inevitably be lost and will need to
be replaced. Again, the antifreeze and water solution should be mixed externally and added in batchwise
fashion.

V. CHANGING ANTIFREEZE AND/OR INHIBITORS

If the type of antifreeze or inhibitor used is changed, the following points should be kept in mind:

1. The system should be thoroughly flushed, and possibly even cleaned, before the new coolant is added.
Follow the recommendations of the inhibitor supplier.

2. Follow the antifreeze/inhibitor suppliers recommendation for maintaining system chemistry. The pH
should be monitored and maintained with an agent compatible with the antifreeze and inhibitor. Some
inhibitors have a pH indicating dye which changes color if the pH is not proper. These dyes may be
affected by the antifreeze used such that the color change is masked.

3. Do not add an inhibitor to a system containing a commercial antifreeze which has its own inhibitor
package without ensuring the two are compatible. Specifically, some inhibitors are not compatible
with the inhibitor packages used in commercial antifreeze manufactured outside of the United States.

4. Ensure that the antifreeze and inhibitor are compatible with system materials: carbon steel, copper,
copper alloys and stainless steel.

VI. CORROSION INHIBITORS

At no time should the cooling system be operated without corrosion inhibitors in the coolant solution. If
the coolant is a mixture of pure glycol and water, or just water alone, it is necessary to add a suitable corro-
sion inhibitor. Most commercially available antifreezes contain a sufficient quantity of inhibitor to protect
the cooling system from corrosion when the mixture of water and ethylene glycol is made in accordance
with the manufacturer’s instructions. Specific corrosion inhibitors cannot be recommended as the selection
depends on economic factors, availability, and the environmental impact which may vary from locale to
locale. However, there are generally two corrosion inhibitors for mild steel which are commonly used in
closed cooling systems - molybdate and nitrite. The most commonly used corrosion inhibitor for copper
and copper alloy is tolyltriazole but other azoles are sometimes used.

In the discussion which follows, several commercially available corrosion inhibitor packages are listed.
They all contain nitrite, molybdate, or a blend of the two, tolyltriazole, and a buffering agent (typically

© General Electric Company, 2009. GE Proprietary Information. All Rights Reserved. 5

GEI 41004k Cooling Water Recommendations

sodium tetraborate). Ethylene glycol or propylene glycol (without inhibitors) is not included and must be
purchased separately.

DEARBORN 54 DREWGARD 100 BETZ 66-P

Grace Dearborn Drew Chemical Corp. Betz Laboratories
300 Genessee St. 701 Jefferson Rd. Somerton Road
Lake Zurich, IL 60047-2458 Parsippany, NJ 07054 Trevose, Penn 19047
NALCO 8328 CALGON CF or LCS-20
Nalco Chemical Co. Calgon Corp.
One Nalco Center P.O. Box 1346
Naperville, Illinois 60563-1198 Pittsburgh, PA15230

NOTE

This list is not exclusive and other products may produce acceptable results. Since
individual turbine customer conditions may vary and these manufacturers may
change their product in the future, it is important to verify that the product chosen
is appropriate.

These products are all compatible with ethylene and propylene glycol. Some problems have occurred with
these inhibitors when used with commercial antifreeze available in countries outside of the United States,
and therefore it is not recommended that these inhibitors be used with a commercial antifreeze without first
determining the compatibility of the inhibitor package contained in the antifreeze.

A. Copper Alloy Corrosion Inhibitor

GE gas turbine closed cooling systems contain copper and copper alloy which must be treated with a
suitable corrosion inhibitor. The discussion which follows will focus on tolyltriazole which is often
referred to as TTA.

Commercial corrosion inhibitor products usually have TTA blended in, or it can be added separately.
It is usually sold as a 50% solution of sodium tolyltriazole. TTA works by forming a microscopic film
on the metal surface and a typical dosage for maintaining the film is 100 PPM.

B. Mild Steel Corrosion Inhibitors

In the following discussion, general guidelines are given for treating the coolant with nitrite and molyb-
date corrosion inhibitors.

Sodium nitrite, which is described by the chemical formula NaNO2, is an effective corrosion inhibitor
for combustion gas turbine cooling water systems. The recommended dosage is 1000 PPM as NO2.

Sodium molybdate dihydrate (NaMoO4•2H2O) is another good corrosion inhibitor for closed systems.
The recommended dosage is 250 PPM as Mo.

It is good practice to maintain the corrosion inhibitor concentration well above the minimum effective
level to prevent pitting. If the pure water used as the coolant does not become contaminated, and if
the recommended concentration of molybdate or nitrite is maintained, the inhibiting efficiency of the
coolant will always be above the minimum effective level.

6 © General Electric Company, 2009. GE Proprietary Information. All Rights Reserved.

Cooling Water Recommendations GEI 41004k

VII. PREPARING THE COOLANT

The following instructions explain how to calculate the amount of corrosion inhibitor product which needs
to be added to a given volume of water to arrive at the desired dosage.

1. Obtain the following information:

a. System Volume. The most accurate way of obtaining the system volume is to measure how much
antifreeze/water solution is added as described previously. The next best way would be to use an
estimate of the volume based on engineering data.

b. Volumetric Product Dosage. Obtain the amount of product needed per 1000 gallons of water
from the table below.

Table 2. Volumetric Product Dosage

Sodium Tolyltriazole (50% Liquid) 2 Pts/1000 Gals

Sodium Molybdate Dihydrate (100% Dry) 5 Lbs/1000 Gals
Sodium Nitrite (100% Dry) 13 Lbs/1000 Gals

2. Multiply the system volume (i.e. gallons of water to be treated from step 1a) by the volumetric product
dosage (from step 1b) and divide by 1000. This is the amount of product which should be added to
the system.

NOTE

If products of different strengths than those given above are obtained, the volu-
metric dosage must be proportionately adjusted.

When the corrosion inhibitors are added at the volumetric dosages given above, the following product
residual dosages will result. These are the control values.

Table 3. Inhibitor Residual Dosages

Tolyltriazole (PPM as TTA) 100

Molybdate (PPM as Mo) 250
Nitrite (PPM as NO2) 1000

When the system is filled initially, some of the inhibitors will be used up rapidly in the production of films on
the metal surfaces and thus an adjustment of concentration may be necessary to bring the inhibitor residual
up to the desired level.

VIII. BIOCIDE

In systems which use nitrite for corrosion inhibition, there is a risk of infestation by denitrifying bacteria.
These organisms break down nitrite to nitrate - thereby reducing corrosion inhibition and increasing the
likelihood of fouling. It is therefore imperative that bacteria be controlled by temperature or non-oxidizing
biocide.

© General Electric Company, 2009. GE Proprietary Information. All Rights Reserved. 7

GEI 41004k Cooling Water Recommendations

Temperatures inside gas turbine cooling systems will vary from one installation to another. If the temper-
ature is in excess of 140°F, thermal disinfection will effectively prevent microbiological growth and no
biocide will be needed.

In cooling systems which operate below 140°F and contain nitrite as part of the coolant solution, it is rec-
ommended that two different non-oxidizing biocides be added on alternate occasions whenever bacteria
are detected in the system.

The biocides selected must be compatible with the coolant solution (ingredients, pH, etc.) and not be
aggressive to system components. The use of chlorine gas, hypochlorite bleach, or bromine compounds
should be avoided as they are not compatible with nitrite.

CAUTION

Non-oxidizing biocides are dangerous substances and precautions must be taken

not to inhale or come in contact with the product. Manufacturers instructions on
safe handling should be followed at all times.

IX. BUFFER

The corrosion inhibitors described above have a recommended pH range of 8.5 to 10.0. If a pH adjustment
is necessary, check to ensure the agent used is compatible with the inhibitor and antifreeze used. Sodium
tetraborate (borax) is the usual buffer of choice and is compatible with nitrite, molybdate, tolyltriazole, and
glycol antifreeze.

X. COOLANT PH VALUE

The final coolant solution should have a pH value between 8.5 and 10.0. It is recommended that the pH
value of the final coolant solution be checked with a suitable pH meter, a number of which are available on
the market. Other methods, such as pH paper indicators, can also be used.

XI. TESTING

For a newly installed gas turbine unit, the recommended inhibitor dosages as given earlier should be ap-
plied. Due to the high inhibitor demand during the initial passivation period, the first residual testing should
be performed after 48 hours to prevent the inhibitor residuals from dropping below the maintenance dosages
given earlier. After that, weekly tests for nitrate or molybdate are recommended. The TTA residual test is
fairly complex, so rather than test for it, it is recommended that whenever chemicals are added, TTA should
also be added at the above volumetric dosage.

A number of commercial test kits for nitrite and molybdate residuals are available from chemical and labo-
ratory suppliers such as the HACH Company (Loveland, Colorado) and Taylor Technologies, Inc. (Sparks,
Maryland).

Over time, the concentration of corrosion inhibitor in the cooling water will decrease as a result of small
leaks in the system, addition of makeup water, and the consumption for film maintenance. Weekly tests
should be made to insure that the corrosion inhibitor concentrations (molybdate and nitrite) in the cooling
water do not fall below the maintenance dosages given earlier.

The antifreeze concentration should also be tested with a suitable hydrometer since it may be lost through
leaks and must be replenished. As a rule, whenever makeup coolant is needed, a batch of water and an-

8 © General Electric Company, 2009. GE Proprietary Information. All Rights Reserved.

Cooling Water Recommendations GEI 41004k

tifreeze should be mixed at the proper ratio before adding to the system. Afterwards, the antifreeze con-
centration should be checked with a hydrometer at least weekly and after every addition of makeup water/
antifreeze solution.

Total bacteria dip slides should be used to monitor microbiological organism count weekly. If any microbes
are present on the dip slide, a lethal amount of biocide should be added to maintain sterility.

© General Electric Company, 2009. GE Proprietary Information. All Rights Reserved. 9

GEI 41004k Cooling Water Recommendations

GE Energy
General Electric Company
www.gepower.com

10 © General Electric Company, 2009. GE Proprietary Information. All Rights Reserved.

Tab 26
 g
GEK 95192a
Revised, May 2007

GE Energy

Description
Totally Enclosed Water-to-Air-Cooled Generator
with Brushless Excitation
Epoxy-bonded Mica Insulation
Electrical and Mechanical Features

These instructions do not purport to cover all details or variations in equipment nor to provide for every
possible contingency to be met in connection with installation, operation or maintenance. Should further
information be desired or should particular problems arise which are not covered sufficiently for the purchaser's
purposes the matter should be referred to the GE Company.

© 2007 General Electric Company

GEK 95192a Totally Enclosed Water-to-Air-Cooled Generator with Brushless Excitation

I. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF GENERATOR

The totally enclosed, water-to-air-cooled (TEWAC) generator is designed for operation with air as the
cooling medium. The ventilating air is circulated by fans located at the ends of the generator rotor. The
separately excited rotating field is supported by pedestal-mounted bearings located at each end of the
generator frame (see Figure 1).

Figure 1. Typical Generator Assembly

The inner frame containing the stator core and winding, the pedestals that support the rotor, the outer
frame and the coolers mounted in a plenum chamber on top of the outer frame are assembled on a base
for mounting on a flat concrete foundation. Flange connections are provided for the customer’s cooling
water lines to the air coolers. Mechanical power is derived from the turbine, which also supplies the
bearing lubricating oil.

The generator is designed for continuous operation. Temperature detectors installed in the generator
permit the measurement of the winding and air temperatures. The generator is constructed to withstand,
without harm, all normal conditions of operation, as well as transient conditions such as system faults,
load rejection and lack of synchronization.

A. Stator Frame
The stator frame consists of a casing of welded plate construction, reinforced internally by web plates
in the radial direction, and by braces, key bars and ventilating ducts in the axial direction.

2
Totally Enclosed Water-to-Air-Cooled Generator with Brushless Excitation GEK 95192a

The key bars that support the stator core are welded directly to the fixed web plates. Radial and
tangential magnetic vibration of the core is transmitted to the frame but is isolated from the base by
compliant pads between the inner frame feet and the base. The pads provide for low base vibration
and quiet operation.
The outer frame of welded steel construction is assembled over the inner frame and provides
ventilation interface between the inner frame, the cooler plenum, the base, and the inner and outer air
shields. The outer frame is isolated from the inner frame by neoprene gaskets that also act as seals
between the ventilation inlet and outlet paths.
In addition, the outer frame provides an acoustical sound-reduction structure for the generator and the
excitation compartment.
B. Stator Core
The stator core is made up of segmented, annealed, insulated punchings (see Figure 2) of high-
quality, silicon steel. These punchings are assembled in an interleaved manner on keys machined on
the key bars and are separated into packets by space blocks to provide ventilation ducts. The
punchings are stamped from thin steel sheets and contain open-end slots for the armature bars with
dovetail slots for the wedges that hold the armature bars in place. Other dovetail slots at the back of
the punching are for assembly and locking of the segments on the key bars. The assembled punchings
are clamped into a stiff cylindrical core by pressure applied through end flanges by means of the
stator key bars. Pressure is applied to the teeth by nonmagnetic steel fingers located under the end
flanges (see Figure 4). In order to reduce end heating caused by the end leakage flux and its
associated electrical losses, the end packets of punchings are stepped back at the ends of the stator
core to increase the gap between the punchings and the rotor. The punching insulation is a
thermosetting varnish designed to maintain its insulating value at temperatures above the normal
operating range.

C. Stator Winding
The stator winding is composed of insulated bars assembled in the stator slots, joined at the ends to
form coils and connected in the proper phase belts by bus rings. Each phase is split into groups of
coils 180° apart. The stator bars are composed of insulated copper conductors (strands) transposed by
the Roebel method so that each strand occupies every radial position in the bar for an equal length
along the bar. This arrangement minimizes the circulating current loss that otherwise would be
present under load conditions due to the distribution of magnetic flux in the coil slot (see Figure 3 for
details of the transposed bar).

3
GEK 95192a Totally Enclosed Water-to-Air-Cooled Generator with Brushless Excitation

Figure 2. Typical Stator Punching.

High-voltage insulating system is provided according to the proven ELIN Vacuband System. With
this system, several half-overlapped, continuous layers of mica tape are applied to the bars. The
number of layers depends on the machine voltage. The bars are dried under vacuum and impregnated
with epoxy resin. Good penetration is reached by an impregnation pressure phase (VPI-System).
After impregnation, the bars are calibrated to the required shape in molds and cured in an oven. This
high-voltage insulation is obtained void free and characterized by its excellent electrical, mechanical
and thermal properties.

An outer covering of protective tape is applied to the core portion of the bar to protect the bar from
abrasion in the slot. This protective tape is impregnated with a controlled-resistivity material to
prevent slot discharge sparking and vibration sparking. The end arms of the bars are graded with a
nonlinear voltage grading material.

The stator coil ends are covered with an outer layer of tape to bind and protect the mica insulation,
after which they are sprayed with epoxy paint. These end turns are securely laced with treated glass
cord to the binding bands, which are molded fiber glass rings supported from the stator core flanges
(see Figure 4). The armature bars are held in the coil slots by wedges driven into dovetail slots.

D. Resistance Temperature Detectors and Terminal Boards

Six dual-element resistance temperature detectors are located between coils of the armature windings,
two in each phase, to measure the temperature of the windings at the points of highest normal
temperature.

Two temperature detectors are provided to measure the inlet air temperature. The leads from the
detectors are brought out through the generator frame and connected to terminal boards for
connection to temperature meters or relays. The locations of the resistance temperature detectors and
the arrangement of connections at the terminal board are shown on the connection outline drawing. A
description of the detectors and circuit is given in the instructions for “Resistance Temperature
Detectors.”

4
Totally Enclosed Water-to-Air-Cooled Generator with Brushless Excitation GEK 95192a

Figure 3. Armature Conductors Assembled in a Roebel Bar

Figure 4. Stator End-Winding Structure

5
GEK 95192a Totally Enclosed Water-to-Air-Cooled Generator with Brushless Excitation

E. Generator Leads
The main armature leads are brought out of either the upper or lower portion of the stator frame at the
exciter end, depending on the product line.

The leads exit through insulated terminal plates, bolted to the base or frame, which clamp and support
the leads. The leads are suitable for connection to bus bars. The neutral tie is formed within the base
and connected to the neutral grounding transformer and resistor.

F. Air Coolers
Generator air coolers are mounted horizontally in the plenum chamber on top of the frame. Water
inlet, outlet and vent pipe connections are made externally on either side of the unit to suit station
arrangement. Seals are made by gaskets between the frame and the cooler water box. The method of
sealing is such that the water boxes and covers can be removed to clean a cooler without opening the
generator air ventilation circuit. See instructions in MAINTENANCE.

G. Stator Ventilation
The rotor fans provide the ventilation of the generator. They are the radial flow type assembled near
the ends of the rotor. The entrance conditions of the air to the fans is controlled by an inlet nozzle.

The stator ventilating circuit is shown on the generator mechanical outline. Cooling air is forced by
the fans into the air gap and also around and behind the stator core. The stator is divided axially into
sections by the web plates and outer wrapper so that in some sections cold air is forced from the
outside of the core toward the air gap through the radial air ducts, while in other sections it passes
from the air gap toward the outside of the core through the radial ducts. The cooling air is conducted
through tubes or ducts to the proper section, and hot air is directed to the outlet of the generator.

The arrangement of alternate inward and outward air flow in the stator core results in a substantially
uniform cooling of the core and windings, thus avoiding excessive local heating and reducing stresses
caused by temperature differentials.

II. GENERATOR ROTOR (MECHANICAL AND VENTILATION)

The construction of the generator rotor is illustrated in Figures 5 and 6. The rotor is machined from a
single alloy-steel forging that has passed extensive tests to assure that the forging meets the required
physical and metallurgical properties.

Longitudinal slots, machined radially in the body, contain the field coils. The field coils are held in the
slots against centrifugal force by steel wedges. These wedges are fitted into dovetail openings machined
in the rotor slots.

The rotor fans, provided for the ventilation of the generator, are assembled near the ends of the rotor. The
rotor is cooled externally by the air flowing along the gap over the rotor surface and internally by air that
passes under the rotor end windings and axially under the rotor winding, through the subslot channels and
radially outward through holes in the coils and wedges.

A. Field Winding and Retaining Rings

The field winding consists of rectangular copper bars fabricated into coils. Several turns in one pair
of slots around one pole form a coil. Several coils are assembled around each pole to form the
winding. The individual turns are insulated from each other. The coils are insulated from the slot wall
in the body portion

6
Totally Enclosed Water-to-Air-Cooled Generator with Brushless Excitation GEK 95192a

by molded slot liners. To provide maximum ventilation and cooling, the end portions of the field
coils are left bare except for turn insulation. Molded ring insulation is provided between the coils and
the retaining rings, and expoxy-glass blocking is provided in the end windings to separate and
support the coils and restrict their movements under stresses from thermal and rotational forces.

Figure 5. Typical Machined Rotor

Figure 6. Typical Assembled Rotor

7
GEK 95192a Totally Enclosed Water-to-Air-Cooled Generator with Brushless Excitation

The end turns are held in place against centrifugal force by heavy retaining rings machined from
high-strength, corrosion-resistant, alloy-steel forgings that are shrunk and key-locked onto the rotor
body.

The axial movement of the field winding is restricted by the centering ring, which is held in place by
a shrink fit onto the retaining ring.

B. Brushless Excitation
A description of the brushless exciter may be found in the “Exciter Section” of the instruction book.

C. Pedestals and Bearings

The generator rotor bearings and oil-supply piping are contained in pedestals. The pedestals and the
bearings are split on the horizontal center line of the bearing to facilitate their removal.

The bearing at the exciter end of the generator is insulated from the generator frame to prevent the
flow of shaft currents.

The lubricating oil is retained within the pedestal by seal rings on the bearing assembly and by oil
deflectors on either side of the pedestal.

A detailed description of the bearings and pedestal is provided in a separate instruction, “Pedestals
and Bearings,” listed in the table of contents.

D. Air Shields
The outer air shields are bolted and sealed to the outer frame and the surface of the pedestals to limit
the amount of air leakage.

The inner air shields are located between the ends of the armature windings and the outer air shields
to separate the fan discharge air from the air entering the fans. Air seal fan nozzle rings are attached
to the inner air shields to prevent the fan discharge air from leaking into the fan inlet.

g GE Energy
General Electric Company
www.gepower.com

8
Tab 27
 GEK 95143b
Revised November 2004

GE Energy

Operation
Totally Enclosed, Water-to-Air Cooled Generator with Brushless Excitation Gas
Turbine Drive

These instructions do not purport to cover all details or variations in equipment nor to provide for
every possible contingency to be met in connection with installation, operation or maintenance. Should
further information be desired or should particular problems arise which are not covered sufficiently for
the purchaser's purposes the matter should be referred to the GE Company.
© 1995 General Electric Company
GEK 95143b Operation

TABLE OF CONTENTS

I. INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

II. FINAL INSPECTION BEFORE STARTING THE GENERATOR FOR THE FIRST TIME . . 3
A. Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
B. Generator Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
C. Resistance Temperature Detectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
D. Insulation Resistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
E. Clearances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
F. Rubbing and Vibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
G. Bearing Insulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
H. Exciter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
I. Air Coolers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

III. STARTING THE GENERATOR AND OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS FOR

BRUSHLESS EXCITER REGULATOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
A. Conventional Starting Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
B. LCI Starting Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

IV. BEFORE SYNCHRONIZING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

V. SYNCHRONIZING THE GENERATOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

VI. SHUTTING DOWN THE GENERATOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

VII. POWER FACTOR ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

VIII. EFFECT OF LEADING AND LAGGING POWER FACTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

IX. OPERATION WITH UNBALANCED ARMATURE CURRENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

X. OPERATION OF THE AIR COOLERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

XI. RECTIFIER LOAD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

XII. LOSS OF FIELD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

XIII. INSPECTION FOLLOWING TRIPOUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14

XIV. GROUNDED FIELD WINDING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14

XV. GENERATOR LOAD CAPABILITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14

LIST OF FIGURES
Figure 1. Typical Reactive Capability for a Given Value of Cold Gas Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Figure 2. Negative Phase Sequence Current from the Magnitudes of the Three
Phase Currents (For Case of No Zero Phase Current) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

2
Operation GEK 95143b

I. INTRODUCTION

A high-speed generator is a complex, precision built piece of equipment designed to operate in conjunction
with a turbine in a modern plant with a minimum of manual control. These machines are constructed to
operate continuously for long periods of time without shutdown. Proper operation of a high speed generator
requires close adherence to operating guides and procedures for the particular unit. Although operating
practices differ to some extent between various operators, there are many general operating rules that can
be applied universally. This instruction is included as a guide for operating a turbine-generator and does
not purport to cover all details or variations in operating procedures.

II. FINAL INSPECTION BEFORE STARTING THE GENERATOR FOR THE FIRST TIME

One of the most important periods in the life cycle of a turbine-generator is the initial start-up. During this
period each component part of the unit is checked and tested for proper installation and operation.

Before shipment, standard factory tests are performed on the generator, including the following:

• Mechanical inspection

• Mechanical balance

• Overspeed run

• Measurement of cold resistance of armature and field windings

• Insulation resistance measurements

• Dielectric tests

• Resistance temperature detector tests

To supplement the tests made in the factory, it is considered essential to repeat many checks just prior to
operating the unit in the power plant. The following inspections and preliminary checks should be made
just before the generator is started up for the first time.

A. Connections

Check the armature connections with the Connection Outline.

B. Generator Voltage

See that the voltage on the generator nameplate corresponds with the line voltage.

C. Resistance Temperature Detectors

The resistance temperature detectors should be checked to determine that they are indicating properly.

D. Insulation Resistance

The insulation resistance should be measured in accordance with instructions on INSULATION TEST-
ING.

3
GEK 95143b Operation

E. Clearances

Refer to the CLEARANCE Diagram.

F. Rubbing and Vibration

As specified in the instructions for bringing the turbine up to speed, checks should be made to ensure
that there is no rubbing between the rotating and stationary parts of the generator, and that the operation
of the combined turbine and generator rotors is free from excessive vibration.

G. Bearing Insulation

The exciter-end bearing insulation should be checked with an insulation resistance meter in accordance
with instructions on BEARING INSULATION.

H. Exciter

Refer to Exciter section.

I. Air Coolers

The air coolers should be checked as follows: the water supply to all cooler sections should be turned
on full. The cooler vents should be open to bleed all entrapped air. The cooler discharge lines should
be checked to ascertain that nearly an equal flow of water is discharging from each cooler section.
With the vents cracked open to provide for continuous venting, the water discharge may be throttled
to obtain the desired rate of flow. Excessive flow results in accelerated tube erosion and unbalanced
flow results in ineffective generator cooling. The coolant flow may be balanced by measuring the
differential pressure across the inlet and outlet nozzles at the connection end of each cooler section.
The discharge flow rate from the cooler vents and cold gas RTD temperatures are also good indicators
of balanced coolant flow.

Cooler water should be throttled on the discharge of the coolers to avoid air pockets and unstable oper-
ation with low flows. Where valves are located both before and after the coolers, care should be taken
to maintain a positive pressure on the coolers. If condensate is used for cooling, it may be necessary
to connect the discharge from the vent lines to the condenser in order to maintain an effective pressure
for venting.

The cooling water supply pressure should be checked to determine that this pressure is within the de-
signed operating pressure for the coolers.

Excessive flow results in accelerated tube erosion and unbalanced flow results in ineffective generator
cooling. The coolant flow may be balanced by measuring the differential pressure across the inlet and
outlet nozzles at the connection end of each cooler section. The discharge flow rate from the cooler
vents and cold gas RTD temperatures are also good indicators of balanced coolant flow.

III. STARTING THE GENERATOR AND OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS FOR BRUSHLESS

EXCITER REGULATOR

When starting a turbine-generator, it is recommended that a start-up checklist be used to ascertain that no
items have been overlooked. The following items should be included on a checklist for starting a generator.

4
Operation GEK 95143b

This is a recommended list and does not purport to cover all items to be checked on a specific installation.
Refer to separate instruction for detailed operation of the exciter system.

Operator actions employing the regulator described below use datalink (digital regulators only) or remote
control switches/hardware.

The voltage regulator and exciter protective circuits must be set up according to detailed instructions con-
tained in a separate regulator instruction book prior to initial operation.

Two major starting methods are employed. The first is for turbine-generators which are started and brought
to operating speed using conventional starting motors. The second category has been included to cover the
unique generator requirements associated with LCI (Load Commutated Inverter) turbine-generator starting
systems. Refer to Turbine startup procedures for operational details related specifically to the LCI. Also
refer to separate instructions for detailed operation of the excitation system.

A. Conventional Starting Motor

1. The following initial checks to be made:

a. Armature circuit breaker open

b. Main and spare field circuit breaker open if so equipped

c. Regulator control switch in manual position

d. Manual voltage adjuster on extreme low

e. Turn on the water to the gas coolers

2. When the unit is turning slowly check for rubbing.

3. As the generator is brought up to speed, check the mechanical balance by taking shaft vibration
readings.

4. Regulate the cold liquid flow valves to obtain the rated flow condition. The cold gas temperature
inside the generator will then be a function of cold liquid temperature and the losses during the
start sequence.

B. LCI Starting System

***WARNING***

THE GENERATOR AND LCI MAY NOT BE USED TO PRODUCE

“TURNING GEAR” OPERATION FOR THE ROTOR TRAIN.
THE GENERATOR MAY NOT BE ENERGIZED BY THE LCI IN
SUCH A FASHION AS TO PRODUCE AN AVERAGE STEADY
STATE SPEED OTHER THAN THAT DEFINED AS NORMAL
OPERATION FOR WATER WASH, TURBINE PURGE OR HRSG
WARMUP.

5
GEK 95143b Operation

OPERATION OF STATIC START BRUSH RIGGING DURING LCI STARTING

For generators with brushless excitation, field power during LCI operation is applied though an auxil-
iary set of slip rings located aft of the brushless exciter. This auxiliary slip ring assembly is employed
only during starting. On all other occasions, the auxiliary brushes are lifted from the rings by mechan-
ical actuators.

The static start collector assembly is designed to operate during starting of the generator from turning
gear to rated speed. Before the generator is started, the brushholder must be fully engaged with all the
brushes making complete contact will the collector rings. When activated, the brush holder will engage
and actuator will stop automatically by limit switches. Once the brushes are engaged, power can be
applied to the collector rings. The automatic start sequence will then proceed.

Once the generator is at rated speed, the power to the collector rings (generator field winding) must be
turned off before the brushholder is retracted or damage to the collector or brushless exciter may result.
The brushholder will continue to retract until actuator is shut off by the limit switches.

Collector ring operation should be checked weekly or every 10 starts using observation windows and
any sparking during starting should be remedied immediately. Also, check brushes for wear. Replace
brushes when wear gage reaches limit mark.

1. The following initial checks to be made:

a. LCI controls are properly set per Turbine Operating Procedures

b. LCI safeties are reset and operational

c. Generator safeties are reset and operational

d. Verify flow and temperature of bearing oil is within defined limits.

e. Turn on water to the gas coolers.

NOTE

The generator grounding transformer will open automatically during start

sequence.

For static start operation involving a GE exciter (EX2000/EX2100), the start up

is fully automated. Prior to starting, the turbine control switches the exciter into
manual regulator static start mode. In this mode the exciter output is controlled
via a reference input from the static starter. This reference signal can be either
hardwired or on the UDH. When the static starter is disengaged at about 80 to
90 % speed the turbine control shuts the exciter off. Once the static starter has
been physically disconnected from the generator by opening the 89SS disconnect
switch the exciter is switched to automatic regulator mode and restarted. The gen-
erator terminal voltage will go to the AVR preset level (typically rated voltage).
The automatic synch control will now take over and adjust terminal voltage as
necessary to synchronize.

6
Operation GEK 95143b

2. When the unit is turning slowly by means of the turning gear motor, check for rubbing.

3. Check position of auxiliary collector ring brushes on collector rings to see that they ride properly
on the rings.

4. Regulate the cold liquid flow valves to obtain the rated flow condition. The cold gas temperature
inside the generator will then be a function of cold liquid temperature and the losses during the
start sequence.

5. As the generator is brought up to speed, check the mechanical balance by taking shaft vibration
readings.

6. The resistance temperature detectors and field temperature should be checked frequently during
startup to ascertain that the winding temperatures are not excessive

7. At 90% speed verify that the LCI is de-energized and that the disconnect switch between it and
the generator has opened.

8. Verify that the LCI exciter circuit breaker has been opened.

9. Verify that the disconnect switch between the generator neutral and the grounding transformer is
closed.

IV. BEFORE SYNCHRONIZING

1. See that all circuits connecting the generator armature to any load are open. Be sure exciter control
switch is “OFF” so the exciter field is off.

2. Close all AVR (Automatic Voltage Regulator) maintenance disconnects, if applicable. Switch on the
ac and dc power to the regulator, if not already engerized

3. Start-up using the automatic voltage regulator is recommended.

4. Confirm factory preset of the minimum excitation regulator setpoint, per voltage regulator instruc-
tions. For analog voltage regulators, it may take up to 60 seconds for the motor operated voltage
adjuster to travel to its minimum excitation position. In all cases, the setpoint should yield between
80-100% voltage under open circuit.

5. After the unit is at 98 to 100% of rated speed, and the start sequence in section III has been fulfilled,
switch on excitation. If the manual regulator is used for start-up, the generator terminal voltage should
build up to the setpoint within about 10 to 30 seconds. If the automatic regulator is used for start-up,
the generator terminal voltage will build up very rapidly, in 3 to 4 seconds. Analog regulators may
have some voltage overshoot.

CAUTION

Do not attempt to operate lower than 95% of rated speed since the generator, the
exciter, and the voltage regulator could be damaged, unless under frequency pro-
tection is provided.

6. Check that generator voltage is approximately equal to the bus voltage.

7
GEK 95143b Operation

7. If the manual voltage regulator is used for start-up, adjust the generator voltage to rated voltage using
the applicable voltage adjuster. For generator with analog auto/man. regulators, balance the transfer
meter using the voltage adjuster of the automatic regulator, then, transfer to automatic voltage regu-
lator.

8. Recheck the generator voltage with the bus voltage.

NOTE

Generators equipped with a GE exciter (EX2000/2100) shall be energized with

the exciter in automatic mode, as they are provided with a V/Hz limiter, prevent-
ing generator overfluxing. Setpoints for automatic and manual mode track each
other without operator adjustment. GE Exciters (EX2000/2100) operate in manual
mode only during static starting (if so equipped) and in the event that PT feedback
signals are lost to the AVR.

V. SYNCHRONIZING THE GENERATOR

CAUTION

At the time of synchronization, the generator voltage must be matched to the sys-
tem voltage to within ±5% and the breaker closing angle must not exceed 10 elec-
trical degrees.

CAUTION

The following checks are essential as the damage resulting from improper syn-
chronizing can be extremely great.

Before any attempt is made to close the generator breaker, the phase sequence of the generator and the
system should be checked to make absolutely certain that the phase rotation of the generator and the line
are the same. At this time check the synchronizing equipment connections.

After the above checks have been made, the generator can be synchronized and connected to the line.

Load the generator according to applicable instructions. Refer also to the GENERATOR REACTIVE CA-
PABILITY CURVE for generator load capability.

The resistance temperature detectors should be checked frequently to ascertain that the winding tempera-
tures are not excessive. The output capability of the generator depends upon the cold gas temperature at
the cooler outlets inside the generator. Refer to the GENERATOR CAPABILITY CURVES to determine
the output capability of the generator for a particular cold gas temperature.

VI. SHUTTING DOWN THE GENERATOR

1. Reduce the load on the unit to zero by adjusting the turbine and the excitation control systems (or by
switching off loads on an individual machine). It will usually be necessary to adjust the voltage reg-
ulator in order to reduce the generator line current to zero when the generator is operating in parallel
with a power system.

8
Operation GEK 95143b

2. When the load current has been reduced to zero, open the generator line breaker and switch off exci-
tation. This should be done before the generator falls below 95% of rated speed.

3. Shut off the water to the air coolers when the speed has been reduced to 50% of rated.

When shutting down a generator do not attempt to reduce the speed rapidly by means of core loss,
as magnetic flux saturation can be reached in the armature core, and the flux leakage into the stator
frame may result in eddy currents causing heating in the stator frame structure.

VII. POWER FACTOR ADJUSTMENT

When operating the generator singly, the power factor is determined by the power factor that the load de-
mands. However, when the generator is operating on a system or in parallel with other machines, its power
factor is determined by the generator field current. The power factor for the generator may be adjusted by
adjusting the field current; for overexcited (or lagging power factor) operation increasing the field current
will lower the power factor, and decreasing the field current will raise the power factor.

VIII. EFFECT OF LEADING AND LAGGING POWER FACTOR

All turbine-generator units are designed to meet a particular rating. This rating includes the power factor,
in addition to kVA, voltage, and speed. However, because of system conditions, turbine-generator units
are usually operated at other than rated power factor, and it is important for the operators to know the
capabilities and limitations of this type of operation. These are shown by a reactive capability curve which
is included in the data section of the instruction book. A typical reactive capability curve showing the
output capability of the generator for one particular value of generator cold gas temperature is shown in
Figure 1. This curve is plotted in per unit for illustrative reasons.

To illustrate the relationship of kW, kVAR, and kVA, a vector diagram has been added to the lower left
hand corner of the curve. This diagram shows that at any operating point on the reactive capability curve,
the values of kW and kVAR may be vectorially added to determine the kVA.

The majority of switchboards in power stations are provided with kW and kVAR meters, so that the reactive
capability curves may be used directly. Therefore, it is not usually necessary when operating a generator
to know the kVA.

An inspection of Figure 1shows that the portion of the curves extending between the rated power factor
lagging line and the 1.0 power factor line is an arc of a circle whose radius of 1.0 per unit kVA corresponds
to the rating. In this region the kVA is limited by armature winding temperature limitations.

In the region of operation between the rated power factor line and zero power factor lagging (over-excited),
the kVA is limited by the temperature rise of the field winding. In the leading power factor region of
operation (under-excited), the kVA must be reduced to maintain safe stator core end-iron temperatures.

NOTE

The Vee curves included in the Operator‘s Manual are provided to show excitation
requirements only. Refer to the actual reactive capability curve for operation and
loading of this particular generator.

9
GEK 95143b Operation

Zero P.F. Lagging

+1.0

Lagging
+0.9

+0.8 Rated P.F.

Lagging
Armature
+0.7 Winding
Heating
+0.6 Limitation
Field Winding
+0.5 Heat Limitation
+0.4
Reactive Power Per Unit

+0.3
kVAR

+0.2 1.0 P.F.

+0.1

0
.1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6 .7 .8 .9 1.0 1.1
–0.1
KW–Per Unit
–0.2
–0.3
Armature Core End–Iron
–0.4 Heating Limitation
Leading

–0.5
θ
–0.6
Cos θ = Power Factor

Figure 1. Typical Reactive Capability for a Given Value of Cold Gas Temperature

Another consideration for low leading power–factor operation is steady–state stability. Testing has shown that
a typical turbine–generator unit, using a modern voltage regulator, will have a steady–state pullout consider-
ably below the operating range permitted by the heating limitations shown on the curve, but the limit is also
dependent on the system characteristics.

IX. OPERATION WITH UNBALANCED ARMATURE CURRENT

Turbine–generators are rated on the basis of balanced load conditions. With a balanced three–phase load, the
generator phase currents are equal in magnitude and are in symmetrical phase sequence. With unbalanced load
conditions, the phase currents and terminal voltages deviate from this ideal relationship and a negative phase
sequence armature current is imposed on the generator. Excessive unbalanced loading results in extra losses
and temperature rises which erode the generator design margins. The extra losses appear primarily at the sur-
face of the rotor, and generator capability decreases with an increase in the amount of unbalance.

Permissible balanced load operation is defined by the generator reactive capability curves in terms of generator
kW and kVAR. The generator is designed to operate at rated kVA within the range of 95 and 105% of rated
terminal voltage under balanced conditions.

10
Operation GEK 95143b

Permissible unbalanced load operation is defined by the generator reactive capability curves, the maximum
phase current capability, and the permissible negative sequence current. Under unbalanced conditions, the
generator may also be operated at rated kVA capability, calculated using the average of the line–to–line volt-
ages and the average of the phase currents, provided the maximum phase current does not exceed the following
values:

A. Terminal voltage from 100 to 105% of rated:

Maximum phase current = rated armature current

B. Terminal voltage from 95 to 100% of rated:

rated line–to–line voltage
Maximum phase current + rated phase current
aver. of line–line voltages
An evaluation of a given unbalanced load condition can be made by comparing the actual negative sequence
armature current with the maximum permissible negative sequence armature current, and comparing the maxi-
mum phase current with the capability listed above. If the maximum phase current exceeds the limiting values
listed, or if the actual negative sequence current is in excess of the maximum permissible, one of the following
corrective measures should be taken:
1. Reduce the unbalanced load

2. Increase the generator power factor

3. Reduce the generator kVA load

4. Reduce the terminal voltage (down to a minimum of 95% of rated voltage).

The maximum permissible negative phase sequence current is 0.08 per unit, where base armature current is
determined as follows:

• For cold gas temperatures less than or equal to rated cold gas temperatures, base current is the armature
current level at the rated cold gas base load output capability of the generator.

• For cold gas temperatures greater than rated cold gas temperature, base current is variable and corresponds
to the armature current level at the base load output capability of the generator at the particular cold gas
temperature.
Cold gas temperature, as referred to above, is the temperature of the cooling gas at the cooler outlets inside
the generator.

The normal short–time capability is given as the integrated product of (I2)2t, where I2 = per unit negative phase
sequence current and t = time in seconds. The allowable value is shown in the Generator Data sheet and applies
for times up to 120 seconds.

The actual negative sequence armature current may be calculated using Figure 2, provided there are no zero
phase sequence currents. For example, let Ia = 0.880, Ib = 0.704, and Ic = 0.757, in per unit of rated armature
current. Then Ib/Ia is 0.8 and Ic/Ia is 0.86. From Figure 2, I2/Ia is 0.125 and I2 = 0.125 x 0.880 = 0.11, in per
unit of rated armature current.

9
GEK 95143b Operation

A helpful rule, applying with less than 0.05 per unit negative phase sequence current, is that the positive phase
sequence component is approximately the average of the three phase currents, and the negative phase sequence
component is approximately the maximum deviation of any of the phase currents from the average.

Operation according to these unbalanced load recommendations is not intended to be within limits of guaran-
teed temperatures or limits of temperatures established by standards for operations at the machine rating. The
departures from temperature limits established by standards will be small, however, and temperatures general-
ly will be within a safe temperature range that would be expected if the machine were operated within the range
of 95 to 105% terminal voltage at rated balanced kVA.

The magnitude of the extra losses and heating resulting from zero phase sequence armature current will depend
on the individual generator design (in particular, the armature winding pattern) as well as the value of the zero
phase sequence armature current. Zero phase sequence loading of a particular generator should be referred to
the manufacturer for a recommendation.

In the absence of data from the manufacturer, a basis for evaluating zero phase sequence loading, or combined
negative phase sequence and zero phase sequence loading, is the following. Combine the per unit zero phase
sequence, Io, and negative phase sequence, I2, current components according to the following equation, and
observe the same limitations for the resulting equivalent current, I1, as shown for I2. This rule is conservative,
but generally should be adequate for the rather rare situations where it is necessary to impose zero phase se-
quence loads on turbine–generators.

0.20 0.70
0.70
0.75

0.75
0.15
0.80
0.80

I2 0.85
0.10 0.85 Ib
Ia Ib Ia
Ia
0.90
0.90
0.05

0.95 0.95

0 1.0
0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0
Ic
Ia

Ia = largest of three phase currents

Ib = smallest of three phase currents
Ic = third phase current of intermediate value

Figure 2. Negative Phase Sequence Current from the Magnitudes of the Three
Phase Currents (For Case of No Zero Phase Current)

I 1 + Ǹ(I 2) 2 ) 2(I 0) 2

12
Operation GEK 95143b

X. OPERATION OF THE AIR COOLERS

The ventilating air is circulated through the generator by the rotor fans in a closed system and the heat
absorbed by the air is removed in the cooler sections by the cooling water. The generator data sheet indi-
cates the water flow and the maximum water temperature required for satisfactory operation at rated load.
Recommended coolant flows should not be exceeded without generator approval or damage to the coolers
may result.

If it is necessary to clean the cooler sections while operating, the sections may be taken out of service one at
a time without shutting down the unit. Cooler tube cleaning is done in place by closing the coolant isolation
valves, draining the cooler section, and removing the water boxes on both ends of the cooler section to be
cleaned. The maximum load which may be carried with one cooler section out of service must be limited
to the values given on the data sheet.

XI. RECTIFIER LOAD

Turbine-generators are rated on the basis of armature current with negligible deviation from a pure sine
wave. If part of the generator ac output is converted to dc, harmonic currents generated by the rectifying
process will flow in the generator armature windings. These harmonic currents result in extra losses, pri-
marily at the surface of the rotor, which are not normally provided for in the generator design.

The decrease in generator capability is a function of the magnitude of each of the harmonic currents and
of the electrical design of the specific generator. Before any rectifier load is connected to the generator,
it is recommended that the schedule of harmonic currents be submitted to GE for use in determining the
corresponding reduction in generator capability.

XII. LOSS OF FIELD

Operation of the turbine-generator connected to a system without field current will quickly lead to exces-
sive field heating. The degree of heating depends on several conditions, including the initial load on the
machine, the manner in which field current is lost, the manner in which the generator is connected to the
system and the period of time the generator remains connected to the system. When excitation is lost, the
generator tends to overspeed and operates as an induction generator. This overspeed normally results in
a reduction in load due to the characteristics of the turbine governor, an increase in armature current, and
possible low voltage at the generator terminals, and is accompanied by high rotor currents. These rotor
currents will flow through both the field winding (provided the field winding is connected to the exciter)
and the rotor body. The rotor body currents will cause high and possibly dangerous temperatures in a very
short time. The time required for the heating to become dangerous depends on the conditions of loss of
excitation. In general this time is short, being only a matter of seconds rather than minutes, for a machine
with a completely open field winding. In addition, opening of the field circuit with the machine carrying
a load may subject the winding and exciter to high and possibly dangerous voltages from the inductive
effects of the winding.

If excitation is lost by accidental tripping or switching off of excitation, excitation should be immediately
re-applied without shutting down the machine.

If the machine is discovered to be operating without field for an unknown interval of time, it should be
immediately tripped off the line and shut down for an inspection to determine the degree of rotor damage
from heating.

13
GEK 95143b Operation

Relays are now available which determine when a machine has started slipping due to loss of excitation.
Since heating occurs in a relatively few seconds after loss of field, use of such relays to trip the machine
from the line will prevent damage from overheating and the machine may be put back in service as soon
as excitation has been re-established.

XIII. INSPECTION FOLLOWING TRIPOUT

If the machine is tripped off the line by any of its protective devices, no attempt should be made to resyn-
chronize the machine before the cause of the tripout is determined. The exciter diode wheel fuses should
be inspected.

Following a tripout due to the differential phase relays, both the armature and field windings should be
tested and otherwise inspected before attempting to resynchronize.

If an exciter protective trip or transfer to backup voltage regulator occurs, the cause of the protective action
must be determined and corrected. The exciter protective relays must be per regulator instructions.

XIV. GROUNDED FIELD WINDING

It is general practice to operate a turbine-generator with the excitation system ungrounded. If an accidental
single ground occurs on the generator field operating on an ungrounded system, no change in the excitation
system occurs at the time of the ground, and the machine may be removed from the system without risk of
system interruption or costly damage to the generator field. As soon as possible after a ground is indicated,
the generator should be removed from the line and the difficulty repaired.

CAUTION

In no case should a generator be allowed to remain on the system for any appre-
ciable time after a ground occurs. If a second ground were to occur, the field could
experience damage due to the large current flow through the closed circuit.

XV. GENERATOR LOAD CAPABILITY

The generator should not be operated at any loads above the output allowed on the capability curves even
though its operating temperature rise may be well below the guaranteed temperature rises specified and the
cooling water temperature may be lower than specified on the data sheet. The generator is designed to give
long trouble-free life for continuous and intermittent operation at allowable outputs, and loading beyond
the capability curves encroaches on the design margins built into the machine.

Similarly, the generator should not be operated when temperature indicating devices (such as stator slot
RTD’s) read above the Alarm Levels specified in the Generator Device Data drawing. The generator shall
not be operated when any such devices read above the Shutdown Levels specified in the Generator Device
Data drawing. In applications where an operator may not continuously monitor these devices and alarms,
consideration should be given to implementing an automatic shutdown or trip to provide this protection.

14
Operation GEK 95143b

PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK

15
GEK 95143b Operation

GE Energy
General Electric Company
www.gepower.com

16
Tab 28
Tab 29
 G
E
O

DT-1C
ffi
cia
l
SIZE DWG NO SH REV
A4 403A1873 1 B TBFT-TMP-FR-GTE-0060- Rev : 001

ISO PROJECTION REVISIONS

REV DESCRIPTION NAMES DATE SIGNATURES
D. Pâques
A First issue T. Helfer 25/07/2008
P. Kleinprintz
EACH SECTION SHALL BE REVISED IN D. Pâques
ITS ENTIRETY. B IM-2008009745 N. Guidat 10/10/2008
ALL SHEETS OF EACH SECTION ARE P. Kleinprintz
THE SAME REVISION LEVEL AS
INDICATED IN THE REVISION
BLOCK

SECTION NO. OF REV

SHEETS
INDEX 1 B
01E 25 B
01F 25 B

Attention : Don’t modify this document without any update of the database P414.

Attention : Ne pas modifier ce document sans mise à jour de la base P414.

al
ci
ffi

Ce document, propriété exclusive de

O

GE Energy Products France SNC est strictement confidentiel. Il ne

peut être communiqué, copié ou
reproduit sans notre autorisation écrite préalable.

This document, exclusive property of

GE Energy Products France SNC is strictly confidential.
E

It must not be communicated, copied or

reproduced without our prior written consent. First made for : 6581B ITEM : 0414
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED NAMES DATE
G

DIMENSIONS ARE IN MM [INCHES] DRAWN 25/07/08

D. Pâques
TOLERANCES ON:
CHECKED 25/07/08
1 [2] PL DECIMALS + T. Helfer
APPROVED 25/07/08
2 [3] PL DECIMALS + P. Kleinprintz NOMENCLATURE DES APPAREILS DE CONTROLE
ANGLES +
DIAGRAM. SCHEMA. P.P. – DEVICE SUMMARY
FRACTIONS +
WEIGHT : 0000 kg SIZE CAGE CODE DWG NO
A4 403A1873 INDEX
SCALE SHEET 1/1
DT-1C Doc. Source : TBFT-ISP-FR-GTE-0020
SIZE DWG NO SH REV
A4 403A1873 1 B TBFT-TMP-FR-GTE-0060 Rev : 001

REVISIONS

Rev Description

A First issue
B MLI 0425 : PID 219D2672 instead of 219D1249

SIZE CAGE CODE DWG NO

403A1873
A4

SECTION 01E
SCALE SHEET 1/ 25
Doc. Source : TBFT-ISP-FR-GTE-0020
Ce document, propriété exclusive de GE Energy Products France SNC est strictement confidentiel This document, exclusive property of GE Energy Products France SNC. is strictly confidential.
Il ne peut être communiqué, copié ou reproduit sans notre autorisation écrite préalable. It must not be communicated, copied or reproduced without our previous written consent.
SIZE DWG NO SH REV
A4 403A1873 2 B TBFT-TMP-FR-GTE-0060 Rev : 001

PRESSURE : All pressures are gauge pressure, abs means absolute pressure.

Abbreviations Descriptions
AA Atomizing Air
ACF Control Filter Downstream Pressure
AD Compressor Discharge Air
AE Extraction Air
AMF Lube Oil Filter Downstream Pressure
DEC. Decreasing
DPDT Double pole, double throw
DPG Differential Pressure Gauge
FC Fail safe to close
FO Fail open
GF Gas Fuel
GFV Gas Fuel Vent
GPL Gas Valve Stem Packaging Leakoff
INC. Increasing
LVDT Linear variable differential transformer
Model List Item : four digit code used by General Electric to identify
MLI components, assembly, drawings or specifications, example : MLI 0414 for
Device Summary
NC Normally closed
NO Normally open
Means absolute zero energy level, such as no power, no oil, no speed, no
Normal
temperature
OD Oil Drain
OD
Oil drain above oil tank level

OD
Oil drain below oil tank level

OH Control Oil High Pressure

OHT Trip Oil High Pressure
OL Lube Oil
OLV Lube Oil Event
OR Regulated Lube Oil
PC Piping connecting point
Safety Integrity Level (a cross means the device belong to a safety loop). Do not
Safety
modify devices or settings of any safety loop.
Slope The arrow direction indicates the liquid gravitational drainage due to the slope
SPDT Single pole, double throw
SPST Single pole, single throw
WD Water Drain
WF Water Feed
WR Water Return

SIZE CAGE CODE DWG NO

403A1873
A4

SECTION 01E
SCALE SHEET 2/ 25
Doc. Source : TBFT-ISP-FR-GTE-0020
Ce document, propriété exclusive de GE Energy Products France SNC est strictement confidentiel This document, exclusive property of GE Energy Products France SNC. is strictly confidential.
Il ne peut être communiqué, copié ou reproduit sans notre autorisation écrite préalable. It must not be communicated, copied or reproduced without our previous written consent.
SIZE DWG NO SH REV
A4 403A1873 3 B TBFT-TMP-FR-GTE-0060 Rev : 001

Wiring diagram Description

ACCY The device is in the accessories wiring diagram (MLI 401A)
AIR The device is in the cooling fan module wiring diagram (MLI A132)
AIR DRY The device is in the air dryer module wiring diagram (MLI 1049)
CHROM The device is in the chromatograph module wiring diagram (MLI G023)
CLEAN The device is in the cleaning module wiring diagram (MLI E026)
CO2 The device is in the CO2 fire protection module wiring diagram (MLI A068)
ENCL-G The device is in the gas enclosure interface drawing (MLI 1195)
The device is in the liquid fuel / atomizing air / water injection module enclosure interface
ENCL-LF
drawing (MLI 1152)
ENCL-LO The device is in the lube oil / fuel gas module enclosure interface drawing (MLI 1137)
ENCL-T The device is in the turbine enclosure interface drawing (MLI 1113)
ENCL-V The device is in the ventilation enclosure interface drawing (MLI 1643)
ENCL-WI The device is in the water injection enclosure interface drawing (MLI 1196)
FILT The device is in the air filter wiring diagram (MLI A040)
GAS The device is in the gas module wiring diagram (MLI 0991 or 401G)
GAS HEAT The device is in the gas heating and treatment system wiring diagram (MLI G025)
GENE The device is in the generator wiring diagram
IBH The device is in the bleed heating wiring diagram (MLI A037)
The device is in the liquid fuel / atomizing air / water injection module wiring diagram (MLI
LF AA WI
A162)
LF-SR The device is in the liquid fuel recirculation skid wiring diagram (MLI 969S)
LO FG The device is in the lube oil / fuel gas module wiring diagram (MLI A160)
LOAD The device is in the load gear wiring diagram (MLI A012)
MIST The device is in the mist eliminator outline drawing (MLI A098)
OIL The device is in the lube oil wiring diagram (MLI 0990 or 401H)
STEAM The device is in the steam injection module wiring diagram (MLI A135)
TURB The device is in the gas turbine wiring diagram (MLI 401T)
VAN The device is in the additive injection vanadium module wiring diagram (MLI E021)
WASH The device is in the water washing module wiring diagram (MLI E025)
WI The device is in the water injection module wiring diagram (MLI A035)

SIZE CAGE CODE DWG NO

403A1873
A4

SECTION 01E
SCALE SHEET 3/ 25
Doc. Source : TBFT-ISP-FR-GTE-0020
Ce document, propriété exclusive de GE Energy Products France SNC est strictement confidentiel This document, exclusive property of GE Energy Products France SNC. is strictly confidential.
Il ne peut être communiqué, copié ou reproduit sans notre autorisation écrite préalable. It must not be communicated, copied or reproduced without our previous written consent.
SIZE DWG NO SH REV
A4 403A1873 4 B TBFT-TMP-FR-GTE-0060 Rev : 001

System Name Items System Reference

Control Devices Turbine System 0415 CD 202D8906
Lube Oil System 0416 LO 219D2469
Cooling and Sealing Air System 0417 CSA 219D2465
Cooling Water System 0420 CW 209D7630
Starting Means System 0421 SM 206D6145
Gas Fuel System 0422 GF 219D1251
Liquid Fuel System 0424 LF 219D1031
Atomizing Air System 0425 AA 219D2672
Fire Protection System 0426 FP 219D2710
Steam Injection System 0431 SI N/A
Inlet Air heating System 0432 IAR N/A
Hydraulic Supply System 0434 HS 202D8939
Heating and Ventilation System 0436 HV 219D2708
Turbine and Compressor Cleaning System 0441 TCC N/A
Turbine and Compressor Washing System 0442 TCW 206D7754
Water Injection System 0462 WI 206D7562
Compressor Inlet Guide Vanes System 0469 IGV 202D8988
Flow Inlet and Exhaust System 0471 IE 219D2386
Gas Detection System 0474 GD 205D5906
Fuel Purge System 0477 FPU 205D5594
Performance Monitor System 0492 PM 205D4850
Additive Injection Skid System 0494 LFAD N/A
Load Gear System 0495 LG 209D7718

SIZE CAGE CODE DWG NO

403A1873
A4

SECTION 01E
SCALE SHEET 4/ 25
Doc. Source : TBFT-ISP-FR-GTE-0020
Ce document, propriété exclusive de GE Energy Products France SNC est strictement confidentiel This document, exclusive property of GE Energy Products France SNC. is strictly confidential.
Il ne peut être communiqué, copié ou reproduit sans notre autorisation écrite préalable. It must not be communicated, copied or reproduced without our previous written consent.
SIZE DWG NO SH REV
A4 403A1873 5 B TBFT-TMP-FR-GTE-0060 Rev : 001

MLI Wiring
Devices MLI Safety Designation
PID Diagram
Solenoid valve for VA18-1 control
0425 20AA-18 0983 TURB
Characteristics : Normal : 1 to 3 open ; 2 closed | 0.035 kW | 125 VDC
Compressor bleed solenoid valve
0417 20CB-1 1071 TURB
Characteristics : Normal : B to C open, A closed | 0.04 kW | 125 VDC
Liquid fuel pump clutch solenoid
Characteristics : Normal : disengaged | 0 to 2000 rpm
0424 20CF 0510 TURB
Tmin : 560 N.m
Tnominal : 630 N.m | 125 VDC | 0.15 kW (max)
Starting clutch solenoid valve
0421 20CS-1 0522 TURB
Characteristics : P to A open
Trip solenoid valve for gas control valve (VGC-1)
0422 20FGC-1 0507 GAS
Characteristics : Normal : NC | 0.0156 kW | 125 VDC
Fuel gas stop valve solenoid valve
0422 20FGS-1 0507 GAS
Characteristics : Normal : NC | 0.0156 kW | 125 VDC
Liquid fuel solenoid stop valve
0424 20FL 0910 TURB
Characteristics : Normal : NO | 0.02 kW | 110 VDC
Solenoid valve for VA19-1 control
0477 20PL-1 0918 TURB
Characteristics : Normal : 1 to 3 open ; 2 closed | 0.035 kW | 125 VDC
Solenoid valve for compressor IGV trip system
0469 20TV-1 0556 TURB
Characteristics : Normal : NO | 0.1 kW | 125 VDC
Motor valve off-line compressor water wash
0442 20TW-1 0953 TURB
Characteristics : 230 VAC | Normal : FC | 50 Hz | 0.072 kW
0442 20TW-1/PB 1105 TURB Off-line water wash push button
Motor valve on-line compressor water wash
0442 20TW-3 0953 TURB
Characteristics : 230 VAC | Normal : FC | 50 Hz | 0.072 kW
Fuel gas vent solenoid valve
0422 20VG-1 0991 GAS
Characteristics : Normal : NO | 0.009 kW | 125 VDC
Water injection stop valve solenoid valve
0462 20WN-1 A035 WI
Characteristics : Normal : NC | 0.092 kW | 125 VDC
Water injection purge system solenoid valve
0477 20WP-1 0918 TURB
Characteristics : Normal : 1 to 3 open; 2 close | 0.035 kW | 125 VDC
Anti-condensation heater for motor 88BT-1
0436 23BT-1 1605 ENCL-T
Characteristics : 50 Hz | 230 VAC | 0.05 kW
Anti-condensation heater for motor 88BT-2
0436 23BT-2 1605 ENCL-T
Characteristics : 50 Hz | 230 VAC | 0.05 kW
Gas compartment heater
0436 23HA-11 1195 ENCL-G
Characteristics : 50 Hz | 400 VAC | 3.9 kW
Gas compartment air inlet heater
0436 23HA-12 1195 ENCL-G
Characteristics : 50 Hz | 400 VAC | 15 kW
Gas compartment air inlet heater
0436 23HA-13 1195 ENCL-G
Characteristics : 50 Hz | 400 VAC | 15 kW
0436 23HA-30A 1113 ENCL-T Auxiliaries compartment heater
Load compartment heater
0436 23HG-30 1113 ENCL-T
Characteristics : 50 Hz | 400 VAC | 10 kW
Anti-condensation heater for motor 88HQ-1
0434 23HQ-1 0628 TURB
Characteristics : 50 Hz | 230 VAC | 0.05 kW
Turbine compartment heater
0436 23HT-30 1113 ENCL-T
Characteristics : 50 Hz | 400 VAC | 10 kW

SIZE CAGE CODE DWG NO

403A1873
A4

SECTION 01E
SCALE SHEET 5/ 25
Doc. Source : TBFT-ISP-FR-GTE-0020
Ce document, propriété exclusive de GE Energy Products France SNC est strictement confidentiel This document, exclusive property of GE Energy Products France SNC. is strictly confidential.
Il ne peut être communiqué, copié ou reproduit sans notre autorisation écrite préalable. It must not be communicated, copied or reproduced without our previous written consent.
SIZE DWG NO SH REV
A4 403A1873 6 B TBFT-TMP-FR-GTE-0060 Rev : 001

MLI Wiring
Devices MLI Safety Designation
PID Diagram
Anti-condensation heater for motor 88QA
0416 23QA 1006 TURB
Characteristics : 50 Hz | 230 VAC | 0.05 kW
Immersion heater lube oil tank
0416 23QT-1 0938 TURB
Characteristics : 50 Hz | 400 VAC | 10.2 kW
Immersion heater lube oil tank
0416 23QT-2 0938 TURB
Characteristics : 50 Hz | 400 VAC | 10.2 kW
Anti-condensation heater for motor 88QV-1A
0416 23QV-1A A098 MIST
Characteristics : 50 Hz | 230 VAC | 0.05 kW
Anti-condensation heater for motor 88TK-1
0417 23TK-1 1233 TURB
Characteristics : 50 Hz | 230 VAC | 0.05 kW
Anti-condensation heater for motor 88TK-2
0417 23TK-2 1233 TURB
Characteristics : 50 Hz | 230 VAC | 0.05 kW
Anti-condensation heater for motor 88WN-1
0462 23WN-1 A035 WI
Characteristics : 50 Hz | 230 VAC | 0.05 kW
Water injection skid enclosure heater
0436 23WR-30 1196 ENCL-WI
Characteristics : 50 Hz | 400 VAC | 9 kW
0471 27TF-1 A040 FILT GT air filter general alarm dispatching
0415 28FD-2 1121 TURB Flame detector combustion chamber n°2
0415 28FD-3 1121 TURB Flame detector combustion chamber n°3
0415 28FD-7 1121 TURB Flame detector combustion chamber n°7
0415 28FD-8 1121 TURB Flame detector combustion chamber n°8
GT compartment ventilation damper limit switch
0436 33BT-1 1605 ENCL-T Characteristics : Normal : NO
Settings : Flap closed : limit switch activated, contact closed
GT compartment ventilation damper limit switch
0436 33BT-2 1605 ENCL-T Characteristics : Normal : NO
Settings : Flap closed : limit switch activated, contact closed
Bleed valve limit switch (11th stage)
0417 33CB-1 1022 TURB Characteristics : Normal : NO
Settings : Valve opened : limit switch activated, contact closed
Bleed valve limit switch (11th stage)
0417 33CB-2 1022 TURB Characteristics : Normal : NO
Settings : Valve opened : limit switch activated, contact closed
Starting clutch limit switch
0421 33CS-1 0538 TURB
Settings : Contact activated for clutch released
Compartment door limit switch
0436 33DT-1 1605 ENCL-T Characteristics : Normal : NO
Settings : Door closed : limit switch activated, contact closed
Access door limit switch gas compartment
0436 33DT-11 1658 ENCL-G Characteristics : Normal : NO
Settings : Door closed : limit switch activated, contact closed
Access door limit switch gas compartment
0436 33DT-12 1658 ENCL-G Characteristics : Normal : NO
Settings : Door closed : limit switch activated, contact closed
Gas compartment door limit switch
0436 33DT-13 1658 ENCL-G Characteristics : Normal : NO
Settings : Door closed : limit switch activated, contact closed
Compartment door limit switch
0436 33DT-2 1605 ENCL-T Characteristics : Normal : NO
Settings : Door closed : limit switch activated, contact closed

SIZE CAGE CODE DWG NO

403A1873
A4

SECTION 01E
SCALE SHEET 6/ 25
Doc. Source : TBFT-ISP-FR-GTE-0020
Ce document, propriété exclusive de GE Energy Products France SNC est strictement confidentiel This document, exclusive property of GE Energy Products France SNC. is strictly confidential.
Il ne peut être communiqué, copié ou reproduit sans notre autorisation écrite préalable. It must not be communicated, copied or reproduced without our previous written consent.
SIZE DWG NO SH REV
A4 403A1873 7 B TBFT-TMP-FR-GTE-0060 Rev : 001

MLI Wiring
Devices MLI Safety Designation
PID Diagram
Compartment door limit switch
0436 33DT-3 1605 ENCL-T Characteristics : Normal : NO
Settings : Door closed : limit switch activated, contact closed
Compartment door limit switch
0436 33DT-4 1605 ENCL-T Characteristics : Normal : NO
Settings : Door closed : limit switch activated, contact closed
Exhaust plenum compartment ventilation damper limit switch
0436 33EF-1 1605 ENCL-T Characteristics : Normal : NO
Settings : Flap closed : limit switch activated, contact closed
Exhaust plenum compartment ventilation damper limit switch
0436 33EF-2 1605 ENCL-T Characteristics : Normal : NO
Settings : Flap closed : limit switch activated, contact closed
Liquid fuel stop valve limit switch
0424 33FL-1 0511 TURB Characteristics : Normal : NO
Settings : Valve closed : limit switch activated, contact closed
Hydraulic ratchet limit switch
0421 33HR-1 0522 TURB Characteristics : Normal : NC
Settings : Contact open during forward stroke
Water injection skid enclosure : ventilation damper limit switch
0436 33JS-1 1659 ENCL-WI Characteristics : Normal : NO
Settings : Flap closed : limit switch activated, contact closed
Water injection skid enclosure : ventilation damper limit switch
0436 33JS-2 1659 ENCL-WI Characteristics : Normal : NO
Settings : Flap closed : limit switch activated, contact closed
False start drain valve limit switch
0442 33TFD-1 1026 TURB
Settings : Valve opened : Contact closed, limit switch activated
Load compartment ventilation damper limit switch
0436 33VG-1 1605 ENCL-T Characteristics : Normal : NO
Settings : Flap closed : limit switch activated, contact closed
Solenoid valve 20VG-1 limit switch
0422 33VG-11 0991 GAS Characteristics : Normal : NC
Settings : Valve closed : limit switch activated, contact closed
Load compartment ventilation damper limit switch
0436 33VG-2 1605 ENCL-T Characteristics : Normal : NO
Settings : Flap closed : limit switch activated, contact closed
Gas compartment ventilation damper limit switch
0436 33VL-1 1658 ENCL-G Characteristics : Normal : NO
Settings : Flap closed : limit switch activated, contact closed
Gas compartment ventilation damper limit switch
0436 33VL-2 1658 ENCL-G Characteristics : Normal : NO
Settings : Flap closed : limit switch activated, contact closed
Water injection control valve limit switch (part of VC4-1)
0462 33WN-1 A035 WI Characteristics : Normal : NO
Settings : Valve full opened : limit switch activated, contact closed
Water injection control valve limit switch (part of VC4-1)
0462 33WN-2 A035 WI Characteristics : Normal : NO
Settings : Valve full closed : limit switch activated, contact closed
Diesel control sequencer
0421 34DC-1 0602 TURB
Characteristics : 0.5 kW | 125 VDC
Vibration sensor
0415 39V-1A 1218 TURB
Characteristics : For 25.4 mm/s (1 in/s), 150 ± 4.5 mV peak

SIZE CAGE CODE DWG NO

403A1873
A4

SECTION 01E
SCALE SHEET 7/ 25
Doc. Source : TBFT-ISP-FR-GTE-0020
Ce document, propriété exclusive de GE Energy Products France SNC est strictement confidentiel This document, exclusive property of GE Energy Products France SNC. is strictly confidential.
Il ne peut être communiqué, copié ou reproduit sans notre autorisation écrite préalable. It must not be communicated, copied or reproduced without our previous written consent.
SIZE DWG NO SH REV
A4 403A1873 8 B TBFT-TMP-FR-GTE-0060 Rev : 001

MLI Wiring
Devices MLI Safety Designation
PID Diagram
Vibration sensor
0415 39V-1B 1218 TURB
Characteristics : For 25.4 mm/s (1 in/s), 150 ± 4.5 mV peak
Vibration sensor
0415 39V-2A 1218 TURB
Characteristics : For 25.4 mm/s (1 in/s), 150 ± 4.5 mV peak
Vibration sensor
0415 39V-2B 1218 TURB
Characteristics : For 25.4 mm/s (1 in/s), 150 ± 4.5 mV peak
Seismic sensor on load gear casing, high speed shaft GT side
0495 39V-4D A012 LOAD
Characteristics : For 25.4 mm/s (1 in/s), 150 ± 4.5 mV peak
Seismic sensor on load gear casing, high speed shaft GT side
0495 39V-4E A012 LOAD
Characteristics : For 25.4 mm/s (1 in/s), 150 ± 4.5 mV peak
Seismic sensor on load gear casing, low speed shaft generator side
0495 39V-4F A012 LOAD
Characteristics : For 25.4 mm/s (1 in/s), 150 ± 4.5 mV peak
Vibration sensor
0415 39VS-11 1154 TURB Characteristics : Output proximitor : 7.87 V/mm (0.2 V/mil)
Settings : Gap : 1.14 ± 0.05 mm (0.045 ± 0.002 in)
Vibration sensor
0415 39VS-12 1154 TURB Characteristics : Output proximitor : 7.87 V/mm (0.2 V/mil)
Settings : Gap : 1.14 ± 0.05 mm (0.045 ± 0.002 in)
Vibration sensor
0415 39VS-21 1154 TURB Characteristics : Output proximitor : 7.87 V/mm (0.2 V/mil)
Settings : Gap : 1.14 ± 0.05 mm (0.045 ± 0.002 in)
Vibration sensor
0415 39VS-22 1154 TURB Characteristics : Output proximitor : 7.87 V/mm (0.2 V/mil)
Settings : Gap : 1.14 ± 0.05 mm (0.045 ± 0.002 in)
Vibration sensor
0495 39VS-51 A012 LOAD Characteristics : Output proximitor : 7.87 V/mm (0.2 V/mil)
Settings : Gap : 1.4 ± 0.05 mm (0.055 ± 0.002 in)
Vibration sensor
0495 39VS-52 A012 LOAD Characteristics : Output proximitor : 7.87 V/mm (0.2 V/mil)
Settings : Gap : 1.4 ± 0.05 mm (0.055 ± 0.002 in)
Vibration sensor
0495 39VS-61 A012 LOAD Characteristics : Output proximitor : 7.87 V/mm (0.2 V/mil)
Settings : Gap : 1.4 ± 0.05 mm (0.055 ± 0.002 in)
Vibration sensor
0495 39VS-62 A012 LOAD Characteristics : Output proximitor : 7.87 V/mm (0.2 V/mil)
Settings : Gap : 1.4 ± 0.05 mm (0.055 ± 0.002 in)
Vibration sensor
0495 39VS-71 A012 LOAD Characteristics : Output proximitor : 7.87 V/mm (0.2 V/mil)
Settings : Gap : 1.4 ± 0.05 mm (0.055 ± 0.002 in)
Vibration sensor
0495 39VS-72 A012 LOAD Characteristics : Output proximitor : 7.87 V/mm (0.2 V/mil)
Settings : Gap : 1.4 ± 0.05 mm (0.055 ± 0.002 in)
Vibration sensor
0495 39VS-81 A012 LOAD Characteristics : Output proximitor : 7.87 V/mm (0.2 V/mil)
Settings : Gap : 1.4 ± 0.05 mm (0.055 ± 0.002 in)
Vibration sensor
0495 39VS-82 A012 LOAD Characteristics : Output proximitor : 7.87 V/mm (0.2 V/mil)
Settings : Gap : 1.4 ± 0.05 mm (0.055 ± 0.002 in)
Break glass unit auxiliaries compartment access door
0426 43CP-1 1113 ENCL-T
Characteristics : Normal : NO
Break glass unit gas compartment
0426 43CP-11 1195 ENCL-G
Characteristics : Normal : NO

SIZE CAGE CODE DWG NO

403A1873
A4

SECTION 01E
SCALE SHEET 8/ 25
Doc. Source : TBFT-ISP-FR-GTE-0020
Ce document, propriété exclusive de GE Energy Products France SNC est strictement confidentiel This document, exclusive property of GE Energy Products France SNC. is strictly confidential.
Il ne peut être communiqué, copié ou reproduit sans notre autorisation écrite préalable. It must not be communicated, copied or reproduced without our previous written consent.
SIZE DWG NO SH REV
A4 403A1873 9 B TBFT-TMP-FR-GTE-0060 Rev : 001

MLI Wiring
Devices MLI Safety Designation
PID Diagram
Break glass unit gas compartment
0426 43CP-12 1195 ENCL-G
Characteristics : Normal : NO
Break glass unit GT compartment access door
0426 43CP-2 1113 ENCL-T
Characteristics : Normal : NO
Break glass unit load gear compartment access door
0426 43CP-3 1113 ENCL-T
Characteristics : Normal : NO
Break glass unit auxiliaries compartment access door
0426 43CP-4 1113 ENCL-T
Characteristics : Normal : NO
Break glass unit GT compartment access door
0426 43CP-5 1113 ENCL-T
Characteristics : Normal : NO
Break glass unit load gear compartment access door
0426 43CP-6 1113 ENCL-T
Characteristics : Normal : NO
Hydraulic ratchet control switch
0421 43HR-1 1110 TURB
Characteristics : Normal : NO
Thermostatic fire detector GT compartment
0426 45FA-10A 1113 ENCL-T Characteristics : Normal : NO
Settings : Closed : 163 ± 14°C (325 ± 25°F)
Thermostatic fire detector GT compartment
0426 45FA-10B 1113 ENCL-T Characteristics : Normal : NO
Settings : Closed : 163 ± 14°C (325 ± 25°F)
Thermostatic fire detector GT compartment
0426 45FA-11A 1113 ENCL-T Characteristics : Normal : NO
Settings : Closed : 163 ± 14°C (325 ± 25°F)
Thermostatic fire detector GT compartment
0426 45FA-11B 1113 ENCL-T Characteristics : Normal : NO
Settings : Closed : 163 ± 14°C (325 ± 25°F)
Thermostatic fire detector GT compartment
0426 45FA-12A 1113 ENCL-T Characteristics : Normal : NO
Settings : Closed : 163 ± 14°C (325 ± 25°F)
Thermostatic fire detector GT compartment
0426 45FA-12B 1113 ENCL-T Characteristics : Normal : NO
Settings : Closed : 163 ± 14°C (325 ± 25°F)
Thermostatic fire detector GT compartment
0426 45FA-13A 1113 ENCL-T Characteristics : Normal : NO
Settings : Closed : 163 ± 14°C (325 ± 25°F)
Thermostatic fire detector GT compartment
0426 45FA-13B 1113 ENCL-T Characteristics : Normal : NO
Settings : Closed : 163 ± 14°C (325 ± 25°F)
Thermostatic fire detector auxiliaries compartment
0426 45FA-1A 1104 TURB Characteristics : Normal : NO
Settings : Closed : 163 ± 14°C (325 ± 25°F)
Thermostatic fire detector auxiliaries compartment
0426 45FA-1B 1104 TURB Characteristics : Normal : NO
Settings : Closed : 163 ± 14°C (325 ± 25°F)
Thermostatic fire detector auxiliaries compartment
0426 45FA-2A 1104 TURB Characteristics : Normal : NO
Settings : Closed : 163 ± 14°C (325 ± 25°F)
Thermostatic fire detector auxiliaries compartment
0426 45FA-2B 1104 TURB Characteristics : Normal : NO
Settings : Closed : 163 ± 14°C (325 ± 25°F)

SIZE CAGE CODE DWG NO

403A1873
A4

SECTION 01E
SCALE SHEET 9/ 25
Doc. Source : TBFT-ISP-FR-GTE-0020
Ce document, propriété exclusive de GE Energy Products France SNC est strictement confidentiel This document, exclusive property of GE Energy Products France SNC. is strictly confidential.
Il ne peut être communiqué, copié ou reproduit sans notre autorisation écrite préalable. It must not be communicated, copied or reproduced without our previous written consent.
SIZE DWG NO SH REV
A4 403A1873 10 B TBFT-TMP-FR-GTE-0060 Rev : 001

MLI Wiring
Devices MLI Safety Designation
PID Diagram
Thermostatic fire detector gas compartment
0426 45FA-6A 0991 GAS Characteristics : Normal : NO
Settings : Closed : 163 ± 14°C (325 ± 25°F)
Thermostatic fire detector gas compartment
0426 45FA-6B 0991 GAS Characteristics : Normal : NO
Settings : Closed : 163 ± 14°C (325 ± 25°F)
Thermostatic fire detector gas compartment
0426 45FA-7A 0991 GAS Characteristics : Normal : NO
Settings : Closed : 163 ± 14°C (325 ± 25°F)
Thermostatic fire detector gas compartment
0426 45FA-7B 0991 GAS Characteristics : Normal : NO
Settings : Closed : 163 ± 14°C (325 ± 25°F)
Thermostatic fire detector load compartment
0426 45FT-10A 1106 TURB Characteristics : Normal : NO
Settings : Closed : 316 ± 14°C (600 ± 25°F)
Thermostatic fire detector load compartment
0426 45FT-10B 1106 TURB Characteristics : Normal : NO
Settings : Closed : 316 ± 14°C (600 ± 25°F)
Thermostatic fire detector load compartment
0426 45FT-11A 1113 ENCL-T Characteristics : Normal : NO
Settings : Closed : 316 ± 14°C (600 ± 25°F)
Thermostatic fire detector load compartment
0426 45FT-11B 1113 ENCL-T Characteristics : Normal : NO
Settings : Closed : 316 ± 14°C (600 ± 25°F)
Thermostatic fire detector GT compartment
0426 45FT-1A 1103 TURB Characteristics : Normal : NO
Settings : Closed : 316 ± 14°C (600 ± 25°F)
Thermostatic fire detector GT compartment
0426 45FT-1B 1103 TURB Characteristics : Normal : NO
Settings : Closed : 316 ± 14°C (600 ± 25°F)
Thermostatic fire detector GT compartment
0426 45FT-2A 1103 TURB Characteristics : Normal : NO
Settings : Closed : 316 ± 14°C (600 ± 25°F)
Thermostatic fire detector GT compartment
0426 45FT-2B 1103 TURB Characteristics : Normal : NO
Settings : Closed : 316 ± 14°C (600 ± 25°F)
Thermostatic fire detector GT compartment
0426 45FT-3A 1103 TURB Characteristics : Normal : NO
Settings : Closed : 316 ± 14°C (600 ± 25°F)
Thermostatic fire detector GT compartment
0426 45FT-3B 1103 TURB Characteristics : Normal : NO
Settings : Closed : 316 ± 14°C (600 ± 25°F)
Thermostatic fire detector load compartment
0426 45FT-9A 1106 TURB Characteristics : Normal : NO
Settings : Closed : 316 ± 14°C (600 ± 25°F)
Thermostatic fire detector load compartment
0426 45FT-9B 1106 TURB Characteristics : Normal : NO
Settings : Closed : 316 ± 14°C (600 ± 25°F)
Gas detector gas module compartment ventilation duct
0474 45HA-4 1658 ENCL-G
Characteristics : Range : 0 - 20% LEL
Gas detector gas module compartment ventilation duct
0474 45HA-5 1658 ENCL-G
Characteristics : Range : 0 - 20% LEL

SIZE CAGE CODE DWG NO

403A1873
A4

SECTION 01E
SCALE SHEET 10/ 25
Doc. Source : TBFT-ISP-FR-GTE-0020
Ce document, propriété exclusive de GE Energy Products France SNC est strictement confidentiel This document, exclusive property of GE Energy Products France SNC. is strictly confidential.
Il ne peut être communiqué, copié ou reproduit sans notre autorisation écrite préalable. It must not be communicated, copied or reproduced without our previous written consent.
SIZE DWG NO SH REV
A4 403A1873 11 B TBFT-TMP-FR-GTE-0060 Rev : 001

MLI Wiring
Devices MLI Safety Designation
PID Diagram
Gas detector gas module compartment ventilation duct
0474 45HA-6 1658 ENCL-G
Characteristics : Range : 0 - 20% LEL
Gas detector turbine compartment
0474 45HT-1 1154 TURB
Characteristics : Range : 0 - 20% LEL
Gas detector turbine compartment
0474 45HT-2 1154 TURB
Characteristics : Range : 0 - 20% LEL
Gas detector turbine compartment
0474 45HT-3 1154 TURB
Characteristics : Range : 0 - 20% LEL
Gas detector turbine compartment ventilation duct
0474 45HT-4 1605 ENCL-T
Characteristics : Range : 0 - 20% LEL
Gas detector turbine compartment ventilation duct
0474 45HT-5 1605 ENCL-T
Characteristics : Range : 0 - 20% LEL
Gas detector turbine compartment ventilation duct
0474 45HT-6 1605 ENCL-T
Characteristics : Range : 0 - 20% LEL
Security thermostat gas compartment heater
0436 49HA-12 1658 ENCL-G
Characteristics : Closed at 100°C (212°F) | Normal : NO
Emergency stop button
0426 5E-10 1113 ENCL-T
Characteristics : Normal : NO
Emergency stop button
0426 5E-11 1113 ENCL-T
Characteristics : Normal : NO
GT compressed air inlet filter low pressure switch
Characteristics : Normal : NC
0471 63CA-1 A040 FILT Settings :
Not adjustable : increase close at : 6 ± 0.5 bar (87 ± 7.25 psi) |
Decrease open at : 5.5 ± 0.5 bar (79.77 ± 7.25 psi)
Gas fuel pressure switch
Characteristics : Normal : NC
0422 63FG-1 0991 GAS Settings :
Decrease close at : 1.03 ± 0.05 bar (15.0 ± 0.75 psi) |
Not adjustable : increase open at : 2.41 ± 0.05 bar (35.0 ± 0.75 psi)
Gas fuel pressure switch
Characteristics : Normal : NC
0422 63FG-2 0991 GAS Settings :
Decrease close at : 1.03 ± 0.05 bar (15.0 ± 0.75 psi) |
Not adjustable : increase open at : 2.41 ± 0.05 bar (35.0 ± 0.75 psi)
Liquid fuel pressure switch
Characteristics : Normal : NO
0424 63FL-2 0926 TURB Settings :
Not adjustable : increase closed at : 2.75 ± 0.14 bar (40 ± 2 psi) |
Decrease open at : 2.41 ± 0.07 bar (35 ± 1 psi)
Hydraulic filter differential pressure alarm
Characteristics : Normal : NC
0434 63HF-1 0926 TURB Settings :
Not adjustable : decrease close at : 2.75 ± 1.03 bar (40 ± 15 psi) |
Increase open at : 4.13 ± 0.2 bar (60 ± 3 psi)
Low hydraulic supply pressure auxiliary hydraulic pump start
Characteristics : Normal : NO
0434 63HQ-1 0926 TURB Settings :
Not adjustable : increase close at : 79 ± 2.8 bar (1150 ± 40 psi) |
Decrease open at : 72.4 ± 2.1 bar (1050 ± 30 psi)

SIZE CAGE CODE DWG NO

403A1873
A4

SECTION 01E
SCALE SHEET 11/ 25
Doc. Source : TBFT-ISP-FR-GTE-0020
Ce document, propriété exclusive de GE Energy Products France SNC est strictement confidentiel This document, exclusive property of GE Energy Products France SNC. is strictly confidential.
Il ne peut être communiqué, copié ou reproduit sans notre autorisation écrite préalable. It must not be communicated, copied or reproduced without our previous written consent.
SIZE DWG NO SH REV
A4 403A1873 12 B TBFT-TMP-FR-GTE-0060 Rev : 001

MLI Wiring
Devices MLI Safety Designation
PID Diagram
Fuel filter differential pressure alarm
Characteristics : Normal : NC
0424 63LF-7 0992 TURB Settings :
Not adjustable : decrease close at : 1.1 ± 0.07 bar (16 ± 1 psi) |
Increase open at : 1.3 ± 0.07 bar (19 ± 1 psi)
Pressure switch on liquid fuel purge air
Characteristics : Normal : NO
0477 63PL-21 0926 TURB Settings :
Not adjustable : increase close at : 6 ± 0.3 bar (87 ± 4 psi) |
Decrease open at : 4.6 ± 0.3 bar (67 ± 4 psi)
Water injection air purge pressure switch
Characteristics : Normal : NO
0477 63PW-1 0926 TURB Settings :
Increase close at : 7.5 ± 0.25 bar (108 ± 4 psi) | Decrease open at : 6.1 ± 0.25 bar (88 ± 4
psi)
Low lube oil pressure alarm
Characteristics : Normal : NO
0416 63QA-2 0926 TURB Settings :
Not adjustable : increase close at : 2.9 ± 0.14 bar (42.06 ± 2 psi) |
Decrease open at : 2.6 ± 0.07 bar ( 37.7± 1 psi)
Differential pressure switch main lube oil filter
Characteristics : Normal : NC
0416 63QQ-1 0926 TURB Settings :
Not adjustable : decrease close at : 0.9 ± 0.2 bar (13 ± 3 psi) |
Increase open at : 1.03 ± 0.068 bar (15 ± 1 psi)
Oil mist eliminator filter high pressure drop alarm
Characteristics : Normal : NC
0416 63QQ-10 A098 MIST
Settings :
Increase open at : 80 ± 3 mbar (1.16 ± 0.044 psi)
Generator bearing low lube oil pressure
Characteristics : Normal : NO
0416 63QT-2A ALT. GENE Settings :
Not adjustable : increase close at : 0.62 ± 0.035 bar (9 ± 0.5 psi) |
Decrease open at : 0.55 ± 0.021 bar (8 ± 0.3 psi)
Generator bearing low lube oil pressure
Characteristics : Normal : NO
0416 63QT-2B ALT. GENE Settings :
Not adjustable : increase close at : 0.62 ± 0.035 bar (9 ± 0.5 psi) |
Decrease open at : 0.55 ± 0.021 bar (8 ± 0.3 psi)
GT inlet air system differential pressure switch
Characteristics : Normal : NC
0471 63TF-2A A040 FILT
Settings :
Increase open at : 21 ± 0.5 mbar (0.3 ± 0.007 psi)
GT inlet air system differential pressure switch
Characteristics : Normal : NC
0471 63TF-2B A040 FILT
Settings :
Increase open at : 21 ± 0.5 mbar (0.3 ± 0.007 psi)
Turbine exhaust frame cooling pressure switch
Characteristics : Normal : NO
0417 63TK-1 A132 TURB
Settings :
Closed above 381 ± 15.24 mm H2O (15 ± 0.6 in H2O)
Turbine exhaust frame cooling pressure switch
Characteristics : Normal : NO
0417 63TK-2 A132 TURB
Settings :
Closed above 381 ± 15.24 mm H2O (15 ± 0.6 in H2O)

SIZE CAGE CODE DWG NO

403A1873
A4

SECTION 01E
SCALE SHEET 12/ 25
Doc. Source : TBFT-ISP-FR-GTE-0020
Ce document, propriété exclusive de GE Energy Products France SNC est strictement confidentiel This document, exclusive property of GE Energy Products France SNC. is strictly confidential.
Il ne peut être communiqué, copié ou reproduit sans notre autorisation écrite préalable. It must not be communicated, copied or reproduced without our previous written consent.
SIZE DWG NO SH REV
A4 403A1873 13 B TBFT-TMP-FR-GTE-0060 Rev : 001

MLI Wiring
Devices MLI Safety Designation
PID Diagram
Water injection pressure switch
0462 63WN-1 A035 WI Characteristics : Normal : NC
Settings : Open on decreasing pressure / atm : -0.270 ± 0.01 bar (-3.9 ± 0.14 psi)
Water injection pressure switch
0462 63WN-2 A035 WI Characteristics : Normal : NO
Settings : Decrease open at : 20 bar (290 psi)
Water injection differential pressure switch
0462 63WN-3 A035 WI Characteristics : Normal : NC
Settings : Open on increasing differential pressure : 1.03 ± 0.1 bar (15 ± 1 psi)
0424 65FP 0533 TURB Liquid fuel pump (by pass valve) servo valve
0422 65GC-1 0509 GAS Gas control valve servo valve (VGC-1)
Electropneumatic positioner reg. cooling water flow to atomizing air cooler
Settings :
0420 65WC-2 1027 TURB
4 ± 0.2mA= 1.2 ± 0.1 bar (17.4 ± 1.5 psi) = 100% flow C to E (B closed) |
20 ± 0.2mA= 2.5 ± 0.1 bar (36.3 ± 1.5 psi) = 0% flow C to E (C closed)
Level sensor
0424 71FF-1 0910 TURB Characteristics : Normal : NC
Settings : Opening on high level
Level sensor
0424 71FF-2 0910 TURB Characteristics : Normal : NC
Settings : Opening on high level
Level sensor
0424 71FF-3 0910 TURB Characteristics : Normal : NC
Settings : Opening on high level
Level sensor
0424 71FF-4 969L OTHER Characteristics : Normal : NC
Settings : Opening on high level
Level sensor
0424 71FF-5 969L OTHER Characteristics : Normal : NC
Settings : Opening on high-high level
Level sensor
0424 71FF-6 969L OTHER Characteristics : Normal : NC
Settings : Opening on high-high level
High level lube oil tank
0416 71QH-1 1038 TURB Characteristics : Normal : NC
Settings : Increase open on high level
Low level lube oil tank
0416 71QL-1 1038 TURB Characteristics : Normal : NO
Settings : Decrease open on low level
Flow divider magnetic pickup-speed
0424 77FD-1T3 0910 TURB
Settings : Gap : 0.178 ± 0.05 mm (0.007 ± 0.002 in)
Speed sensor
0415 77HT-1 0546 TURB
Settings : Gap : 1.27 ± 0.127 mm (0.05 ± 0.005 in)
Speed sensor
0415 77HT-2 0546 TURB
Settings : Gap : 1.27 ± 0.127 mm (0.05 ± 0.005 in)
Speed sensor
0415 77HT-3 0546 TURB
Settings : Gap : 1.27 ± 0.127 mm (0.05 ± 0.005 in)
Speed sensor
0415 77NH-1 0546 TURB
Settings : Gap : 1.27 ± 0.127 mm (0.05 ± 0.005 in)
Speed sensor
0415 77NH-2 0546 TURB
Settings : Gap : 1.27 ± 0.127 mm (0.05 ± 0.005 in)

SIZE CAGE CODE DWG NO

403A1873
A4

SECTION 01E
SCALE SHEET 13/ 25
Doc. Source : TBFT-ISP-FR-GTE-0020
Ce document, propriété exclusive de GE Energy Products France SNC est strictement confidentiel This document, exclusive property of GE Energy Products France SNC. is strictly confidential.
Il ne peut être communiqué, copié ou reproduit sans notre autorisation écrite préalable. It must not be communicated, copied or reproduced without our previous written consent.
SIZE DWG NO SH REV
A4 403A1873 14 B TBFT-TMP-FR-GTE-0060 Rev : 001

MLI Wiring
Devices MLI Safety Designation
PID Diagram
Speed sensor
0415 77NH-3 0546 TURB
Settings : Gap : 1.27 ± 0.127 mm (0.05 ± 0.005 in)
Vibration sensor
0415 77RP-1 1154 TURB Characteristics : Output proximitor : 7.87 V/mm (0.2 V/mil)
Settings : Gap : 1.14 mm (0.045 in)
Keyphasor, low speed shaft end drive generator side
0495 77RP-101 A012 LOAD Characteristics : Output proximitor : 7.87 V/mm (0.2 V/mil)
Settings : Gap : 1.4 ± 0.05 mm (0.055 ± 0.002 in)
Cooling air fan motor - acoustic enclosure GT compartment
0436 88BT-1 1605 ENCL-T
Characteristics : 18.5 kW | - rpm | 50 Hz | 400 VAC
Cooling air fan motor - acoustic enclosure GT compartment
0436 88BT-2 1605 ENCL-T
Characteristics : 18.5 kW | - rpm | 50 Hz | 400 VAC
Diesel engine electric starting motor
0421 88DS-1 0538 TURB
Characteristics : 7.36 kW | 2750 rpm | 125 VDC
Cooling air fan motor - Acoustic enclosure exhaust plenum compartment
0436 88EF-1 1605 ENCL-T
Characteristics : 7.5 kW | - rpm | 50 Hz | 400 VAC
Cooling air fan motor - Acoustic enclosure exhaust plenum compartment
0436 88EF-2 1605 ENCL-T
Characteristics : 7.5 kW | - rpm | 50 Hz | 400 VAC
Flow divider starting motor
0424 88FM 0613 TURB
Characteristics : 0.44 kW | 3000 rpm | 125 VDC
Auxiliary hydraulic supply pump motor
0434 88HQ-1 0628 TURB
Characteristics : 15 kW | 1450 rpm | 50 Hz | 400 VAC
Hydraulic ratchet pump motor
0421 88HR-1 0549 TURB
Characteristics : 0.55 kW | 1725 rpm | 125 VDC
Cooling air fan motor water injection skid enclosure
0436 88JS-1 1659 ENCL-WI
Characteristics : 0.37 kW | - rpm | 50 Hz | 400 VAC
Cooling air fan motor water injection skid enclosure
0436 88JS-2 1659 ENCL-WI
Characteristics : 0.37 kW | - rpm | 50 Hz | 400 VAC
Auxiliary lube oil pump motor
0416 88QA 1006 TURB
Characteristics : 30 kW | 3000 rpm | 50 Hz | 400 VAC
Emergency lube oil pump motor
0416 88QE-1 1007 TURB
Characteristics : 7.5 kW | 3000 rpm | 125 VDC
Lube oil mist eliminator motor
0416 88QV-1A A098 MIST
Characteristics : 7.5 kW | 3000 rpm | 50 Hz | 400 VAC
Turbine exhaust frame cooling blower & motor
0417 88TK-1 1233 TURB
Characteristics : 30 kW | 2955 rpm | 50 Hz | 400 VAC
Turbine exhaust frame cooling blower & motor
0417 88TK-2 1233 TURB
Characteristics : 30 kW | 2955 rpm | 50 Hz | 400 VAC
Cooling air fan motor acoustic enclosure load compartment
0436 88VG-1 1605 ENCL-T
Characteristics : 7.5 kW | - rpm | 50 Hz | 400 VAC
Cooling air fan motor acoustic enclosure load compartment
0436 88VG-2 1605 ENCL-T
Characteristics : 7.5 kW | - rpm | 50 Hz | 400 VAC
Cooling air fan motor gas module acoustic enclosure
0436 88VL-1 1658 ENCL-G
Characteristics : 2.2 kW | - rpm | 50 Hz | 400 VAC
Cooling air fan motor gas module acoustic enclosure
0436 88VL-2 1658 ENCL-G
Characteristics : 2.2 kW | - rpm | 50 Hz | 400 VAC
Water injection pump motor
0462 88WN-1 A035 WI
Characteristics : 30 kW | 3000 rpm | 50 Hz | 400 VAC
0422 90SR-1 0507 GAS Gas speed ratio/stop valve servo valve

SIZE CAGE CODE DWG NO

403A1873
A4

SECTION 01E
SCALE SHEET 14/ 25
Doc. Source : TBFT-ISP-FR-GTE-0020
Ce document, propriété exclusive de GE Energy Products France SNC est strictement confidentiel This document, exclusive property of GE Energy Products France SNC. is strictly confidential.
Il ne peut être communiqué, copié ou reproduit sans notre autorisation écrite préalable. It must not be communicated, copied or reproduced without our previous written consent.
SIZE DWG NO SH REV
A4 403A1873 15 B TBFT-TMP-FR-GTE-0060 Rev : 001

MLI Wiring
Devices MLI Safety Designation
PID Diagram
0469 90TV-1 0556 TURB Servovalve, compressor IGV actuator
Electro-pneumatic converter
Settings :
0462 90WN-1 A035 WI
04 ± 0.20 mA for 0 ± 0.01 bar (0 ± 0.14 psi)
20 ± 0.20 mA for 3.1 ± 0.1 bar (45 ± 1.4 psi)
Air flow control (anemometer) for turbine enclosure
Characteristics : 4 - 20 mA for 0.5 - 30 m/s
0436 95BT-1 1605 ENCL-T Settings : fan not running, 0% air flow : 4 -0/+1 mA
fan running and doors closed : adjust the speedtronic constant software at a value
equivalent to { [60% * (x1 - 4) ] + 4 mA }
Air flow control (anemometer) for turbine enclosure
Characteristics : 4 - 20 mA for 0.5 - 30 m/s
0436 95BT-2 1605 ENCL-T Settings : fan not running, 0% air flow : 4 -0/+1 mA
fan running and doors closed : adjust the speedtronic constant software at a value
equivalent to { [60% * (x1 - 4) ] + 4 mA }
Air flow control (anemometer) for turbine enclosure
Characteristics : 4 - 20 mA for 0.5 - 30 m/s
0436 95BT-3 1605 ENCL-T Settings : fan not running, 0% air flow : 4 -0/+1 mA
fan running and doors closed : adjust the speedtronic constant software at a value
equivalent to { [60% * (x1 - 4) ] + 4 mA }
Ignition transformer for 95SP-1
0415 95SG-1 1213 TURB
Characteristics : 0.15 kVA | 50 Hz | 230 VAC
Ignition transformer for 95SP-10
0415 95SG-10 1213 TURB
Characteristics : 0.15 kVA | 50 Hz | 230 VAC
0415 95SP-1 1214 TURB Spark plug for combustion chamber n°1
0415 95SP-10 1214 TURB Spark plug for combustion chamber n°10
Air flow control (anemometer) for gas skid enclosure
Characteristics : 4 - 20 mA for 0.5 - 30 m/s
0436 95VL-1 1658 ENCL-G Settings : fan not running, 0% air flow : 4 -0/+1 mA
fan running and doors closed : adjust the speedtronic constant software at a value
equivalent to { [60% * (x1 - 4) ] + 4 mA }
Air flow control (anemometer) for gas skid enclosure
Characteristics : 4 - 20 mA for 0.5 - 30 m/s
0436 95VL-2 1658 ENCL-G Settings : fan not running, 0% air flow : 4 -0/+1 mA
fan running and doors closed : adjust the speedtronic constant software at a value
equivalent to { [60% * (x1 - 4) ] + 4 mA }
Air flow control (anemometer) for gas skid enclosure
Characteristics : 4 - 20 mA for 0.5 - 30 m/s
0436 95VL-3 1658 ENCL-G Settings : fan not running, 0% air flow : 4 -0/+1 mA
fan running and doors closed : adjust the speedtronic constant software at a value
equivalent to { [60% * (x1 - 4) ] + 4 mA }
Atomizing air main compressor differential pressure transmitter
Settings :
0425 96AD-1 0926 TURB
4 ± 0.02 mA for 0 bar (0 psi)
20 ± 0.1 mA for 6 bar (87 psi)
Pressure transmitter
Settings :
0492 96AP-1A 0559 TURB
04 ± 0.02 mA for 0.745 bar abs (22 in of Hg)
20 ± 0.10 mA for 1.250 bar abs (37 in of Hg)
Pressure transmitter
Settings :
0492 96AP-1B 0559 TURB
04 ± 0.02 mA for 0.745 bar abs (22 in of Hg)
20 ± 0.10 mA for 1.250 bar abs (37 in of Hg)

SIZE CAGE CODE DWG NO

403A1873
A4

SECTION 01E
SCALE SHEET 15/ 25
Doc. Source : TBFT-ISP-FR-GTE-0020
Ce document, propriété exclusive de GE Energy Products France SNC est strictement confidentiel This document, exclusive property of GE Energy Products France SNC. is strictly confidential.
Il ne peut être communiqué, copié ou reproduit sans notre autorisation écrite préalable. It must not be communicated, copied or reproduced without our previous written consent.
SIZE DWG NO SH REV
A4 403A1873 16 B TBFT-TMP-FR-GTE-0060 Rev : 001

MLI Wiring
Devices MLI Safety Designation
PID Diagram
Pressure transmitter
Settings :
0492 96AP-1C 0559 TURB
04 ± 0.02 mA for 0.745 bar abs (22 in of Hg)
20 ± 0.10 mA for 1.250 bar abs (37 in of Hg)
Pressure transmitter
Settings :
0492 96BD-1 0559 TURB
04 ± 0.02 mA for 0.000 bar (0.000 in of H2O)
20 ± 0.10 mA for 0.345 bar (138.5 in of H2O)
Compressor discharge pressure transmitter
Settings :
0417 96CD-1A 0557 TURB
04 ± 0.05 mA for 0 bar (0 psi)
20 ± 0.1 mA for 20.7 bar (300 psi)
Compressor discharge pressure transmitter
Settings :
0417 96CD-1B 0557 TURB
04 ± 0.05 mA for 0 bar (0 psi)
20 ± 0.1 mA for 20.7 bar (300 psi)
Compressor discharge pressure transmitter
Settings :
0417 96CD-1C 0557 TURB
04 ± 0.05 mA for 0 bar (0 psi)
20 ± 0.1 mA for 20.7 bar (300 psi)
Pressure transmitter
Settings :
0492 96CS-1 0559 TURB
04 ± 0.02 mA for 0 mbar
20 ± 0.10 mA for 27.4 mbar (11 in of H2O)
Inlet gas fuel module pressure transmitter
Settings :
0422 96FG-1 0991 GAS
4 ± 0.05 mA for 0 bar (0 psi)
20 ± 0.1 mA for 34.5 bar (500 psi)
Fuel gas inter-valve pressure transmitter
Settings :
0422 96FG-2A 0991 GAS
4 ± 0.05 mA for 0 bar (0 psi)
20 ± 0.1 mA for 34.5 bar (500 psi)
Fuel gas inter-valve pressure transmitter
Settings :
0422 96FG-2B 0991 GAS
4 ± 0.05 mA for 0 bar (0 psi)
20 ± 0.1 mA for 34.5 bar (500 psi)
Fuel gas inter-valve pressure transmitter
Settings :
0422 96FG-2C 0991 GAS
4 ± 0.05 mA for 0 bar (0 psi)
20 ± 0.1 mA for 34.5 bar (500 psi)
Fuel gaz control valve (VGC-1) LVDT
0422 96GC-1 0509 GAS
Settings : 0.7 ± 0.01 VAC for 0 mm
Fuel gaz control valve (VGC-1) LVDT
0422 96GC-2 0509 GAS
Settings : 0.7 ± 0.01 VAC for 0 mm
Lube oil system VPR-2 inlet pressure transmitter
Settings :
0416 96QA-2 0926 TURB
4 ± 0.05 mA for 0 bar (0 psi)
20 ± 0.1 mA for 7 bar (101.5 psi)
Dew point and temperature transmitter
Settings :
Outlet 1 :
04 ± 0.05 mA for -50°C (-58 °F)
0471 96RH A040 FILT
20 ± 0.05 mA for +50°C (122 °F)
Outlet 2 :
04 ± 0.05 mA for 0% RH
20 ± 0.05 mA for 100 % RH

SIZE CAGE CODE DWG NO

403A1873
A4

SECTION 01E
SCALE SHEET 16/ 25
Doc. Source : TBFT-ISP-FR-GTE-0020
Ce document, propriété exclusive de GE Energy Products France SNC est strictement confidentiel This document, exclusive property of GE Energy Products France SNC. is strictly confidential.
Il ne peut être communiqué, copié ou reproduit sans notre autorisation écrite préalable. It must not be communicated, copied or reproduced without our previous written consent.
SIZE DWG NO SH REV
A4 403A1873 17 B TBFT-TMP-FR-GTE-0060 Rev : 001

MLI Wiring
Devices MLI Safety Designation
PID Diagram
Fuel gaz stop ratio (VSR) LVDT
0422 96SR-1 0507 GAS
Settings : 0.7 ± 0.01 VAC for 0 mm
Fuel gaz stop ratio (VSR) LVDT
0422 96SR-2 0507 GAS
Settings : 0.7 ± 0.01 VAC for 0 mm
Differential pressure transmitter of total filtration stages
Settings :
0471 96TF-1 A040 FILT
4 ± 0.05 mA for 0 mmH2O (0 inH2O)
20 ± 0.1 mA for 254 mmH2O (10 inH2O)
LVDT (Linear variable displacement transmitter), compressor IGV actuator
0469 96TV-1 0548 TURB
Settings : 0.7 ± 0.01 VAC for 34° IGV angle
LVDT (Linear variable displacement transmitter), compressor IGV actuator
0469 96TV-2 0548 TURB
Settings : 0.7 ± 0.01 VAC for 34° IGV angle
Vibration sensor
0415 96VC-11 1154 TURB Characteristics : Output proximitor : 7.87 V/mm (0.2 V/mil)
Settings : Gap : 1.14 ± 0.05 mm (0.045 ± 0.002 in)
Vibration sensor
0415 96VC-12 1154 TURB Characteristics : Output proximitor : 7.87 V/mm (0.2 V/mil)
Settings : Gap : 1.14 ± 0.05 mm (0.045 ± 0.002 in)
Axial displacement sensor, high speed shaft generator side
0495 96VC-61 A012 LOAD
Characteristics : Output proximitor : 394 ± 4.5 mV/mm (10 ± 0.2 mV/mil)
Mass flow transmitter
Settings : Factory Calibrated :
0422 96VM-1 0639 OTHER
4 ± 0.05 mA for 0 kg/s (0 lbm/s)
20 ± 0.1 mA for 5 kg/s (11 lbm/s)
Flow transmitter
Settings :
0462 96WF-1 A035 WI
04 ± 0.2 mA for 0 m3/h (0 gpm)
20 ± 0.2 mA for 20.4 ± 0.1 m3/h (90 ± 0.44 gpm)
Flow transmitter
Settings :
0462 96WF-2 A035 WI
04 ± 0.2 mA for 0 m3/h (0 gpm)
20 ± 0.2 mA for 20.4 ± 0.1 m3/h (90 ± 0.44 gpm)
Flow transmitter
Settings :
0462 96WF-3 A035 WI
04 ± 0.2 mA for 0 m3/h (0 gpm)
20 ± 0.2 mA for 20.4 ± 0.1 m3/h (90 ± 0.44 gpm)
Atomizing air precooler air discharge thermocouple
0425 AAT-1A 0983 TURB
Characteristics : Type K
Atomizing air precooler air discharge thermocouple
0425 AAT-2A 0983 TURB
Characteristics : Type K
0469 ACV1-1 0556 N/A IGV hydraulic controller assembly
Accumulator, hydraulic supply, IGV
0469 AH2-1 0556 N/A Characteristics : 3.78 l (1 US Gallon) | Nitrogen
Settings : 41 ± 2 bar (595 ± 29 psi)
Thermocouple accessory compartment
0436 AT-AC-1 1113 ENCL-T
Characteristics : Type K
Thermocouple gas compartment
0436 AT-AC-11 1195 ENCL-G
Characteristics : Type K
Air temperature load compartment
0436 AT-LC-1 1113 ENCL-T
Characteristics : Type K

SIZE CAGE CODE DWG NO

403A1873
A4

SECTION 01E
SCALE SHEET 17/ 25
Doc. Source : TBFT-ISP-FR-GTE-0020
Ce document, propriété exclusive de GE Energy Products France SNC est strictement confidentiel This document, exclusive property of GE Energy Products France SNC. is strictly confidential.
Il ne peut être communiqué, copié ou reproduit sans notre autorisation écrite préalable. It must not be communicated, copied or reproduced without our previous written consent.
SIZE DWG NO SH REV
A4 403A1873 18 B TBFT-TMP-FR-GTE-0060 Rev : 001

MLI Wiring
Devices MLI Safety Designation
PID Diagram
Air temperature turbine compartment
0436 AT-TC-1 1107 TURB Characteristics : Platinum PT100 | -50 to 260 °C (-58 to 500 °F) | 0.385 Ohm/°C (0.214
Ohm/°F) | 100 Ohm at 0°C (32 °F)
Thermocouple : turbine compartment enclosure
0436 AT-TC-2 1113 ENCL-T
Characteristics : Type K
Thermocouple : turbine compartment enclosure
0436 AT-TC-3 1113 ENCL-T
Characteristics : Type K
Water injection compartment temperature
0436 AT-WI-1 1196 ENCL-WI
Characteristics : Type K
Dual thermocouple temperature journal bearing n°1
0415 BT-J1-1A,1B 0235 TURB
Characteristics : Type K
Dual thermocouple temperature journal bearing n°1
0415 BT-J1-2A,2B 0235 TURB
Characteristics : Type K
Dual thermocouple temperature journal bearing n°2
0415 BT-J2-1A,1B 0235 TURB
Characteristics : Type K
Dual thermocouple temperature journal bearing n°2
0415 BT-J2-2A,2B 0235 TURB
Characteristics : Type K
Dual thermocouple bearing metal temperature
0495 BT-RGB1-1A,1B A012 LOAD
Characteristics : Type K
Dual thermocouple bearing metal temperature
0495 BT-RGB1-2A,2B A012 LOAD
Characteristics : Type K
Dual thermocouple bearing metal temperature
0495 BT-RGB2-1A,1B A012 LOAD
Characteristics : Type K
Dual thermocouple bearing metal temperature
0495 BT-RGB2-2A,2B A012 LOAD
Characteristics : Type K
Dual thermocouple bearing metal temperature
0495 BT-RGP1-1A,1B A012 LOAD
Characteristics : Type K
Dual thermocouple bearing metal temperature
0495 BT-RGP1-2A,2B A012 LOAD
Characteristics : Type K
Dual thermocouple bearing metal temperature
0495 BT-RGP2-1A,1B A012 LOAD
Characteristics : Type K
Dual thermocouple bearing metal temperature
0495 BT-RGP2-2A,2B A012 LOAD
Characteristics : Type K
Dual thermocouple temperature pad n°1 of thrust bearing
0415 BT-TA-1A,1B 0235 TURB
Characteristics : Type K
Dual thermocouple temperature pad n°2 of thrust bearing
0415 BT-TA-2A,2B 0235 TURB
Characteristics : Type K
Dual thermocouple temperature pad n°1 of counter thrust bearing
0415 BT-TI-1A,1B 0235 TURB
Characteristics : Type K
Dual thermocouple temperature pad n°2 of counter thrust bearing
0415 BT-TI-2A,2B 0235 TURB
Characteristics : Type K
Main atomizing air compressor
0425 CA1 0607 N/A
Characteristics : Centrifugal
Booster atomizing air compressor
0425 CA2 1047 N/A
Characteristics : Volumetric | 4000 rpm
0421 CS-1 0538 N/A Starting clutch - hydraulic engaged jaw type
Thermocouple temperature compressor air outlet
0415 CT-DA-1 0637 TURB
Characteristics : Type K

SIZE CAGE CODE DWG NO

403A1873
A4

SECTION 01E
SCALE SHEET 18/ 25
Doc. Source : TBFT-ISP-FR-GTE-0020
Ce document, propriété exclusive de GE Energy Products France SNC est strictement confidentiel This document, exclusive property of GE Energy Products France SNC. is strictly confidential.
Il ne peut être communiqué, copié ou reproduit sans notre autorisation écrite préalable. It must not be communicated, copied or reproduced without our previous written consent.
SIZE DWG NO SH REV
A4 403A1873 19 B TBFT-TMP-FR-GTE-0060 Rev : 001

MLI Wiring
Devices MLI Safety Designation
PID Diagram
Thermocouple temperature compressor air outlet
0415 CT-DA-2 0637 TURB
Characteristics : Type K
Thermocouple temperature compressor air inlet
0415 CT-IF-1 0637 TURB
Characteristics : Type K
Thermocouple temperature compressor air inlet
0415 CT-IF-2 0637 TURB
Characteristics : Type K
Resistance temperature detector
0492 CT-IF-3/R 0637 TURB Characteristics : Platinum PT100 | -50 to 260 °C (-58 to 500 °F) | 0.385 Ohm/°C (0.214
Ohm/°F) | 100 Ohm at 0°C (32 °F)
Filter on actuation atomizing air and purge air systems
0425 FA1-1 0983 N/A
Characteristics : 5 μm
Liquid fuel purge air filter
0477 FA3-1 1015 N/A
Characteristics : 5 μm
0417 FA6 0909 N/A Filter on actuation air of bleed valve
0417 FA7-1 0931 N/A 5th stage extraction air moisture separator
0417 FA7-2 0931 N/A 5th stage extraction air moisture separator
Water injection air filter
0462 FA8-2 A035 N/A
Characteristics : 5 μm
Flow divider
0424 FD1-1 0613 N/A
Characteristics : Rated flow : 317 l/min (84 GPM). Rated speed: 854 rpm
HP fuel filter
0424 FF2-1 1014 N/A
Characteristics : Beta 40 = 75
HP fuel filter
0424 FF2-2 1014 N/A
Characteristics : Beta 40 = 75
Hydraulic ratchet supply filter
0421 FH1 0522 N/A
Characteristics : 20 μm
Hydraulic oil supply filter
0434 FH2-1 1051 N/A
Characteristics : Beta 3 > 200
Hydraulic oil supply filter
0434 FH2-2 1051 N/A
Characteristics : Beta 3 > 200
Hydraulic supply filter-liquid fuel servo
0424 FH3-1 0516 N/A
Characteristics : Beta 15 = 75
0421 FH5 0919 N/A Ratchet pump hydraulic supply filter
Filter, hydraulic oil supply , IGV controller assembly
0469 FH6-1 0556 N/A
Characteristics : Beta 15 = 75
Servo hydraulic supply filter of stop ratio valve (VSR)
0422 FH7-1 0507 N/A
Characteristics : 15 μ abs
Gas fuel control valve (VGC) servo hydraulic oil supply filter
0422 FH8-1 0509 N/A
Characteristics : 15 μ abs
Water injection flowmeter
0462 FM1-1 A035 WI Characteristics : 1.36 m3/h (6 gpm) | Nominal K factor : 343.4 pulse/l (1300 pulse/US
gallon) | 20.4 m3/h (90 gpm)
High pressure filter
0462 FW1-1 A035 N/A
Characteristics : Beta 13 = 75
Water injection upstream pump Y strainer
0462 FW1-2 A035 N/A
Characteristics : 800 μm | Filtering media 800μm
Conical filter downstream flowmeter
0462 FW1-3 A035 N/A
Characteristics : 150 μm | Filtering media 150μm

SIZE CAGE CODE DWG NO

403A1873
A4

SECTION 01E
SCALE SHEET 19/ 25
Doc. Source : TBFT-ISP-FR-GTE-0020
Ce document, propriété exclusive de GE Energy Products France SNC est strictement confidentiel This document, exclusive property of GE Energy Products France SNC. is strictly confidential.
Il ne peut être communiqué, copié ou reproduit sans notre autorisation écrite préalable. It must not be communicated, copied or reproduced without our previous written consent.
SIZE DWG NO SH REV
A4 403A1873 20 B TBFT-TMP-FR-GTE-0060 Rev : 001

MLI Wiring
Devices MLI Safety Designation
PID Diagram
0421 HM-1 0605 N/A Torque converter and reversing gear
0421 HM2 0605 N/A Hydraulic ratchet mechanism
Actuator assembly, inlet guide valve system
0469 HM3-1 0548 N/A
Characteristics : Stroke 32° to 86° mini
0425 HX1-1 1003 N/A Atomizing air precooler
Lube oil thermocouple #1 bearing drain
0416 LT-B1D-1A,1B 0637 TURB
Characteristics : Type K
Lube oil thermocouple #2 bearing drain
0416 LT-B2D-1 0637 TURB
Characteristics : Type K
Lube oil thermocouple #1 bearing thrusts drain
0416 LT-BT1D-1A,1B 0637 TURB
Characteristics : Type K
Lube oil thermocouple generator and load gear #1 bearing drain
0416 LT-G1D-1 ALT. GENE
Characteristics : Type K
Lube oil thermocouple generator and load gear #2 bearing drain
0416 LT-G2D-1 ALT. GENE
Characteristics : Type K
Resistance temperature detector
0416 LT-OT-1A 0938 TURB Characteristics : Platinum PT100 | -50 to 260 °C (-58 to 500 °F) | 0.385 Ohm/°C (0.214
Ohm/°F) | 100 Ohm at 0°C (32 °F)
Resistance temperature detector
0416 LT-OT-2A 0938 TURB Characteristics : Platinum PT100 | -50 to 260 °C (-58 to 500 °F) | 0.385 Ohm/°C (0.214
Ohm/°F) | 100 Ohm at 0°C (32 °F)
Oil drain thermocouple
0495 LT-RGCD-1A,1B A012 LOAD
Characteristics : Type K
Lube oil temperature turbine header thermocouple
0416 LT-TH-1 0229 TURB
Characteristics : Type K
Lube oil temperature turbine header thermocouple
0416 LT-TH-2 0229 TURB
Characteristics : Type K
Lube oil temperature turbine header thermocouple
0416 LT-TH-3 0229 TURB
Characteristics : Type K
0422 MG1-1 0512 N/A Gas fuel nozzle
Main fuel Pump
0424 PF1 0611 N/A Characteristics : Main pump | 1884 rpm | 72.6 bar (1053 psi) | 6.4 à 272 l/min (1.7 to 72
gpm)
Main hydraulic supply pump
0434 PH1 0627 N/A
Characteristics : Volumetric pump | 1422 rpm | 105 bar (1500 psi) | 65 l/min (17.1 gpm)
Hydraulic ratchet manual pump
0421 PH10-1 0538 N/A
Characteristics : Manual pump | 90 bar (1305.34 psi)
Auxiliary hydraulic supply pump
0434 PH2 0628 N/A
Characteristics : Volumetric pump | 1450 rpm | 105 bar (1500 psi) | 45.4 l/min (12 gpm)
Hydraulic ratchet pump
0421 PH3-1 0549 N/A
Characteristics : Ratchet Pump | 93 bar (1350 psi) | 5.7 l/min (1.5 gpm)
Water injection pump unit
0462 PW1-1 A035 N/A Characteristics : Centrifugal pump | 10360 rpm | 27.1 bar (393 psi) | 16.5 m3/h (72.6
gpm)
Light warning auxiliaries compartment
0426 SLI-1 1104 TURB
Characteristics : 50 Hz | 230 UPS
Fire alarm auxiliaries compartment
0426 SLI-1A 1113 ENCL-T
Characteristics : Visual alarm | 24 VDC

SIZE CAGE CODE DWG NO

403A1873
A4

SECTION 01E
SCALE SHEET 20/ 25
Doc. Source : TBFT-ISP-FR-GTE-0020
Ce document, propriété exclusive de GE Energy Products France SNC est strictement confidentiel This document, exclusive property of GE Energy Products France SNC. is strictly confidential.
Il ne peut être communiqué, copié ou reproduit sans notre autorisation écrite préalable. It must not be communicated, copied or reproduced without our previous written consent.
SIZE DWG NO SH REV
A4 403A1873 21 B TBFT-TMP-FR-GTE-0060 Rev : 001

MLI Wiring
Devices MLI Safety Designation
PID Diagram
Fire alarm GT compartment
0426 SLI-1B 1113 ENCL-T
Characteristics : Visual alarm | 24 VDC
Fire alarm GT compartment
0426 SLI-1C 1113 ENCL-T
Characteristics : Visual and audible alarm | 24 VDC
Fire alarm gas compartment
0426 SLI-1D 1195 ENCL-G
Characteristics : Visual alarm | 24 VDC
Fire alarm gas compartment
0426 SLI-1E 1195 ENCL-G
Characteristics : Visual and audible alarm | 24 VDC
Light warning auxiliaries compartment
0426 SLI-2 1104 TURB
Characteristics : 50 Hz | 230 UPS
Fire alarm GT compartment
0426 SLI-2B 1113 ENCL-T
Characteristics : Visual alarm | 24 VDC
Fire alarm GT compartment
0426 SLI-2C 1113 ENCL-T
Characteristics : Visual and audible alarm | 24 VDC
Fire alarm gas compartment
0426 SLI-2E 1195 ENCL-G
Characteristics : Visual and audible alarm | 24 VDC
Fire alarm load compartment
0426 SLI-3B 1113 ENCL-T
Characteristics : Visual alarm | 24 VDC
Fire alarm load compartment
0426 SLI-4B 1113 ENCL-T
Characteristics : Visual alarm | 24 VDC
Diesel engine
0421 SMD 0602 TURB
Characteristics : 630 HP | 2300 rpm
Thermocouple temperature outer position after first wheel space
0415 TT-WS1AO-1 0637 TURB
Characteristics : Type K
Thermocouple temperature outer position after first wheel space
0415 TT-WS1AO-2 0637 TURB
Characteristics : Type K
Thermocouple temperature inner position forward first wheel space
0415 TT-WS1FI-1 0637 TURB
Characteristics : Type K
Thermocouple temperature inner position forward first wheel space
0415 TT-WS1FI-2 0637 TURB
Characteristics : Type K
Thermocouple temperature outer position after second wheel space
0415 TT-WS2AO-1 0637 TURB
Characteristics : Type K
Thermocouple temperature outer position after second wheel space
0415 TT-WS2AO-2 0637 TURB
Characteristics : Type K
Thermocouple temperature outer position forward second wheel space
0415 TT-WS2FO-1 0637 TURB
Characteristics : Type K
Thermocouple temperature outer position forward second wheel space
0415 TT-WS2FO-2 0637 TURB
Characteristics : Type K
Thermocouple temperature outer position after third wheel space
0415 TT-WS3AO-1 0637 TURB
Characteristics : Type K
Thermocouple temperature outer position after third wheel space
0415 TT-WS3AO-2 0637 TURB
Characteristics : Type K
Thermocouple temperature outer position forward third wheel space
0415 TT-WS3FO-1 0637 TURB
Characteristics : Type K
Thermocouple temperature outer position forward third wheel space
0415 TT-WS3FO-2 0637 TURB
Characteristics : Type K
Thermocouple temperature exhaust gas diffuser
0415 TT-XD-1 0623 TURB
Characteristics : Type K

SIZE CAGE CODE DWG NO

403A1873
A4

SECTION 01E
SCALE SHEET 21/ 25
Doc. Source : TBFT-ISP-FR-GTE-0020
Ce document, propriété exclusive de GE Energy Products France SNC est strictement confidentiel This document, exclusive property of GE Energy Products France SNC. is strictly confidential.
Il ne peut être communiqué, copié ou reproduit sans notre autorisation écrite préalable. It must not be communicated, copied or reproduced without our previous written consent.
SIZE DWG NO SH REV
A4 403A1873 22 B TBFT-TMP-FR-GTE-0060 Rev : 001

MLI Wiring
Devices MLI Safety Designation
PID Diagram
Thermocouple temperature exhaust gas diffuser
0415 TT-XD-10 0623 TURB
Characteristics : Type K
Thermocouple temperature exhaust gas diffuser
0415 TT-XD-11 0623 TURB
Characteristics : Type K
Thermocouple temperature exhaust gas diffuser
0415 TT-XD-12 0623 TURB
Characteristics : Type K
Thermocouple temperature exhaust gas diffuser
0415 TT-XD-13 0623 TURB
Characteristics : Type K
Thermocouple temperature exhaust gas diffuser
0415 TT-XD-14 0623 TURB
Characteristics : Type K
Thermocouple temperature exhaust gas diffuser
0415 TT-XD-15 0623 TURB
Characteristics : Type K
Thermocouple temperature exhaust gas diffuser
0415 TT-XD-16 0623 TURB
Characteristics : Type K
Thermocouple temperature exhaust gas diffuser
0415 TT-XD-17 0623 TURB
Characteristics : Type K
Thermocouple temperature exhaust gas diffuser
0415 TT-XD-18 0623 TURB
Characteristics : Type K
Thermocouple temperature exhaust gas diffuser
0415 TT-XD-2 0623 TURB
Characteristics : Type K
Thermocouple temperature exhaust gas diffuser
0415 TT-XD-3 0623 TURB
Characteristics : Type K
Thermocouple temperature exhaust gas diffuser
0415 TT-XD-4 0623 TURB
Characteristics : Type K
Thermocouple temperature exhaust gas diffuser
0415 TT-XD-5 0623 TURB
Characteristics : Type K
Thermocouple temperature exhaust gas diffuser
0415 TT-XD-6 0623 TURB
Characteristics : Type K
Thermocouple temperature exhaust gas diffuser
0415 TT-XD-7 0623 TURB
Characteristics : Type K
Thermocouple temperature exhaust gas diffuser
0415 TT-XD-8 0623 TURB
Characteristics : Type K
Thermocouple temperature exhaust gas diffuser
0415 TT-XD-9 0623 TURB
Characteristics : Type K
False start drain valve-combustion wrapper
0442 VA17-1 1026 TURB
Characteristics : Normal : NO
False start drain valve-exhaust plenum
0442 VA17-5 1026 N/A
Characteristics : Normal : NO
Atomizing air compressor pressure adjustment valve
0425 VA18-1 1070 N/A
Characteristics : Normal : NO
Liquid fuel purge air valve
0477 VA19-1 0918 N/A
Characteristics : Normal : C to L opened ; U closed
Compressor bleed valve 11th stage
0417 VA2-1 1022 TURB
Characteristics : Normal : NO
Compressor bleed valve 11th stage
0417 VA2-2 1022 TURB
Characteristics : Normal : NO
Cooling water control valve atomizing air
0420 VA32-2 1027 N/A Characteristics : Normal : C to E open, B closed.
Settings : Air T° = 102 ± 5 °C (215.6 ± 41 °F)

SIZE CAGE CODE DWG NO

403A1873
A4

SECTION 01E
SCALE SHEET 22/ 25
Doc. Source : TBFT-ISP-FR-GTE-0020
Ce document, propriété exclusive de GE Energy Products France SNC est strictement confidentiel This document, exclusive property of GE Energy Products France SNC. is strictly confidential.
Il ne peut être communiqué, copié ou reproduit sans notre autorisation écrite préalable. It must not be communicated, copied or reproduced without our previous written consent.
SIZE DWG NO SH REV
A4 403A1873 23 B TBFT-TMP-FR-GTE-0060 Rev : 001

MLI Wiring
Devices MLI Safety Designation
PID Diagram
Water injection purge air valve
Characteristics : Normal : C to L opened ; U closed
Settings : turbine at base load, measure purge air pressure PW at 63PW-1 and adjust
0477 VA33-1 0918 TURB
HV200 to have (PW+1) / (PCD+1) = 1.08 ± 0.07 with PW and PCD in bar
((PW+14.5) / (PCD+14.5) = 1.08 ± 0.07 with PW and PCD in psig)

0434 VAB1 0947 N/A Hydraulic system air bleed valve (main)
0434 VAB2 0947 N/A Hydraulic system air bleed valve (auxiliary)
By pass control valve
0424 VC3 0516 N/A
Characteristics : Stroke = 25.40 ± 0.05 mm (1 ± 0.02 in) | Normal : NO
Water injection flow control valve
0462 VC4-1 A035 N/A
Characteristics : Normal : NC
Liquid fuel nozzle check valve
0424 VCK1-1T10 0961 N/A Characteristics : Normal : NC
Settings : 6.96 ± 0.07 bar (100 ± 1 psi)
Lube oil mist eliminator check valve
0416 VCK20-13 A098 N/A Characteristics : Normal : NC
Settings : -100 mm H2O (-3.94 in) at full speed no load
Liquid fuel nozzle purge air check valve
0477 VCK2-1T10 0918 N/A Characteristics : Normal : NC
Settings : 0.35 ± 0.07 bar (5 ± 1 psi)
Water fuel nozzle purge air check valve
0477 VCK2-21T30 0918 N/A Characteristics : Normal : NC
Settings : 1 bar max (14.5 psi)
Hydraulic pump check valve for main pump
0434 VCK3-1 0947 N/A
Characteristics : Normal : NC
Hydraulic pump check valve for auxiliary pump
0434 VCK3-2 0947 N/A
Characteristics : Normal : NC
Turbine exhaust frame cooling check valve
0417 VCK7-1 1233 N/A
Characteristics : Normal : NC
Turbine exhaust frame cooling check valve
0417 VCK7-2 1233 N/A
Characteristics : Normal : NC
Check valve on DNOX water injection
0462 VCK8-1T10 0968 N/A Characteristics : Normal : NC
Settings : 0.07 bar (1 psi)
Reverse stroke back pressure check valve
0421 VCK98-1 0605 N/A
Characteristics : direct flow during forward stroke
Gas control valve primary
0422 VGC-1 0509 GAS
Characteristics : Stroke maxi = 38.1 mm (1.5 in) | Normal : NC
0421 VH14 0522 N/A Hydraulic self sequencing valve ratchet and clutch
0424 VH17-1 0910 N/A Liquid fuel nozzle pressure selector valve
0469 VH3-1 0556 N/A Trip relay, hydraulic IGV
Gas fuel dump valve VSR-1 valve
0422 VH5-1 0507 N/A
Characteristics : Normal : NC
Gas fuel dump valve VGC-1 valve
0422 VH5-2 0509 N/A
Characteristics : Normal : NC
0422 VM-1 0639 OTHER Coriolis mass flow meter
0421 VM2 0919 N/A Clutch disengagement manual 4-way valve
0434 VM4-1 1051 N/A Hydraulic filter transfer valve

SIZE CAGE CODE DWG NO

403A1873
A4

SECTION 01E
SCALE SHEET 23/ 25
Doc. Source : TBFT-ISP-FR-GTE-0020
Ce document, propriété exclusive de GE Energy Products France SNC est strictement confidentiel This document, exclusive property of GE Energy Products France SNC. is strictly confidential.
Il ne peut être communiqué, copié ou reproduit sans notre autorisation écrite préalable. It must not be communicated, copied or reproduced without our previous written consent.
SIZE DWG NO SH REV
A4 403A1873 24 B TBFT-TMP-FR-GTE-0060 Rev : 001

MLI Wiring
Devices MLI Safety Designation
PID Diagram
Bearing header pressure regulator valve
0416 VPR2-1 1023 N/A Characteristics : Normal : NC
Settings : Set point : 1.72 +0.13/-0 bar (25 +2/-0 psi)
Hydraulic supply pump (PH1) compensator
0434 VPR3-1 0627 N/A
Settings : 87.9 ± 1.7 bar (1275 ± 25 psi)
Torque converter charge pump primer valve
0421 VPR38 0916 N/A Characteristics : Normal : NC
Settings : 0.35 ± 0.07 bar (5 ± 1 psi)
Filter pressure regulator on actuation air of purge air valve
0477 VPR54-1 0918 N/A
Settings : 3.1 +0.35/-0 bar (45 +5/-0 psi)
Filter regulator on control air of purge valve
0477 VPR54-2 0918 N/A
Settings : 3.1 +0.35/-0 bar (45 +5/-0 psi)
Filter regulator of VA18-1 control air
0425 VPR55-1 0983 N/A
Settings : 3.8 ± 0.3 bar (55 ± 5 psi)
Water injection control valve pressure regulation (part of VC4-1)
0462 VPR62-1 A035 N/A Characteristics :
Settings : 3.1 ± 0.1 bar (45 ± 1.5 psi)
Air pressure control valve for VA32-2
0420 VPR68-3 1027 N/A
Settings : 5 ± 0.3 bar (72.5 ± 4.3 psi)
Feed hydraulic self sequencing ratchet valve
0421 VPR98-1 0522 N/A
Settings : 25 bar (365 psi)
Main lube oil pump pressure relief valve
0416 VR1 1016 N/A Characteristics : Normal : NC
Settings : Opening at 4.8 +0.14/-0 bar (69.6 +2/-0 psi)
Atomizing air booster CA2 discharge pressure relief valve
0425 VR12 0923 N/A
Settings : Max. i.e. 0.8 bar (11.6 psi)
Main hydraulic supply pump pressure relief valve
0434 VR21 0947 N/A Characteristics : Normal : NC
Settings : 93 ± 1.76 bar (1350 ± 25 psi)
Auxiliary hydraulic supply pump pressure relief valve
0434 VR22 0947 N/A Characteristics : Normal : NC
Settings : 93 ± 1.76 bar (1350 ± 25 psi)
Torque converter charge pump pressure relief valve
0421 VR23 0916 N/A Characteristics : Normal : NC
Settings : 0.35 ± 0.07 bar (5 ± 1 psi)
Fuel oil supply pressure relief valve
0424 VR27 0910 N/A Characteristics : Normal : NC
Settings : 6 ± 0.2 bar (87 ± 2.9 psi)
Main fuel pump pressure relief valve
0424 VR4 0516 N/A Characteristics : Normal : NC
Settings : 72.4 ± 3.4 bar (1050 ± 50 psi)
Ratchet pump relief valve
0421 VR5 0522 N/A
Settings : 91.3 ± 1.7 bar (1325 ± 25 psi)
Fuel oil stop valve
0424 VS1 0511 N/A
Characteristics : Normal : NC
Fuel gas stop/speed ratio valve
0422 VSR-1 0507 GAS
Characteristics : Stroke maxi = 88.9 ± 0.127 mm (3.5 ± 0.05 in) | Normal : NC
Thermostatic valve regulating lube oil temperature
0420 VTR1-1 1035 TURB Characteristics : Normal : E to B open, C closed
Settings : Starts to open at Lube oil T° = 54.4 ± 2 °C (130 ± 3.6 °F)

SIZE CAGE CODE DWG NO

403A1873
A4

SECTION 01E
SCALE SHEET 24/ 25
Doc. Source : TBFT-ISP-FR-GTE-0020
Ce document, propriété exclusive de GE Energy Products France SNC est strictement confidentiel This document, exclusive property of GE Energy Products France SNC. is strictly confidential.
Il ne peut être communiqué, copié ou reproduit sans notre autorisation écrite préalable. It must not be communicated, copied or reproduced without our previous written consent.
SIZE DWG NO SH REV
A4 403A1873 25 B TBFT-TMP-FR-GTE-0060 Rev : 001

MLI Wiring
Devices MLI Safety Designation
PID Diagram
Resistance thermometer detector support legs water temperature
0420 WT-TL-1 0915 TURB Characteristics : Platinum PT100 | -50 to 260 °C (-58 to 500 °F) | 0.385 Ohm/°C (0.214
Ohm/°F) | 100 Ohm at 0°C (32 °F)
Resistance thermometer detector support legs water temperature
0420 WT-TL-2 0915 TURB Characteristics : Platinum PT100 | -50 to 260 °C (-58 to 500 °F) | 0.385 Ohm/°C (0.214
Ohm/°F) | 100 Ohm at 0°C (32 °F)
Thermocouple temperature false start drain
0442 WWTD-1 0920 TURB
Characteristics : Type K
Thermocouple temperature false start drain
0442 WWTD-2 0920 TURB
Characteristics : Type K

SIZE CAGE CODE DWG NO

403A1873
A4

SECTION 01E
SCALE SHEET 25/ 25
Doc. Source : TBFT-ISP-FR-GTE-0020
Ce document, propriété exclusive de GE Energy Products France SNC est strictement confidentiel This document, exclusive property of GE Energy Products France SNC. is strictly confidential.
Il ne peut être communiqué, copié ou reproduit sans notre autorisation écrite préalable. It must not be communicated, copied or reproduced without our previous written consent.
SIZE DWG NO SH REV
A4 403A1873 1 B TBFT-TMP-FR-GTE-0060 Rev : 001

REVISIONS

Rev Description

A Première édition
MLI 0425 : PID 219D1249 remplacé par 219D2672
B

SIZE CAGE CODE DWG NO

403A1873
A4

SECTION 01F
SCALE SHEET 1/25
Doc. Source : TBFT-ISP-FR-GTE-0020
Ce document, propriété exclusive de GE Energy Products France SNC est strictement confidentiel This document, exclusive property of GE Energy Products France SNC. is strictly confidential.
Il ne peut être communiqué, copié ou reproduit sans notre autorisation écrite préalable. It must not be communicated, copied or reproduced without our previous written consent.
SIZE DWG NO SH REV
A4 403A1873 2 B TBFT-TMP-FR-GTE-0060 Rev : 001

PRESSION : Toutes les pressions sont relatives, abs indique pression absolue.

Abréviations Désignations
AA Air d’atomisation
ACF Pression aval filtre huile contrôle
AD Air sortie compresseur
AE Air d’extraction
AMF Pression aval filtre principal huile
DEC. Décroissant
DPDT Double contact, double pôle
DPG Manomètre – Pression différentielle
FC Fermeture par sécurité
FO Ouverture par sécurité
GF Combustible gazeux
GFV Event de gaz
GPL Fuite aux garnitures vanne combinée gaz
INC. Croissant
LVDT Transmetteur de position linéaire différentiel
Model List Item : Code composé de 4 caractères utilisé par General Electric pour
MLI identifier les composants, assemblages, plans ou spécifications, exemple : MLI
0414 pour la nomenclature des appareils de contrôle
NC Normalement fermé
NO Normalement ouvert
Niveau d'énergie zéro absolu, aucune puissance, pas d'huile, aucune vitesse,
Normal
aucune température
OD Retour d’huile
OD
Retour d’huile au-dessus du niveau cuve à huile

OD
Retour d’huile au-dessous du niveau cuve à huile

OH Huile de régulation HP
OHT Huile de sécurité HP
OL Huile de graissage
OLV Event d’huile de graissage
OR Huile de graissage modulée
PC Point de connexion
Pente Le sens de la flèche indique l'écoulement gravitationnel du liquide dû à la pente
Niveau d’Intégrité de Sécurité (une croix signifie que l’appareil appartient à une
Safety boucle de sécurité). Ne pas modifier les éléments ou les réglages d’une boucle de
sécurité.
SPDT Simple contact, double pôle
SPST Simple contact, simple pôle
WD Egouttures d’eau
WF Alimentation d’eau
WR Retour d’eau

SIZE CAGE CODE DWG NO

403A1873
A4

SECTION 01F
SCALE SHEET 2/25
Doc. Source : TBFT-ISP-FR-GTE-0020
Ce document, propriété exclusive de GE Energy Products France SNC est strictement confidentiel This document, exclusive property of GE Energy Products France SNC. is strictly confidential.
Il ne peut être communiqué, copié ou reproduit sans notre autorisation écrite préalable. It must not be communicated, copied or reproduced without our previous written consent.
SIZE DWG NO SH REV
A4 403A1873 3 B TBFT-TMP-FR-GTE-0060 Rev : 001

Nom du Système Items Système Référence

Système Instrumentation Turbine 0415 CD 202D8906
Système Huile de Lubrification 0416 LO 219D2469
Système Air Refroidissement et Etanchéité 0417 CSA 219D2465
Système Eau de Refroidissement 0420 CW 209D7630
Système de Lancement 0421 SM 206D6145
Système Combustible Gaz 0422 GF 219D1251
Système Combustible Liquide 0424 LF 219D1031
Système Air Atomisation 0425 AA 219D2672
Système Protection Incendie 0426 FP 219D2710
Système Injection Vapeur 0431 SI N/A
Système Réchauffage Air Aspiration 0432 IAR N/A
Système Alimentation Huile HP 0434 HS 202D8939
Système Chauffage et Ventilation 0436 HV 219D2708
Système Nettoyage Compresseur et Turbine 0441 TCC N/A
Système Lavage Compresseur et Turbine 0442 TCW 206D7754
Système Injection d'Eau 0462 WI 206D7562
Système Commande Aubes Variables Compresseur 0469 IGV 202D8988
Système Débit Aspiration et Echappement 0471 IE 219D2386
Système Détection Gaz 0474 GD 205D5906
Système Balayage Combustible 0477 FPU 205D5594
Système Moniteur de Performances 0492 PM 205D4850
Système Module d'Injection Additif 0494 LFAD N/A
Système Réducteur de Puissance 0495 LG 209D7718

SIZE CAGE CODE DWG NO

403A1873
A4

SECTION 01F
SCALE SHEET 3/25
Doc. Source : TBFT-ISP-FR-GTE-0020
Ce document, propriété exclusive de GE Energy Products France SNC est strictement confidentiel This document, exclusive property of GE Energy Products France SNC. is strictly confidential.
Il ne peut être communiqué, copié ou reproduit sans notre autorisation écrite préalable. It must not be communicated, copied or reproduced without our previous written consent.
SIZE DWG NO SH REV
A4 403A1873 4 B TBFT-TMP-FR-GTE-0060 Rev : 001

Schéma de
Description
câblage
ACCY L'appareil est dans le schéma de câblage auxiliaires (MLI 401A)
L'appareil est dans le schéma de câblage du module de ventilation & refroidissement (MLI
AIR
A132)
AIR DRY L’appareil est dans le schéma de câblage du module de séchage d’air (MLI 1049)
CHROM L’appareil est dans le schéma de câblage du module chromatographe gaz (MLI G023)
CLEAN L’appareil est dans le schéma de câblage du module de nettoyage (MLI E026)
CO2 L'appareil est dans le plan d'interface du package module CO2 protection incendie (MLI A068)
ENCL-G L'appareil est dans le plan d'interface du package module gaz (MLI 1195)
L'appareil est dans le plan d'interface du package module fioul / air atomisation / injection
ENCL-LF
d'eau (MLI 1152)
ENCL-LO L'appareil est dans le plan d'interface du package module huile / gaz (MLI 1137)
ENCL-T L'appareil est dans le plan d'interface du package turbine (MLI 1113)
ENCL-V L'appareil est dans le plan d'interface du package module ventilation (MLI 1643)
ENCL-WI L'appareil est dans le plan d'interface du package module d'injection d'eau (MLI 1196)
FILT L'appareil est dans le schéma de câblage du filtre à air (MLI A040)
GAS L'appareil est dans le schéma de câblage module gaz (MLI 0991 ou 401G)
GAS HEAT L'appareil est dans le schéma de câblage du module traitement et réchauffage gaz (G025)
GENE L'appareil est dans le schéma de câblage de l'alternateur
IBH L'appareil est dans le schéma de câblage réchauffage entrée d'air (MLI A037)
L'appareil est dans le schéma de câblage module fioul/air atomisation/injection eau (MLI
LF AA WI
A162)
LF-SR L'appareil est dans le schéma de câblage du module de recirculation fioul (MLI 969S)
LO FG L'appareil est dans le schéma de câblage module huile / gaz (MLI A160)
LOAD L'appareil est dans le schéma de câblage du réducteur de puissance (MLI A012)
MIST L'appareil est dans le plan d'arrangement du déshuileur (MLI A098)
OIL L'appareil est dans le schéma de câblage module huile (MLI 0990 ou 401H)
STEAM L'appareil est dans le schéma de câblage module d'injection vapeur (MLI A135)
TURB L'appareil est dans le schéma de câblage turbine (MLI 401T)
VAN L'appareil est dans le schéma de câblage module d'injection additive de vanadium (MLI E021)
WASH L'appareil est dans le schéma de câblage module lavage turbine et compresseur (MLI E025)
WI L'appareil est dans le schéma de câblage module d'injection d'eau (MLI A035)

SIZE CAGE CODE DWG NO

403A1873
A4

SECTION 01F
SCALE SHEET 4/25
Doc. Source : TBFT-ISP-FR-GTE-0020
Ce document, propriété exclusive de GE Energy Products France SNC est strictement confidentiel This document, exclusive property of GE Energy Products France SNC. is strictly confidential.
Il ne peut être communiqué, copié ou reproduit sans notre autorisation écrite préalable. It must not be communicated, copied or reproduced without our previous written consent.
SIZE DWG NO SH REV
A4 403A1873 5 B TBFT-TMP-FR-GTE-0060 Rev : 001

MLI Schéma
Appareils MLI Safety Désignation
PID câblage
Electrovanne air atomisation pour la commande de VA18-1
0425 20AA-18 0983 TURB
Caractéristiques : Normal : 1 vers 3 ouvert ; 2 fermé | 0,035 kW | 125 VDC
Electrovanne commande vanne anti-pompage compresseur
0417 20CB-1 1071 TURB
Caractéristiques : Normal : B vers C ouvert, A fermé | 0,04 kW | 125 VDC
Embrayage electromagnetique pompe à fuel
Caractéristiques : Normal : désengagé | 0 à 2000 tr/min
0424 20CF 0510 TURB
Cmin : 560 N.m
Cnominal : 630 N.m | 125 VDC | 0,15 kW (max)
Electrovanne embrayage dents de loup
0421 20CS-1 0522 TURB
Caractéristiques : Ouvert de P vers A
Electrovanne de déclenchement vanne de controle gaz (VGC-1)
0422 20FGC-1 0507 GAS
Caractéristiques : Normal : NC | 0,0156 kW | 125 VDC
Electrovanne arrêt combustible gaz
0422 20FGS-1 0507 GAS
Caractéristiques : Normal : NC | 0.0156 kW | 125 VDC
Electrovanne arret combustible liquide
0424 20FL 0910 TURB
Caractéristiques : Normal : NO | 0,02 kW | 110 VDC
Electrovanne de commande de la VA19-1
0477 20PL-1 0918 TURB
Caractéristiques : Normal : 1 vers 3 ouvert ; 2 fermé | 0,035 kW | 125 VDC
Electrovanne système déclenchement des aubes variables entrée compresseur (IGV)
0469 20TV-1 0556 TURB
Caractéristiques : Normal : NO | 0,1 kW | 125 VDC
Vanne motorisée lavage compresseur off-Line
0442 20TW-1 0953 TURB
Caractéristiques : 230 VAC | Normal : FC | 50 Hz | 0,072 kW
0442 20TW-1/PB 1105 TURB Bouton-poussoir lavage off-Line
Vanne motorisée lavage compresseur on-Line
0442 20TW-3 0953 TURB
Caractéristiques : 230 VAC | Normal : FC | 50 Hz | 0,072 kW
Electrovanne évent combustible gaz
0422 20VG-1 0991 GAS
Caractéristiques : Normal : NO | 0,009 kW | 125 VDC
Electrovanne arrêt injection d'eau
0462 20WN-1 A035 WI
Caractéristiques : Normal : NC | 0,092 kW | 125 VDC
Electrovanne de commande de la VA33-1
0477 20WP-1 0918 TURB
Caractéristiques : Normal : 1 vers 3 ouvert; 2 fermé | 0,035 kW | 125 VDC
Résistance anti-condensation du moteur 88BT-1
0436 23BT-1 1605 ENCL-T
Caractéristiques : 50 Hz | 230 VAC | 0,05 kW
Résistance anti-condensation du moteur 88BT-2
0436 23BT-2 1605 ENCL-T
Caractéristiques : 50 Hz | 230 VAC | 0,05 kW
Chauffage compartiment gaz
0436 23HA-11 1195 ENCL-G
Caractéristiques : 50 Hz | 400 VAC | 3,9 kW
Chauffage entrée d'air du compartiment gaz
0436 23HA-12 1195 ENCL-G
Caractéristiques : 50 Hz | 400 VAC | 15 kW
Chauffage entrée d'air du compartiment gaz
0436 23HA-13 1195 ENCL-G
Caractéristiques : 50 Hz | 400 VAC | 15 kW
0436 23HA-30A 1113 ENCL-T Chauffage compartiment auxiliaires
Chauffage compartiment puissance
0436 23HG-30 1113 ENCL-T
Caractéristiques : 50 Hz | 400 VAC | 10 kW
Résistance anti-condensation du moteur 88HQ-1
0434 23HQ-1 0628 TURB
Caractéristiques : 50 Hz | 230 VAC | 0,05 kW
Chauffage compartiment turbine
0436 23HT-30 1113 ENCL-T
Caractéristiques : 50 Hz | 400 VAC | 10 kW

SIZE CAGE CODE DWG NO

403A1873
A4

SECTION 01F
SCALE SHEET 5/25
Doc. Source : TBFT-ISP-FR-GTE-0020
Ce document, propriété exclusive de GE Energy Products France SNC est strictement confidentiel This document, exclusive property of GE Energy Products France SNC. is strictly confidential.
Il ne peut être communiqué, copié ou reproduit sans notre autorisation écrite préalable. It must not be communicated, copied or reproduced without our previous written consent.
SIZE DWG NO SH REV
A4 403A1873 6 B TBFT-TMP-FR-GTE-0060 Rev : 001

MLI Schéma
Appareils MLI Safety Désignation
PID câblage
Résistance anti-condensation du moteur 88QA
0416 23QA 1006 TURB
Caractéristiques : 50 Hz | 230 VAC | 0,05 kW
Thermoplongeur réservoir d'huile
0416 23QT-1 0938 TURB
Caractéristiques : 50 Hz | 400 VAC | 10,2 kW
Thermoplongeur réservoir d'huile
0416 23QT-2 0938 TURB
Caractéristiques : 50 Hz | 400 VAC | 10,2 kW
Résistance anti-condensation du moteur 88QV-1A
0416 23QV-1A A098 MIST
Caractéristiques : 50 Hz | 230 VAC | 0,05 kW
Résistance anti-condensation du moteur 88TK-1
0417 23TK-1 1233 TURB
Caractéristiques : 50 Hz | 230 VAC | 0,05 kW
Résistance anti-condensation du moteur 88TK-2
0417 23TK-2 1233 TURB
Caractéristiques : 50 Hz | 230 VAC | 0,05 kW
Résistance anti-condensation moteur 88WN-1
0462 23WN-1 A035 WI
Caractéristiques : 50 Hz | 230 VAC | 0,05 kW
Chauffage enceinte skid injection d'eau
0436 23WR-30 1196 ENCL-WI
Caractéristiques : 50 Hz | 400 VAC | 9 kW
0471 27TF-1 A040 FILT Report d'alarme général filtre à air
0415 28FD-2 1121 TURB Détecteur de flamme chambre de combustion n°2
0415 28FD-3 1121 TURB Détecteur de flamme chambre de combustion n°3
0415 28FD-7 1121 TURB Détecteur de flamme chambre de combustion n°7
0415 28FD-8 1121 TURB Détecteur de flamme chambre de combustion n°8
Fin de course clapet anti-retour de la ventilation du compartiment TG
0436 33BT-1 1605 ENCL-T Caractéristiques : Normal : NO
Réglages : Volet fermé : fin de course actionné, contact fermé
Fin de course clapet anti-retour de la ventilation du compartiment TG
0436 33BT-2 1605 ENCL-T Caractéristiques : Normal : NO
Réglages : Volet fermé : fin de course actionné, contact fermé
Fin de course vanne anti-pompage (11ème étage)
0417 33CB-1 1022 TURB Caractéristiques : Normal : NO
Réglages : Vanne ouverte : fin de course actionné, contact fermé
Fin de course vanne anti-pompage (11ème étage)
0417 33CB-2 1022 TURB Caractéristiques : Normal : NO
Réglages : Vanne ouverte : fin de course actionné, contact fermé
Fin de course embrayage dents de loup
0421 33CS-1 0538 TURB
Réglages : Contact activé quand embrayage relâché
Fin de course porte du compartiment
0436 33DT-1 1605 ENCL-T Caractéristiques : Normal : NO
Réglages : Porte fermée : fin de course actionné, contact fermé
Fin de course porte compartiment gaz
0436 33DT-11 1658 ENCL-G Caractéristiques : Normal : NO
Réglages : Porte fermée : fin de course actionné, contact fermé
Fin de course porte compartiment gaz
0436 33DT-12 1658 ENCL-G Caractéristiques : Normal : NO
Réglages : Porte fermée : fin de course actionné, contact fermé
Fin de course porte du compartiment gaz
0436 33DT-13 1658 ENCL-G Caractéristiques : Normal : NO
Réglages : Porte fermée : fin de course actionné, contact fermé
Fin de course porte du compartiment
0436 33DT-2 1605 ENCL-T Caractéristiques : Normal : NO
Réglages : Porte fermée : fin de course actionné, contact fermé

SIZE CAGE CODE DWG NO

403A1873
A4

SECTION 01F
SCALE SHEET 6/25
Doc. Source : TBFT-ISP-FR-GTE-0020
Ce document, propriété exclusive de GE Energy Products France SNC est strictement confidentiel This document, exclusive property of GE Energy Products France SNC. is strictly confidential.
Il ne peut être communiqué, copié ou reproduit sans notre autorisation écrite préalable. It must not be communicated, copied or reproduced without our previous written consent.
SIZE DWG NO SH REV
A4 403A1873 7 B TBFT-TMP-FR-GTE-0060 Rev : 001

MLI Schéma
Appareils MLI Safety Désignation
PID câblage
Fin de course porte du compartiment
0436 33DT-3 1605 ENCL-T Caractéristiques : Normal : NO
Réglages : Porte fermée : fin de course actionné, contact fermé
Fin de course porte du compartiment
0436 33DT-4 1605 ENCL-T Caractéristiques : Normal : NO
Réglages : Porte fermée : fin de course actionné, contact fermé
Fin de course du volet de ventilation compartiment échappement
0436 33EF-1 1605 ENCL-T Caractéristiques : Normal : NO
Réglages : Volet fermé : fin de course actionné, contact fermé
Fin de course du volet de ventilation compartiment échappement
0436 33EF-2 1605 ENCL-T Caractéristiques : Normal : NO
Réglages : Volet fermé : fin de course actionné, contact fermé
Fin de course vanne arrêt combustible liquide
0424 33FL-1 0511 TURB Caractéristiques : Normal : NO
Réglages : Vanne fermée : fin de course actionné, contact fermé
Fin de course vireur hydraulique
0421 33HR-1 0522 TURB Caractéristiques : Normal : NC
Réglages : Contact ouvert pendant la course
Fin de course clapet anti-retour de la ventilation de l'enceinte du skid injection d'eau
0436 33JS-1 1659 ENCL-WI Caractéristiques : Normal : NO
Réglages : Volet fermé : fin de course actionné, contact fermé
Fin de course clapet anti-retour de la ventilation de l'enceinte du skid injection d'eau
0436 33JS-2 1659 ENCL-WI Caractéristiques : Normal : NO
Réglages : Volet fermé : fin de course actionné, contact fermé
Fin de course de vanne de faux départ
0442 33TFD-1 1026 TURB
Réglages : Vanne ouverte : Contact fermé, fin de course actionné
Fin de course clapet anti-retour de la ventilation du compartiment puissance
0436 33VG-1 1605 ENCL-T Caractéristiques : Normal : NO
Réglages : Volet fermé : fin de course actionné, contact fermé
Fin de course électrovanne 20VG-1
0422 33VG-11 0991 GAS Caractéristiques : Normal : NC
Réglages : Vanne fermée : fin de course actionné, contact fermé
Fin de course clapet anti-retour de la ventilation du compartiment puissance
0436 33VG-2 1605 ENCL-T Caractéristiques : Normal : NO
Réglages : Volet fermé : fin de course actionné, contact fermé
Fin de course clapet anti-retour de la ventilation du compartiment gaz
0436 33VL-1 1658 ENCL-G Caractéristiques : Normal : NO
Réglages : Volet fermé : fin de course actionné, contact fermé
Fin de course clapet anti-retour de la ventilation du compartiment gaz
0436 33VL-2 1658 ENCL-G Caractéristiques : Normal : NO
Réglages : Volet fermé : fin de course actionné, contact fermé
Fin de course vanne de contrôle (partie de VC4-1)
0462 33WN-1 A035 WI Caractéristiques : Normal : NO
Réglages : Vanne complètement ouverte : fin de course activé, contact fermé
Fin de course vanne de contrôle (partie de VC4-1)
0462 33WN-2 A035 WI Caractéristiques : Normal : NO
Réglages : Vanne complètement fermée : fin de course actionné, contact fermé
Automate contrôleur du diesel
0421 34DC-1 0602 TURB
Caractéristiques : 0,5 kW | 125 VDC
Capteur de vibration
0415 39V-1A 1218 TURB
Caractéristiques : Pour 25,4 mm/s, 150 ± 4,5 mV crête

SIZE CAGE CODE DWG NO

403A1873
A4

SECTION 01F
SCALE SHEET 7/25
Doc. Source : TBFT-ISP-FR-GTE-0020
Ce document, propriété exclusive de GE Energy Products France SNC est strictement confidentiel This document, exclusive property of GE Energy Products France SNC. is strictly confidential.
Il ne peut être communiqué, copié ou reproduit sans notre autorisation écrite préalable. It must not be communicated, copied or reproduced without our previous written consent.
SIZE DWG NO SH REV
A4 403A1873 8 B TBFT-TMP-FR-GTE-0060 Rev : 001

MLI Schéma
Appareils MLI Safety Désignation
PID câblage
Capteur de vibration
0415 39V-1B 1218 TURB
Caractéristiques : Pour 25,4 mm/s, 150 ± 4,5 mV crête
Capteur de vibration
0415 39V-2A 1218 TURB
Caractéristiques : Pour 25,4 mm/s, 150 ± 4,5 mV crête
Capteur de vibration
0415 39V-2B 1218 TURB
Caractéristiques : Pour 25,4 mm/s, 150 ± 4,5 mV crête
Capteur sismique du corps de réducteur de puissance, arbre haute vitesse côté turbine
0495 39V-4D A012 LOAD
Caractéristiques : Pour 25,4 mm/s, 150 ± 4,5 mV crête
Capteur sismique du corps de réducteur de puissance, arbre haute vitesse côté turbine
0495 39V-4E A012 LOAD
Caractéristiques : Pour 25,4 mm/s, 150 ± 4,5 mV crête
Capteur sismique du corps de réducteur de puissance, arbre vitesse basse côté
0495 39V-4F A012 LOAD alternateur
Caractéristiques : Pour 25,4 mm/s, 150 ± 4,5 mV crête
Capteur de vibration
0415 39VS-11 1154 TURB Caractéristiques : Sortie proximitor : 7,87 V/mm
Réglages : Entrefer : 1,14 ± 0,05 mm
Capteur de vibration
0415 39VS-12 1154 TURB Caractéristiques : Sortie proximitor : 7,87 V/mm
Réglages : Entrefer : 1,14 ± 0,05 mm
Capteur de vibration
0415 39VS-21 1154 TURB Caractéristiques : Sortie proximitor : 7,87 V/mm
Réglages : Entrefer : 1,14 ± 0,05 mm
Capteur de vibration
0415 39VS-22 1154 TURB Caractéristiques : Sortie proximitor : 7,87 V/mm
Réglages : Entrefer :1,14 ± 0,05 mm
Capteur de vibration
0495 39VS-51 A012 LOAD Caractéristiques : Sortie proximitor : 7,87 V/mm
Réglages : Entrefer : 1,4 ± 0,05 mm
Capteur de vibration
0495 39VS-52 A012 LOAD Caractéristiques : Sortie proximitor : 7,87 V/mm
Réglages : Entrefer : 1,4 ± 0,05 mm
Capteur de vibration
0495 39VS-61 A012 LOAD Caractéristiques : Sortie proximitor : 7,87 V/mm
Réglages : Entrefer : 1,4 ± 0,05 mm
Capteur de vibration
0495 39VS-62 A012 LOAD Caractéristiques : Sortie proximitor : 7,87 V/mm
Réglages : Entrefer : 1,4 ± 0,05 mm
Capteur de vibration
0495 39VS-71 A012 LOAD Caractéristiques : Sortie proximitor : 7,87 V/mm
Réglages : Entrefer : 1,4 ± 0,05 mm
Capteur de vibration
0495 39VS-72 A012 LOAD Caractéristiques : Sortie proximitor : 7,87 V/mm
Réglages : Entrefer : 1,4 ± 0,05 mm
Capteur de vibration
0495 39VS-81 A012 LOAD Caractéristiques : Sortie proximitor : 7,87 V/mm
Réglages : Entrefer : 1,4 ± 0,05 mm
Capteur de vibration
0495 39VS-82 A012 LOAD Caractéristiques : Sortie proximitor : 7,87 V/mm
Réglages : Entrefer : 1,4 ± 0,05 mm
Bris de glace porte d'accès compartiment auxiliaire
0426 43CP-1 1113 ENCL-T
Caractéristiques : Normal : NO

SIZE CAGE CODE DWG NO

403A1873
A4

SECTION 01F
SCALE SHEET 8/25
Doc. Source : TBFT-ISP-FR-GTE-0020
Ce document, propriété exclusive de GE Energy Products France SNC est strictement confidentiel This document, exclusive property of GE Energy Products France SNC. is strictly confidential.
Il ne peut être communiqué, copié ou reproduit sans notre autorisation écrite préalable. It must not be communicated, copied or reproduced without our previous written consent.
SIZE DWG NO SH REV
A4 403A1873 9 B TBFT-TMP-FR-GTE-0060 Rev : 001

MLI Schéma
Appareils MLI Safety Désignation
PID câblage
Bris de glace compartiment gaz
0426 43CP-11 1195 ENCL-G
Caractéristiques : Normal : NO
Bris de glace compartiment gaz
0426 43CP-12 1195 ENCL-G
Caractéristiques : Normal : NO
Bris de glace porte d'accès compartiment TG
0426 43CP-2 1113 ENCL-T
Caractéristiques : Normal : NO
Bris de glace porte d'accès compartiment réducteur de vitesse
0426 43CP-3 1113 ENCL-T
Caractéristiques : Normal : NO
Bris de glace porte d'accès compartiment auxiliaire
0426 43CP-4 1113 ENCL-T
Caractéristiques : Normal : NO
Bris de glace porte d'accès compartiment TG
0426 43CP-5 1113 ENCL-T
Caractéristiques : Normal : NO
Bris de glace porte d'accès compartiment réducteur de vitesse
0426 43CP-6 1113 ENCL-T
Caractéristiques : Normal : NO
Bouton de commande groupe de virage
0421 43HR-1 1110 TURB
Caractéristiques : Normal : NO
Détecteur thermostatique incendie compartiment TG
0426 45FA-10A 1113 ENCL-T Caractéristiques : Normal : NO
Réglages : Fermé : 163 ± 14°C
Détecteur thermostatique incendie compartiment TG
0426 45FA-10B 1113 ENCL-T Caractéristiques : Normal : NO
Réglages : Fermé : 163 ± 14°C
Détecteur thermostatique incendie compartiment TG
0426 45FA-11A 1113 ENCL-T Caractéristiques : Normal : NO
Réglages : Fermé : 163 ± 14°C
Détecteur thermostatique incendie compartiment TG
0426 45FA-11B 1113 ENCL-T Caractéristiques : Normal : NO
Réglages : Fermé : 163 ± 14°C
Détecteur thermostatique incendie compartiment TG
0426 45FA-12A 1113 ENCL-T Caractéristiques : Normal : NO
Réglages : Fermé : 163 ± 14°C
Détecteur thermostatique incendie compartiment TG
0426 45FA-12B 1113 ENCL-T Caractéristiques : Normal : NO
Réglages : Fermé : 163 ± 14°C
Détecteur thermostatique incendie compartiment TG
0426 45FA-13A 1113 ENCL-T Caractéristiques : Normal : NO
Réglages : Fermé : 163 ± 14°C
Détecteur thermostatique incendie compartiment TG
0426 45FA-13B 1113 ENCL-T Caractéristiques : Normal : NO
Réglages : Fermé : 163 ± 14°C
Détecteur thermostatique incendie compartiment auxiliaire
0426 45FA-1A 1104 TURB Caractéristiques : Normal : NO
Réglages : Fermé : 163 ± 14°C
Détecteur thermostatique incendie compartiment auxiliaire
0426 45FA-1B 1104 TURB Caractéristiques : Normal : NO
Réglages : Fermé : 163 ± 14°C
Détecteur thermostatique incendie compartiment auxiliaire
0426 45FA-2A 1104 TURB Caractéristiques : Normal : NO
Réglages : Fermé : 163 ± 14°C
Détecteur thermostatique incendie compartiment auxiliaire
0426 45FA-2B 1104 TURB Caractéristiques : Normal : NO
Réglages : Fermé : 163 ± 14°C

SIZE CAGE CODE DWG NO

403A1873
A4

SECTION 01F
SCALE SHEET 9/25
Doc. Source : TBFT-ISP-FR-GTE-0020
Ce document, propriété exclusive de GE Energy Products France SNC est strictement confidentiel This document, exclusive property of GE Energy Products France SNC. is strictly confidential.
Il ne peut être communiqué, copié ou reproduit sans notre autorisation écrite préalable. It must not be communicated, copied or reproduced without our previous written consent.
SIZE DWG NO SH REV
A4 403A1873 10 B TBFT-TMP-FR-GTE-0060 Rev : 001

MLI Schéma
Appareils MLI Safety Désignation
PID câblage
Détecteur thermostatique incendie compartiment gaz
0426 45FA-6A 0991 GAS Caractéristiques : Normal : NO
Réglages : Fermé : 163 ± 14°C
Détecteur thermostatique incendie compartiment gaz
0426 45FA-6B 0991 GAS Caractéristiques : Normal : NO
Réglages : Fermé : 163 ± 14°C
Détecteur thermostatique incendie compartiment gaz
0426 45FA-7A 0991 GAS Caractéristiques : Normal : NO
Réglages : Fermé : 163 ± 14°C
Détecteur thermostatique incendie compartiment gaz
0426 45FA-7B 0991 GAS Caractéristiques : Normal : NO
Réglages : Fermé : 163 ± 14°C
Détecteur thermostatique incendie compartiment puissance
0426 45FT-10A 1106 TURB Caractéristiques : Normal : NO
Réglages : Fermé : 316 ± 14°C
Détecteur thermostatique incendie compartiment puissance
0426 45FT-10B 1106 TURB Caractéristiques : Normal : NO
Réglages : Fermé : 316 ± 14°C
Détecteur thermostatique incendie compartiment puissance
0426 45FT-11A 1113 ENCL-T Caractéristiques : Normal : NO
Réglages : Fermé : 316 ± 14°C
Détecteur thermostatique incendie compartiment puissance
0426 45FT-11B 1113 ENCL-T Caractéristiques : Normal : NO
Réglages : Fermé : 316 ± 14°C
Détecteur thermostatique incendie compartiment TG
0426 45FT-1A 1103 TURB Caractéristiques : Normal : NO
Réglages : Fermé : 316 ± 14°C
Détecteur thermostatique incendie compartiment TG
0426 45FT-1B 1103 TURB Caractéristiques : Normal : NO
Réglages : Fermé : 316 ± 14°C
Détecteur thermostatique incendie compartiment TG
0426 45FT-2A 1103 TURB Caractéristiques : Normal : NO
Réglages : Fermé : 316 ± 14°C
Détecteur thermostatique incendie compartiment TG
0426 45FT-2B 1103 TURB Caractéristiques : Normal : NO
Réglages : Fermé : 316 ± 14°C
Détecteur thermostatique incendie compartiment TG
0426 45FT-3A 1103 TURB Caractéristiques : Normal : NO
Réglages : Fermé : 316 ± 14°C
Détecteur thermostatique incendie compartiment TG
0426 45FT-3B 1103 TURB Caractéristiques : Normal : NO
Réglages : Fermé : 316 ± 14°C
Détecteur thermostatique incendie compartiment puissance
0426 45FT-9A 1106 TURB Caractéristiques : Normal : NO
Réglages : Fermé : 316 ± 14°C
Détecteur thermostatique incendie compartiment puissance
0426 45FT-9B 1106 TURB Caractéristiques : Normal : NO
Réglages : Fermé : 316 ± 14°C
Détecteur gaz dans gaine de ventilation compartiment gaz
0474 45HA-4 1658 ENCL-G
Caractéristiques : Gamme de mesure : 0 à 20% LIE
Détecteur gaz dans gaine de ventilation compartiment gaz
0474 45HA-5 1658 ENCL-G
Caractéristiques : Gamme de mesure : 0 à 20% LIE

SIZE CAGE CODE DWG NO

403A1873
A4

SECTION 01F
SCALE SHEET 10/25
Doc. Source : TBFT-ISP-FR-GTE-0020
Ce document, propriété exclusive de GE Energy Products France SNC est strictement confidentiel This document, exclusive property of GE Energy Products France SNC. is strictly confidential.
Il ne peut être communiqué, copié ou reproduit sans notre autorisation écrite préalable. It must not be communicated, copied or reproduced without our previous written consent.
SIZE DWG NO SH REV
A4 403A1873 11 B TBFT-TMP-FR-GTE-0060 Rev : 001

MLI Schéma
Appareils MLI Safety Désignation
PID câblage
Détecteur gaz dans gaine de ventilation compartiment gaz
0474 45HA-6 1658 ENCL-G
Caractéristiques : Gamme de mesure : 0 à 20% LIE
Détecteur gaz compartiment turbine
0474 45HT-1 1154 TURB
Caractéristiques : Gamme de mesure : 0 à 20% LIE
Détecteur gaz compartiment turbine
0474 45HT-2 1154 TURB
Caractéristiques : Gamme de mesure : 0 à 20% LIE
Détecteur gaz compartiment turbine
0474 45HT-3 1154 TURB
Caractéristiques : Gamme de mesure : 0 à 20% LIE
Détecteur gaz gaine de ventilation compartiment turbine
0474 45HT-4 1605 ENCL-T
Caractéristiques : Gamme de mesure : 0 à 20% LIE
Détecteur gaz gaine de ventilation compartiment turbine
0474 45HT-5 1605 ENCL-T
Caractéristiques : Gamme de mesure : 0 à 20% LIE
Détecteur gaz gaine de ventilation compartiment turbine
0474 45HT-6 1605 ENCL-T
Caractéristiques : Gamme de mesure : 0 à 20% LIE
Thermostat de sécurité chauffage compartiment gaz
0436 49HA-12 1658 ENCL-G
Caractéristiques : Fermé à 100°C | Normal : NO
Bouton d'arrêt d'urgence
0426 5E-10 1113 ENCL-T
Caractéristiques : Normal : NO
Bouton d'arrêt d'urgence
0426 5E-11 1113 ENCL-T
Caractéristiques : Normal : NO
Pressostat pression basse entrée air comprimé filtre à air TG
Caractéristiques : Normal : NC
0471 63CA-1 A040 FILT Réglages :
Non réglable : fermé à la montée à : 6 ± 0,5 bar |
Ouvert à la descente à : 5,5 ± 0,5 bar
Manostat
Caractéristiques : Normal : NC
0422 63FG-1 0991 GAS Réglages :
Fermé à la descente à : 1,03 ± 0,05 bar |
Non réglable : ouvert à la montée à : 2,41 ± 0,05 bar
Manostat
Caractéristiques : Normal : NC
0422 63FG-2 0991 GAS Réglages :
Fermé à la descente à : 1,03 ± 0,05 bar |
Non réglable : ouvert à la montée à : 2,41 ± 0,05 bar
Manostat pression fuel amont vanne arrêt fuel
Caractéristiques : Normal : NO
0424 63FL-2 0926 TURB Réglages :
Non réglable : fermé à la montée à : 2,75 ± 0,14 bar |
Ouvert à la descente à : 2,41 ± 0,07 bar
Manostat différentiel filtre alimentation hydraulique
Caractéristiques : Normal : NC
0434 63HF-1 0926 TURB Réglages :
Non réglable : fermé à la descente à : 2,75 ± 1,03 bar |
Ouvert à la montée à : 4,13 ± 0,2 bar
Manostat de pression basse alimentation huile HP
Caractéristiques : Normal : NO
0434 63HQ-1 0926 TURB Réglages :
Non réglable : fermé à la montée à : 79 ± 2,8 bar |
Ouvert à la descente à : 72,4 ± 2,1 bar

SIZE CAGE CODE DWG NO

403A1873
A4

SECTION 01F
SCALE SHEET 11/25
Doc. Source : TBFT-ISP-FR-GTE-0020
Ce document, propriété exclusive de GE Energy Products France SNC est strictement confidentiel This document, exclusive property of GE Energy Products France SNC. is strictly confidential.
Il ne peut être communiqué, copié ou reproduit sans notre autorisation écrite préalable. It must not be communicated, copied or reproduced without our previous written consent.
SIZE DWG NO SH REV
A4 403A1873 12 B TBFT-TMP-FR-GTE-0060 Rev : 001

MLI Schéma
Appareils MLI Safety Désignation
PID câblage
Manostat de pression différentielle filtre fuel principal
Caractéristiques : Normal : NC
0424 63LF-7 0992 TURB Réglages :
Non réglable : fermé à la descente à : 1,1 ± 0,07 bar |
Ouvert à la montée à : 1,3 ± 0,07 bar
Manostat sur air de balayage des injecteurs de combustible liquide
Caractéristiques : Normal : NO
0477 63PL-21 0926 TURB Réglages :
Non réglable : fermé à la montée à : 6 ± 0,3 bar |
Ouvert à la descente à : 4,6 ± 0,3 bar
Pressostat sur air de purge injection d'eau
Caractéristiques : Normal : NO
0477 63PW-1 0926 TURB
Réglages :
Fermé à la montée à : 7,5 ± 0,25 bar | Ouvert à la descente à : 6,1 ± 0,25 bar
Manostat pression huile de lubrification
Caractéristiques : Normal : NO
0416 63QA-2 0926 TURB Réglages :
Non réglable : fermé à la montée à : 2,9 ± 0,14 bar |
Ouvert à la descente à : 2,6 ± 0,07 bar
Manostat pression différentielle filtre huile principal
Caractéristiques : Normal : NC
0416 63QQ-1 0926 TURB Réglages :
Non réglable : fermé à la descente à : 0,9 ± 0,2 bar |
Ouvert à la montée à : 1,03 ± 0,068 bar
Alarme haute pression différentielle filtre de l'éliminateur de brouillard d'huile
Caractéristiques : Normal : NC
0416 63QQ-10 A098 MIST
Réglages :
Ouvert à la montée à : 80 ± 3 mbar
Manostat pression huile de lubrification palier #2 alternateur
Caractéristiques : Normal : NO
0416 63QT-2A ALT. GENE Réglages :
Non réglable : fermé à la montée à : 0,62 ± 0,035 bar |
Ouvert à la descente à : 0,55 ± 0,021 bar
Manostat pression huile de lubrification palier #2 alternateur
Caractéristiques : Normal : NO
0416 63QT-2B ALT. GENE Réglages :
Non réglable : fermé à la montée à : 0,62 ± 0,035 bar |
Ouvert à la descente à : 0,55 ± 0,021 bar
Pressostat différentiel admission d'air TG
Caractéristiques : Normal : NC
0471 63TF-2A A040 FILT
Réglages :
Ouvert à la montée à : 21 ± 0,5 mbar
Pressostat différentiel admission d'air TG
Caractéristiques : Normal : NC
0471 63TF-2B A040 FILT
Réglages :
Ouvert à la montée à : 21 ± 0,5 mbar
Manostat de contrôle de ventilation du corps turbine
Caractéristiques : Normal : NO
0417 63TK-1 A132 TURB
Réglages :
Fermé au dessus de 381 ± 15,24 mm H2O
Manostat de contrôle de ventilation du corps turbine
Caractéristiques : Normal : NO
0417 63TK-2 A132 TURB
Réglages :
Fermé au dessus de 381 ± 15,24 mm H2O

SIZE CAGE CODE DWG NO

403A1873
A4

SECTION 01F
SCALE SHEET 12/25
Doc. Source : TBFT-ISP-FR-GTE-0020
Ce document, propriété exclusive de GE Energy Products France SNC est strictement confidentiel This document, exclusive property of GE Energy Products France SNC. is strictly confidential.
Il ne peut être communiqué, copié ou reproduit sans notre autorisation écrite préalable. It must not be communicated, copied or reproduced without our previous written consent.
SIZE DWG NO SH REV
A4 403A1873 13 B TBFT-TMP-FR-GTE-0060 Rev : 001

MLI Schéma
Appareils MLI Safety Désignation
PID câblage
Pressostat entrée pompe injection d'eau
0462 63WN-1 A035 WI Caractéristiques : Normal : NC
Réglages : Ouvert à la descente à : -0,270 ± 0,01 bar
Pressostat sortie pompe injection d'eau
0462 63WN-2 A035 WI Caractéristiques : Normal : NO
Réglages : Ouvert à la descente à : 20 bar
Pressostat sortie pompe injection d'eau
0462 63WN-3 A035 WI Caractéristiques : Normal : NC
Réglages : Ouvert à la montée à : 1,03 ± 0,1 bar
0424 65FP 0533 TURB Servovalve (bypass) pompe à fuel
0422 65GC-1 0509 GAS Servovalve contrôle gaz (VGC-1)
Régulateur électropneumatique débit d'eau à l'échangeur d'air d'atomisation
Réglages :
0420 65WC-2 1027 TURB
4 ± 0.2mA= 1,2 ± 0,1 bar = 100% débit de C vers E (B étanche) |
20 ± 0,2mA= 2,5 ± 0,1 bar = 0% débit de C vers E (C étanche)
Détecteur de niveau
0424 71FF-1 0910 TURB Caractéristiques : Normal : NC
Réglages : Ouverture au niveau haut
Détecteur de niveau
0424 71FF-2 0910 TURB Caractéristiques : Normal : NC
Réglages : Ouverture au niveau haut
Détecteur de niveau
0424 71FF-3 0910 TURB Caractéristiques : Normal : NC
Réglages : Ouverture au niveau haut
Détecteur de niveau
0424 71FF-4 969L OTHER Caractéristiques : Normal : NC
Réglages : Ouverture au niveau haut
Détecteur de niveau
0424 71FF-5 969L OTHER Caractéristiques : Normal : NC
Réglages : Ouverture au niveau très haut
Détecteur de niveau
0424 71FF-6 969L OTHER Caractéristiques : Normal : NC
Réglages : Ouverture au niveau très haut
Niveau haut cuve à huile de lubrification
0416 71QH-1 1038 TURB Caractéristiques : Normal : NC
Réglages : Ouvert sur niveau haut
Détecteur niveau bas huile de lubrification
0416 71QL-1 1038 TURB Caractéristiques : Normal : NO
Réglages : Ouverture sur niveau bas
Capteur de vitesse magnétique diviseur de débit
0424 77FD-1T3 0910 TURB
Réglages : Entrefer : 0,178 ± 0,05 mm
Capteur de vitesse
0415 77HT-1 0546 TURB
Réglages : Entrefer : 1,27 ± 0,127 mm
Capteur de vitesse
0415 77HT-2 0546 TURB
Réglages : Entrefer : 1,27 ± 0,127 mm
Capteur de vitesse
0415 77HT-3 0546 TURB
Réglages : Entrefer : 1,27 ± 0,127 mm
Capteur de vitesse
0415 77NH-1 0546 TURB
Réglages : Entrefer : 1,27 ± 0,127 mm
Capteur de vitesse
0415 77NH-2 0546 TURB
Réglages : Entrefer : 1,27 ± 0,127 mm

SIZE CAGE CODE DWG NO

403A1873
A4

SECTION 01F
SCALE SHEET 13/25
Doc. Source : TBFT-ISP-FR-GTE-0020
Ce document, propriété exclusive de GE Energy Products France SNC est strictement confidentiel This document, exclusive property of GE Energy Products France SNC. is strictly confidential.
Il ne peut être communiqué, copié ou reproduit sans notre autorisation écrite préalable. It must not be communicated, copied or reproduced without our previous written consent.
SIZE DWG NO SH REV
A4 403A1873 14 B TBFT-TMP-FR-GTE-0060 Rev : 001

MLI Schéma
Appareils MLI Safety Désignation
PID câblage
Capteur de vitesse
0415 77NH-3 0546 TURB
Réglages : Entrefer : 1,27 ± 0,127 mm
Capteur de vibration
0415 77RP-1 1154 TURB Caractéristiques : Sortie proximitor : 7,87 V/mm
Réglages : Entrefer : 1,14 mm
Capteur de phase, bout d'arbre vitesse basse coté alternateur
0495 77RP-101 A012 LOAD Caractéristiques : Sortie proximitor : 7,87 V/mm
Réglages : Entrefer : 1,4 ± 0,05 mm
Moteur électrique ventilateur refroidissement compartiment TG
0436 88BT-1 1605 ENCL-T
Caractéristiques : 18,5 kW | - tr/min | 50 Hz | 400 VAC
Moteur électrique ventilateur refroidissement compartiment TG
0436 88BT-2 1605 ENCL-T
Caractéristiques : 18,5 kW | - tr/min | 50 Hz | 400 VAC
Démarreur électrique du moteur diesel
0421 88DS-1 0538 TURB
Caractéristiques : 7,36 kW | 2750 tr/min | 125 VDC
Moteur de ventilateur - Compartiment échappement enceinte acoustique
0436 88EF-1 1605 ENCL-T
Caractéristiques : 7,5 kW | - tr/min | 50 Hz | 400 VAC
Moteur de ventilation - Compartiment échappement enceinte acoustique
0436 88EF-2 1605 ENCL-T
Caractéristiques : 7,5 kW | - tr/min | 50 Hz | 400 VAC
Moteur électrique démarrage répartiteur de débit combustible liquide
0424 88FM 0613 TURB
Caractéristiques : 0,44 kW | 3000 tr/min | 125 VDC
Moto-pompe auxiliaire huile HP
0434 88HQ-1 0628 TURB
Caractéristiques : 15 kW | 1450 tr/min | 50 Hz | 400 VAC
Moteur pompe vireur hydraulique
0421 88HR-1 0549 TURB
Caractéristiques : 0,55 kW | 1725 tr/min | 125 VDC
Moteur électrique ventilation enceinte acoustique skid injection d'eau
0436 88JS-1 1659 ENCL-WI
Caractéristiques : 0,37 kW | - tr/min | 50 Hz | 400 VAC
Moteur électrique ventilation enceinte acoustique skid injection d'eau
0436 88JS-2 1659 ENCL-WI
Caractéristiques : 0,37 kW | - tr/min | 50 Hz | 400 VAC
Moteur électrique de la pompe à huile auxiliaire
0416 88QA 1006 TURB
Caractéristiques : 30 kW | 3000 tr/min | 50 Hz | 400 VAC
Moteur électrique de la pompe à huile de secours
0416 88QE-1 1007 TURB
Caractéristiques : 7,5 kW | 3000 tr/min | 125 VDC
Moteur électrique du déshuileur
0416 88QV-1A A098 MIST
Caractéristiques : 7,5 kW | 3000 tr/min | 50 Hz | 400 VAC
Ventilateur centrifuge + moteur électrique groupe moto ventilateur refroidissement
0417 88TK-1 1233 TURB corps TG
Caractéristiques : 30 kW | 2955 tr/min | 50 Hz | 400 VAC
Ventilateur centrifuge + moteur électrique groupe moto ventilateur refroidissement
0417 88TK-2 1233 TURB corps TG
Caractéristiques : 30 kW | 2955 tr/min | 50 Hz | 400 VAC
Moteur électrique ventilateur refroidissement compartiment puissance
0436 88VG-1 1605 ENCL-T
Caractéristiques : 7,5 kW | - tr/min | 50 Hz | 400 VAC
Moteur électrique ventilateur refroidissement compartiment puissance
0436 88VG-2 1605 ENCL-T
Caractéristiques : 7,5 kW | - tr/min | 50 Hz | 400 VAC
Moteur électrique ventilateur compartiment gaz
0436 88VL-1 1658 ENCL-G
Caractéristiques : 2,2 kW | - tr/min | 50 Hz | 400 VAC
Moteur électrique ventilateur compartiment gaz
0436 88VL-2 1658 ENCL-G
Caractéristiques : 2,2 kW | - tr/min | 50 Hz | 400 VAC
Moteur de la pompe à injection d'eau
0462 88WN-1 A035 WI
Caractéristiques : 30 kW | 3000 tr/min | 50 Hz | 400 VAC

SIZE CAGE CODE DWG NO

403A1873
A4

SECTION 01F
SCALE SHEET 14/25
Doc. Source : TBFT-ISP-FR-GTE-0020
Ce document, propriété exclusive de GE Energy Products France SNC est strictement confidentiel This document, exclusive property of GE Energy Products France SNC. is strictly confidential.
Il ne peut être communiqué, copié ou reproduit sans notre autorisation écrite préalable. It must not be communicated, copied or reproduced without our previous written consent.
SIZE DWG NO SH REV
A4 403A1873 15 B TBFT-TMP-FR-GTE-0060 Rev : 001

MLI Schéma
Appareils MLI Safety Désignation
PID câblage
0422 90SR-1 0507 GAS Servovalve arrêt et régulation gaz
0469 90TV-1 0556 TURB Servovalve actionneur IGV compresseur
Régulateur électro-pneumatique
Réglages :
0462 90WN-1 A035 WI
04 ± 0,20 mA pour 0 ± 0,01 bar
20 ± 0,20 mA pour 3,1 ± 0,1 bar
Contrôleur de débit d'air (anémomètre) de ventilation compartiment turbine
Caractéristiques : 4 - 20 mA pour 0,5 - 30 m/s
0436 95BT-1 1605 ENCL-T Réglages : ventilateur à l'arrêt sans débit d'air : 4 -0/+1 mA
ventilateur en service et portes fermées : x1 mA, régler la constante du speedtronic à
une valeur équivalente à { [60% x (x1 - 4) ] + 4 mA }
Contrôleur de débit d'air (anémomètre) de ventilation compartiment turbine
Caractéristiques : 4 - 20 mA pour 0,5 - 30 m/s
0436 95BT-2 1605 ENCL-T Réglages : ventilateur à l'arrêt sans débit d'air : 4 -0/+1 mA
ventilateur en service et portes fermées : x1 mA, régler la constante du speedtronic à
une valeur équivalente à { [60% x (x1 - 4) ] + 4 mA }
Contrôleur de débit d'air (anémomètre) de ventilation compartiment turbine
Caractéristiques : 4 - 20 mA pour 0,5 - 30 m/s
0436 95BT-3 1605 ENCL-T Réglages : ventilateur à l'arrêt sans débit d'air : 4 -0/+1 mA
ventilateur en service et portes fermées : x1 mA, régler la constante du speedtronic à
une valeur équivalente à { [60% x (x1 - 4) ] + 4 mA }
Transformateur pour bougie d'allumage 95SP-1
0415 95SG-1 1213 TURB
Caractéristiques : 0,15 kVA | 50 Hz | 230 VAC
Transformateur pour bougie d'allumage 95SP-10
0415 95SG-10 1213 TURB
Caractéristiques : 0,15 kVA | 50 Hz | 230 VAC
0415 95SP-1 1214 TURB Bougie d'allumage chambre de combustion n°1
0415 95SP-10 1214 TURB Bougie d'allumage chambre de combustion n°10
Contrôleur de débit d'air (anémomètre) de ventilation compartiment gaz
Caractéristiques : 4 - 20 mA pour 0,5 - 30 m/s
Réglages : ventilateur à l'arrêt sans débit d'air : 4 -0/+1 mA
0436 95VL-1 1658 ENCL-G
ventilateur en service et portes fermées : x1 mA, régler la constante du speedtronic à
une valeur équivalente à { [60% x (x1 - 4) ] + 4 mA }

Contrôleur de débit d'air (anémomètre) de ventilation compartiment gaz

Caractéristiques : 4 - 20 mA pour 0,5 - 30 m/s
0436 95VL-2 1658 ENCL-G Réglages : ventilateur à l'arrêt sans débit d'air : 4 -0/+1 mA
ventilateur en service et portes fermées : x1 mA, régler la constante du speedtronic à
une valeur équivalente à { [60% x (x1 - 4) ] + 4 mA }
Contrôleur de débit d'air (anémomètre) de ventilation compartiment gaz
Caractéristiques : 4 - 20 mA pour 0,5 - 30 m/s
0436 95VL-3 1658 ENCL-G Réglages : ventilateur à l'arrêt sans débit d'air : 4 -0/+1 mA
ventilateur en service et portes fermées : x1 mA, régler la constante du speedtronic à
une valeur équivalente à { [60% x (x1 - 4) ] + 4 mA }
Transmetteur de la pression différentielle du compresseur principal d'air d'atomisation
Réglages :
0425 96AD-1 0926 TURB
4 ± 0,02 mA pour 0 bar
20 ± 0,1 mA pour 6 bar
Transmetteur de pression
Réglages :
0492 96AP-1A 0559 TURB
04 ± 0,02 mA pour 0,745 bar abs
20 ± 0,10 mA pour 1,250 bar abs

SIZE CAGE CODE DWG NO

403A1873
A4

SECTION 01F
SCALE SHEET 15/25
Doc. Source : TBFT-ISP-FR-GTE-0020
Ce document, propriété exclusive de GE Energy Products France SNC est strictement confidentiel This document, exclusive property of GE Energy Products France SNC. is strictly confidential.
Il ne peut être communiqué, copié ou reproduit sans notre autorisation écrite préalable. It must not be communicated, copied or reproduced without our previous written consent.
SIZE DWG NO SH REV
A4 403A1873 16 B TBFT-TMP-FR-GTE-0060 Rev : 001

MLI Schéma
Appareils MLI Safety Désignation
PID câblage
Transmetteur de pression
Réglages :
0492 96AP-1B 0559 TURB
04 ± 0,02 mA pour 0,745 bar abs
20 ± 0,10 mA pour 1,250 bar abs
Transmetteur de pression
Réglages :
0492 96AP-1C 0559 TURB
04 ± 0,02 mA pour 0,745 bar abs
20 ± 0,10 mA pour 1,250 bar abs
Transmetteur de pression
Réglages :
0492 96BD-1 0559 TURB
04 ± 0,02 mA pour 0,000 bar
20 ± 0,10 mA pour 0,345 bar
Transmetteur de pression sortie compresseur
Réglages :
0417 96CD-1A 0557 TURB
04 ± 0,05 mA pour 0 bar
20 ± 0,1 mA pour 20,7 bar
Transmetteur de pression sortie compresseur
Réglages :
0417 96CD-1B 0557 TURB
04 ± 0,05 mA pour 0 bar
20 ± 0,1 mA pour 20,7 bar
Transmetteur de pression sortie compresseur
Réglages :
0417 96CD-1C 0557 TURB
04 ± 0,05 mA pour 0 bar
20 ± 0,1 mA pour 20,7 bar
Transmetteur de pression
Réglages :
0492 96CS-1 0559 TURB
04 ± 0,02 mA pour 0 mbar
20 ± 0,10 mA pour 27,4 mbar
Transmetteur de pression entrée module gaz
Réglages :
0422 96FG-1 0991 GAS
4 ± 0,05 mA pour 0 bar
20 ± 0,1 mA pour 34,5 bar
Transmetteur de pression gaz inter-vanne
Réglages :
0422 96FG-2A 0991 GAS
4 ± 0,05 mA pour 0 bar
20 ± 0,1 mA pour 34,5 bar
Transmetteur de pression gaz inter-vanne
Réglages :
0422 96FG-2B 0991 GAS
4 ± 0,05 mA pour 0 bar
20 ± 0,1 mA pour 34,5 bar
Transmetteur de pression gaz inter-vanne
Réglages :
0422 96FG-2C 0991 GAS
4 ± 0,05 mA pour 0 bar
20 ± 0,1 mA pour 34,5 bar
Transmetteur de position linéaire différentiel (LVDT) vanne contrôle gaz (VGC-1)
0422 96GC-1 0509 GAS
Réglages : 0,7 ± 0,01 VAC pour 0 mm
Transmetteur de position linéaire différentiel (LVDT) vanne contrôle gaz (VGC-1)
0422 96GC-2 0509 GAS
Réglages : 0,7 ± 0,01 VAC pour 0 mm
Transmetteur de pression huile de lubrification avant VPR-2
Réglages :
0416 96QA-2 0926 TURB
4 ± 0,05 mA pour 0 bar
20 ± 0,1 mA pour 7 bar

SIZE CAGE CODE DWG NO

403A1873
A4

SECTION 01F
SCALE SHEET 16/25
Doc. Source : TBFT-ISP-FR-GTE-0020
Ce document, propriété exclusive de GE Energy Products France SNC est strictement confidentiel This document, exclusive property of GE Energy Products France SNC. is strictly confidential.
Il ne peut être communiqué, copié ou reproduit sans notre autorisation écrite préalable. It must not be communicated, copied or reproduced without our previous written consent.
SIZE DWG NO SH REV
A4 403A1873 17 B TBFT-TMP-FR-GTE-0060 Rev : 001

MLI Schéma
Appareils MLI Safety Désignation
PID câblage
Transmetteur de point de rosée et de température
Réglages :
Sortie 1 :
04 ± 0,05 mA pour -50°C
0471 96RH A040 FILT
20 ± 0,05 mA pour +50°C
Sortie 2 :
04 ± 0,05 mA pour 0% HR
20 ± 0,05 mA pour 100 % HR
Transmetteur de position linéaire différentiel (LVDT) vanne stop ratio gaz (VSR)
0422 96SR-1 0507 GAS
Réglages : 0,7 ± 0,01 VAC pour 0 mm
Transmetteur de position linéaire différentiel (LVDT) vanne stop ratio gaz (VSR)
0422 96SR-2 0507 GAS
Réglages : 0,7 ± 0,01 VAC pour 0 mm
Transmetteur de pression différentielle entre atmosphère et le plenum air propre du
filtre (après étage de filtration)
0471 96TF-1 A040 FILT Réglages :
4 ± 0,05 mA pour 0 mmH2O
20 ± 0,1 mA pour 254 mmH2O
Transmetteur de position linéaire différentiel (LVDT), actionneur aubes variables entrée
0469 96TV-1 0548 TURB compresseur
Réglages : 0,7 ± 0,01 VAC pour 34° angle IGV
Transmetteur de position linéaire différentiel (LVDT), actionneur aubes variables entrée
0469 96TV-2 0548 TURB compresseur
Réglages : 0,7 ± 0,01 VAC pour 34° angle IGV
Capteur de vibration
0415 96VC-11 1154 TURB Caractéristiques : Sortie proximitor : 7,87 V/mm
Réglages : Entrefer : 1,14 ± 0,05 mm
Capteur de vibration
0415 96VC-12 1154 TURB Caractéristiques : Sortie proximitor : 7,87 V/mm
Réglages : Entrefer : 1,14 ± 0,05 mm
Capteur de déplacement axial arbre haute vitesse coté alternateur
0495 96VC-61 A012 LOAD
Caractéristiques : Sortie proximitor : 394 ± 4,5 mV/mm
Transmetteur de débit massique gaz
Réglages : Réglages usine :
0422 96VM-1 0639 OTHER
4 ± 0,05 mA pour 0 kg/s
20 ± 0,1 mA pour 5 kg/s
Transmetteur de débit
Réglages :
0462 96WF-1 A035 WI
04 ± 0,2 mA pour 0 m3/h
20 ± 0,2 mA pour 20,4 ± 0,1 m3/h
Transmetteur de débit
Réglages :
0462 96WF-2 A035 WI
04 ± 0,2 mA pour 0 m3/h
20 ± 0,2 mA pour 20,4 ± 0,1 m3/h
Transmetteur de débit
Réglages :
0462 96WF-3 A035 WI
04 ± 0,2 mA pour 0 m3/h
20 ± 0,2 mA pour 20,4 ± 0,1 m3/h
Thermocouple sur air en aval du réfrigérant d'air d'atomisation
0425 AAT-1A 0983 TURB
Caractéristiques : Type K
Thermocouple sur air en aval du réfrigérant d'air d'atomisation
0425 AAT-2A 0983 TURB
Caractéristiques : Type K
0469 ACV1-1 0556 N/A Bloc de commande hydraulique IGV

SIZE CAGE CODE DWG NO

403A1873
A4

SECTION 01F
SCALE SHEET 17/25
Doc. Source : TBFT-ISP-FR-GTE-0020
Ce document, propriété exclusive de GE Energy Products France SNC est strictement confidentiel This document, exclusive property of GE Energy Products France SNC. is strictly confidential.
Il ne peut être communiqué, copié ou reproduit sans notre autorisation écrite préalable. It must not be communicated, copied or reproduced without our previous written consent.
SIZE DWG NO SH REV
A4 403A1873 18 B TBFT-TMP-FR-GTE-0060 Rev : 001

MLI Schéma
Appareils MLI Safety Désignation
PID câblage
Accumulateur hydraulique huile HP IGV
0469 AH2-1 0556 N/A Caractéristiques : 3,78 l | Azote
Réglages : 41 ± 2 bar
Thermocouple compartiment auxiliaire
0436 AT-AC-1 1113 ENCL-T
Caractéristiques : Type K
Thermocouple compartiment gaz
0436 AT-AC-11 1195 ENCL-G
Caractéristiques : Type K
Température compartiment puissance
0436 AT-LC-1 1113 ENCL-T
Caractéristiques : Type K
Température compartiment turbine
0436 AT-TC-1 1107 TURB
Caractéristiques : Platine PT100 | -50 à 260 °C | 0,385 Ohm/°C | 100 Ohm à 0°C
Thermocouple : compartiment turbine
0436 AT-TC-2 1113 ENCL-T
Caractéristiques : Type K
Thermocouple : compartiment turbine
0436 AT-TC-3 1113 ENCL-T
Caractéristiques : Type K
Température compartiment injection d'eau
0436 AT-WI-1 1196 ENCL-WI
Caractéristiques : Type K
Thermocouple dual température coussinet du palier n°1
0415 BT-J1-1A,1B 0235 TURB
Caractéristiques : Type K
Thermocouple dual température coussinet du palier n°1
0415 BT-J1-2A,2B 0235 TURB
Caractéristiques : Type K
Thermocouple dual température coussinet du palier n°2
0415 BT-J2-1A,1B 0235 TURB
Caractéristiques : Type K
Thermocouple dual température coussinet du palier n°2
0415 BT-J2-2A,2B 0235 TURB
Caractéristiques : Type K
Thermocouple dual température matière palier
0495 BT-RGB1-1A,1B A012 LOAD
Caractéristiques : Type K
Thermocouple dual température matière palier
0495 BT-RGB1-2A,2B A012 LOAD
Caractéristiques : Type K
Thermocouple dual température matière palier
0495 BT-RGB2-1A,1B A012 LOAD
Caractéristiques : Type K
Thermocouple dual température matière palier
0495 BT-RGB2-2A,2B A012 LOAD
Caractéristiques : Type K
Thermocouple dual température matière palier
0495 BT-RGP1-1A,1B A012 LOAD
Caractéristiques : Type K
Thermocouple dual température matière palier
0495 BT-RGP1-2A,2B A012 LOAD
Caractéristiques : Type K
Thermocouple dual température matière palier
0495 BT-RGP2-1A,1B A012 LOAD
Caractéristiques : Type K
Thermocouple dual température matière palier
0495 BT-RGP2-2A,2B A012 LOAD
Caractéristiques : Type K
Thermocouple dual température patin n°1 de la butée du palier
0415 BT-TA-1A,1B 0235 TURB
Caractéristiques : Type K
Thermocouple dual température patin n°2 de la butée du palier
0415 BT-TA-2A,2B 0235 TURB
Caractéristiques : Type K
Thermocouple dual température patin n°1 de la contre butée du palier
0415 BT-TI-1A,1B 0235 TURB
Caractéristiques : Type K
Thermocouple dual température patin n°2 de la contre butée du palier
0415 BT-TI-2A,2B 0235 TURB
Caractéristiques : Type K

SIZE CAGE CODE DWG NO

403A1873
A4

SECTION 01F
SCALE SHEET 18/25
Doc. Source : TBFT-ISP-FR-GTE-0020
Ce document, propriété exclusive de GE Energy Products France SNC est strictement confidentiel This document, exclusive property of GE Energy Products France SNC. is strictly confidential.
Il ne peut être communiqué, copié ou reproduit sans notre autorisation écrite préalable. It must not be communicated, copied or reproduced without our previous written consent.
SIZE DWG NO SH REV
A4 403A1873 19 B TBFT-TMP-FR-GTE-0060 Rev : 001

MLI Schéma
Appareils MLI Safety Désignation
PID câblage
Compresseur principal d'air d'atomisation
0425 CA1 0607 N/A
Caractéristiques : Centrifuge
Compresseur d'air d'atomisation de démarrage
0425 CA2 1047 N/A
Caractéristiques : Volumétrique | 4000 tr/min
0421 CS-1 0538 N/A Embrayage hydraulique type dents de loup
Thermocouple température air sortie du compresseur
0415 CT-DA-1 0637 TURB
Caractéristiques : Type K
Thermocouple température air sortie du compresseur
0415 CT-DA-2 0637 TURB
Caractéristiques : Type K
Thermocouple température air entrée du compresseur
0415 CT-IF-1 0637 TURB
Caractéristiques : Type K
Thermocouple température air entrée du compresseur
0415 CT-IF-2 0637 TURB
Caractéristiques : Type K
Détecteur de température à résistance
0492 CT-IF-3/R 0637 TURB
Caractéristiques : Platine PT100 | -50 à 260 °C | 0,385 Ohm/°C | 100 Ohm à 0°C
Filtre sur air de commande du système air atomisation et air de balayage
0425 FA1-1 0983 N/A
Caractéristiques : 5 μm
Filtre sur air de balayage du combustible liquide
0477 FA3-1 1015 N/A
Caractéristiques : 5 μm
0417 FA6 0909 N/A Filtre sur air de commande du système anti-pompage
0417 FA7-1 0931 N/A Séparateur d'humidité de l'air extraction 5ème étage
0417 FA7-2 0931 N/A Séparateur d'humidité de l'air extraction 5ème étage
Filtre à air injection d'eau
0462 FA8-2 A035 N/A
Caractéristiques : 5 μm
Répartiteur de débit
0424 FD1-1 0613 N/A
Caractéristiques : Débit nominal : 317 l/min. Vitesse nominale: 854 tr/min
Filtre fuel HP
0424 FF2-1 1014 N/A
Caractéristiques : Béta 40 = 75
Filtre fuel HP
0424 FF2-2 1014 N/A
Caractéristiques : Béta 40 = 75
Filtre alimentation vireur hydraulique
0421 FH1 0522 N/A
Caractéristiques : 20 μm
Filtre alimentation huile HP
0434 FH2-1 1051 N/A
Caractéristiques : Béta 3 > 200
Filtre alimentation huile HP
0434 FH2-2 1051 N/A
Caractéristiques : Béta 3 > 200
Filtre hydraulique servo vanne fuel liquide
0424 FH3-1 0516 N/A
Caractéristiques : Béta 15 = 75
0421 FH5 0919 N/A Filtre alimentation pompe vireur hydraulique
Filtre alimentation bloc de commande hydraulique IGV
0469 FH6-1 0556 N/A
Caractéristiques : Béta 15 = 75
Filtre hydraulique du circuit d'alimentation de la servo-valve de la VSR
0422 FH7-1 0507 N/A
Caractéristiques : 15 μ abs
Filtre hydraulique alimentation hydraulique vanne control gaz (VGC)
0422 FH8-1 0509 N/A
Caractéristiques : 15 μ abs
Débimètre injection d'eau
0462 FM1-1 A035 WI
Caractéristiques : 1,36 m3/h | Facteur nominal K : 343,4 impulsions / l | 20,4 m3/h

SIZE CAGE CODE DWG NO

403A1873
A4

SECTION 01F
SCALE SHEET 19/25
Doc. Source : TBFT-ISP-FR-GTE-0020
Ce document, propriété exclusive de GE Energy Products France SNC est strictement confidentiel This document, exclusive property of GE Energy Products France SNC. is strictly confidential.
Il ne peut être communiqué, copié ou reproduit sans notre autorisation écrite préalable. It must not be communicated, copied or reproduced without our previous written consent.
SIZE DWG NO SH REV
A4 403A1873 20 B TBFT-TMP-FR-GTE-0060 Rev : 001

MLI Schéma
Appareils MLI Safety Désignation
PID câblage
Filtre haute pression
0462 FW1-1 A035 N/A
Caractéristiques : Béta 13 = 75
Filtre Y amont pompe d'injection d'eau
0462 FW1-2 A035 N/A
Caractéristiques : 800 μm | Media filtrant 800μm
Filtre conique aval débimètre
0462 FW1-3 A035 N/A
Caractéristiques : 150 μm | Media filtrant 150μm
0421 HM-1 0605 N/A Convertisseur de couple et inverseur
0421 HM2 0605 N/A Vireur hydraulique
Ensemble actionneur système aubes variables entrée compresseur
0469 HM3-1 0548 N/A
Caractéristiques : Course 32° à 86° mini
0425 HX1-1 1003 N/A Réfrigérant de l'air d'atomisation en amont du compresseur d'air d'atomisation
Thermocouple retour huile palier #1
0416 LT-B1D-1A,1B 0637 TURB
Caractéristiques : Type K
Thermocouple retour huile palier #2
0416 LT-B2D-1 0637 TURB
Caractéristiques : Type K
Thermocouple retour huile butées palier #1
0416 LT-BT1D-1A,1B 0637 TURB
Caractéristiques : Type K
Thermocouple retour d'huile palier #1 alternateur et réducteur
0416 LT-G1D-1 ALT. GENE
Caractéristiques : Type K
Thermocouple retour d'huile palier #2 alternateur et réducteur
0416 LT-G2D-1 ALT. GENE
Caractéristiques : Type K
Détecteur de température à résistance
0416 LT-OT-1A 0938 TURB
Caractéristiques : Platine PT100 | -50 à 260 °C | 0,385 Ohm/°C | 100 Ohm à 0°C
Détecteur de température à résistance
0416 LT-OT-2A 0938 TURB
Caractéristiques : Platine PT100 | -50 à 260 °C | 0,385 Ohm/°C | 100 Ohm à 0°C
Thermocouple du drain d huile
0495 LT-RGCD-1A,1B A012 LOAD
Caractéristiques : Type K
Thermocouple huile de lubrification collecteur turbine
0416 LT-TH-1 0229 TURB
Caractéristiques : Type K
Thermocouple huile de lubrification collecteur turbine
0416 LT-TH-2 0229 TURB
Caractéristiques : Type K
Thermocouple huile de lubrification collecteur turbine
0416 LT-TH-3 0229 TURB
Caractéristiques : Type K
0422 MG1-1 0512 N/A Injecteur combustible gaz
Pompe Principale Combustible Liquide
0424 PF1 0611 N/A
Caractéristiques : Pompe Principale | 1884 tr/min | 72,6 bar | 6,4 à 272 l/min
Pompe hydraulique principale
0434 PH1 0627 N/A
Caractéristiques : Type volumétrique à débit variable | 1422 tr/min | 105 bar | 65 l/min
Pompe manuelle vireur hydraulique
0421 PH10-1 0538 N/A
Caractéristiques : Pompe Manuelle | 90 bar
Pompe auxiliaire huile HP
0434 PH2 0628 N/A
Caractéristiques : Volumétrique | 1450 tr/min | 105 bar | 45,4 l/min
Pompe vireur hydraulique
0421 PH3-1 0549 N/A
Caractéristiques : Pompe Vireur | 93 bar | 5,7 l/min
Groupe moto-pompe injection d'eau
0462 PW1-1 A035 N/A
Caractéristiques : Centrifuge | 10360 rpm | 27.1 bar | 16,5 m3/h
Avertisseur lumineux compartiment auxiliaire
0426 SLI-1 1104 TURB
Caractéristiques : 50 Hz | 230 UPS

SIZE CAGE CODE DWG NO

403A1873
A4

SECTION 01F
SCALE SHEET 20/25
Doc. Source : TBFT-ISP-FR-GTE-0020
Ce document, propriété exclusive de GE Energy Products France SNC est strictement confidentiel This document, exclusive property of GE Energy Products France SNC. is strictly confidential.
Il ne peut être communiqué, copié ou reproduit sans notre autorisation écrite préalable. It must not be communicated, copied or reproduced without our previous written consent.
SIZE DWG NO SH REV
A4 403A1873 21 B TBFT-TMP-FR-GTE-0060 Rev : 001

MLI Schéma
Appareils MLI Safety Désignation
PID câblage
Avertisseur incendie compartiment auxiliaire
0426 SLI-1A 1113 ENCL-T
Caractéristiques : Alarme lumineuse | 24 VDC
Avertisseur incendie compartiment TG
0426 SLI-1B 1113 ENCL-T
Caractéristiques : Alarme lumineuse | 24 VDC
Avertisseur incendie compartiment TG
0426 SLI-1C 1113 ENCL-T
Caractéristiques : Alarme sonore et lumineuse | 24 VDC
Avertisseur incendie compartiment gaz
0426 SLI-1D 1195 ENCL-G
Caractéristiques : Alarme lumineuse | 24 VDC
Avertisseur incendie compartiment gaz
0426 SLI-1E 1195 ENCL-G
Caractéristiques : Alarme sonore et lumineuse | 24 VDC
Avertisseur lumineux compartiment auxiliaire
0426 SLI-2 1104 TURB
Caractéristiques : 50 Hz | 230 UPS
Avertisseur incendie compartiment TG
0426 SLI-2B 1113 ENCL-T
Caractéristiques : Alarme lumineuse | 24 VDC
Avertisseur incendie compartiment TG
0426 SLI-2C 1113 ENCL-T
Caractéristiques : Alarme sonore et lumineuse | 24 VDC
Avertisseur incendie compartiment gaz
0426 SLI-2E 1195 ENCL-G
Caractéristiques : Alarme sonore et lumineuse | 24 VDC
Avertisseur incendie compartiment puissance
0426 SLI-3B 1113 ENCL-T
Caractéristiques : Alarme lumineuse | 24 VDC
Avertisseur incendie compartiment puissance
0426 SLI-4B 1113 ENCL-T
Caractéristiques : Alarme lumineuse | 24 VDC
Ensemble diesel
0421 SMD 0602 TURB
Caractéristiques : 630 HP | 2300 tr/min
Thermocouple température position extérieure après première roue
0415 TT-WS1AO-1 0637 TURB
Caractéristiques : Type K
Thermocouple température position extérieure après première roue
0415 TT-WS1AO-2 0637 TURB
Caractéristiques : Type K
Thermocouple température position intérieure avant première roue
0415 TT-WS1FI-1 0637 TURB
Caractéristiques : Type K
Thermocouple température position intérieure avant première roue
0415 TT-WS1FI-2 0637 TURB
Caractéristiques : Type K
Thermocouple température position extérieure après deuxième roue
0415 TT-WS2AO-1 0637 TURB
Caractéristiques : Type K
Thermocouple température position extérieure après deuxième roue
0415 TT-WS2AO-2 0637 TURB
Caractéristiques : Type K
Thermocouple température position extérieure avant deuxième roue
0415 TT-WS2FO-1 0637 TURB
Caractéristiques : Type K
Thermocouple température position extérieure avant deuxième roue
0415 TT-WS2FO-2 0637 TURB
Caractéristiques : Type K
Thermocouple température position extérieure après troisième roue
0415 TT-WS3AO-1 0637 TURB
Caractéristiques : Type K
Thermocouple température position extérieure après troisième roue
0415 TT-WS3AO-2 0637 TURB
Caractéristiques : Type K
Thermocouple température position extérieure avant troisième roue
0415 TT-WS3FO-1 0637 TURB
Caractéristiques : Type K
Thermocouple température position extérieure avant troisième roue
0415 TT-WS3FO-2 0637 TURB
Caractéristiques : Type K

SIZE CAGE CODE DWG NO

403A1873
A4

SECTION 01F
SCALE SHEET 21/25
Doc. Source : TBFT-ISP-FR-GTE-0020
Ce document, propriété exclusive de GE Energy Products France SNC est strictement confidentiel This document, exclusive property of GE Energy Products France SNC. is strictly confidential.
Il ne peut être communiqué, copié ou reproduit sans notre autorisation écrite préalable. It must not be communicated, copied or reproduced without our previous written consent.
SIZE DWG NO SH REV
A4 403A1873 22 B TBFT-TMP-FR-GTE-0060 Rev : 001

MLI Schéma
Appareils MLI Safety Désignation
PID câblage
Thermocouple température gaz d'échappement de la turbine
0415 TT-XD-1 0623 TURB
Caractéristiques : Type K
Thermocouple température gaz d'échappement de la turbine
0415 TT-XD-10 0623 TURB
Caractéristiques : Type K
Thermocouple température gaz d'échappement de la turbine
0415 TT-XD-11 0623 TURB
Caractéristiques : Type K
Thermocouple température gaz d'échappement de la turbine
0415 TT-XD-12 0623 TURB
Caractéristiques : Type K
Thermocouple température gaz d'échappement de la turbine
0415 TT-XD-13 0623 TURB
Caractéristiques : Type K
Thermocouple température gaz d'échappement de la turbine
0415 TT-XD-14 0623 TURB
Caractéristiques : Type K
Thermocouple température gaz d'échappement de la turbine
0415 TT-XD-15 0623 TURB
Caractéristiques : Type K
Thermocouple température gaz d'échappement de la turbine
0415 TT-XD-16 0623 TURB
Caractéristiques : Type K
Thermocouple température gaz d'échappement de la turbine
0415 TT-XD-17 0623 TURB
Caractéristiques : Type K
Thermocouple température gaz d'échappement de la turbine
0415 TT-XD-18 0623 TURB
Caractéristiques : Type K
Thermocouple température gaz d'échappement de la turbine
0415 TT-XD-2 0623 TURB
Caractéristiques : Type K
Thermocouple température gaz d'échappement de la turbine
0415 TT-XD-3 0623 TURB
Caractéristiques : Type K
Thermocouple température gaz d'échappement de la turbine
0415 TT-XD-4 0623 TURB
Caractéristiques : Type K
Thermocouple température gaz d'échappement de la turbine
0415 TT-XD-5 0623 TURB
Caractéristiques : Type K
Thermocouple température gaz d'échappement de la turbine
0415 TT-XD-6 0623 TURB
Caractéristiques : Type K
Thermocouple température gaz d'échappement de la turbine
0415 TT-XD-7 0623 TURB
Caractéristiques : Type K
Thermocouple température gaz d'échappement de la turbine
0415 TT-XD-8 0623 TURB
Caractéristiques : Type K
Thermocouple température gaz d'échappement de la turbine
0415 TT-XD-9 0623 TURB
Caractéristiques : Type K
Vanne purge faux départ
0442 VA17-1 1026 TURB
Caractéristiques : Normal : NO
Vanne purge caisson échappement faux départ
0442 VA17-5 1026 N/A
Caractéristiques : Normal : NO
Vanne d'ajustement de la pression d'air d'atomisation
0425 VA18-1 1070 N/A
Caractéristiques : Normal : NO
Vanne d'air de balayage du circuit de combustible liquide
0477 VA19-1 0918 N/A
Caractéristiques : Normal : C vers L ouvert ; U fermé
Vanne anti-pompage 11ème étage
0417 VA2-1 1022 TURB
Caractéristiques : Normal : NO
Vanne anti-pompage 11ème étage
0417 VA2-2 1022 TURB
Caractéristiques : Normal : NO

SIZE CAGE CODE DWG NO

403A1873
A4

SECTION 01F
SCALE SHEET 22/25
Doc. Source : TBFT-ISP-FR-GTE-0020
Ce document, propriété exclusive de GE Energy Products France SNC est strictement confidentiel This document, exclusive property of GE Energy Products France SNC. is strictly confidential.
Il ne peut être communiqué, copié ou reproduit sans notre autorisation écrite préalable. It must not be communicated, copied or reproduced without our previous written consent.
SIZE DWG NO SH REV
A4 403A1873 23 B TBFT-TMP-FR-GTE-0060 Rev : 001

MLI Schéma
Appareils MLI Safety Désignation
PID câblage
Vanne de régulation de débit d'eau de refroidissement air atomisation
0420 VA32-2 1027 N/A Caractéristiques : Normal : C vers E ouvert, B fermé.
Réglages : T° air = 102 ± 5 °C
Vanne d'air de balayage du circuit d'injection d'eau
Caractéristiques : Normal : C vers L ouvert ; U fermé
0477 VA33-1 0918 TURB Réglages : turbine en plein charge, mesurer la pression d'air de purge PW sur le 63PW-
1 et régler HV200 pour avoir (PW+1)/(PCD+1) = 1,08 ± 0,07 avec PW et PCD en
bar
0434 VAB1 0947 N/A Purge air sur circuit hydraulique principal
0434 VAB2 0947 N/A Purge air sur circuit hydraulique auxiliaire
Vanne de dérivation de contrôle débit fuel
0424 VC3 0516 N/A
Caractéristiques : Course = 25,40 ± 0,05 mm | Normal : NO
Vanne de régulation d'injection d'eau
0462 VC4-1 A035 N/A
Caractéristiques : Normal : NC
Clapet injecteur combustible liquide
0424 VCK1-1T10 0961 N/A Caractéristiques : Normal : NC
Réglages : 6,96 ± 0,07 bar
Clapet réglable déshuileur
0416 VCK20-13 A098 N/A Caractéristiques : Normal : NC
Réglages : -100 mm H2O à FSNL
Clapet anti-retour sur air de balayage des injecteurs de combustible liquide
0477 VCK2-1T10 0918 N/A Caractéristiques : Normal : NC
Réglages : 0,35 ± 0,07 bar
Clapet anti-retour sur air de purge des injecteurs d'eau
0477 VCK2-21T30 0918 N/A Caractéristiques : Normal : NC
Réglages : 1 bar max
Clapet anti-retour pompe principale
0434 VCK3-1 0947 N/A
Caractéristiques : Normal : NC
Clapet anti-retour pompe auxiliaire
0434 VCK3-2 0947 N/A
Caractéristiques : Normal : NC
Clapet circuit air refroidissement corps turbine
0417 VCK7-1 1233 N/A
Caractéristiques : Normal : NC
Clapet circuit air refroidissement corps turbine
0417 VCK7-2 1233 N/A
Caractéristiques : Normal : NC
Clapet anti-retour circuit injection d'eau DNOX
0462 VCK8-1T10 0968 N/A Caractéristiques : Normal : NC
Réglages : 0.07 bar
Clapet anti-retour de contre pression de la course retour
0421 VCK98-1 0605 N/A
Caractéristiques : passage direct en course aller
Vanne de contrôle gaz primaire
0422 VGC-1 0509 GAS
Caractéristiques : Course maxi = 38,1 mm | Normal : NC
0421 VH14 0522 N/A Vanne de séquence virage et embrayage dents de loup
0424 VH17-1 0910 N/A Vanne sélection pression injecteur fuel liquide
0469 VH3-1 0556 N/A Vanne de déclenchement hydraulique IGV
Vanne de déclenchement hydraulique vanne VSR-1
0422 VH5-1 0507 N/A
Caractéristiques : Normal : NC
Vanne de déclenchement hydraulique vanne VGC-1
0422 VH5-2 0509 N/A
Caractéristiques : Normal : NC
0422 VM-1 0639 OTHER Débitmètre massique à effet coriolis

SIZE CAGE CODE DWG NO

403A1873
A4

SECTION 01F
SCALE SHEET 23/25
Doc. Source : TBFT-ISP-FR-GTE-0020
Ce document, propriété exclusive de GE Energy Products France SNC est strictement confidentiel This document, exclusive property of GE Energy Products France SNC. is strictly confidential.
Il ne peut être communiqué, copié ou reproduit sans notre autorisation écrite préalable. It must not be communicated, copied or reproduced without our previous written consent.
SIZE DWG NO SH REV
A4 403A1873 24 B TBFT-TMP-FR-GTE-0060 Rev : 001

MLI Schéma
Appareils MLI Safety Désignation
PID câblage
0421 VM2 0919 N/A Vanne 4 voies de désengagement embrayage dents de loup
0434 VM4-1 1051 N/A Vanne transfert pour filtre huile HP
Vanne de régulation pression alimentation huile de lubrification
0416 VPR2-1 1023 N/A Caractéristiques : Normal : NC
Réglages : Point de consigne : 1,72 +0,13/-0 bar
Compensateur de pression pompe hydraulique
0434 VPR3-1 0627 N/A
Réglages : 87,9 ± 1,7 bar
Vanne de gavage pompe de charge du convertisseur de couple
0421 VPR38 0916 N/A Caractéristiques : Normal : NC
Réglages : 0,35 ± 0,07 bar
Filtre détendeur d'air de commande de la vanne d'air de balayage
0477 VPR54-1 0918 N/A
Réglages : 3,1 +0,35/-0 bar
Filtre détendeur sur air de commande pour la vanne de balayage
0477 VPR54-2 0918 N/A
Réglages : 3,1 +0,35/-0 bar
Filtre détendeur sur air de commande de VA18-1
0425 VPR55-1 0983 N/A
Réglages : 3,8 ± 0,3 bar
Filtre détendeur (partie de VC4-1)
0462 VPR62-1 A035 N/A Caractéristiques :
Réglages : 3,1 ± 0,1 bar
Vanne de régulation pression d'air pour VA32-2
0420 VPR68-3 1027 N/A
Réglages : 5 ± 0,3 bar
Vanne de séquence alimentation vireur hydraulique
0421 VPR98-1 0522 N/A
Réglages : 25 bar
Vanne de décharge pompe principale huile de lubrification
0416 VR1 1016 N/A Caractéristiques : Normal : NC
Réglages : Ouverture à 4,8 +0,14/-0 bar
Soupape de décharge de la pression de sortie du compresseur d'air d'atom de
0425 VR12 0923 N/A démarrage (CA2)
Réglages : Maxi soit environ 0,8 bar
Vanne de décharge pompe principale huile HP
0434 VR21 0947 N/A Caractéristiques : Normal : NC
Réglages : 93 ± 1,76 bar
Vanne de décharge pompe auxiliaire huile HP
0434 VR22 0947 N/A Caractéristiques : Normal : NC
Réglages : 93 ± 1,76 bar
Soupape de décharge pression pompe charge convertisseur de couple
0421 VR23 0916 N/A Caractéristiques : Normal : NC
Réglages : 0,35 ± 0,07 bar
Soupape de décharge pression alimentation combustible liquide
0424 VR27 0910 N/A Caractéristiques : Normal : NC
Réglages : 6 ± 0,2 bar
Vanne de décharge pompe à fuel
0424 VR4 0516 N/A Caractéristiques : Normal : NC
Réglages : 72,4 ± 3,4 bar
Soupape de décharge pression pompe vireur hydraulique
0421 VR5 0522 N/A
Réglages : 91,3 ± 1,7 bar
Vanne arrêt fuel
0424 VS1 0511 N/A
Caractéristiques : Normal : NC
Vanne d'arrêt et réglage gaz
0422 VSR-1 0507 GAS
Caractéristiques : Course maxi = 88,9 ± 0,127 mm | Normal : NC

SIZE CAGE CODE DWG NO

403A1873
A4

SECTION 01F
SCALE SHEET 24/25
Doc. Source : TBFT-ISP-FR-GTE-0020
Ce document, propriété exclusive de GE Energy Products France SNC est strictement confidentiel This document, exclusive property of GE Energy Products France SNC. is strictly confidential.
Il ne peut être communiqué, copié ou reproduit sans notre autorisation écrite préalable. It must not be communicated, copied or reproduced without our previous written consent.
SIZE DWG NO SH REV
A4 403A1873 25 B TBFT-TMP-FR-GTE-0060 Rev : 001

MLI Schéma
Appareils MLI Safety Désignation
PID câblage
Vanne thermostatique régulant la température de l'huile de graissage
0420 VTR1-1 1035 TURB Caractéristiques : Normal : E vers B ouvert, C fermé
Réglages : Début d'ouverture à T° huile = 54,4 ± 2 °C
RTD température eau pattes turbine
0420 WT-TL-1 0915 TURB
Caractéristiques : Platine PT100 | -50 à 260 °C | 0,385 Ohm/°C | 100 Ohm à 0°C
RTD température eau pattes turbine
0420 WT-TL-2 0915 TURB
Caractéristiques : Platine PT100 | -50 à 260 °C | 0,385 Ohm/°C | 100 Ohm à 0°C
Thermocouple température drain faux départ
0442 WWTD-1 0920 TURB
Caractéristiques : Type K
Thermocouple température drain faux départ
0442 WWTD-2 0920 TURB
Caractéristiques : Type K

SIZE CAGE CODE DWG NO

403A1873
A4

SECTION 01F
SCALE SHEET 25/25
Doc. Source : TBFT-ISP-FR-GTE-0020
Ce document, propriété exclusive de GE Energy Products France SNC est strictement confidentiel This document, exclusive property of GE Energy Products France SNC. is strictly confidential.
Il ne peut être communiqué, copié ou reproduit sans notre autorisation écrite préalable. It must not be communicated, copied or reproduced without our previous written consent.
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 1/4
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
GENERAL

SYMBOLS

1. INTRODUCTION .............................................................................................................2
2. DEVICES CODING .........................................................................................................2
3. OTHER DEVICE CODING ..............................................................................................3
4. ABBREVIATION .............................................................................................................3
5. P&ID SYMBOLS .............................................................................................................4

All rights reserved Copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMD_Symbol_A_EN Revision : A Date : 03/2009
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 2/4
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
GENERAL

1. INTRODUCTION
The present document describes the symbols used by GE Energy for the control
system (speedtronic) and for the Piping and Instrumentation diagram.

2. DEVICES CODING
The coding used by GE Energy follows mainly the IEEE Std C37.2 (Institute of
Electrical and Electronics Engineers Inc) :
Standard Electrical Power system Device Function Numbers and Contact
Designations.
A device function number includes a prefix and a suffix. The prefix follows the IEEE,
e.g.

1 for master element

4 for permissive and protective element
5 for emergency shutdown
12 for speed control and overspeed
20 for electrically operated valve
28 for flame detection
33 for limit switch
45 for fire detection and fire protection
63 for pressure switch
71 for level switch
88 for electrical motor
96 for transducer
etc . . .
The suffix mainly consist of two letters e.g.
First letter :
Q for lube oil
H for hydraulic oil
A for air
F for liquid fuel
D for distillate
T for turbine
P for purge
W for water
G for gas fuel

All rights reserved Copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMD_Symbol_A_EN Revision : A Date : 03/2009
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 3/4
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
GENERAL

Second letter
A for alarm
B for booster, bleed
C for cooling, control
D for divider, differential
E for emergency
F for fuel
G for gas
H for heater, high
L for liquid, level
M for middle, medium, minimum
N for normal
P for pressure, pump
R for release, ratio, ratchet
T for turbine, trip, tank
etc . . .
3. OTHER DEVICE CODING
Mechanical devices may be coded using letters and order numbers. The main letters
used are :
VTR for Temperature Regulating Valve
VPR for Pressure Regulating Valve
VR for Relief Valve
VA for piloted Valve
VCK for Check Valve
TT for Turbine Thermocouple
LVDTfor Linear Voltage Differential Transformer
etc . . .
4. ABBREVIATION
Abbreviations may be used on Piping and Instrumentation diagram, electrical
schematics, device summary and control loops, e.g.
NO for Normally Open
NC for Normally Closed
FO for Fail safe to Open
FC for Fail safe to Closed
OL for Lube Oil
OD for Oil Drain

All rights reserved Copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMD_Symbol_A_EN Revision : A Date : 03/2009
 GE Energy

Rev. : A
Page : 4/4
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
GENERAL

AA for Atomizing Air

AD for compressor Annulus Discharge
PC for Piping Connecting point
etc . . .
5. P&ID SYMBOLS
Symbols used on Piping and Instrumentation diagram (P&ID) are from ISA 5.1
(Instrument Society of America) and are listed in the GE Energy document 91-134
600.

All rights reserved Copyright - Droits de reproduction réservés

OMMD_Symbol_A_EN Revision : A Date : 03/2009
 G
E
O
DT-7C

ffi
ci
al
G
E
O
ffi
ci
al
G
E
O
ffi
ci
al
G
E
O
ffi
ci
al
G
E
O
ffi
ci
al
 G
E
O
DT-7C

ffi
ci
al
G
E
O
ffi
ci
al
G
E
O
ffi
ci
al
G
E
O
ffi
ci
al
G
E
O
ffi
ci
al
 G
E
O
DT-7C

ffi
ci
al
G
E
O
ffi
ci
al
G
E
O
ffi
ci
al
G
E
O
ffi
ci
al
G
E
O
ffi
ci
al
 G
E
O
DT-7C

ffi
ci
al
G
E
O
ffi
ci
al
G
E
O
ffi
ci
al
G
E
O
ffi
ci
al
G
E
O
ffi
ci
al
 BASIC CONTROL DEVICE FUNCTION NUMBERS
AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE

1 MASTER ELEMENT 50 INSTANTANEOUS OVERCURRENT or

RATE–of–RISE RELAY
2 SEQUENCE TIMER 51 AC TIME OVERCURRENT RELAY
3 CHECKING RELAY 52 AC CIRCUIT BREAKER or CONTACTOR
4 MASTER RELAY 55 POWER FACTOR RELAY
5 STOPPING DEVICE 57 SHORT CIRCUITING or GROUNDING DEVICE
6 STARTING CIRCUIT BREAKER 59 OVERVOLTAGE RELAY
8 CONTROL POWER DISCONNECTING DEVICE 60 VOLTAGE or CURRENT BALANCE RELAY
10 UNIT SEQUENCE SWITCH 62 STOPPING or OPENING TIMER RELAY
12 OVERSPEED DEVICE 63 LIQUID or GAS PRESSURE or VACUUM
13 SYNCHRONOUS SPEED DEVICE 64 GROUND PROTECTIVE RELAY
14 SPEED RELAY 65 GOVERNOR
15 SPEED or FREQUENCY MATCHING DEVICE 66 NOTCHING or JOGGING DEVICE
18 ACCELERATING or DECELERATING DEVICE 67 AC DIRECTIONAL OVERCURRENT RELAY
20 SOLENOID VALVE 68 BLOCKING RELAY
21 DISTANCE RELAY 69 PERMISSIVE CONTROL DEVICE
23 TEMPERATURE CONTROL DEVICE 70 ELECTRICALLY OPERATED RHEOSTAT
25 SYNCHRONISM CHECK DEVICE 71 LIQUID or GAS LEVEL RELAY
26 TEMPERATURE SENSING DEVICE 72 DC CIRCUIT BREAKER or CONTACTOR
27 UNDERVOLTAGE 75 POSITION CHANGING MECHANISM
28 FLAME DETECTOR 77 PULSE TRANSMITTER
30 ANNUNCIATOR RELAY 80 LIQUID or GAS FLOW RELAY
32 DIRECTIONAL POWER RELAY 81 FREQUENCY RELAY
33 POSITION SWITCH 82 DC RECLOSING RELAY
34 MASTER SEQUENCE DEVICE 83 AUTOMATIC SELECTIVE CONTROL or
TRANSFER RELAY
37 UNDERCURRENT or UNDERPOWER RELAY 84 OPERATING MECHANISM
38 BEARING PROTECTIVE DEVICE 85 CARRIER or PILOT–WIRE RECEIVER RELAY
39 MECHANICAL CONDITION MONITOR 86 LOCK–OUT RELAY
40 FIELD RELAY 87 DIFFERENTIAL PROTECTIVE RELAY
41 FIELD CIRCUIT BREAKER 88 AUXILIARY MOTOR or MOTOR GENERATOR
43 MANUAL TRANSFER or SELECTOR DEVICE 89 LINE SWITCH
45 ATMOSPHERIC CONDITION MONITOR 90 REGULATING DEVICE
46 REVERSE–PHASE or PHASE–BALANCE 91 VOLTAGE DIRECTIONAL RELAY
CURRENT RELAY
47 PHASE–SEQUENCE VOLTAGE RELAY 93 FIELD–CHANGING CONTACTOR
48 INCOMPLETE SEQUENCE RELAY 94 TRIPPING or TRIP–FREE RELAY
49 MACHINE or TRANSFORMER THERMAL 96 TRANSDUCER
RELAY

A00029b 1 BASIC CONTROL DEVICE

FUNCTION NUMBERS